Mazda 2 J64J 2010

MAZDA
MAZDA 22 J64J
J64J
BODY & ACCESSORIES
09
SECTION
Toc
of SCT
ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND

START SYSTEM]. . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[THEFT-DETERRENT
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC[INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] . . . . . . . . .
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . .
Toc of SCT
09-02A
09-02B
09-02C
09-02D
09-02E
09-02F
09-02G
09-02I
09-03A
09-03B
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03C
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] . . . 09-03D
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H
BODY PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10
DOORS AND LIFTGATE . . . . . 09-11
GLASS/WINDOWS/
MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12
SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13
SECURITY AND LOCKS . . . . . 09-14
EXTERIOR TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16
INTERIOR TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17
LIGHTING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . 09-18
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM . . . 09-19
ENTERTAINMENT . . . . . . . . . . 09-20
POWER SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . 09-21
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER
INFO.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22
CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . 09-40
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 09-50
SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 09-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

PAGE 1 OF 2
09-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS

AND START SYSTEM]
RESTRAINTS SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A3
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A4
FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A5
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A5
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A5
DTC B1026:51 [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A9
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A9
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A9
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A9
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A10
DTC B102B:51 [ADVANCED
DTC B108A:29 [ADVANCED
DTC B10A5:12 [ADVANCED
DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED

DTC B10D1:23 [ADVANCED
DTC B10D3:23 [ADVANCED
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A23
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A23
System Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A24
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A24
DTC B10E7:16 [ADVANCED
DTC B113E:11 [ADVANCED
DTC B11FD:1F [ADVANCED
DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED
DTC P1794:16, P1794:17 [ADVANCED
DTC U0028:87 [ADVANCED
09-02A1

PAGE 2 OF 2

DTC U201F:00 [ADVANCED
DTC U201F:13 [ADVANCED
09-02A2

DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 [ADVANCED
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A38
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A42
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A42

RESTRAINTS SST
WM: BODY AND ELECTRICAL
id086000800100
49 H066 002
49 D066 002
49 L066 002
Deployment
tool
Adapter
harness
Adapter
harness
49 G066 003
49 N088 0A0
Adapter
harness
Fuel and
Thermometer
checker
End Of Sie
09-02A3

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1344500
B+
3V
B+
STEERING
LOCK UNIT
3W
1E
WITH
THEFT-DETERRENT
2L
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
IG1
LIFTGATE OPENNER SWITCH
(3HB,5HB) / TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH (4SD)
2C
ACC
3G
2A
KEYLESS
BUZZER
A
B
UNLOCK
LOCK
BCM
2F
3K
PCM
L
3P
J
D
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
B+
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
2G
KEYLESS KEYLESS
INDICATOR WARNING
LIGHT
LIGHT
(GREEN) (RED)
ALARM
CAN-H
2I
CAN-L
B+
SECURITY
LIGHT
BCM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
1D
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
D
C
B
2H
3U
3O
A
D
B
3AD
3X
REQUEST SWITCH
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, RF)
WITH IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
IG1
D
B
COIL
ANTENNA
2D
2B
F
3N
3F
3AB
REQUEST SWITCH
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, LF)
4SD
3HB/5HB
3R
3AA
D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
3I
3Z
D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3C
3AC
C
D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
3R
3AA
3I
3Z
3C
3AC
3L
3Y
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
am2zzw0000510
End Of Sie
09-02A4

FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1345500
x The OBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:

Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the advanced keyless and start system and outputs
DTCs.
PID/data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
x Diagnostic DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1345400
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.

2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
x When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select Self Test.
2. Select Modules.
3. Select RKE.
x When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
1. Select Module Tests.
2. Select RKE.
DLC-2
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the
am2zzw0000210
screen.
x If any DTCs are displayed, perform
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See 09-02A-5 CLEARING
DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1400300

2. Select Modules.
3. Select RKE.
2. Select RKE.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear
the DTC.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 5 s more.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
8. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC
M-MDS display
Detection condition
B1026:51
Steering lock unit not programmed
B1026:87
Communication error between keyless control module and

steering lock unit
B1026:96
Steering lock unit status malfunction signal detected
B102B:51
No advanced key programming record (programming never

performed in past)
id0902e1347100
Reference
(See 09-02A-9 DTC B1026:51
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-9 DTC B1026:87
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-11 DTC B1026:96
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-11 DTC B102B:51
SYSTEM].)
09-02A5

DTC
M-MDS display
Detection condition
B108A:29
Push switch off signal detected while ignition switch is at ON
B10A5:12
Keyless beeper output voltage malfunction
B10C6:1F
Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (exterior,

rear)
B10C7:1F
Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior,

rear)
B10C8:1F*1

center)
B10C9:1F

front)
B10D1:23
Request switch (LF) ON signal detected while driving
B10D3:23
Request switch (RF) ON signal detected while driving
B10E7:16
Keyless control module IG1 power voltage malfunction
B113E:11
Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)

input voltage malfunction
B11FD:1F
Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (LF)
B1210:1F
Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (RF)
P1794:16
P1794:17
Reference
(See 09-02A-12 DTC B108A:29
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-14 DTC B10A5:12
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-15 DTC B10C6:1F
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-17 DTC B10C7:1F
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-18 DTC B10C8:1F
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-20 DTC B10C9:1F
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-22 DTC B10D1:23
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-23 DTC B10D3:23
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-25 DTC B10E7:16
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-26 DTC B113E:11
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-28 DTC B11FD:1F
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-30 DTC B1210:1F
SYSTEM].)
Keyless control module power voltage low (power from P/W 20 A

(See 09-02A-31 DTC P1794:16,
fuse)
P1794:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from P/W 20 A AND START SYSTEM].)
fuse)
(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0001:88
Module communication error (HS-CAN)
U0028:87
Correct data cannot be received from BCM (no response for 10

times)
(See 09-02A-33 DTC U0028:87

SYSTEM].)
U0100:00
Communication error (no response) between keyless control

module and PCM

SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0401:68
U201F:00
09-02A6
(See 09-02A-34 DTC U0401:68

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-34 DTC U201F:00
Communication error between keyless control module and keyless
receiver
SYSTEM].)
Correct data cannot be received from PCM

DTC
M-MDS display
U201F:13
Keyless receiver not connecting
U2100:00
Configuration error
U3000:41
Keyless control module internal malfunction
U3003:16
U3003:17
U3004:16
*1
Detection condition
Reference
(See 09-02A-36 DTC U201F:13
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-37 DTC U2100:00
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-38 DTC U3000:41
SYSTEM].)
Keyless control module power voltage low (power from ROOM 15

A fuse)
Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from ROOM
15 A fuse)
(See 09-02A-38 DTC U3003:16,

U3003:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless control module ACC power voltage malfunction
(See 09-02A-40 DTC U3004:16

SYSTEM].)
: 4SD
09-02A7

With Immobilizer System
DTC
M-MDS
display
Security light flashing pattern
B10D5:13
B10D7:05
B10D7:51
B10D7:81
B10D7:94
B10D8:00
B10D9:87
B10DA:51
B10DA:62
U0100:87
End Of Sie
09-02A8
Detection condition
Reference
(See 09-02B-8 SECURITY

LIGHT: 12, DTC: B10D5:13/
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Key ID number program error
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Keyless control module detected
unprogrammed key ID number.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
The keyless control module cannot read P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
key ID number data normally.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
The key ID number data cannot be read.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Only one key has been programmed.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
No detected communication with the coil P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
antenna.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/
Communication error between keyless
control module and PCM (data transfer
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
error)
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/
ID number data between keyless control P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
module and PCM are different.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/
Communication error between the keyless
control module and the PCM (no
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
response/condition mismatch)
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
x Coil antenna malfunction
x The PCM determined a malfunction in
the coil antenna even though it is
normal.

DTC B1026:51 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387000
Detection Condition
x Steering lock unit not programmed
Possible Causes
x Programmed not performed after steering lock unit replacement
x Steering lock unit malfunction
x Keyless control module malfunction
Diagnostic Procedure
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT

PROGRAMMING
Yes
No
Action
Go to the next step.
DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Perform the steering lock unit programming.

(See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID
CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
x Verify the DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED
x Is the DTC B1026:51 displayed?
2
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT

x Inspect the steering lock unit.
(See 09-21-6 STEERING LOCK UNIT
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Is the steering lock unit normal?
VERIFY DTCs
Yes
No

Replace the steering lock unit and perform steering lock
unit programming.
(See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE

REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Replace the keyless control module.

(See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e1387100
Detection Condition
x Communication error between keyless control module and steering lock unit
Possible Causes
x Steering lock unit connector or terminals malfunction
x Keyless control module connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between steering lock unit and keyless control module
09-02A9

System Wiring Diagram
B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
1D
B
PUSH SWITCH
2L
3V
3W
KEYLESS SWITCH
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
STEERING LOCK UNIT

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
STEERING LOCK UNIT

1E
*
*
1D
*
*
*
2L
2I
*
2G
* 2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
Step
1
Inspection

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.

Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Disconnect the steering lock unit connector.
Inspect the steering lock unit connector.
(Corrosion, damage, and disconnected pins)
x Are the connector and terminals normal?
2
INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Repair/replace the keyless control module connector or
terminal, then go to Step 5.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between steering
lock unit and keyless control module, then go to Step 5.
x Disconnect the keyless control module

connector.
x Inspect the keyless control module connector.
3
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN

STEERING LOCK UNIT AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE
x Inspect the wiring harness between keyless
control module terminal 2L and steering lock unit
terminal G for the following:
Short to ground
Short to power supply
Open circuit
x Is the wiring harness normal?
09-02A10
Action
Repair/replace the steering lock unit connector or

Step
4
Inspection

AND START SYSTEM].)
VERIFY DTCs
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors.

x Reconnect the negative battery cable.
Action
Yes
No

unit programming.
(See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
SYSTEM].)
Yes

AND START SYSTEM].)
No
End Of Sie
id0902e1387200
Detection Condition
x Steering lock unit status malfunction signal detected
Possible Causes
Step
1
Inspection

AND START SYSTEM].)
VERIFY DTCs
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
unit programming.
SYSTEM].)

AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B102B:51 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387300
Detection Condition
x No advanced key programming record (programming never performed in past)
Note
x If the advanced key has never been programmed, DTC B102B:51 cannot be detected even if the
advanced key is cleared.
Possible Causes
x Advanced key is not programmed.
09-02A11

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED

ADVANCED KEYS
Yes
No
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor

inspection and verify the number of programmed
advanced keys.
(See 09-02A-42 PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
NUMCARD
(See 09-02A-42 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM].)
x Is there a programmed advanced key?
2
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B102B:51 displayed?
Yes
No
Action
Program the advanced key, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-123 ADVANCED KEY ID CODE
SYSTEM].)

AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B108A:29 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387400
Detection Condition
x Push switch off signal detected while ignition switch is at ON
Possible Causes
x Steering lock unit connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between steering lock unit and keyless control module
09-02A12

B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
1D
B
PUSH SWITCH
2L
3V
3W
KEYLESS SWITCH
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
STEERING LOCK UNIT

STEERING LOCK UNIT

1E
*
*
1D
*
*
*
2L
2I
*
2G
* 2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
3AB 3Y 3V
* 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
Step
1
Inspection

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the steering lock unit connector.
Inspect the steering lock unit connector.
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between steering
lock unit and keyless control module, then go to Step 5.

connector.
3

STEERING LOCK UNIT AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE
Action
Repair/replace the steering lock unit connector or

control module terminal 3V and steering lock unit
terminal A for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
09-02A13

Step
4
Inspection
Action
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION

x
x
x
x
Reconnect all disconnected connectors.

Reconnect the negative battery cable.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Inspect the voltage of steering lock unit terminals
A, B, E, and H.
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Is the voltage normal?
5
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B108A:29 displayed?
Yes
No

unit programming.
SYSTEM].)
Yes

AND START SYSTEM].)
No
End Of Sie
DTC B10A5:12 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387600
Detection Condition
x Keyless beeper output voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Keyless beeper connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless beeper and body ground
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless beeper and keyless control module
x Keyless beeper malfunction
KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
3K

3AB 3Y 3V
* 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
A
B
KEYLESS BEEPER
am2zzw0000503
09-02A14

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT KEYLESS BEEPER CONNECTOR

x
x
x
x

Disconnect the keyless beeper connector.
Inspect the keyless beeper connector.
2

KEYLESS BEEPER AND GROUND
Yes
No
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
beeper and body ground, then go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
No

beeper and keyless control module, then go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Replace the keyless beeper, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-130 KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
Yes

AND START SYSTEM].)
x Keyless beeper connector is disconnected.

x Inspect for continuity between keyless beeper
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
x Is there continuity?
3

CONNECTOR
connector.

KEYLESS BEEPER AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE
Action
Repair/replace the keyless beeper connector or

beeper terminal A and keyless control module
terminal 3K for the following:
Open circuit
5
INSPECT KEYLESS BEEPER

x Inspect the keyless beeper.
(See 09-14-131 KEYLESS BEEPER
START SYSTEM].)
x Is the keyless beeper normal?
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B10A5:12 displayed?
No
End Of Sie
DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387700
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (exterior, rear) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) malfunction
09-02A15

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
3AC

KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR)

3AB 3Y 3V
* 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR,

REAR) CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.

x Disconnect the negative battery cable.
x Disconnect the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

antenna (exterior, rear) and keyless control module,
then go to Step 5.
Yes
Replace the keyless antenna (exterior, rear), then go to

the next step.
(See 09-14-125 KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/
SYSTEM].)

connector.
3

KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR)
AND KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
antenna (exterior, rear) terminal C and keyless
control module terminal 3C, and keyless antenna
(exterior, rear) terminal D and keyless control
module terminal 3AC for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B10C6:1F displayed?
09-02A16
Action
Repair/replace the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
connector or terminal, then go to Step 5.
No

Step
5
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

No
Action
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e1387800
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior, rear)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (interior, rear) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, rear) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (interior, rear) malfunction
(3HB/5HB)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3I
3Z
(4SD)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3I
3Z

3AB 3Y 3V
3P
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3G
3N 3K
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I
3AC 3Z 3W
3F 3C
(3HB/5HB)
(4SD)
am2zzw0000504
09-02A17

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR,

REAR) CONNECTOR
Yes
No

x Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
disconnected pins)
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

antenna (interior, rear) and keyless control module,
then go to Step 5.
Yes
Replace the keyless antenna (interior, rear), then go to

the next step.
SYSTEM].)

connector.
3

KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, REAR)
AND KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
antenna (interior, rear) terminal C (3HB/5HB)/
terminal A (4SD) and keyless control module
terminal 3I, and keyless antenna (interior, rear)
terminal D (3HB/5HB)/terminal B (4SD) and
keyless control module terminal 3Z for the
following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
VERIFY DTCs
VERIFY DTCs
Action
Repair/replace the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
No
Yes
No

AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e1387900
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior, center)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless control module
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless control module
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) malfunction
09-02A18

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
3L
3Y

3AB 3Y 3V
3P
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
3G
3N 3K
3AC 3Z 3W
D
3F 3C
am2zzw0000505
Step
1
Inspection

CENTER) CONNECTOR
Yes
No

x Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, center)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (interior, center)
disconnected pins)
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible

short to ground, then go to Step 7.

connector.
3

CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
Action
Repair/replace the keyless antenna (interior, center)
No
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless

control module connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between the following
terminals (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal C
Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal D
09-02A19

Step
4
Inspection

CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No
Action
short to power supply, then go to Step 7.

x Measure the voltage at the following terminals
(wiring harness-side):
Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal C
Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal D
x Is there any voltage?
5

CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
circuit, then go to Step 7.
Yes
Replace the keyless antenna (interior, center), then go

to the next step.
SYSTEM].)

terminals (wiring harness-side):
Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal
CKeyless control module terminal 3L
Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal
DKeyless control module terminal 3Y
6
VERIFY KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR,

CENTER) MALFUNCTION
VERIFY DTCs
No
Yes
No

AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e1388000
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior, front)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (interior, front) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, front) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (interior, front) malfunction
09-02A20

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
3R
3AA

KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, FRONT)

3AB 3Y 3V
* 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection

FRONT) CONNECTOR
Yes
No

x Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, front)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (interior, front)
disconnected pins)
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

antenna (interior, front) and keyless control module,
then go to Step 5.
Yes
Replace the keyless antenna (interior, front), then go to

the next step.
SYSTEM].)

connector.
3

KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR,
FRONT) AND KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
Action
Repair/replace the keyless antenna (interior, front)

antenna (interior, front) terminal C and keyless
control module terminal 3R, and keyless antenna
(interior, front) terminal D and keyless control
module terminal 3AA for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
4
VERIFY DTCs
No
09-02A21

Step
5
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

No
Action
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B10D1:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388100
Detection Condition
x Request switch (LF) ON signal detected while driving
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (LF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between outer handle (LF) and keyless control module
x Request switch (LF) malfunction
OUTER HANDLE (LF)
A
3X
REQUEST SWITCH (LF)

KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
D
3F
3AB

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(LF)
OUTER HANDLE (LF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3N
3K
3AC 3Z 3W *
*
*
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (LF)

CONNECTOR
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the outer handle (LF) connector.
Inspect the outer handle (LF) connector.
09-02A22
Yes
No
Action
Repair/replace the outer handle (LF) connector or

Step
2
Inspection

CONNECTOR
Action
Yes
No

Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness between outer

handle (LF) and keyless control module, then go to Step
5.

connector.
3

OUTER HANDLE (LF) AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
No
x Outer handle (LF) and keyless control module

connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between outer handle (LF)
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
4
INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LF)

x Inspect the request switch (LF).
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH
START SYSTEM].)
x Is the request switch (LF) normal?
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B10D1:23 displayed?
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the request switch (LF), then go to the next
step.
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/
SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B10D3:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388200
Detection Condition
x Request switch (RF) ON signal detected while driving
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (RF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between outer handle (RF) and keyless control module
x Request switch (RF) malfunction
09-02A23

OUTER HANDLE (RF)
A
3U
REQUEST SWITCH (RF)
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
D
3O
3AD

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(RF)
OUTER HANDLE (RF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (RF)

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the outer handle (RF) connector.
Inspect the outer handle (RF) connector.
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes

handle (RF) and keyless control module, then go to
Step 5.

connector.
3

OUTER HANDLE (RF) AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
Action
Repair/replace the outer handle (RF) connector or
No
x Outer handle (RF) and keyless control module

x Inspect for continuity between outer handle (RF)
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
4
INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (RF)

x Inspect the request switch (RF).
START SYSTEM].)
x Is the request switch (RF) normal?
09-02A24
Yes
No

Replace the request switch (RF), then go to the next
step.
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/
SYSTEM].)

Step
5
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

No
Action
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B10E7:16 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388300
Detection Condition
x Keyless control module IG1 power voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Battery malfunction
x Generator malfunction
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and keyless control module
Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and keyless control module terminal 2C
ENG 10 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and keyless control module terminal 2C
IGNITION SWITCH
(IG1)
ENG 10 A FUSE
2C

2L
2C 2A
2I 2G
2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000506
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY PCM DTCs

x Verify the PCM DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
Are any DTCs displayed?
Yes
Action
Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
(See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
No
09-02A25

Step
2
Inspection
BATTERY INSPECTION
x Inspect the battery.
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [ZJ,
ZY].)
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZCD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Is the battery normal?
GENERATOR INSPECTION
x Inspect the generator.
(See 01-17A-7 GENERATOR INSPECTION
[ZJ, ZY].)
x Is the generator normal?

CONNECTOR
Action
Yes
No

Recharge or replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Replace the generator, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-17A-6 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect the ENG 10 A fuse.
x If the fuse is melt:
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
x If the fuse is deterioration:
Replace the fuse.
x If the fuse is normal:
open circuit.
Yes

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)

connector.
x Inspect the keyless control module
disconnected pins)
5

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1) AND
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE FOR
SHORT TO GROUND AND OPEN
CIRCUIT
x Keyless control module connector is
disconnected.
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
x Measure the voltage at the keyless control
module terminal 2C (wiring harness-side).
x Is the voltage B+?
VERIFY DTCs
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC
SYSTEM].)
x Verify the advanced keyless and start system
DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION
SYSTEM].)
x Is the DTC B10E7:16 displayed?
No
End Of Sie
DTC B113E:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388400
Detection Condition
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD) input voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector or terminals malfunction
09-02A26

x BCM connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between BCM and liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid opener switch
(4SD)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless control module and liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk
lid opener switch (4SD)
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD) malfunction
x BCM malfunction
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (3HB/5HB)/
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH (4SD)
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
3G

7A
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (3HB/5HB)/

TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH (4SD)
3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
BCM
BCM
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH

(3HB/5HB)/TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
(4SD) CONNECTOR
Yes
No

x Disconnect the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/
trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector.
x Inspect the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/
trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector.
2
INSPECT BCM CONNECTOR

x Disconnect the BCM connector.
x Inspect the BCM connector. (Corrosion, damage,
and disconnected pins)

CONNECTOR
connector.
Action
Repair/replace the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/
trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector or terminal,
then go to Step 7.
Yes
No

Repair/replace the BCM connector or terminal, then go
to Step 7.
Yes
No

09-02A27

Step
4
Inspection

(4SD) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Yes
No
Action
short to ground, then go to Step 7.
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid

opener switch (4SD), BCM and keyless control
module connectors are disconnected.
ground:
Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid
opener switch (4SD) terminal A
Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid
opener switch (4SD) terminal B
5

(4SD)
Yes
No

Replace the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid
opener switch (4SD), then go to Step 7.
(See 09-14-91 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
Yes
No

Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.
(See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
Yes

AND START SYSTEM].)
x Inspect the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/

trunk lid opener switch (4SD).
(See 09-14-92 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Is the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid
opener switch (4SD) normal?
6
INSPECT BCM
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 7A
(wiring harness-side).
(See 09-40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B113E:11 displayed?
No
End Of Sie
DTC B11FD:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388500
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (LF)
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (LF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between outer handle (LF) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (LF) malfunction
09-02A28

OUTER HANDLE (LF)
A
3X
REQUEST SWITCH (LF)

KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
D
3F
3AB

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(LF)
OUTER HANDLE (LF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (LF)

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the outer handle (LF) connector.
Inspect the outer handle (LF) connector.
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

handle (LF) and keyless control module, then go to Step
5.

connector.
3

OUTER HANDLE (LF) AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE
x Inspect the wiring harness between outer handle
(LF) terminal B and keyless control module
terminal 3F, and outer handle (LF) terminal E
and keyless control module terminal 3AB for the
following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
Action
Repair/replace the outer handle (LF) connector or
09-02A29

Step
4
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

x Is the DTC B11FD:1F displayed?
5
VERIFY DTCs
No
Yes

x Is the DTC B11FD:1F displayed?
No
Action
Replace the keyless antenna (LF), then go to the next
step.
SYSTEM].)

AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388600
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (RF)
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (RF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between outer handle (RF) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (RF) malfunction
OUTER HANDLE (RF)
3U
A
REQUEST SWITCH (RF)
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
D
3O
3AD

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3AC 3Z 3W *
* 3N 3K *
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(RF)
OUTER HANDLE (RF)

am2zzw0000504
09-02A30

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (RF)

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the outer handle (RF) connector.
Inspect the outer handle (RF) connector.
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

handle (RF) and keyless control module, then go to
Step 5.
Yes
Replace the keyless antenna (RF), then go to the next

step.
SYSTEM].)

connector.
3

OUTER HANDLE (RF) AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE
x Inspect the wiring harness between outer handle
(RF) terminal B and keyless control module
terminal 3O, and outer handle (RF) terminal E
and keyless control module terminal 3AD for the
following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B1210:1F displayed?
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC B1210:1F displayed?
Action
Repair/replace the outer handle (RF) connector or
No
Yes
No

AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC P1794:16, P1794:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388700
Detection Condition
x P1794:16: Keyless control module power voltage low (power from P/W 20 A fuse)
x P1794:17: Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from P/W 20 A fuse)
Possible Causes
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between battery and keyless control module
Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and keyless control module terminal 1E
P/W 20 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and keyless control module terminal 1E
09-02A31

B+
1E
P/W 20 A
1E
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
*
1D
*
*
am2zzw0000259
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY PCM DTCs

TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02C-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Are any DTCs displayed?
BATTERY INSPECTION
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17C-5 GENERATOR INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-4 GENERATOR INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)

CONNECTOR
connector.
disconnected pins)
09-02A32
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-02B-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)

(See 01-17C-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.4 DI
Turbo].)
(See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ,
ZY].)
(See 01-17C-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17C-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Step
5
Inspection

BATTERY AND KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
AND OPEN CIRCUIT
Action
Yes
No

disconnected.
module terminal 1E (wiring harness-side).
6
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
x Is the following DTC displayed?
P1794:16
P1794:17
No

Inspect the P/W 20 A fuse.
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC U0028:87 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1399500
Detection Condition
x Correct data cannot be received from BCM (no response for 10 times)
Possible Causes
x BCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC U0028:87 displayed?
VERIFY BCM DTCs

x Verify the BCM DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
VERIFY BCM
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Go to the applicable DTC inspection, then go to Step 4.

(See 09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
Replace the BCM, then go the next step.
09-02A33

Step
4
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

No
Action
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e1399300
Detection Condition
x Correct data cannot be received from PCM
Possible Causes
x PCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY PCM DTCs

(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02C-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
VERIFY PCM
VERIFY DTCs
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.

(See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ,
ZY].)
(See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZCD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZCD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC U201F:00 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
Detection Condition
x Communication error between keyless control module and keyless receiver
Possible Causes
x Keyless receiver connector or terminals malfunction
x Short circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver and keyless control module
x Keyless receiver malfunction
09-02A34
id0902e1388800

B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
D
KEYLESS C
RECEIVER
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
2H
KEYLESS RECEIVER

*
2L
2I
*
2G
* 2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000259
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the keyless receiver connector.
Inspect the keyless receiver connector.
2

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

receiver and keyless control module, then go to Step 5.
Yes
No

Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-108 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/
SYSTEM].)

connector.
3
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER SIGNAL

CIRCUIT
x Inspect the wiring harnesses between keyless
receiver terminal C and keyless control module
terminal 2H for the following:
Short to ground

x Inspect the keyless receiver.
(See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER
START SYSTEM].)
x Is the keyless receiver normal?
Action
Repair/replace the keyless receiver connector or
09-02A35

Step
5
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

x Is the DTC U201F:00 displayed?
No
Action
AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC U201F:13 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388900
Detection Condition
x Keyless receiver not connecting
Possible Causes
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver and keyless control module
B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
D
KEYLESS C
RECEIVER
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
2H
KEYLESS RECEIVER

*
2L
2I
*
2G
* 2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000089
Step
1
Inspection

CONNECTOR
x
x
x
x

Inspect the keyless receiver connector.
09-02A36
Yes
No
Action
Repair/replace the keyless receiver connector or

Step
2
Inspection
Action

CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

SYSTEM].)
Yes

AND START SYSTEM].)

connector.
3
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER SIGNAL

OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Keyless receiver and keyless control module
x Inspect for continuity between keyless receiver
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and keyless
control module terminal 2H (wiring harnessside).

START SYSTEM].)
VERIFY DTCs
x Is the DTC U201F:13 displayed?
No
End Of Sie
id0902e1399000
Detection Condition
x Configuration error
Possible Causes
x Configuration was not done correctly for some reason.
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM CONFIGURATION
x Perform the configuration for the keyless
control module using the M-MDS.
(See 09-14-102 KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Action
(See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
09-02A37

id0902e1399100
Detection Condition
x Keyless control module internal malfunction
Possible Causes
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Action
SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1399400
Detection Condition
x U3003:16: Keyless control module power voltage low (power from ROOM 15 A fuse)
x U3003:17: Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from ROOM 15 A fuse)
Possible Causes
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between battery and BCM
Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and BCM terminal 1O
ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and BCM terminal 1O
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between BCM and keyless control module
Short to ground in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3P and keyless control module terminal 1D
Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3P and keyless control module terminal 1D
x BCM malfunction
B+
ROOM 15 A
1O 3P
1D
BCM
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE

1E
*
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
3D
*
1D
*
*
am2zzw0000089
09-02A38

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY PCM DTCs

TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
VERIFY BCM DTCs

x Verify the BCM DTCs using the M-MDS.
BATTERY INSPECTION
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
INSPECT BCM CONNECTOR

x
x
x
x

Disconnect the BCM connector.
Inspect the BCM connector. (Corrosion,
damage, and disconnected pins)
6

BATTERY AND BCM FOR SHORT TO
GROUND AND OPEN CIRCUIT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

CONNECTOR
connector.
disconnected pins)

(Y6)].)
Turbo].)
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
No

Repair/replace the BCM connector or terminal, then go to
Step 10.
Yes
No

Inspect the ROOM 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.
x BCM connector is disconnected.

x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 1O
Action
Yes
No
09-02A39

Step
8
Inspection
Action

BCM AND KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
AND OPEN CIRCUIT
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
to ground or open circuit, then go to Step 10.
Yes
No

Yes

START SYSTEM].)
x BCM and keyless control module connectors

are disconnected.
module terminal 1D (wiring harness-side).
9
INSPECT BCM
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminals
1O and 3P (wiring harness-side).
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
10
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
x Is the following DTC displayed?
U3003:16
U3003:17
No
End Of Sie
id0902e1399200
Detection Condition
x Keyless control module ACC power voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (ACC) and keyless control module
Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch (ACC) and keyless control module terminal 2A
MIRROR 7.5 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (ACC) and keyless control module terminal 2A
ACC
MIRROR 7.5 A
2A
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE

*
2L
2I
*
2G
* 2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000089
09-02A40

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY PCM DTCs

TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
BATTERY INSPECTION
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

IGNITION SWITCH (ACC) AND
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE FOR
SHORT TO GROUND AND OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
x Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
module terminal 2A (wiring harness-side).

(Y6)].)
Turbo].)
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect the MIRROR 7.5 A fuse.
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.

connector.
disconnected pins)
5
Action
09-02A41

Step
6
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
No
Action
START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
1. Select DataLogger.
2. Select Modules.
3. Select RKE.
2. Select RKE.
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table.
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on
the screen.
id0902e1960600
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
Note
x The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input/output signals in the
module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it is necessary
to inspect the monitored value of input parts corresponding to the applicable output part control. In
addition, because the system does not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in the
monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output parts individually.
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
PID name
(definition)
BZR_OUT
(Keyless
beeper
status)
DTC_CNT
(Number of
DTCs)
IG_KEY_IN
(Ignition key
cylinder
status)
IG_SW_ST
(Ignition
switch
status)
IMMOBI
(Immobilizer
function
present/not
present)
Unit/Operation
Off/On
Key-Out/Key-In
Not Pushed/
Pushed
09-02A42
Off/On*
Data contents
Inspection item (s)
id0902e1960700
Terminal
x Keyless beeper sound: On

x Keyless beeper not sound: Off
Keyless beeper inspection
3K
x DTC detected: 1255

x DTC not detected: 0
Separate DTC inspection
x Ignition key auxiliary key inserted: KeyIn

Steering lock unit inspection
x No ignition key auxiliary key: Key-Out
3W
x Push switch pushed: Pushed

x Push switch released: Not pushed
Steering lock unit inspection
3V
x Immobilizer function present: On

x Immobilizer function not present: Off
Keyless control module

inspection

PID name
(definition)
LOCK_SW_
D
Door locklink switch
status)
MASTERKE
Y*
(Master key
present/not
present)
NUMCARD
(Number of
advanced
keys)
NUMKEY*
(Number of
key codes)
PWR_ACC
(ACC power
supply
status)
REQ_SW_B
K
(Liftgate
opener
switch
status)
REQ_SW_R
Request
switch
(RF)
status
REQ_SW_L
Request
switch
(LF)
status
VPWR_B+
(Keyless
control
module
power
supply
voltage)
*
Unit/Operation
Data contents
Inspection item (s)
Terminal
Lock/Unlock
x Driver's door: UNLOCK: Unlock

x Driver's door: LOCK: Lock
Door lock-link switch inspection
3P
Not Pushed/
Pushed
x Master key present: Present

x Master key not present: Not present

inspection
x Number of programmed advanced

keys: 06

inspection
x Number of programmed key codes:

08

inspection
Off/On
x Ignition switch at ACC: On

x Ignition switch at LOCK: Off
Ignition switch inspection
2A
Off/On
x Liftgate opener switch pressed: On

x Liftgate opener switch released: Off
Liftgate opener switch

inspection
3G
Off/On
x Request switch (RF) pressed: On

x Request switch (RF) released: Off
Request switch (RF) inspection
3U
Off/On
x Request switch (LF) pressed: On

x Request switch (LF) released: Off
Request switch (LF) inspection
3X
x Continuous: Approx. 12 V
Battery inspection
1D
: With immobilizer system
End Of Sie
09-02A43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
09-02B ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System wiring diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-02B1
09-02B2
09-02B2
09-02B2
09-02B3
09-02B3
09-02B6
09-02B7
09-02B7
09-02B8
09-02B8
09-02B9
09-02B10
09-02B11
09-02B11

SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B13
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B13
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B14
SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B16
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B17
SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51
/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B18
SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B19
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)] . . . . 09-02B20
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)] . . . . 09-02B21

FOREWORD
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
End
of Toc
id0902e3345500
x DTCs are recorded in the PCM and keyless control module when a malfunction is detected. The stored DTCs
can be verified using the flashing pattern of the security light and M-MDS. There are some DTCs which cannot
be verified using the security light. Verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the
servicing.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
x If more than one DTC is detected, the security light only displays the DTC with the lowest number. Begin
repairs based on the DTC displayed by the security light. All DTCs can be read by the M-MDS.
x It is possible for several DTCs to be displayed for a one malfunction cause. Erase the DTCs after one repair and
then re-inspect the DTCs.
x If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom
troubleshooting.
(See 01-03-12 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [ZJ, ZY].)
x The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key ID numbers programmed for a single
vehicle.
(See 09-02B-21 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Note
x Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because transmission between the key and the
vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the key ring.
Any metallic object
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any electronic device, or any credit or
EXAMPLES:
other card with magnetic strips
End Of Sie
METAL RING LYING ON KEY HEAD
METAL PART OF ANOTHER

KEY TOUCHING KEY HEAD
KEY IS NEAR OR TOUCHING

ANOTHER IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEY
ac9uuw00001496

DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3345400
Security light
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Verify the security light status.
x If a malfunction is detected, the DTC pattern begins flashing after the security light flashes or illuminates for
approx. 1 min according to the DTC. However, because there are DTCs which cannot be confirmed using
the security light, verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the servicing.
DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
x If there is no malfunction, the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
Note
x The service code flashing pattern repeats 10 times.
x If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
3. If there is a malfunction, verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light.
Note
x Because of the possibility that one malfunction cause could result in several DTCs being detected, erase
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then re-inspect the DTCs.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See 09-02B-3 CLEARING
DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
M-MDS
2. After vehicle identification, the following can be
selected from the M-MDS initialization screen.
x Using an IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select Self-test.
2. Select Module.
3. Select RKE.
x Using a PDS (pocket PC):
1. Select Module test.
2. Select RKE.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair
the malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See 09-02B-3 DTC TABLE
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
09-02B2

Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See 09-02B-3 CLEARING
DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3400300

2. Select Modules.
3. Select RKE.
2. Select RKE.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3347100
Note
x The security light flashes or illuminates under the following conditions when the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK or ACC position.
x If there is any malfunction:
DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
below repeats 10 times.
DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
x If there is no malfunction:
The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and then turns off.
DTC
11
Keyless
warning
light
Illuminated
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
PCM
module
B10D9:87
Detection Condition
No detected
P1260:0
communication with the
0
coil antenna.
Reference
(See 09-02B-6
SECURITY LIGHT:
11, DTC:
B10D9:87/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-02B3

DTC
Keyless
warning
light
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
PCM
module
Detection Condition
x Coil antenna
malfunction
x The PCM determined
a malfunction in the
coil antenna even
though it is normal.
Illuminated
B10D5:13
P1260:0
0
Not
illuminated
B10D7:05
P1260:0 Key ID number program

0
error
Not
illuminated
B10D7:94
P1260:0 The key ID number data

0
cannot be read.
14
Not
illuminated
B10D7:81
The keyless control

P1260:0
module cannot read key
0
ID number data normally.
15
Not
illuminated
B10D7:51

P1260:0
detected unprogrammed
0
key ID number.
12
13
09-02B4
Reference
(See 09-02B-8
SECURITY LIGHT:
12, DTC:
B10D5:13/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-9
SECURITY LIGHT:
13, DTC:
B10D7:05/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-11
SECURITY LIGHT:
13, DTC:
B10D7:94/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-13
SECURITY LIGHT:
14, DTC:
B10D7:81/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-14
SECURITY LIGHT:
15, DTC:
B10D7:51/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)

DTC
Keyless
warning
light
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
PCM
module
Detection Condition
16
Not
illuminated
U0100:87
Communication error
between the keyless
P1260:0
control module and the
0
PCM (no response/
condition mismatch)
21
Illuminated
B10D8:00
P1260:0 Only one key has been

0
programmed.
22
Not
illuminated
B10DA:51
Communication error
P1260:0 between keyless control
0
module and PCM (data
transfer error)
23
Not
illuminated
B10DA:62
ID number data between

P1260:0
keyless control module
0
and PCM are different.
Reference
(See 09-02B-16
SECURITY LIGHT:
16, DTC:
U0100:87/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-17
SECURITY LIGHT:
21, DTC:
B10D8:00/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-18
SECURITY LIGHT:
22, DTC:
B10DA:51/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-19
SECURITY LIGHT:
23, DTC:
B10DA:62/
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-02B5

DTC
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
PCM
module
Keyless
warning
light
Illuminated
U0001:88
Illuminated
U0100:00
Not illuminated
Detection Condition
Reference
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(L.H.D.)].)
U0073:0 Module communication
(See 09-02I-1
0
error (HS-CAN)
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(L.H.D.)].)
PCM communication error
(See 09-02I-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)].)
: The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following:
B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3353000
DTC
Security light flashing

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
09-02B6
11
B10D9:87
No detected communication with coil antenna.
P1260:00
x
x
x
x
x
ENG 10 A fuse malfunction

The coil antenna is pulled out.
Coil antenna malfunction
Keyless control module malfunction
Related wiring harnesses malfunction

System wiring diagram
COIL ANTENNA
IG1
2D
2B
3N

COIL ANTENNA
*
2L
2I
*
2G
* 2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
3AB 3Y 3V * 3P *
* 3G *
*
3N
3K
3AC 3Z 3W *
*
*
*
*
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000511
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY COIL ANTENNA CORRECTLY

INSTALLED
Yes
No
x Verify the installation condition of the coil

antenna.
x Is the coil antenna correctly installed? (Is the
connector pulled out?)
2
FUSE INSPECTION
x
x
x
x
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY

x
x
x
x

Remove the ENG 10 A fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
Disconnect the coil antenna connector.
Connect the negative battery cable.
Measure the voltage at coil antenna connector
terminal B.
Is the voltage 8 V or more?

COIL ANTENNA AND GROUND
Action
Install the coil antenna correctly, then go to the next
step.
(See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No

Replace the fuse, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between the coil
antenna and the keyless control module, then go to
Step 9.

x Measure the continuity of the wiring harness
between coil antenna connector terminal C and
ground.
5
INSPECT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

(INPUT) FOR CONTINUITY
connector
keyless control module connector terminal 2D.
09-02B7

Step
6
Inspection
Action

(OUTPUT) FOR CONTINUITY
Yes
No

antenna and the keyless control module, then go to
Step 9.
Yes
No

x Replacing the coil antenna.
INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

START SYSTEM].)
x Go to the next step.
Yes
No
x Replace the keyless control module and program

the immobilizer system-related parts.
AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.


between coil antenna connector terminal D and
keyless control module connector terminal 2B.
7
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL

CIRCUIT
x
x
x
x
Connect the coil antenna connector.

terminal C.

ground.
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

x
x
x
x
x

Reconnect the disconnected connectors.
Clear DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
x Are DTCs output again?
Keyless control module: B10D9:87
PCM:P1260:00
10
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE

PRESENT
x Verify if other DTCs are displayed.
x Are any other DTCs output?
End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3353100
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
12
B10D5:13

x PCM determined a malfunction in coil antenna even though it is
normal.
P1260:00
x Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CONNECTOR

x
x
x
x

Is the coil antenna connector and the keyless
control module connector securely connected
without corrosion, damage or disconnected pins.
09-02B8
Yes
No
Action
START SYSTEM].)
Securely connect the connectors, and go to the next
step.

Step
2
Inspection
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR
Yes
No

Yes
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors.

x Connect the negative battery cable.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
3
No
Action
Inspect DTC P1260:00. (See 01-02A-148 DTC
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)

PRESENT
End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3353200
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
13
B10D7:05
P1260:00
x Errors during key ID number program procedure
x If any of the following items are touching or near key head, signal
communication between key and vehicle is negatively affected, resulting
in engine not starting.
Spare keys
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE


Keys for other vehicles equipped with immobilizer system

Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with magnetic strips
09-02B9

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS

inspection and verify the programmed keys.
(See 09-02B-20 PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)].)
NUMKEY
(See 09-02B-21 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
x Are two or more keys programmed?
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
End Of Sie
09-02B10
Yes
No
Action
x Program an additional key referring to the
immobilizer system-related parts programming.
AND START SYSTEM].)
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356000
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
13
B10D7:94
Key ID number data cannot be read.
P1260:00
x There is no transponder in the key
x Transponder malfunction (key code is not output)
Spare keys
EXAMPLES:

POSSIBLE CAUSE


Any metallic object
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
x Is the DTC displayed again?
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
Action
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes
Security light: 13, M-MDS: Inspect B10D7:05/

P1260:00.
(See 09-02B-9 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
No
09-02B11

Step
3
Inspection
VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR NOT

x Are there any keys with which the engine can be
started, other than the key that is a cause of the
displayed DTC?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN

KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
x Program an additional key.
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMRELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
x Using another valid key, turn the ignition switch
to the ON position.
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
09-02B12
Action
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
Yes
Replace the coil antenna, then go to Step 6.

SYSTEM].)
x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
x Program a new key if necessary.
START SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.

SYSTEM].)
INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 8.

AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 8.

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)

Step
8
Inspection

PRESENT
Yes
No
Action

End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356600
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
14
B10D7:81
The keyless control module cannot read key ID number data normally.
P1260:00
x
x
x
x
x
Transponder (key) malfunction

Coil antenna installation malfunction
If any of the following items are touching or near key head, signal
Spare keys
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system

Any metallic object
Step
1
Inspection

INSTALLED
antenna.
connector not completely connected?)
Yes
No
Action
step.
SYSTEM].)
09-02B13

Step
2
Inspection

x Using another programmed key, turn the ignition
x If there is not another programmed key, program
an additional key and turn the ignition key to the
ON position using the programmed key.
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR
No
Yes
No

PRESENT

AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 5.
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
5
Yes
Action
SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 4.

End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356700
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
09-02B14
15
B10D7:51
Keyless control module has detected unprogrammed key ID number.
P1260:00
x
x
x
x
No keys have been programmed after replacing keyless control module.

Unprogrammed key used
Attempt made to program ninth key

Step
1
Inspection

SYSTEM)].)
NUMKEY
x Are one or more keys programmed?

SYSTEM)].)
NUMKEY
x Are eight keys programmed?
Action
Yes
No

Go to Step 3.
Yes
Erase the key ID number, then go to the next step.

PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
No
Yes
x Program the key ID number.

Note
x Two or more keys need to be programmed
to start the engine.
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
4
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
No
Yes

AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 5.
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No


End Of Sie
09-02B15

SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356800
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
16
U0100:87
Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (no

response/condition mismatch)
P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between keyless control module
and PCM
x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
x Is a DTC displayed for either the keyless control
module or PCM, or both?
U0001:88
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
x Are DTCs output?
Keyless control module: U0100:87
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
End Of Sie
09-02B16
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding
DTC inspection.
(See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
x Inspect DTC P1260:00.

(See 01-02A-148 DTC P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Go to step 4.
No

AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
Yes
No

Yes

START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3358000

pattern
Keyless
DTC
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
21
B10D8:00
P1260:00
Step
1
Inspection

SYSTEM)].)
NUMKEY
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
Keyless control module: B108D:00
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
Keyless control module: B108D:00
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Action
AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 3.
AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 4.
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No


End Of Sie
09-02B17

SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3358500
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
22
B10DA:51
Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (data

transfer error)
P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between keyless control module
and PCM
x PCM malfunction
x The immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the keyless control module.
Step
Inspection
1
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM)].)
U0001:88
2
x After replacing the keyless control module, have the
immobilizer system-related parts been
programmed?
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
Keyless control module: B10DA:51
PCM:P1260:00
EXAMINE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND

PCM
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
09-02B18
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Perform troubleshooting according to the
corresponding DTC inspection.
Go to step 7.
x Perform programming of immobilizer systemrelated parts only when replacing the keyless
control module.
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMRELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
x Perform programming of immobilizer systemrelated parts only when replacing the PCM.
Go to Step 7.

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM])
Go to Step 7.

Step
Inspection
5
EXAMINE PCM
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
6
Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
No
Action
x Replace the PCM and program the immobilizer
system-related parts.
(See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Go to Step 7.
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT

End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3358600
DTC

pattern
Keyless
M-MDS control
display module
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
23
B10DA:62
ID number data between keyless control module and PCM are different.
P1260:00
x Necessary procedures were not performed using the M-MDS after
replacing PCM.
x PCM malfunction
Step
Inspection
1
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
U0001:88
Yes
No
Action
Perform troubleshooting according to the
corresponding DTC inspection.
09-02B19

Step
Inspection
2
EXAMINE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND
Yes
PCM
x Perform programming of immobilizer system-related
parts only when replacing the PCM
AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
3
EXAMINE PCM
No
No

[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Go to Step 5.
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
4
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT

Action
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM])
Go to Step 5.
No
Yes
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3400500

2. Select Modules.
3. Select RKE.
2. Select RKE.
the screen.
09-02B20
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210

Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3345900
PID name (definition)

NUMKEY
(Number of key ID numbers programmed in keyless
control module)
Detection Condition
Number of programmed key ID numbers: 08
End Of Sie
09-02B21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
09-02C ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . .
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System wiring diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05
/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
09-02C1
09-02C2
09-02C2
09-02C2
09-02C3
09-02C3
09-02C5
09-02C5
09-02C5
09-02C7
09-02C7
09-02C8
09-02C8
09-02C9
09-02C9

(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C11
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C11
SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C17
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C18

FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5345500
x DTCs are recorded in the PCM and instrument cluster when a malfunction is detected. The stored DTCs can
be verified using the flashing pattern of the security light and M-MDS. There are some DTCs which cannot be
verified using the security light. Verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the
servicing.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
x If more than one DTC is detected, the security light only displays the DTC with the lowest number. Begin
repairs based on the DTC displayed by the security light. All DTCs can be read by the M-MDS.
x It is possible for several DTCs to be displayed for one malfunction cause. Erase the DTCs after one repair and
then re-inspect the DTCs.
x If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom
troubleshooting.
x The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key ID numbers programmed for a single
vehicle.
(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
Note
x Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because transmission between the key and the
vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the key ring.
Any metallic object
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any electronic device, or any credit or
EXAMPLES:
other card with magnetic strips
End Of Sie


ac9uuw00001496

DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5345400
Security Light
2. Verify the security light status.
x If a malfunction is detected, the DTC pattern begins flashing after the security light flashes or illuminates for
approx. 1 min according to the DTC. However, because there are DTCs which cannot be confirmed using
the security light, verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the servicing.
DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
x If there is no malfunction, the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
Note
x The service code flashing pattern repeats 10 times.
x If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
3. If there is a malfunction, verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light.
Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then re-inspect the DTCs.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster. (See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
M-MDS
2. Select Module.
3. Select IC.
1. Select Module test.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair
the malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See 09-02C-3 DTC TABLE
Note
09-02C2

the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster. (See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5400300

2. Select Modules.
3. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5347100
Note
x The security light flashes or illuminates under the following conditions when the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK or ACC position.
x There is a malfunction:
DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
x There is no malfunction
The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and then turns off.
DTC
11
12
M-MDS display*
Instrument
PCM
cluster
B10D9:87
B10D5:13
P1260:00
P1260:00
Detection Condition
No detected communication
with the coil antenna.

x The PCM determined a
malfunction in the coil
antenna even though it is
normal.
Page
(See 09-02C-5 SECURITY

LIGHT: 11, DTC:
B10D9:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 12, DTC:
B10D5:13/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
09-02C3

DTC
M-MDS display*
Instrument
PCM
cluster
Detection Condition
B10D7:05
P1260:00 Key ID number program error
B10D7:94
P1260:00
14
B10D7:81
The instrument cluster cannot

P1260:00 read key ID number data
normally.
15
B10D7:51
The instrument cluster has

P1260:00 detected an unprogrammed
key ID number.
16
U0100:87
Communication error between

P1260:00 the instrument cluster and the
PCM (no response)
21
B10D8:00
P1260:00
22
B10DA:51

PCM (data transfer failure)
23
B10DA:62

PCM (condition mismatch)
U0001:88
U0073:00
U0100:00
13
The key ID number data
cannot be read.
Only one key has been

programmed.
Module communication error

(HS-CAN)
Not illuminated
09-02C4
Page

LIGHT: 13, DTC:
B10D7:05/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 13, DTC:
B10D7:94/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-11
SECURITY LIGHT: 14,
DTC: B10D7:81/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-12
SECURITY LIGHT: 15,
DTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-13
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-14
SECURITY LIGHT: 21,
DTC: B10D8:00/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-15
SECURITY LIGHT: 22,
DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-16
SECURITY LIGHT: 23,
DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)

*
: The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following:
B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5353000
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
11
No detected communication with coil antenna.
B10D9:87
P1260:00
x
x
x
x
POSSIBLE CAUSE
METER 10 A fuse malfunction

Instrument cluster malfunction
Related wiring harnesses malfunction

IG1
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
COIL ANTENNA
2M
2Q
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
COIL ANTENNA
*
*
2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M
*
2T 2R
*
*
* 2G
2J *
*
*
* 2A
2D 2B
am2zzw0000089
Step
1
Inspection

INSTALLED
Yes
No

antenna.
connector pulled out?)
2
FUSE INSPECTION
x
x
x
x

Remove the METER 10 A fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY

x
x
x
x

terminal B.
Action
step.
Yes
No

Replace the fuse, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

09-02C5

Step
4
Inspection

COIL ANTENNA AND GROUND
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

antenna and the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

antenna and the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

x Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes
No
x Replace the instrument cluster and program the

immobilizer system-related parts.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No


ground.
5

(INPUT) FOR CONTINUITY
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
instrument cluster connector terminal 2M.

instrument cluster connector terminal 2Q.
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL

CIRCUIT
x Connect the coil antenna connector.
x Measure the voltage at coil antenna connector
terminal C.

between coil antenna connector terminal ground.
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

x
x
x
x
x

Clear the DTC.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
x Verify if any DTCs are displayed.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
Instrument cluster: B10D9:87
PCM:P1260:00
10

PRESENT
End Of Sie
09-02C6

id0902e5353100
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
12
B10D5:13

x PCM determined a malfunction in coil antenna even though it is
normal.
P1260:00
x Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CONNECTOR

x
x
x
x

Is the coil antenna connector and the instrument
cluster connector securely connected without
corrosion, damage or disconnected pins.
Verify after repair

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
x Replace the coil antenna.
Securely connect the connectors, and go to the next
step.
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

End Of Sie
09-02C7

id0902e5353200
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
13
B10D7:05
P1260:00
x Errors during key ID number program procedure
Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE


keys
Any metallic object
Step
1
Inspection

(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
NUMKEYS
(See 09-02C-18 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM)].)
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
End Of Sie
09-02C8
Yes
No
Yes
Action
Program an additional key referring to the immobilizer
system-related parts programming.
SYSTEM].)
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No


id0902e5356000
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
13
B10D7:94
Key ID number data cannot be read.
P1260:00
x There is no transponder in the key
x Transponder malfunction (key code is not output)
in the engine not starting.
Spare
EXAMPLES:

POSSIBLE CAUSE

keys
Any metallic object
x Instrument cluster malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
PCM: 1260:00

x Are there any keys with which the engine can be
started other than the key that is a cause of the
displayed DTC?
Action
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes
No
Security light: 13, inspect DTCs B10D7:05/P1260:00.

(See 09-02C-8 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
09-02C9

Step
4
Inspection

KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
x Program an additional key.
(See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMRELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
x Using another valid key, turn the ignition switch
to the ON position.
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
End Of Sie
09-02C10
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the coil antenna, then go to Step 6.
SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 8.

SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 8.

INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 8.
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

id0902e5356600
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
14
B10D7:81
Instrument cluster cannot read key ID number data normally.
P1260:00
x Transponder (key) malfunction
Spare
EXAMPLES:

POSSIBLE CAUSE

keys
Any metallic object
x Coil antenna installation malfunction
Step
1
Inspection

INSTALLED
Yes
No

antenna.
connector not completely connected?)
2

x If there is not another programmed key, program
an additional key and turn the ignition key to the
ON position using the programmed key.
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
Yes
No
Action
step.
SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 4.
09-02C11

Step
3
Inspection
Yes

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
4
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR
Yes

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
5
No

PRESENT
Action
INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 5.
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No


End Of Sie
id0902e5356700
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
15
B10D7:51
Instrument cluster has detected unprogrammed key ID number.
P1260:00
x
x
x
x
POSSIBLE CAUSE
No keys have been programmed after replacing instrument cluster.

Unprogrammed key used
Attempt made to program a ninth key
Instrument cluster malfunction
Step
1
Inspection

NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)
x Are one or more keys programmed?

NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)
x Are eight keys programmed?
09-02C12
Action
Yes
No

Go to Step 3.
Yes
Erase the key ID number, then go to the next step.

SYSTEM].)
No

Step
3
Inspection
Yes
x Program the key ID number.

ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Note
x Two or more keys need to be programmed
to start the engine.
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 5.

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00
4
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR
No

P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

SYSTEM)].)
PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5356800
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
16
U0100:87
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (no

response)
P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between instrument cluster and
PCM
x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
x Is a DTC displayed for either the instrument
cluster or PCM, or both?
U0001:88
Yes
No
Action
Repair the malfunctioning part according to the
separate DTC inspection.
09-02C13

Step
2
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
Yes

SYSTEM)].)
x Are DTCs output?
Instrument cluster: U0100:87
PCM:P1260:00
3
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR
No

INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No

Yes

SYSTEM)].)
Instrument cluster: U0100:87
PCM:P1260:00
4
No

PRESENT
Action
x Inspect DTC P1260:00. (See 01-02A-148 DTC
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Go to step 4.

End Of Sie
id0902e5358000

pattern
Instrument
DTC
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
21
B10D8:00
P1260:00
Step
1
Inspection

NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)
VERIFY DTCs
SYSTEM)].)
Instrument cluster: B108D:00
PCM:P1260:00
09-02C14
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
x Go to Step 3.
SYSTEM].)
INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 4.

Step
3
Inspection
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR
Yes
No

Yes

SYSTEM)].)
Instrument cluster: B108D:00
PCM:P1260:00
4
No
Action
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)

PRESENT
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5358500
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
22
B10DA:51
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (data

transfer failure)
P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between instrument cluster and
PCM
x PCM malfunction
x The immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the instrument cluster.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
x Is a DTC displayed for either the instrument cluster
or PCM, or both?
U0001:88

x After replacing the instrument cluster, have the
immobilizer system-related parts been
programmed?
VERIFY DTCs
Instrument cluster: B10DA:51
PCM:P1260:00
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Go to Step 7.
x Perform programming of immobilizer systemrelated parts only when replacing the instrument
cluster.
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Perform programming of immobilizer systemrelated parts only when replacing the PCM.
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 7.
09-02C15

Step
4
Inspection
EXAMINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PCM

PCM:P1260:00
EXAMINE PCM
Yes
No
No

[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 7.
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

PCM:P1260:00
No
Yes
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR

PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
Action
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 7.

End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5358600
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM
23
B10DA:62
ID number data in instrument cluster and PCM do not match.
P1260:00
x Necessary procedures were not performed using M-MDS after replacing
PCM.
x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
x Is a DTC displayed for either the instrument cluster
or PCM, or both?
U0001:88
09-02C16
Yes
No
Action

Step
2
Inspection
EXAMINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PCM
Yes
Perform programming of immobilizer systemrelated parts only when replacing the PCM
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
PCM:P1260:00
3
EXAMINE PCM
No
No

[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 5.
P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
Yes
No

Yes

PCM:P1260:00
Verify after repair

PCM:P1260:00

PRESENT
Action
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 5.
No
Yes

End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5400500

2. Select Modules.
3. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
the screen.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
09-02C17

Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5345900

NUMKEYS
(Number of key ID numbers programmed in the instrument cluster)
End Of Sie
09-02C18
Detection Condition
Number of programmed key ID numbers: 08
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
09-02D ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [THEFT-DETERRENT

SYSTEM]
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . .
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . .
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . .
READING FREEZE FRAME DATA
CLEARING FREEZE FRAME DATA
DTC INSPECTION
CLEARING DTC
DTC TABLE
DTC B109F:49
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B109F:86
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B109F:87
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B10A5:49
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B10A5:86
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-02D2
09-02D2
09-02D3
09-02D3
09-02D4
09-02D4
09-02D5
09-02D5
09-02D6
09-02D6
09-02D6
09-02D6
09-02D6
09-02D6
09-02D6
09-02D7
09-02D7
09-02D8
09-02D8
09-02D8
09-02D8
09-02D9
09-02D9
09-02D9
09-02D9
09-02D9
09-02D10
09-02D10
09-02D10
09-02D10
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D10

DTC B10A5:87
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D11
Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D11
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D11
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D12
DTC U0300:00, U2100:00,
DTC U3000:49
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D14
DTC B1172:13
DTC B1174:13
DTC B1175:13
DTC B1176:13
DTC B1178:11
DTC B11C0:13
DTC B11C1:13
DTC P254F:13
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D36
End of Toc
09-02D1

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7344500
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles

IG
B+
METER 10 A
B+ INSTRUMENT
ROOM 15 A
CLUSTER
U
W
WITH ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM
PUSH
SWITCH
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
BCM
SECURITY
LIGHT
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
X
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND

START SYSTEM
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
THEHT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
B+
CAN-H
K
Q
CAN-L
I
BCM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
B+
V
UNLOCK
LOCK
T
B+
WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM
LOCK LINK SWITCH

WITH DOUBLE LOCKING
SYSTEM
R
B+
LIFTGATE
LATCH
SWITCH
C
H
BONNET
LATCH
SWITCH
INTRUDER
SENSOR
B+
J
THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
am2zzw0000378
09-02D2

AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
IG
B+
METER 10 A
B+ INSTRUMENT
ROOM 15 A
CLUSTER
U
W
WITH ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM
PUSH
SWITCH
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
SECURITY
LIGHT
THEHT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
BCM
E
X
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH
K
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
CAN-H
CAN-L
B+
BCM
Q
V
UNLOCK
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
LOCK
T
B+
LOCK LINK SWITCH

B+
WITH DOUBLE LOCKING

SYSTEM
HORN 15 A
WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS

AND START SYSTEM
H
BONNET
LATCH
SWITCH
THEFT-DETERRENT
HORN
am2zzw0000465
End Of Sie
READING FREEZE FRAME DATA [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7466100
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the READING FREEZE FRAME
DATA.
09-02D3

1. Select Body.
2. Select VSM Service Functions.
3. Then, select the following item from the screen
menu.
1. Select Read FFD.
4. Read the record according to the directions on
the screen.
DLC-2
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000065
CLEARING FREEZE FRAME DATA [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7466200
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the CLEARING FREEZE
FRAME DATA.
1. Select Body.
2. Select VSM Service Functions.
3. Then, select the following item from the screen
menu.
1. Select Clear FFD.
4. Clear the record according to the directions on
the screen.
End Of Sie
DTC INSPECTION [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
DLC-2
am2zzw0000065
id0902g7345400

2. Select Modules.
3. Select VSM.
2. Select VSM.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000065
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the theft-deterrent control module. (See 09-02D-5
CLEARING DTC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM])
End Of Sie
09-02D4

CLEARING DTC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7400300

2. Select Modules.
3. Select VSM.
2. Select VSM.
DLC-2
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02D-4 DTC INSPECTION [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
am2zzw0000065
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
DTC
M-MDS display
Detection Condition
B109F:49*1
Intruder sensor internal malfunction
B109F:86*1
Signal error from intruder sensor
B109F:87*1
Communication error between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent

control module
B10A5:49*1
Theft-deterrent siren internal malfunction
B10A5:86*1
Signal error from theft-deterrent siren
B10A5:87*1
Communication error between theft-deterrent siren and theftdeterrent control module
B1172:13
Door lock-link switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction
B1174:13
Door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/RR) circuit malfunction
B1175:13*1
Front door latch switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction
B1176:13*1
Front door latch switch (passenger-side) circuit malfunction
B1178:11*1
Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
B11C0:13*1
Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
B11C1:13*1
Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
P254F:13
Bonnet latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
U0001:88
Module communication error (HS-CAN)
id0902g7347100
Reference
(See 09-02D-6 DTC B109F:49
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-6 DTC B109F:86
(See 09-02D-8 DTC B109F:87
(See 09-02D-9 DTC B10A5:49
(See 09-02D-10 DTC B10A5:86
(See 09-02D-11 DTC B10A5:87
(See 09-02D-16 DTC B1172:13
(See 09-02D-19 DTC B1174:13
(See 09-02D-24 DTC B1175:13
(See 09-02D-26 DTC B1176:13
(See 09-02D-28 DTC B1178:11
(See 09-02D-30 DTC B11C0:13
(See 09-02D-32 DTC B11C1:13
(See 09-02D-34 DTC P254F:13
(See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02D5

DTC
M-MDS display
U0100:00
U0140:00
BCM communication error
Detection Condition
Reference
U0300:00
U2100:00
U3000:49
U3003:16
U3003:17
Configuration error
Theft-deterrent control module internal malfunction
Theft-deterrent control module power supply voltage is other than
916 V
(See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD

SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02D-13 DTC U0300:00,
U2100:00, [THEFT-DETERRENT
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-13 DTC U3000:49
(See 09-02D-13 DTC U3003:16,
U3003:17 [THEFT-DETERRENT
SYSTEM].)
*1 : Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
End Of Sie
DTC B109F:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850000
Detection Condition
x Intruder sensor internal malfunction
Possible Causes
x Intruder sensor malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT DTCs
(See 09-02D-5 CLEARING DTC [THEFTDETERRENT SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-4 DTC INSPECTION [THEFTDETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B109F:49 displayed?
Yes
No
Action
Replace the intruder sensor.
(See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
Detection Condition
x Signal error from intruder sensor
Possible Causes
x Short circuit in wiring harness between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent control module
x Theft-deterrent control module malfunction
09-02D6
id0902g7850100

B+
BCM
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
INTRUDER
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
INTRUDER SENSOR
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE

B
R
*
*
*
L
I
*
*
*
E
*
*
*
*
*
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
*
D
A
B
am2zzw0000232
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT INTRUDER SENSOR

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the intruder sensor connector.
Inspect the intruder sensor connector.
2
INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL

MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Repair/replace the theft-deterrent control module
connector or terminal.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
intruder sensor and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent control module

connector.
x Inspect the theft-deterrent control module
disconnected pins)
3

INTRUDER SENSOR AND THEFTDETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
Action
Repair/replace the intruder sensor connector or
terminal.
x Inspect the wiring harness between intruder

sensor connector terminal I and theft-deterrent
control module connector terminal C for the
following:
Short to body ground
09-02D7

Step
4
Inspection
Yes
x
x
x
x

Inspect the intruder sensor.
(See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
x Is the intruder sensor normal?
No
INSPECT DTCs
Action
Replace the intruder sensor, then go to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
Yes

x Is DTC B109F:86 displayed again?
Replace the theft-deterrent system control module.

(See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No
End Of Sie
id0902g7850200
Detection Condition
x Communication error between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent control module
Possible Causes
x Open circuit or short in wiring harness between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent control module
B+
BCM
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
INTRUDER
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
INTRUDER SENSOR

B
R
*
*
*
L
I
*
*
*
E
*
*
*
*
*
*
D
A
B
am2zzw0000232
09-02D8

Step
1
Inspection

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the intruder sensor connector.
Inspect the intruder sensor connector.
2

MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

intruder sensor and the theft-deterrent control module.
Yes
Replace the intruder sensor, then go to the next step.

INSTALLATION.)

connector.
disconnected pins)
3

INTRUDER SENSOR AND THEFTDETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
Action
Repair/replace the intruder sensor connector or
terminal.
x Inspect the wiring harness between intruder

sensor connector terminal I and theft-deterrent
control module connector terminal C for the
following:
Open circuit
4

x
x
x
x

Inspect the intruder sensor.
INSPECTION.)
x Is the intruder sensor normal?
5
INSPECT DTCs
No
Yes

x Is DTC B109F:87 displayed again?
No

End Of Sie
DTC B10A5:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850300
Detection Condition
x Theft-deterrent siren internal malfunction
Possible Causes
x Theft-deterrent siren malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT DTCs
x Is DTC B10A5:49 displayed?
Yes
No
Action
Replace the theft-deterrent siren.
(See 09-14-102 THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
End Of Sie
09-02D9

id0902g7850400
Detection Condition
x Signal error from theft-deterrent siren
Possible Causes
x Short to wiring harness between theft-deterrent siren and theft-deterrent control module
B+
BCM
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
INTRUDER
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
INTRUDER SENSOR

B
R
*
*
*
L
I
*
*
*
E
*
*
*
*
*
*
D
A
B
am2zzw0000233
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
Inspect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
2

MODULE CONNECTOR
connector.
disconnected pins)
09-02D10
Yes
No
Action
Repair/replace the theft-deterrent siren connector or
terminal.


Step
3
Inspection

THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN AND THEFTDETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
Action
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between the theftdeterrent siren and the theft-deterrent control module.
Yes
Replace the theft-deterrent siren, then go to the next

step.
x Inspect the wiring harness between theftdeterrent siren connector terminal B and theftdeterrent control module connector terminal C
for the following:
4

x
x
x
x

Inspect the theft-deterrent siren.
INSPECTION.)
x Is the theft-deterrent siren normal?
5
INSPECT DTCs
x Is DTC B10A5:86 displayed again?
No
Yes
No

End Of Sie
id0902g7850500
Detection Condition
x Communication error between theft-deterrent siren and theft-deterrent control module
Possible Causes
x Open or short circuit to wiring harness between theft-deterrent siren and theft-deterrent control module
09-02D11

B+
BCM
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
INTRUDER
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
INTRUDER SENSOR

B
R
*
*
*
L
I
*
*
*
E
*
*
*
*
*
*
D
A
B
am2zzw0000077
Step
1
Inspection

CONNECTOR
Yes
No
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
Inspect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
2

MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
No

Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between the theftdeterrent siren and the theft-deterrent control module.

connector.
disconnected pins)
3

THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN AND THEFTDETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
x Inspect the wiring harness between theftdeterrent siren connector terminal B and theftdeterrent control module connector terminal C
for the following:
Open circuit
09-02D12
Action
Repair/replace the theft-deterrent siren connector or
terminal.

Step
4
Inspection
Yes
x
x
x
x

Inspect the theft-deterrent siren.
INSPECTION.)
x Is the theft-deterrent siren normal?
5
No
INSPECT DTCs
Yes

x Is DTC B10A5:87 displayed again?
No
Action
Replace the theft-deterrent siren, then go to the next
step.

End Of Sie
DTC U0300:00, U2100:00, [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850600
Detection Condition
x Possible configuration error
Possible Causes
x Configuration has not been correctly performed for some reason
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
x Is DTC U0300:00 or U2100:00 displayed?
Yes
No
Action
(See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
End Of Sie
DTC U3000:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850800
Detection Condition
x Theft-deterrent system control module internal malfunction
Possible Causes
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
x Is DTC U3000:49 displayed?
Yes
No
Action
(See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
End Of Sie
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850900
Detection Condition
x Theft-deterrent control module power supply voltage is other than 916 V
Possible Causes
x ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and theft-deterrent control module
09-02D13

B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
INTRUDER
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
INTRUDER SENSOR

B
R
*
*
*
L
I
*
*
*
E
*
*
*
*
*
*
D
A
B
am2zzw0000253
Step
1
Inspection
FUSE INSPECTION
x
x
x
x

Remove the ROOM 15 A fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
09-02D14
Action
Yes
No

Replace the fuse.

Step
2
Inspection
BATTERY INSPECTION
x Measure the battery positive voltage.
x Is the voltage between 916 V?
Action
Yes
No

Higher than specification
x Replace or inspection the battery.
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.4
DI Turbo].)
(See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Go to Step 4.
Lower than specification

BATTERY AND THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
Yes
No
x Replace or charge the battery.

(Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.4
DI Turbo].)
(See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Go to Step 4.
Repair or replace the wiring harness between the battery
and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent control

module connector.
x Inspect the wiring harness between the
battery and theft-deterrent control module
connector terminal W for the following:
Short to ground
Open circuit
4
INSPECT BCM
x
x
x
x

Measure the voltage of BCM connector
terminal 3P.
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
5
VERIFY DTCs
x Is DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 displayed?
Yes
No

Replace the BCM.
Yes
Replace the theft-deterrent control module.

No
End Of Sie
09-02D15

DTC B1172:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g7111400
Door lock-link switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction

x Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (driver-side) unlock-side circuit with the door lock-link switch
(driver-side) unlocked.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal DBody ground
x Door lock-link switch (driver-side) malfunction
x Theft-deterrent control module connector or terminals malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal LTheft-deterrent control module terminal
V
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (DRIVER-SIDE)
UNLOCK
D
J

W
X
U
V
S
T
Q
R
09-02D16
O
P
M
N
K
K
I
J
G
H
E
F
C
D
LOCK
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE)


STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL
MODULE DTC
x Clear the DTC using the M-MDS.
x Perform the theft-deterrent control module
DTC inspection using the M-MDS with the
door lock-link switch (driver-side) unlocked.
x Is the same DTC present?
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE) CONNECTOR
AND TERMINALS
x Switch the ignition to off.
x Disconnect the front door latch and lock
actuator (driver-side) connector.
x Inspect the connector and terminals
(corrosion, damage, pin disconnection).
x Is there any malfunction?
VERIFY MALFUNCTIONING LOCATION
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) connector is disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the following terminal
Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) terminal L
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
(DRIVER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
terminal (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) terminal D
(DRIVER-SIDE)
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (driver-side).
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
MODULE CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
module connector.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driverside), then go to Step 8.
(See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Step 8.
09-02D17

STEP
7
INSPECTION
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) and theft-deterrent control module
x Reconnect the theft-deterrent control module
connector.
Theft-deterrent control module terminal V
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED
x Make sure to reconnect the disconnected
connectors.
door lock-link switch (driver-side) unlocked.
PRESENT
x Are any DTCs present?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
End Of Sie
09-02D18
ACTION
circuit, then go to the next step.
Replace the theft-deterrent control module, then go to the

next step.

(See 09-02D-5 DTC TABLE [THEFT-DETERRENT
SYSTEM].)

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g7111300

x Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/RR) circuit with the door lock-link switch
(passenger-side/LR/RR) unlocked.
All door lock-link switches do not operate:

x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal B/Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal B/Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal LTheft-deterrent control module terminal
T
Only the door lock-link switch (passenger-side) does not operate:
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) connector or terminals malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal JBody ground
x Door lock-link switch (passenger-side) malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal BTheft-deterrent control module
terminal T
Only the door lock-link switch (LR) does not operate:

x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal JBody ground
x Door lock-link switch (LR) malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal BTheft-deterrent control module terminal T
Only the door lock-link switch (RR) does not operate:

x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal DBody ground
x Door lock-link switch (RR) malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal LTheft-deterrent control module terminal T
09-02D19

DESCRIPTION
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (PASSENGER-SIDE)

UNLOCK
J
LOCK
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR)

UNLOCK
J
LOCK
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR)

UNLOCK
D
LOCK

DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

09-02D20

STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/
RR) unlocked.
x Operate the door lock-link switch lock and
unlock.
x Is there a door lock-link switch that does not
operate?

module connector.
(PASSENGER-SIDE/LR/RR) CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
connector.
Theft-deterrent control module terminal T
(See 09-14-112 THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION.)
ACTUATOR (PASSENGER-SIDE)
CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
actuator (passenger-side) connector.
x Front door latch and lock actuator
(passenger-side) connector is disconnected.
Front door latch and lock actuator
(passenger-side) terminal B
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 21.
Yes
All door lock-link switches do not operate:

Only the door lock-link switch (passenger-side) does not
operate:
x Go to Step 5.
Only the door lock-link switch (LR) does not operate:
x Go to Step 10.
Only the door lock-link switch (RR) does not operate:
x Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 20.
Step 20.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 20.
No

Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
09-02D21

STEP
7
10
11
12
13
INSPECTION
(PASSENGER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
ground:
(passenger-side) terminal J
(PASSENGER-SIDE)
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (passengerside).
INSPECTION.)
CIRCUIT
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR (LH) CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
x Disconnect the rear door latch and lock
actuator (LH) connector.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
connector is disconnected.
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal B
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR)
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
ground:
terminal J
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (LR).
INSPECTION.)
09-02D22
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the front door latch and lock actuator

(passenger-side), then go to Step 20.
Go to Step 20.
No
Yes
No
Repair or replace the wiring harness between front door

latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal B and
theft-deterrent control module terminal T.
Go to Step 20.
Go to Step 20.
No

Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 14.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (LH), then
go to Step 20.
(See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
Go to Step 20.
Yes
No

STEP
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
INSPECTION
ACTUATOR (RH) CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
actuator (RH) connector.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH)
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal L
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR)
ground:
terminal D
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (RR).
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/
RR) unlocked.
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Repair or replace the wiring between rear door latch and
lock actuator (LH) terminal B and theft-deterrent control
module terminal T, then go to Step 20.
Go to Step 20.
No

Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 19.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (RH), then
go to Step 20.
Go to Step 20.
Repair or replace the wiring between rear door latch and
lock actuator (RH) terminal L and theft-deterrent control
module terminal T, then go to the next step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
09-02D23

STEP
21
INSPECTION
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g7111500
Front door latch switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction

x Open circuit in the front door latch switch (driver-side) circuit with the front door (driver-side) closed
(front door latch switch (driver-side) on).
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) connector or terminals malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal DBody ground
x Front door latch switch (driver-side) malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal BTheft-deterrent control module terminal
O

FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (DRIVER-SIDE)
DOOR CLOSE ON
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE)


W
X
U
V
S
T
09-02D24
Q
R
O
P
M
N
K
K
I
J
G
H
E
F
C
D
A
B

STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
front door (driver-side) closed (front door
latch switch (driver-side) on).
ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE) CONNECTOR
AND TERMINALS
actuator (driver-side) connector.
Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) terminal B
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
ground:
Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) terminal D
(DRIVER-SIDE)
x Inspect the front door latch switch (driverside).
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
module connector.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driverside), then go to Step 8.
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Step 8.
09-02D25

STEP
7
INSPECTION
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driverside) and theft-deterrent control module
connector.
x Measure the voltage between the following
terminal (wiring harness-side):
Theft-deterrent control module terminal O
connectors.
front door (driver-side) closed (front door
latch switch (driver-side) on).
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

next step.

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g7111600
Front door latch switch (passenger-side) circuit malfunction

x Open circuit in the front door latch switch (passenger-side) circuit with the front door (passenger-side)
closed (front door latch switch (passenger-side) on).
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) connector or terminals malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal JBody ground
x Front door latch switch (passenger-side) malfunction
Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal LTheft-deterrent control module
terminal M

FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (PASSENGER-SIDE)
DOOR CLOSE ON

W
X
U
V
S
T
Q
R
09-02D26
O
P
M
N
K
K
I
J
G
H
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (PASSENGER-SIDE)


STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
front door (passenger-side) closed (front
door latch switch (passenger-side) on).
ACTUATOR (PASSENGER-SIDE)
actuator (passenger-side) connector.
(passenger-side) terminal L
CIRCUIT
ground:
(passenger-side) terminal J
(PASSENGER-SIDE)
x Inspect the front door latch switch
(passenger-side).
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
module connector.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes

(passenger-side), then go to Step 8.
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Step 8.
09-02D27

STEP
7
INSPECTION
CIRCUIT
(passenger-side) and theft-deterrent control
module connectors are disconnected.
connector.
Theft-deterrent control module terminal M
connectors.
front door (passenger-side) closed (front
door latch switch (passenger-side) on).
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

next step.

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g7111100
Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction

x Short to ground in the liftgate latch switch circuit with the liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off).
x
x
x
x
Liftgate latch switch connector or terminals malfunction

Theft-deterrent control module connector or terminals malfunction
Liftgate latch switch malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Liftgate latch switch terminal CTheft-deterrent control module terminal R
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
C
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

09-02D28
C
D
A
B

STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off).
INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
x Disconnect the liftgate latch switch
connector.
module connector.
INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
x Liftgate latch switch and theft-deterrent
ground:
Liftgate latch switch terminal C
INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
x Inspect the liftgate latch switch.
(See 09-14-90 LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off).
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 6.
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short

to ground, then go to Step 6.
Replace the liftgate latch switch, then go to the next step.

(See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
next step.

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
09-02D29

DTC B11C0:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g7111700
Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction

x Open circuit in the rear door latch switch (RH) circuit with the rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch
switch (RH) on).
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal DBody ground
x Rear door latch switch (RH) malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal BTheft-deterrent control module terminal N

REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
DOOR CLOSE ON

REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)

09-02D30

STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch switch
(RH) on).
ACTUATOR (RH) CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
actuator (RH) connector.
terminal B
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
ground:
terminal D
x Inspect the rear door latch switch (RH).
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
module connector.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (RH), then
go to Step 8.
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
No
Yes
No
09-02D31

STEP
7
INSPECTION
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) and
theft-deterrent control module connectors
are disconnected.
connector.
Theft-deterrent control module terminal N
connectors.
rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch switch
(RH) on).
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

next step.

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B11C1:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g7111800
Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction

x Open circuit in the rear door latch switch (LH) circuit with the rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch
switch (LH) on).
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal JBody ground
x Rear door latch switch (LH) malfunction
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal LTheft-deterrent control module terminal P
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)


W
X
U
V
S
T
09-02D32
Q
R
O
P
M
N
K
K
I
J

STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch switch
(LH) on).
ACTUATOR (LH) CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
actuator (LH) connector.
terminal L
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
ground:
terminal J
x Inspect the rear door latch switch (LH).
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
module connector.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (LH), then
go to Step 8.
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
No
Yes
No
09-02D33

STEP
7
INSPECTION
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) and
theft-deterrent control module connectors
are disconnected.
connector.
Theft-deterrent control module terminal P
connectors.
rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch switch
(LH) on).
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

next step.

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC P254F:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g7111200
Bonnet latch switch circuit malfunction

x Open circuit in the bonnet latch switch circuit with the bonnet closed (bonnet latch switch on).
x Bonnet latch switch connector or terminals malfunction
Bonnet latch switch terminal BBody ground
x Bonnet latch switch malfunction
Bonnet latch switch terminal ATheft-deterrent control module terminal H
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

BONNET LATCH SWITCH
H

W
X
U
V
09-02D34
S
T
Q
R
O
P
M
N
K
K
I
J
BONNET LATCH SWITCH


STEP
1
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
bonnet closed (bonnet latch switch on).
INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH
x Disconnect the bonnet latch switch
connector.
x Bonnet latch switch connector is
disconnected.
Bonnet latch switch terminal A
INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Bonnet latch switch connector is
disconnected.
ground:
Bonnet latch switch terminal B
INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH
x Inspect the bonnet latch switch.
(See 09-14-31 BONNET LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
module connector.
INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Bonnet latch switch and theft-deterrent
connector.
Theft-deterrent control module terminal H
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the bonnet latch switch, then go to Step 8.

(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 8.

09-02D35

STEP
8
INSPECTION
connectors.
bonnet closed (bonnet latch switch on).
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7400500

2. Select Modules.
3. Select VSM.
2. Select VSM.
the screen.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000065
Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7345900
Foreword
1. When the theft-deterrent control module switches to the alert mode, it stores the related theft-deterrent control
module control status data.
2. Stored data up to the previous tow times can be checked using the PID/data monitor function.
3. There are two storage fields (TRG_1TRG_2), and the latest data is TRG_1.
PID name
(definition)
DTC_CNT
(Number of
DTCs)
DRSW_D
(Door latch
switch
(driver's
door) status)
Unit/Operation

Close/Open
09-02D36
Data contents
Inspection item(s)
Terminal
x DTC detected: 1255

x DTC not detected: 0
Separate DTC inspection
x Driver's door open: Open

x Driver's door closed: Close
Door latch switch (driver's side)

PID name
(definition)
DRSW_P
(Door latch
switch
(passenger'
s door)
status)
DRSW_RR*
Unit/Operation
Data contents
Inspection item(s)
Terminal
Close/Open
x Passenger's door open: Open

x Passenger's door closed: Close
Door latch switch (passenger's

door)
Close/Open
x Rear door (RH) open: Open

x Rear door (RH) closed: Close
Door latch switch (rear door

(RH))
Close/Open
x Rear door (LH) open: Open

x Rear door (LH) closed: Close

(LH))
Close/Open
x Bonnet open: Open

x Bonnet closed: Close
Bonnet latch switch
Unlock/Lock
x Driver's door lock knob locked: Lock

x Driver's door lock knob unlocked:
Unlock
Door lock-link switch
Unlock/Lock
x Door lock knob other than driver's door

locked: Lock
unlocked: Unlock
Close/Open
x Liftgate open: Close

x Liftgate closed: Open
Liftgate latch switch
Off/On
x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: On

x Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
Off/On

unlocked: On
locked: Off
Off/On
x Theft-deterrent control module power

supply interrupted: On
supply not interrupted: Off
(Door latch
switch (rear
door (RH))
status)
DRSW_LR*
1
(Door latch
switch (rear
door (LH)
status)
HOOD_SW
(Bonnet
latch switch
status)
LLSW_D
(Door locklink switch
status)
LLSW_P+R
(Door latch
switch
(passenger'
s door, rear)
status)
T_GATE_S
W
(Liftgate
latch switch
status)
TRG1_01
status)
TRG1_02
(Door latch
switch
(passenger'
s door, rear)
status)
TRG1_03
(Theftdeterrent
control
module
power
supply
voltage)
TRG1_04
(Angle
sensor
status)
TRG1_05
(Intruder
sensor
status)
Off/On
Off/On
Theft-deterrent control module
Note
x Displayed but not used in the inspection.
x Intruder sensor detected intrusion: On
x Intruder sensor did not detect
intruder sensor
intrusion: Off
09-02D37

PID name
(definition)
TRG1_06
(Door latch
switch
(driver's
door) status)
TRG1_07
(Door latch
switch
(passenger'
s door)
status)
Unit/Operation
TRG1_08*1
(Door latch
switch (rear
door (LH)
status)
TRG1_09*1
(Door latch
switch (rear
door (RH))
status)
TRG1_10
(Liftgate
latch switch
status)
TRG1_11
(Bonnet
latch switch
status)
TRG1_12
(Ignition key
cylinder
status)
TRG1_13
(Used key
status)
TRG1_ST_
A
(Theftdeterrent
system
status)
TRG1_ST_
B
(Theftdeterrent
system
status)
TRG2_01
status)
TRG2_02
(Door latch
switch
(passenger'
s door, rear)
status)
09-02D38
Data contents
Inspection item(s)
Terminal
Off/On
x Driver's door open: On

x Driver's door closed: Off
Off/On
x Passenger's door open: On

x Passenger's door closed: Off

door)
Off/On
x Rear door (LH) open: On

x Rear door (LH) closed: Off

(LH))
Off/On
x Rear door (RH) open: On

x Rear door (RH) closed: Off

(RH)
Off/On
x Liftgate open: On
x Liftgate closed: Off
Off/On
x Bonnet open: On
x Bonnet closed: Off
Bonnet latch switch
Off/On
x Key reminder switch or push switch off

and ignition switch on: On
Ignition key cylinder
and ignition switch off: Off
Off/On
Note
x Displayed but not used in inspection.
Off/On
x Theft-deterrent system in stand-by

preparatory mode: On
x Theft-deterrent system initial mode: Off
Off/On

mode: On
x Theft-deterrent system stand-by
preparatory mode: Off
Off/On
x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: On

x Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
Off/On

unlocked: On
locked: Off

PID name
(definition)
TRG2_03
(Theftdeterrent
control
module
power
supply
voltage)
TRG2_04
(Angle
sensor
status)
TRG2_05
(Intruder
sensor
status)
TRG2_06
(Door latch
switch
(driver's
door) status)
TRG2_07
(Door latch
switch
(passenger'
s door)
status)
TRG2_08*1
(Door latch
switch (rear
door (LH)
status)
TRG2_09*1
(Door latch
switch (rear
door (RH))
status)
TRG2_10
(Liftgate
latch switch
status)
TRG2_11
(Bonnet
latch switch
status)
TRG2_12
(Ignition key
cylinder
status)
TRG2_13
(Used key
status)
TRG2_ST_
A
(Theftdeterrent
system
status)
TRG2_ST_
B
(Theftdeterrent
system
status)
Unit/Operation
Data contents
Off/On

supply interrupted: On
supply not interrupted: Off
Off/On
Inspection item(s)
Terminal
Note
x Displayed but not used in the inspection.
Off/On
x Intruder sensor detected intrusion: On

x Intruder sensor did not detect
intruder sensor
intrusion: Off
Off/On
x Driver's door open: On

x Driver's door closed: Off
Off/On
x Passenger's door open: On

x Passenger's door closed: Off

door)
Off/On
x Rear door (LH) open: On

x Rear door (LH) closed: Off

(LH))
Off/On
x Rear door (RH) open: On

x Rear door (RH) closed: Off

(RH)
Off/On
x Liftgate open: On
x Liftgate closed: Off
Off/On
x Bonnet open: On
x Bonnet closed: Off
Bonnet latch switch
Off/On

and ignition switch on: On
Ignition key cylinder
and ignition switch off: Off
Off/On
Note
x Displayed but not used in inspection.
Off/On

preparatory mode: On
x Theft-deterrent system initial mode: Off
Off/On

mode: On
x Theft-deterrent system stand-by
preparatory mode: Off
09-02D39

PID name
(definition)
VPWR
(Theftdeterrent
control
module
power
supply
voltage)
Unit/Operation
*1 : 5HB
End Of Sie
09-02D40
Data contents
x Continuous: Approx. 12 V
Inspection item(s)
Battery
Terminal
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUDIO]
09-02E ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUDIO]

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST MODE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION
PROCEDURE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification Using Label or Inscribed
Lettering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verify Using the Diagnostic Assist
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-02E1
09-02E1
09-02E1
09-02E2
09-02E3
DTC TABLE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E3

DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION
[AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E4
LCD Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E4
Switch Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E5
Speaker Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E5
Radio Reception Condition
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E5
Center Panel Specification
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E6

End of Toc
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO]
id0902f6358300
Note
x All DTCs displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode should be entered in the Audio Repair Order
Form.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position.
2. Turn the center panel unit power to off.
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch,
simultaneously press the FM/AM switch and the
CD/AUX switch for 2 s or more.
Note
x If several DTCs are in the memory, they can
be displayed using the UP SEEK switch or
DOWN SEEK switch.
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
End Of Sie
FM/AM SWITCH
UP SEEK
SWITCH
DOWN SEEK
SWITCH
CD/AUX SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000495
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE [AUDIO]

id0902f6358400
Note
x When asking the supplier (service center) for repair or replacement, identify the supplier and fill in the
Audio Repair Order Form using the following procedures.
Identification Using Label or Inscribed Lettering
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the following parts:
(1) Shift lever knob (MTX) (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [F35M-R].) (See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [B65M-R].)
(2) Side wall (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front console component (See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Glove compartment (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-02E1

3. Verify the supplier indicated on the label attached
on each unit.
LABEL
am2zzw0000039
Verify Using the Diagnostic Assist Function

2. Turn the center panel unit power to on.
simultaneously press the Preset switch 5 for 3 s
or more.
LCD
PRESET
SWITCH 5
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
4. Identify the supplier code by referring to the LCD.

Supplier
code
01
02
03
04
Supplier name
SANYO Automedia
Panasonic
Clarion
Pioneer
Note
am2zzw0000072
x The supplier code can also be identified

from the DTC displays screen.
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either
turning off the center panel unit power or by
turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
End Of Sie
SUPPLIER CODE
am2zzw0000072
09-02E2

CLEARING DTC [AUDIO]
id0902f6400300
Caution
x Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs displayed in the on-board diagnostic
test mode in the Audio Repair Order Form.
1. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See 09-02E-1 STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO].)
simultaneously press the MENU switch for 2 s or
more.
3. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
End Of Sie
MENU SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
DTC TABLE [AUDIO]

id0902f6363000
Screen display
DTC
(When starting onboard diagnostic
function)
Malfunction description
Inferred cause/verified content
Battery voltage low

09:Er20
Audio does not function
09:Er21
Audio unclear or no audio

from radio and CD
09:Er22
Radio not receiving signal
10:Er01
MP3 applicable CD player

cannot implement insert
and eject commands.
10:Er02
Cannot change tracks.
10:Er07
CD cannot playback
(cannot operate)
10:Er10
MP3 applicable CD player

does not operate.
21:Er17
21:Er18
Operation differs from the

selected switch
x Verify the symptoms

described by the customer
(such as occurrence
frequency and mode).
x Short to ground in the wiring
harness between the audio
unit and speakers
x Audio unit malfunction
x Verify the sometimes
described by the customer
(such as time and place of
occurrence, and radio
frequency).
Audio unit malfunction
Reference
(See 09-03E-6 NO.2 NO POWER

TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO
SYSTEM [AUDIO].)
(See 09-03E-9 NO.5 SOUND

BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND
QUALITY [AUDIO].)
(See 09-03F-3 NO.1 NO RADIO

RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR
LOW VOLUME [RADIO].)
(See 09-03G-3 NO.1 CD

PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE
CD IMMEDIATELY [CD].)
(See 09-03G-3 NO.2 CD
EJECT THE CD [CD].)
(See 09-03G-11 NO.11 TRACK
CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE
[CD].)
x CD incompatible (CD used by (See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
customer)
x Recurs no matter the type of PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND
CD (no non-compatible CD)
[CD].)
(See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
x Malfunction of connectors
between audio unit and MP3 PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
applicable CD player.
PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND
[CD].)
Verify the center panel and audio (See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC
unit assembly.
ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
09-02E3

Screen display
DTC
(When starting onboard diagnostic
function)
21:Er19
22:Er01
22:Er02
22:Er07
22:Er10
no Err
Malfunction description
Inferred cause/verified content
x Verify conditions such as the

non-operation of all audio
switches or the non-operation
of any particular switch.
x Center panel (audio switch
system) malfunction
x Defective CD (curved, broken
or foreign material stuck/
attached, etc.)
Communication error with

center panel (audio switch
system)
MP3 applicable CD changer

cannot implement insert,
eject, and disc change
commands.
x Defective CD (curved, broken

or foreign material stuck/
Cannot change tracks.
attached, etc.)
x CD incompatible (CD used by
CD cannot playback
customer)
(cannot operate)
x Recurs no matter the type of
CD (no non-compatible CD)
x Malfunction of connectors
MP3 applicable CD changer
between audio unit and MP3
does not operate.
applicable CD changer.

DTC is not recorded.
Reference
(See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION

STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
CONFIRMATION [AUDIO].)
(See 09-03G-3 NO.1 CD
LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE
CD IMMEDIATELY [CD].)
(See 09-03G-3 NO.2 CD
EJECT THE CD [CD].)
(See 09-03G-11 NO.11 TRACK
CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE
[CD].)
(See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
[CD].)
(See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
[CD].)

End Of Sie
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO]
id0902f6361100
LCD Inspection
simultaneously press the UP SEEK switch for 0.2
s or more.
4. Inspect according to the following table:
UP SEEK SWITCH
LCD
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000495
Inspection
x Launch the LCD inspection
mode.
x The characters displayed on
the LCD are not truncated or
faint.
Display
Yes
DISC IN ST
AF PTY
RPT RDM
TA
TP AUTO-M
No
Action
LCD is normal.
Replace the center panel.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER
PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-4 CENTER
PANEL UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning off the center panel unit power or by turning the ignition
switch to the LOCK position.
09-02E4

Switch Inspection
simultaneously press the CLOCK switch for 0.2 s
or more.
CLOCK SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
Inspection
x Launch the switch inspection
mode.
x Operate all of the switches
(press).
x Does the buzzer sound?
Display
Yes

No
Action
The switch is normal.
Verify the switch.
(See 09-03E-2
CONFIRMATION STEP
1: AUDIO SWITCH
CONFIRMATION
[AUDIO].)
Speaker Inspection
simultaneously press the AUTOM switch for 0.2
s or more.
AUTO-M
SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
Inspection
x Launch the speaker inspection
mode.
x Does each speaker output
sound in the following order?:
1. Front door speaker (LH) and
tweeter (LH)
2. Front door speaker (RH) and
tweeter (RH)
3. Rear door speaker (RH)/rear
speaker (RH) (3HB)
4. Rear door speaker (LH)/rear
speaker (LH) (3HB)
Display
Yes

No
Action
The speakers and the wiring harness
between the audio unit and speakers
are normal.
x If no sound is produced from all of
the speakers.
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND
FROM ALL SPEAKERS [AUDIO].)
x If no sound is produced from
some of the speakers.
(See 09-03E-7 NO.4 NO SOUND
FROM SOME SPEAKERS
[AUDIO].)
Radio Reception Condition Inspection
3. Tune in the radio.
09-02E5
09

simultaneously press the Preset switch 2 for 0.2 s
or more.
Caution
x Even if the system is normal, radio
reception may be difficult depending on
where the system is inspected (indoors/
outdoors, or conditions at the location).
Before inspecting the system, verify that
radio reception is adequate.
x When performing the inspection, select
the best area for receiving radio
frequencies.
Inspection
Display (AM 522 kHz

reception)
Start the radio reception condition

inspection mode.
PRESET
SWITCH 2
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
Action
Center roof antenna, antenna feeder and audio unit
are normal.
Change frequencies and re-perform the inspection.
Inspect the center roof antenna and antenna feeder.

(See 09-20-15 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-19 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
x If either the center roof antenna or the antenna
feeder is not normal, replace the
malfunctioning part.
x If the center roof antenna and antenna feeder
are normal, replace the audio unit.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Center Panel Specification Inspection
09-02E6

simultaneously press the Preset switch 6 for 3 s
or more.
PRESET
SWITCH 6
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
Inspection
x Launch the center panel
destination mode.
x Is there a match to the
destination?
Display
Yes
ID
CODE
No
ID
00
Specification
Mazda 2
Code
00
01
02
03
Action
The center panel is
normal.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER
PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-4 CENTER
PANEL UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Destination
Europe
Australia
4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 5KHz
pitch)
4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 9KHz
pitch)
End Of Sie
09-02E7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
09-02F ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER]
DTC INSPECTION
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . .
CLEARING DTC
DTC TABLE
DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00
DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
DTC B1B71:14
DTC P0070:14
DTC P193B:14
DTC U0401:68
DTC U0401:92
DTC U0402:92
End of Toc
09-02F1
09-02F2
09-02F2
09-02F3
09-02F4
09-02F5
09-02F5
09-02F7
09-02F7
09-02F9
09-02F9
09-02F11
09-02F11
09-02F12
DTC U0415:92
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F12
DTC U0420:92
DTC U0452:68
DTC U0452:92
DTC U0515:68
DTC U3000:41
DTC U3003:16
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F15
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F16
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE

DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8345400

2. Select Modules.
3. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000250
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
End Of Sie
09-02F1

CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
2. Select Modules.
3. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02F-1 DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
id0902e8400300
am2zzw0000250
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC
B10D5:13
B10D7:05
B10D7:51
B10D7:81
B10D7:94
B10D8:00
B10D9:87
B10DA:51
B10DA:62
B1A84:41
B1A84:51
B1B71:14*
P0070:14
P193B:14*
Malfunction location
x The PCM determined a malfunction in the coil
antenna even though it is normal.
id0902e8347100
Reference
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-12 SECURITY LIGHT: 15, DTC:
The instrument cluster has detected unprogrammed key
B10D7:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
ID number.
The instrument cluster cannot read key ID number data
normally.
The key ID number data cannot be read.
SYSTEM)].)
Only one key ID number is programmed.
No detected communication with the coil antenna.
SYSTEM)].)
Communication error between the instrument cluster
B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
and the PCM (data transfer failure)
B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
and the PCM (mismatched conditions)
(See 09-02F-3 DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00
Instrument cluster configuration data error
(See 09-02F-4 DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
(See 09-02F-5 DTC B1B71:14 [INSTRUMENT
Evaporator temperature sensor circuit malfunction
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-7 DTC P0070:14 [INSTRUMENT
Ambient temperature cannot be displayed on LCD of
meter
CLUSTER].)
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit
(See 09-02F-9 DTC P193B:14 [INSTRUMENT
malfunction
CLUSTER].)
09-02F2

DTC
U0001:88 Module communication error (HS-CAN)
U0100:00 PCM communication error
U0100:87

and the PCM (no response)
U0101:00 TCM communication error

ABS HU/CM communication error (With ABS)
U0121:00
DSC HU/CM communication error (With DSC)
U0131:00 EPS control module communication error
U0140:00 BCM communication error
U0151:00 SAS control module communication error
U0214:00 Keyless control module communication error
U0300:00 Instrument cluster configuration data error
U0401:68 Signal error from PCM
U0401:92 Signal error from PCM
U0402:92 Signal error from TCM
U0415:92
Signal error from ABS HU/CM (With ABS)

Signal error from DSC HU/CM (With DSC)
U0420:92 Signal error from EPS

U0452:68 Signal error from SAS control module
U0452:92 Signal error from SAS control module
U0515:68 Signal error from keyless control module
U2100:00 Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
U3000:41 Instrument cluster internal malfunction
U3003:16 Battery positive voltage is low
*
Reference
U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(See 09-02F-3 DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00

(See 09-02F-11 DTC U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-4 DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
: MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
End Of Sie
DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8999900
DTCs B1A84:41,
Instrument cluster configuration error
U0300:00
Detection
Configuration error
Condition
Possible Causes Configuration was not done correctly for some reason
09-02F3

Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

CONFIGURATION
Yes
x Perform the instrument cluster configuration

using the M-MDS.
CONFIGURATION.)
x Clear the DTC.
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC
x Inspect the instrument cluster DTCs.
(See 09-02F-1 DTC INSPECTION
x Are DTCs B1A84:41, U0300:00 displayed?
2

RECORDED
No
Yes

x Are any other DTCs displayed?
No
Action
Replace the instrument cluster.
INSTALLATION.)

(See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
End Of Sie
DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTCs B1A84:51,
U2100:00
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8999800

Configuration setting has not been performed
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

CONFIGURATION
x Perform the instrument configuration using
the M-MDS.
CONFIGURATION.)
x Clear the DTC.
x Are DTCs B1A84:51, U2100:00 displayed?

RECORDED
End Of Sie
09-02F4
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)


DTC B1B71:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC B1B71:14
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8998900
Evaporator temperature sensor circuit malfunction

Evaporator temperature sensor resistance value not input for a continuous 5 s
x Open or short to ground circuit in wiring harness between evaporator temperature sensor and
instrument cluster
x Evaporator temperature sensor malfunction

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2N
2H
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR
B
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WIRING

HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
A
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I
2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000273
09-02F5

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No

x Disconnect the evaporator temperature
sensor connector.
(See 07-40A-28 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-21 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
2

SENSOR
Yes
No

Replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
(See 07-40A-28 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-21 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
After replacement, go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.

After repair procedure, go to Step 7.
Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No

After repair procedure, go to the next step.
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
OPEN CIRCUIT IN EVAPORATOR

TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Yes
x Inspect for continuity between instrument

cluster terminal 2H and body ground.
No

x Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor.

(See 07-40A-28 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-21 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
x Is the evaporator temperature sensor
normal?
3
Action
Repair/replace the connector or terminal.

SENSOR FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND
x Inspect the wiring harness for continuity
between evaporator temperature sensor
connector terminal B and body ground.

SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Measure the voltage at evaporator
temperature sensor connector terminal B.
x Is the voltage 5 V?

x Measure the voltage at instrument cluster
terminal 2N.

between evaporator temperature sensor
connector terminal A and body ground.
VERIFY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

CONNECTOR CONDITION
09-02F6
Yes
No


Step
9
Inspection
VERIFY THAT SAME DTC IS NOT

OUTPUT AGAIN
x Clear the DTC.
x VERIFY DTCs.
x Is DTC B1B71:14 output?
10

PRESENT
No
Action
Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
x If the malfunction does not recur, go to the next step.
x If the malfunction recurs, replace the instrument
cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Yes
x Verify other DTC displayed.

End Of Sie
DTC P0070:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC P0070:14
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8999300
Ambient temperature not displayed in LCD meter

Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ambient temperature sensor and instrument cluster
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ambient temperature sensor and instrument cluster
x Ambient temperature sensor malfunction

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2F
2H
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR
B

A
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I
2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000092
09-02F7

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No

x Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor
connector.
(See 07-40A-26 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
2
Yes
No

Replace the ambient temperature sensor.
(See 07-40A-26 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Yes
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
OPEN CIRCUIT IN AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Yes
x Inspect for continuity between instrument

cluster terminal 2H and body ground.
No


SENSOR
x Inspect the ambient temperature sensor.
x Is the ambient temperature sensor normal?
Action

SENSOR FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND
between ambient temperature sensor
connector terminal B and body ground.

x Measure the voltage at ambient temperature
sensor connector terminal B.

x Measure the voltage at instrument cluster
terminal 2F.

between ambient temperature sensor
connector terminal A and body ground.

CONNECTOR CONDITION
09-02F8
Yes
No


Step
9
Inspection

OUTPUT AGAIN
Yes
No

Yes

x Clear the DTC.
x VERIFY DTCs.
x Is DTC P0070:14 output?
10
No
Action
cluster.
INSTALLATION.)

PRESENT
End Of Sie
DTC P193B:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC P193B:14
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8998700
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit malfunction

APP sensor resistance value not input for a continuous 5 s
x Open or short to ground circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor and instrument cluster
x APP sensor malfunction

APP SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1F
1D
1G
APP SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
F E D C B A

1K 1I
1G 1E 1C 1A
1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
am2zzw0000273
09-02F9

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Yes
No

x Disconnect the APP sensor connector.
(See 01-13B-6 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI
Turbo].)
(See 01-13C-3 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
2
INSPECT APP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
circuits:
APP sensor terminal A (wiring harnessside)
APP sensor terminal B (wiring harnessside)
x Is there any continuity?
INSPECT APP SENSOR

x Inspect the APP sensor.
(See 01-40B-27 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION
(See 01-40C-24 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Is the APP sensor normal?

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
INSPECT APP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR

OPEN CIRCUIT

Replace the APP sensor.
(See 01-13B-6 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-13C-3 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No


circuits:
APP sensor terminal A (wiring harnessside) and instrument cluster terminal 1F
(wiring harness-side)
APP sensor terminal B (wiring harnessside) and instrument cluster terminal 1D
(wiring harness-side)
6

OUTPUT AGAIN
x Clear the DTC.
x VERIFY DTCs.
x Is DTC P193B:14 output?

PRESENT
End Of Sie
09-02F10

Yes
No

5
Action

DTC U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC U0401:68
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8988800
Signal error from PCM

Correct data cannot be received from PCM
PCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION

x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
x Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)

RECORDED
x Perform the instrument cluster DTC
inspection using the M-MDS.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the PCM.

(See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
1.6 (Y6)].)
End Of Sie
DTC U0401:92
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8988700
On request from PCM

On request error from PCM
PCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION

x Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)

RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the PCM.

1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
End Of Sie
09-02F11

DTC U0402:92
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8988600
On request from TCM

Illumination command signal from TCM continues for 20 s or more
TCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FOR TCM MALFUNCTION

x Perform the TCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [DJVA-EL].)

RECORDED

Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 05-02B-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
TABLE [DJVA-EL].)
Replace the TCM.

(See 05-19-28 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [DJVA-EL].)
End Of Sie
id0902e8988400
Note
x If the ignition switch is turned off after reprogramming the PCM and then turned to the ON position within
30 s, the PCM reprogramming cannot be completed correctly and DTC U0415:92 is stored.
DTC U0415:92
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
On request from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM

On request malfunction from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
x ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM malfunction
x The ignition switch is turned to the ON position within 30 s after the PCM
reprogramming
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM

FOR MALFUNCTION
x Perform the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
DTC inspection using the M-MDS.
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[ABS].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)

RECORDED
End Of Sie
09-02F12
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.

(See 04-13-3 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
(See 04-15-5 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)

DTC U0420:92
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8988300
On request from EPS control module

On request malfunction from EPS control module
EPS control module malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT EPS CONTROL MODULE FOR

MALFUNCTION
x Perform the EPS control module DTC
(See 06-02-2 ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING (EPS) ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)

RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 06-02-2 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (EPS) ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Replace the EPS control module.

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L.H.D.].)
End Of Sie
DTC U0452:68
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
id0902e8988100
Signal error from SAS control module

Correct data cannot be received from SAS control module
SAS control module malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FOR SAS CONTROL MODULE

MALFUNCTION
x Perform the DTC inspection for the SAS
(See 08-02-6 DTC DISPLAY.)

RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 08-02-7 DTC TABLE.)
Replace the SAS control module.

(See 08-10-16 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
id0902e8988200
DTC U0452:92
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
On request from SAS control module

On request malfunction from SAS control module
SAS control module malfunction
09-02F13

Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE FOR

MALFUNCTION
x Perform the DTC inspection for the SAS
(See 08-02-6 DTC DISPLAY.)

RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 08-02-7 DTC TABLE.)
Replace the SAS control module.

(See 08-10-16 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
id0902e8988000
DTC U0515:68
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
Signal error from keyless control module

Correct data cannot be received from keyless control module
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FOR KEYLESS CONTROL

MODULE MALFUNCTION
x Perform the keyless control module DTC
SYSTEM].)

RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 09-02A-5 DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)

SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e8999500
DTC U3000:41
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
09-02F14
Instrument cluster internal malfunction

Malfunction in internal circuit detected
Instrument cluster internal malfunction

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY DTCs
RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)

End Of Sie
id0902e8999400
DTC U3003:16
Detection Condition
Possible Causes
Battery positive voltage is low

Instrument cluster power supply voltage less than 10 V
x Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the battery (+) terminal and
instrument cluster terminal 2S or terminal 2U.
x Open circuit or short to the power supply in the wiring harness between the instrument cluster and
body ground
x METER 10 A fuse malfunction
x ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ROOM 15 A
2U
IGNITION
SWITCH
METER 10 A
2S
2A
BATTERY

2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I
2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000225
09-02F15

Step
1
Inspection
BATTERY INSPECTION
x Refer to the battery inspection and inspect
the battery.
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
FUSE INSPECTION
x Remove the METER 10 A fuse and ROOM
15 A fuse.
x Is the fuse normal?
BATTERY (+) TERMINAL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
x Install the METER 10 A fuse and ROOM 15
A fuse.
x Remove the meter hood.
(See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
x Remove the instrument cluster.
x Measure the voltage between instrument
cluster terminals 2S and 2U.
x Is the voltage between 915.9 V?
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND BODY
GROUND
x Inspect the wiring harness between
instrument cluster connector terminal 2A and
body ground.
Open circuit
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC
INSPECTION
x Connect the instrument cluster connector.
09-02F16
Yes
No
Action
Replace or charge the battery.
ZY].)
Turbo].)
(Y6)].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Replace the METER 10 A fuse or ROOM 15 A fuse.
Yes
No

Repair the related wiring harness.
Yes
No

Replace the wiring harness between the instrument
cluster and body ground.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
No

Step
6
Inspection
RECORDED
Yes
No
Action
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8400500

2. Select Modules.
3. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
the screen.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000251
Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
SPDMTR
(Speedometer)
TACHOMTR
(Tachometer)
NUMKEYS
(Number of key codes)
VPWR
(Instrument cluster power
supply voltage)
Unit/status
KPH,MPH
id0902e8345900
Data contents
Vehicle driven: Displays vehicle speed
When the engine is running: Indicate the

engine speed
Number of programmed key ID numbers:
08
Indicate the battery voltage
RPM
Terminal
2B, 2D
2B, 2D

2S
Displays odometer data

ODO_CNT
(Odometer rolling count)
FUEL_GAUGE
(Fuel gauge)
FUEL_INPUT
(Fuel gauge sender unit)
m, ft
L
ohm
Note
x Distance is displayed within a range
of 0 to 51 m repeatedly. Data is
reset to 0 m by turning the ignition
Displays remaining fuel quantity
Resistance value of fuel gauge sender
unit
2B, 2D
2R
2R, 2T
End Of Sie
09-02F17

ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8465900

2. Select Modules.
3. Select IC.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
3. Select the active command modes from the PID
am2zzw0000251
table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the
operations for each parts.
x If the operation of output parts cannot be verified after the active command mode inspection is performed,
this could indicate the possibility of an open or short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output
parts.
End Of Sie
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8466000
Command name
Operation condition
LCD_SEG
On : LCD segment displayed
WL+IL
On : Warning/indicator lights illuminate
ALARM
On : Warning alarm sounds
SPDMTR
TACHOMTR
End Of Sie
09-02F18
Off: Speedometer gauge needle moves to 0 km/h {0

mph}
60 km/h: Speedometer gauge needle moves to
approx. 63 km/h {39 mph}
120 km/h: Speedometer gauge needle moves to
approx. 126 km/h {78.3 mph}
Off: Tachometer gauge needle moves to 0 rpm
3,000 RPM: Tachometer gauge needle moves to
approx. 3,100 rpm
6,000 RPM: Tachometer gauge needle moves to
approx. 6,300 rpm
Output part name

LCD segment
(Instrument cluster)
Warning light, indicator light
Warning alarm
Unit/Operation
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Speedometer
Off/60 km/h/120 km/h
Tachometer
Off/3000RPM/
6000RPM
PAGE 2 OF 2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]
09-02G ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]

DTC INSPECTION [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLEARING DTC [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC TABLE [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1B55:96 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1C53:13 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D06:11 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D06:15 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D07:11 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D07:15 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D13:12 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D35:11 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1D36:92 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B10A6:92 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC B1008:11 [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-02G2
09-02G2
09-02G3
09-02G4
09-02G4
09-02G4
09-02G4
09-02G4
09-02G5
09-02G5
09-02G5
09-02G5
09-02G6
09-02G7
09-02G8
09-02G8
09-02G8
09-02G8
09-02G9
09-02G9
09-02G10
09-02G10
09-02G10
09-02G10
09-02G11
09-02G12
09-02G14
09-02G14
09-02G14
09-02G14
09-02G15
09-02G15
09-02G16
09-02G16
09-02G16
09-02G16
09-02G17
09-02G18
09-02G20
09-02G20
09-02G20
09-02G20
09-02G20
09-02G21
09-02G21
09-02G21
09-02G21
09-02G21
09-02G22
09-02G22
09-02G23
09-02G23
09-02G23
09-02G23
09-02G23
09-02G24
09-02G25
09-02G25
09-02G25
09-02G25
09-02G26
09-02G27
09-02G28
Malfunction location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G28

Detection condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G28
Possible causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G28
System wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G29
Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G30
DTC B1013:23 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G31
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G31
Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G31
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G31
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G32
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G32
DTC B1087:83/B1087:86/B1087:87/
B1087:88 [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G33
DTC B1172:92 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G36
DTC B1175:13 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G37
DTC B1176:13 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G39
DTC B1178:11 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G41
3HB/5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G41
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G43
DTC U0028:81/U0028:83/U0028:87
[BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G44
DTC U0415:68 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G49
DTC U2100:00/U3000:44 [BCM] . . . . . . . 09-02G50
DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [BCM] . . . . . . . 09-02G50
09-02G1
PAGE 2 OF 2

[BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G52
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BCM] . . . . 09-02G53
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES

INSPECTION [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G54
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE
[BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G55

End of Toc
DTC INSPECTION [BCM]
id0902f5345400

2. Verify the following vehicle conditions:
x All the switches are turned off (except the
ignition switch).
x All the doors, bonnet, liftgate (3HB/5HB)/trunk
(4SD) are closed.
x All the doors, liftgate (3HB/5HB)/trunk (4SD)
are unlocked.
x All the seat belts are unbuckled.
DLC-2
x Parking brake lever is pulled.
am2zzw0000251
2. Select Modules.
3. Select BCM/GEM.
2. Select BCM/GEM.
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
x If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. (See
09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the BCM. (See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [BCM]
2. Select Modules.
3. Select BCM/GEM.
2. Select BCM/GEM.
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
End Of Sie
09-02G2
id0902f5400300
DLC-2
am2zzw0000251

DTC TABLE [BCM]
id0902f5347100
DTC table
DTC No.
B1B55:96
B1C53:13
B1D06:11
B1D06:15
B1D07:11
B1D07:15
B1D13:12
B1D35:11
B1D36:92
B10A6:92
B1008:11
B1013:23
B1087:83
B1087:86
B1087:87
B1087:88
B1172:92
B1175:13
B1176:13
B1178:11
U0001:88
Description
Detection condition
Page
(See 09-02G-4 DTC
Rain sensor internal circuit malfunction
Rain sensor malfunction
B1B55:96 [BCM].)
(See 09-02G-5 DTC
Windshield wiper switch circuit
Windshield wiper switch INT circuit
malfunction
malfunction
B1C53:13 [BCM].)
Short to ground in wiring harness between (See 09-02G-8 DTC
Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
turn light (LH) and BCM
B1D06:11 [BCM].)
Open circuit or short to power supply in
(See 09-02G-10 DTC
Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
wiring harness between turn light (LH) and
B1D06:15 [BCM].)
BCM
Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
turn light (RH) and BCM
B1D07:11 [BCM].)
Open circuit or short to power supply in
(See 09-02G-16 DTC
Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
wiring harness between turn light (RH) and
B1D07:15 [BCM].)
BCM
(See 09-02G-20 DTC
Short to power supply in wiring harness
Interior light circuit malfunction
between interior light and BCM
B1D13:12 [BCM].)
Hazard warning switch circuit malfunction
hazard warning switch and BCM
B1D35:11 [BCM].)
Turn switch circuit malfunction
turn switch and BCM
B1D36:92 [BCM].)
Light switch circuit malfunction
light switch and BCM
B10A6:92 [BCM].)
Short to ground in wiring harness between
(See 09-02G-28 DTC
Windshield wiper switch circuit
windshield wiper and washer switch
B1008:11 [BCM].)
malfunction
(windshield wiper INT) and BCM
Rear window defroster switch is in a
(See 09-02G-31 DTC
Rear window defroster switch circuit
pressed condition for 2 min or more (rear
B1013:23 [BCM].)
malfunction
defroster switch stuck).
Error signal from rain sensor
(See 09-02G-33 DTC
Communication error with rain sensor
Communication error between rain sensor B1087:83/B1087:86/
B1087:87/B1087:88
and BCM
No response from rain sensor
[BCM].)
Rain sensor BUS off
(See 09-02G-36 DTC
Lock/unlock signals are input
Door lock-link switch circuit malfunction
simultaneously for 6 s or more.
B1172:92 [BCM].)
Open circuit in wiring harness between
(See 09-02G-37 DTC
Front door latch switch (driver's side)
front door latch switch in front door latch
B1175:13 [BCM].)
circuit malfunction
and lock actuator (driver's side) and BCM
Open circuit in wiring harness between
(See 09-02G-39 DTC
Front door latch switch (passenger's side) front door latch switch in front door latch
circuit malfunction
and lock actuator (passenger's side) and
B1176:13 [BCM].)
BCM
x Short to ground in wiring harness
between liftgate latch switch in liftgate
x Liftgate latch switch circuit
latch and lock actuator and BCM (3HB/
(See 09-02G-41 DTC
malfunction (3HB/5HB)
5HB)
B1178:11 [BCM].)
x Trunk lid latch switch circuit
x Short to ground in wiring harness
malfunction (4SD)
between trunk lid latch switch and BCM
(4SD)
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
Unit communication error
BCM CAN system error
(See 09-02I-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02G3

DTC No.
x
U0028:81
x
x
U0028:83
x
x
U0028:87
U0100:00
Description
Communication error with keyless
control module (vehicles with
advanced keyless and start system)
Communication error with keyless
receiver (vehicles with keyless entry
system)
Error signal from keyless control
module (vehicles with advanced
keyless and start system)
Error signal from keyless receiver
(vehicles with keyless entry system)
No response from keyless control
module (vehicles with advanced
keyless and start system)
No response from keyless receiver
(vehicles with keyless entry system)
Communication error with PCM
U0101:00*1 Communication error with TCM
Detection condition
x Communication error between keyless

control module and BCM (vehicles with
(See 09-02G-44 DTC
advanced keyless and start system)
U0028:81/U0028:83/
x Communication error between keyless
U0028:87 [BCM].)
receiver and BCM (vehicles with
keyless entry system)
Communication error between PCM and

BCM
Communication error between TCM and
BCM
x Communication error with ABS HU/

CM (with ABS)
x Communication error with DSC HU/
CM (with DSC)
U0121:00
U2100:00
x Error signal from ABS HU/CM (with

ABS)
x Error signal from DSC HU/CM (with
DSC)
BCM configuration not set
U3000:44
BCM configuration setting invalid
U0415:68
Page
x Communication error between ABS

HU/CM and BCM (with ABS)
x Communication error between DSC
HU/CM and BCM (with DSC)
x Correct data cannot be received from
ABS HU/CM (with ABS).
x Correct data cannot be received from
DSC HU/CM (with DSC).
BCM configuration setting not done
correctly.
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02G-49 DTC
U0415:68 [BCM].)
(See 09-02G-50 DTC
U2100:00/U3000:44
[BCM].)
BCM power supply voltage low (less

BCM power supply voltage less than 10 V (See 09-02G-50 DTC
than 10 V)
U3003:16/U3003:17
BCM power supply voltage high (16 V or
[BCM].)
BCM power supply voltage 16 V or more
more)
U3003:16
U3003:17
*1 : ATX
End Of Sie
DTC B1B55:96 [BCM]
id0902f5389000
Malfunction Location
x Rain sensor internal circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Rain sensor malfunction
Possible Causes
x Rain sensor connector or terminals malfunction
x BCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM DTC INSPECTION

(See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].)
x Turn the windshield wiper switch to AUTO.
x Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1B55:96 displayed?
09-02G4
Yes
No
Action

Step
2
Inspection
VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
Yes
Replace the rain sensor, then go to the final step.

(See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the rain sensor connector.
Inspect the connection condition and wiring
harness.
x Are the connector terminals normal without
damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
3
VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONDITION

M-MDS.
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
No
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1C53:13 [BCM]
id0902f5389100
x Windshield wiper switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Windshield wiper switch INT circuit malfunction
Possible Causes
x Wiper and washer switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between windshield wiper and washer switch terminal E and BCM terminal 6S
(vehicles with wiper and washer switch on left side)
x Open circuit in wiring harness between windshield wiper and washer switch terminal I and BCM terminal 6S
(vehicles with wiper and washer switch on right side)
x Windshield wiper and washer switch malfunction
x BCM malfunction
09-02G5

Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on left side
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
6F
6N
6S
2H
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
K
BCM
BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
2K
2I
2G
2E 2C
2P 2N
2L 2J
2H
2F 2D 2B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
2A
2O 2M
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000505
09-02G6

Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on right side
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
6F
6N
6S
2H

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
O
P
BCM
2K
2I
2G
2E 2C
2P 2N
2L 2J
2H
2F 2D 2B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
2A
2O 2M
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000505
Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the windshield wiper switch on.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1C53:13 displayed?
VERIFY WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No


x Disconnect the wiper and washer switch
connector.
x Inspect the connection condition and wiring
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY BCM CONNECTOR CONDITION

harness.
disconnection?
09-02G7

Step
4
Inspection
VERIFY BETWEEN WINDSHIELD WIPER

AND WASHER SWITCH AND BCM
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Action
Yes
No

Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
the final step.
Yes
No

Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to the final
step.
(See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
Yes
Replace the BCM.

x Wiper and washer switch and BCM

Between wiper and washer switch
terminal E and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on left side)
Between wiper and washer switch
terminal I and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on right
side)
5
VERIFY WINDSHIELD WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH CONDITION
x Inspect the windshield wiper and washer
switch.
(See 09-19-25 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Is the windshield wiper and washer switch
normal?
COMPLETED
x Turn the windshield wiper switch on.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1C53:13 displayed?
No
End Of Sie
DTC B1D06:11 [BCM]
id0902f5389200
x Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between turn light (LH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Front turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Front side turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Rear turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1L
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal1L
x Short to ground in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3L
x BCM malfunction
09-02G8

FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)
A
BCM
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH)

C
1L
4SD
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH)
A

A
3L
3HB/5HB
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
A

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
(3HB/5HB)
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) WIRING

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
3D
(4SD)
am2zzw0000505
Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the turn switch off.
M-MDS.
VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No


x Disconnect the front turn light (LH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G9

Step
3
Inspection
VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
x Disconnect the front side turn light (LH)

connector.
harness.
disconnection?
4
VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (LH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
x Disconnect the rear turn light (LH) connector.
harness.
disconnection?

harness.
disconnection?
VERIFY FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN

WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FRONT
TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT SIDE TURN
LIGHT (LH), REAR TURN LIGHT (LH)
AND BCM
No
x Front turn light (LH), front side turn light (LH),

rear turn light (LH) and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
BCM terminal 1L
BCM terminal 3L
7
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1D06:15 [BCM]
x Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between turn light (LH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Turn light malfunction
x Front turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal G and body ground
x Front side turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal B and body ground
09-02G10
id0902f5389300

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Rear turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction

Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal F and body ground (3HB/5HB)
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal B and body ground (4SD)
BCM connector or terminals malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1L
Short to power supply in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1L
Short to power supply in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3L
Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1L
Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1L
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3L
BCM malfunction

A
BCM

C
1L
4SD
A

A
3L
3HB/5HB
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
A

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
(3HB/5HB)
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) WIRING

3D
(4SD)
am2zzw0000505
09-02G11

Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the turn switch on.
M-MDS.
PERFORM INSPECTION OF FRONT

TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT SIDE TURN
LIGHT (LH), AND REAR TURN LIGHT
(LH)
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the bulb, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-25 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.

x Remove the bulb.
(See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT
(See 09-18-25 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT
BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect the front turn light (LH), front side
turn light (LH), rear turn light (LH).
x Are the bulbs normal?
3
VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
x Disconnect the front turn light (LH)

connector.
harness.
disconnection?
4

FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) AND BODY
GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Front turn light (LH) connector is
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front turn light
(LH) terminal G (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
x Disconnect the front side turn light (LH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
VERIFY WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN

FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) AND
BODY GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Front turn light (LH) and front side turn light
(LH) connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front side turn
light (LH) terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
09-02G12

Step
7
Inspection
VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (LH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
x Disconnect the rear turn light (LH) connector.

harness.
disconnection?
8

REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) AND BODY
and rear turn light (LH) connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
Rear turn light (LH) terminal F (3HB/5HB)
Rear turn light (LH) terminal B (4SD)

harness.
disconnection?
10

FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT
SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH), REAR TURN
LIGHT (LH) AND BCM FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
No

rear turn light (LH), and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the following
BCM terminal 1L
BCM terminal 3L
11

FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT
SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH), REAR TURN
LIGHT (LH) AND BCM FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Yes
No

the final step.

rear turn light (LH), and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
Between front turn light (LH) terminal C
and BCM terminal 1L
Between front side turn light (LH) terminal
A and BCM terminal 1L
Between rear turn light (LH) terminal A
and BCM terminal 3L
09-02G13

Step
12
Inspection
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
Action
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1D07:11 [BCM]
x Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between turn light (RH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Front turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Front side turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Rear turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1K
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal1K
x Short to ground in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3J
x BCM malfunction
09-02G14
id0902f5389400

FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)
A
BCM
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH)

C
1K
4SD
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH)
A

A
3J
3HB/5HB
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
A

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
(3HB/5HB)
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) WIRING

3D
(4SD)
am2zzw0000505
Step
1
Inspection

M-MDS.
VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No


x Disconnect the front turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G15

Step
3
Inspection
VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
x Disconnect the front side turn light (RH)

connector.
harness.
disconnection?
4
VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (RH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
x Disconnect the rear turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?

harness.
disconnection?

TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT SIDE
TURN LIGHT (RH), REAR TURN
LIGHT (RH) AND BCM
No
x Front turn light (RH), front side turn light

(RH), rear turn light (RH) and BCM
ground:
BCM terminal 1K
BCM terminal 3J
7
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1D07:15 [BCM]
id0902f5389500
x Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between turn light (RH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Turn light malfunction
x Front turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal G and body ground
x Front side turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
09-02G16

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal B and body ground
Rear turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal F and body ground (3HB/5HB)
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal B and body ground (4SD)
BCM connector or terminals malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1K
Short to power supply in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1K
Short to power supply in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3J
Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1K
Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1K
Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3J
BCM malfunction

A
BCM

C
1K
4SD
A

A
3J
3HB/5HB
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
A

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
(3HB/5HB)
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) WIRING

3D
(4SD)
am2zzw0000505
09-02G17

Step
1
Inspection

M-MDS.
PERFORM INSPECTION OF FRONT

TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT SIDE
TURN LIGHT (RH), AND REAR TURN
LIGHT (RH)
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the bulb, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No


x Inspect the front turn light (RH), front side
turn light (RH), rear turn light (RH).
x Are the bulbs normal?
3
VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
x Disconnect the front turn light (RH)

connector.
harness.
disconnection?
4

FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) AND BODY
x Front turn light (RH) connector is
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front turn light
(RH) terminal G (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
x Disconnect the front side turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?

FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) AND
BODY GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Front turn light (RH) and front side turn light
(RH) connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front side turn
light (RH) terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (RH)

CONNECTOR CONDITION
x Disconnect the rear turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G18

Step
8
Inspection

REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) AND BODY
Action
Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.

(RH), and rear turn light (RH) connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
Rear turn light (RH) terminal F (3HB/5HB)
Rear turn light (RH) terminal B (4SD)
9

harness.
disconnection?
10

FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT
SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH), REAR TURN
LIGHT (RH) AND BCM FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
No

(RH), rear turn light (RH), and BCM
BCM terminal 1K
BCM terminal 3J
11

FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT
SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH), REAR TURN
LIGHT (RH) AND BCM FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
Replace the BCM.


(RH), rear turn light (RH), and BCM
Between front turn light (RH) terminal C
and BCM terminal 1K
Between front side turn light (RH) terminal
A and BCM terminal 1K
Between rear turn light (RH) terminal A
and BCM terminal 3J
12
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
No
End Of Sie
09-02G19

DTC B1D13:12 [BCM]
id0902f5389600
x Interior light circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between interior light and BCM
Possible Causes
x Interior light connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between interior light terminal F and BCM terminal 3I (vehicles with
theft-deterrent system)
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between interior light terminal C and BCM terminal 3I (vehicles without
theft-deterrent system)
x Interior light malfunction
x BCM malfunction
VEHICLES WITH THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM
INTERIOR LIGHT
DOOR
ON
OFF
VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-DETERRENT

SYSTEM
BCM
INTERIOR LIGHT
DOOR
ON
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRING

(VEHICLES WITH INTRUDER
SENSOR)
3I
OFF
3P
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
3D
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRING

(VEHICLES WITHOUT INTRUDER
SENSOR)
D
am2zzw0000227
09-02G20

Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the interior light switch on.
x Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the MMDS.
VERIFY INTERIOR LIGHT CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final
step.
Yes
No

the final step.
Yes

the final step.
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the interior light connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3

harness.
disconnection?

INTERIOR LIGHT AND BCM FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
Action
No
x Interior light and BCM connectors are

disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 3I
5
VERIFY INTERIOR LIGHT CONDITION

x Inspect the interior light.
(See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT
INSPECTION.)
x Is the interior light normal?

x Turn the interior light switch on.
Yes
No

Replace the interior light, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
Replace the BCM.

No
End Of Sie
DTC B1D35:11 [BCM]
id0902f5389700
x Hazard warning switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between hazard warning switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with hazard warning switch on.
x Hazard warning switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Hazard warning switch malfunction
09-02G21

x Short to ground in wiring harness between hazard warning switch terminal C and BCM terminal 6Q
x BCM malfunction
BCM
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

6Q
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000227
Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the hazard warning switch off.
M-MDS.
VERIFY HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the hazard warning switch, then go to the final
step.
(See 09-18-40 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No


x Disconnect the hazard warning switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

CONDITION
x Inspect the hazard warning switch.
(See 09-18-41 HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Is the hazard warning switch normal?

harness.
disconnection?
09-02G22

Step
5
Inspection

HAZARD WARNING SWITCH AND
BCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Yes
No
Action
the final step.
x Hazard warning switch and BCM connectors

are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between BCM terminal
6Q (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
6
Yes
COMPLETED
x Turn the hazard warning switch off.
M-MDS.
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1D36:92 [BCM]
id0902f5389800
x Turn switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between turn switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x Light switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Turn switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal G and BCM terminal 6A
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal E and BCM terminal 6B (vehicles with light
switch on left side)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal I and BCM terminal 6B (vehicles with light
switch on right side)
x BCM malfunction
Vehicles with light switch on left side
TURN SWITCH
BCM
G
6A
6B
LIGHT SWITCH WIRING

6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000466
09-02G23

Vehicles with light switch on right side
TURN SWITCH
BCM
G
6A
6B
LIGHT SWITCH WIRING

O
P
M
N
K
L
I
J
G
H
E
F
C
D
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000505
Step
1
Inspection

M-MDS.
VERIFY LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the light switch, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

x
x
x
x

Disconnect the light switch connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY TURN SWITCH CONDITION

x Inspect the turn switch.
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Is the turn switch normal?

harness.
disconnection?
09-02G24

Step
5
Inspection

LIGHT SWITCH AND BCM FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Yes
No
Action
the final step.
x Light switch and BCM connectors are

disconnected.
ground:
BCM terminal 6A
BCM terminal 6B
6
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B10A6:92 [BCM]
id0902f5389900
x Light switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x Light switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal J and BCM terminal 6O
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal D and BCM terminal 6J
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal K and BCM terminal 6L
x BCM malfunction
x Light switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal F and BCM terminal 6O
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal L and BCM terminal 6J
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal C and BCM terminal 6L
x BCM malfunction
09-02G25

BCM
LIGHT SWITCH
6O
6I
6E
6J
6L
LIGHT SWITCH WIRING

6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000466
09-02G26

BCM
LIGHT SWITCH
6O
6I
6E
6J
6L
LIGHT SWITCH WIRING

6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000230
Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the light switch off.
M-MDS.
VERIFY LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the light switch, then go to the final step.
INSTALLATION.)
x
x
x
x

Disconnect the light switch connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY LIGHT SWITCH CONDITION

x Inspect the light switch.
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Is the light switch normal?
09-02G27

Step
4
Inspection
harness.
disconnection?
VERIFY WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN LIGHT
SWITCH AND BCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND
x Light switch and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
BCM terminal 6O
BCM terminal 6J
BCM terminal 6L
COMPLETED
x Turn the light switch off.
M-MDS.
Action
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
No
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1008:11 [BCM]
id0902f5340000
x Windshield wiper switch circuit malfunction
Detection condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between windshield wiper and washer switch (windshield wiper INT) and
BCM
Possible causes
x DTC inspection is performed with windshield wiper switch on.
x Wiper and washer switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Windshield wiper switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between wiper and washer switch terminal E and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on left side)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between wiper and washer switch terminal I and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on right side)
x BCM malfunction
09-02G28

Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on left side
BCM
6F
6N
6S
2H

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
K
2K
2I
2G
2E 2C
2P 2N
2L 2J
2H
2F 2D 2B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
2A
2O 2M
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000229
09-02G29

Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on right side
BCM
6F
6N
6S
2H

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
O
P
2K
2I
2G
2E 2C
2P 2N
2L 2J
2H
2F 2D 2B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
2A
2O 2M
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
am2zzw0000466
Diagnostic procedure
Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the windshield wiper switch off.
M-MDS.
VERIFY WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to the final
step.

x Disconnect the wiper and washer switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH

CONDITION
x Inspect the windshield wiper switch.
x Is the windshield wiper switch normal?
09-02G30

Step
4
Inspection

harness.
disconnection?

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH AND BCM FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
Action
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
No
x Wiper and washer switch and BCM

x Inspect for continuity between the BCM
terminal 6S (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
6
COMPLETED
x Turn the windshield wiper switch off.
M-MDS.
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1013:23 [BCM]
id0902f5340100
x Rear window defroster switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Rear window defroster switch is in a pressed condition for 2 min or more (rear defroster switch stuck).
Possible Causes
x Climate control unit connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in the wiring harness between climate control unit terminal V and BCM terminal 6D (vehicles
with full-auto air conditioner)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal I and BCM terminal 6D (vehicles with
manual air conditioner)
x Climate control unit malfunction
x BCM malfunction
09-02G31

VEHICLE WITH FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER
BCM
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
6D
VEHICLE WITH MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRING HARNESS-SIDE

CONNECTOR
(VEHICLE WITH FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRING HARNESS-SIDE

CONNECTOR
(VEHICLE WITH MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
am2zzw0000229
Step
1
Inspection

x Turn the rear window defroster switch off.
M-MDS.
09-02G32
Yes
No
Action

Step
2
Inspection
VERIFY CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

the final step.

x Disconnect the climate control unit
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3

harness.
disconnection?

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND BCM
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
No
x Climate control unit and BCM connectors are

disconnected.
6D (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
5
VERIFY CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

CONDITION
Yes
No

Replace the climate control unit, then go to the final step.
(See 07-40A-32 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-24 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
Yes
Replace the BCM.

x Inspect the climate control unit.

(See 07-40A-33 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-30 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
x Is the climate control unit normal?
6
COMPLETED
x Turn the rear window defroster switch off.
M-MDS.
No
End Of Sie
DTC B1087:83/B1087:86/B1087:87/B1087:88 [BCM]
id0902f5340200
x DTC B1087:83: Error signal from rain sensor
x DTC B1087:86: Communication error with rain sensor
x DTC B1087:87: No response from rain sensor
x DTC B1087:88: Rain sensor BUS off
Detection Condition
x Communication error between rain sensor and BCM
Possible Causes
x Rain sensor connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal B and body ground
x Short to ground in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal C and BCM terminal 7U
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal C and BCM terminal 7U
09-02G33

x Open circuit in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal C and BCM terminal 7U
x BCM malfunction
BCM
RAIN SENSOR
7U
RAIN SENSOR WIRING

A
B
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
C
D
am2zzw0000230
Step
1
Inspection

M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1087:83, B1087:86, B1087:87,
or B1087:88 displayed?
VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No

x
x
x
x

Disconnect the rain sensor connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY RAIN SENSOR GROUND

CIRCUIT CONDITION
x Rain sensor connector is disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between rain sensor
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.

harness.
disconnection?
09-02G34

Step
5
Inspection

RAIN SENSOR AND BCM FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Yes
No
Action
the final step.
x Rain sensor and BCM connectors are

disconnected.
7U (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
6

RAIN SENSOR AND BCM FOR
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No

the final step.

disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 7U
7
VERIFY BETWEEN RAIN SENSOR AND

BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
Replace the rain sensor, then go to the final step.

INSTALLATION.)

disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between rain sensor
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and BCM
terminal 7U (wiring harness-side).
8
VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONDITION

M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1087:83, B1087:86, B1087:87,
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1087:83, B1087:86, B1087:87,
No
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
09-02G35

DTC B1172:92 [BCM]
id0902f5340600
x Door lock-link switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Lock/unlock signals are input simultaneously for 6 s or more.
Possible Causes
x Front door latch and lock actuator (drivers side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Door lock-link switch (drivers side) malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (drivers side) terminal J and BCM
terminal 7K
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (drivers side) terminal L and BCM
terminal 7Q
x Short circuit in lock signal and unlock signal wiring harnesses of front door latch and lock actuator
x BCM malfunction
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
BCM
7K
7Q
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK

ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) WIRING
K
L
I
J
G
H
E
F
C
D
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection

x Perform locking and unlocking operation.
M-MDS.
VERIFY FRONT DOOR LATCH AND

LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVERS SIDE)
CONNECTOR CONDITION
actuator (drivers side) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G36
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No


Step
3
Inspection
VERIFY DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH

(DRIVERS SIDE) CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (drivers
side), then go to the final step.
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (drivers

side).
INSPECTION.)
x Is the door lock-link switch (drivers side)
normal?
4

harness.
disconnection?

DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
(DRIVERS SIDE) AND BCM
No
x Front door latch and lock actuator (drivers

side) and BCM connectors are disconnected.
ground:
BCM terminal 7K
BCM terminal 7Q
6
VERIFY FOR SHORT CIRCUIT IN LOCK

AND UNLOCK SIGNAL WIRING
HARNESSES
Yes
No

the final step.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (drivers

x Inspect for continuity between front door
latch and lock actuator (drivers side)
terminals J and L (wiring harness-side).
7
COMPLETED
x Perform locking and unlocking operation.
M-MDS.
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC B1175:13 [BCM]
id0902f5340700
x Front door latch switch (driver's side) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch switch in front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
side) and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with front door latch switch (driver's side) on.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver's side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (driver's side) terminal D and body
ground
x Front door latch switch (driver's side) malfunction
09-02G37

x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (driver's side) terminal B and BCM
terminal 7I
x BCM malfunction
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
(DRIVER'S SIDE)

ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) WIRING
K
L
BCM
A
B
7I
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection

x Close the front driver's door (front door latch
switch on).
M-MDS.

LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE)
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.

actuator (driver's side) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH

(DRIVER'S SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT
CONDITION
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
side) connector is disconnected.
latch and lock actuator (driver's side)
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
09-02G38

Step
4
Inspection

(DRIVER'S SIDE) CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
side), then go to the final step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
Replace the BCM.

x Inspect the front door latch switch (driver's

side).
SWITCH INSPECTION09-14-72 FRONT
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Is the front door latch switch (driver's side)
normal?
5

harness.
disconnection?

ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) AND
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
latch and lock actuator (driver's side)
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and BCM
terminal 7I (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS
x Close the front driver's door (front door latch
switch on).
M-MDS.
No
End Of Sie
DTC B1176:13 [BCM]
id0902f5340800
x Front door latch switch (passenger's side) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch switch in front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's
side) and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with front door latch switch (passenger's side) on.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's side) terminal J and
body ground
x Front door latch switch (passenger's side) malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's side) terminal L and
BCM terminal 7M
x BCM malfunction
09-02G39

(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
BCM
7M

ACTUATOR (PASSENGER'S SIDE)
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
am2zzw0000504
Step
1
Inspection

x Close the front passenger's door (front door
latch switch on).
M-MDS.

LOCK ACTUATOR (PASSENGER'S
SIDE) CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.

actuator (passenger's side) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3

(PASSENGER'S SIDE) GROUND
CIRCUIT CONDITION
(passenger's side) connector is
disconnected.
latch and lock actuator (passenger's side)
terminal J (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
09-02G40

Step
4
Inspection

(PASSENGER'S SIDE) CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

(passenger's side), then go to the final step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
Replace the BCM.

x Inspect the front door latch switch

(passenger's side).
SWITCH INSPECTION09-14-72 FRONT
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Is the front door latch switch (passenger's
side) normal?
5

harness.
disconnection?

ACTUATOR (PASSENGER'S SIDE)
AND BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
(passenger's side) and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
latch and lock actuator (passenger's side)
terminal L (wiring harness-side) and BCM
terminal 7M (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
x Close the front passenger's door (front door
latch switch on).
M-MDS.
No
End Of Sie
DTC B1178:11 [BCM]
id0902f5340900
3HB/5HB
x Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between liftgate latch switch in liftgate latch and lock actuator and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with liftgate latch switch on.
x Liftgate latch and lock actuator connector or terminals malfunction
x Liftgate latch switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal C and BCM terminal 7S
x BCM malfunction
09-02G41

LIFTGATE LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

C
BCM
7S
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
am2zzw0000230
Step
1
Inspection

x Close the liftgate (liftgate latch switch off).
M-MDS.
VERIFY LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK

ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator, then go to the
final step.
(See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
Yes
No


x Disconnect the liftgate latch and lock
actuator connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH

CONDITION
x Inspect the liftgate latch switch.
INSPECTION.)
x Is the liftgate latch switch normal?

harness.
disconnection?
09-02G42

Step
5
Inspection

LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR AND BCM FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
Yes
No
Action
the final step.
x Liftgate latch and lock actuator and BCM

7S (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
6
Yes
COMPLETED
x Close the liftgate. (Liftgate latch switch off)
M-MDS.
No
Replace the BCM.

4SD
x Trunk lid latch switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between trunk lid latch switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with trunk lid latch switch on.
x Trunk lid latch switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Trunk lid latch switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between trunk lid latch switch terminal A and BCM terminal 7S
x BCM malfunction
BCM
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH

B

7S
BCM
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K 7I 7G 7E 7C 7A
7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
am2zzw0000505
09-02G43

Step
1
Inspection

x Close the trunk (trunk lid latch switch off).
M-MDS.
VERIFY TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the trunk lid latch switch, then go to the final step.
(See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.

x Disconnect the trunk lid latch switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH

CONDITION
x Inspect the trunk lid latch switch.
(See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND
RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Is the trunk lid latch switch normal?

harness.
disconnection?

TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH AND
No
x Trunk lid latch switch and BCM connectors

are disconnected.
7S (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
6
COMPLETED
x Close the trunk (trunk lid latch switch off).
M-MDS.
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC U0028:81/U0028:83/U0028:87 [BCM]
Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system
x DTC U0028:81: Communication error with keyless control module
x DTC U0028:83: Error signal from keyless control module
x DTC U0028:87: No response from keyless control module
Vehicles with keyless entry system
x DTC U0028:81: Communication error with keyless receiver
x DTC U0028:83: Error signal from keyless receiver
09-02G44
id0902f5341100

x DTC U0028:87: No response from keyless receiver
Detection Condition
x Communication error between keyless control module and BCM
x Communication error between keyless receiver and BCM
Possible Causes
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2F and BCM terminal 6W
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2F and BCM terminal 6W
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2F and BCM terminal 6W
x BCM malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C and BCM
terminal 6W
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless receiver (6-pin connector type) terminal D and BCM
terminal 6W
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C and BCM
terminal 6W
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless receiver (6-pin connector type) terminal D and BCM
terminal 6W
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C and BCM terminal
6W
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver (6-pin connector type) terminal D and BCM terminal
6W
x BCM malfunction
09-02G45

VEHICLE WITH ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
BCM
6W
2F
VEHICLE WITH KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
4-PIN CONNECTOR TYPE

6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
6X
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE WIRING

2K
2I
2L 2J
2G 2E
2C
2A
2H
2D
2B
2F
KEYLESS RECEIVER WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

am2zzw0000505
Step
1
Inspection

x Lock and unlock the doors using the
transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?
VERIFY KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes
No
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No


connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3

harness.
disconnection?
09-02G46

Step
4
Inspection

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND
Yes
No
Action
the final step.
x Keyless control module and BCM connectors

are disconnected.
6W (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
5

BCM FOR SHORT TO POWER
SUPPLY
Yes
No

the final step.

are disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 6W
6

Yes
No

the final step.
Yes
No

Replace the keyless control module, then go to the final
step.
START SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

Yes
No
Action

are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between keyless
control module terminal 2F (wiring harnessside) and BCM terminal 6W (wiring harnessside).
7
VERIFY KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

CONDITION
x Inspect the keyless control module.
MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED
x Is the keyless control module normal?
COMPLETED
transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?

Step
1
Inspection

transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?
09-02G47

Step
2
Inspection
VERIFY KEYLESS RECEIVER

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the final step.
Yes
No

Yes

the final step.
x
x
x
x

harness.
disconnection?
3
VERIFY KEYLESS RECEIVER

CONDITION
INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)

harness.
disconnection?

KEYLESS RECEIVER AND BCM FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
No
x Keyless receiver and BCM connectors are

disconnected.
6W (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
6

KEYLESS RECEIVER AND BCM FOR
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No

the final step.

disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 6W
7
VERIFY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER

AND BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between keyless
receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C
(wiring harness-side)/keyless receiver (6-pin
connector type) terminal D (wiring harnessside) and BCM terminal 6W (wiring harnessside).
09-02G48
Yes
No

the final step.

Step
8
Inspection
COMPLETED
transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?
Action
Yes
No
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC U0415:68 [BCM]
id0902f5331100
x Error signal from ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
x Error signal from DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
Detection Condition
x Correct data cannot be received from ABS HU/CM (with ABS).
x Correct data cannot be received from DSC HU/CM (with DSC).
Possible Causes
x ABS HU/CM malfunction (with ABS)
x DSC HU/CM malfunction (with DSC)
x BCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection

VERIFY ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM DTCs

x Inspect the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM DTCs
using the M-MDS.
VERIFY ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes


No
Yes
No
Action

After completing the DTC troubleshooting, go to the
final step.
Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, then go to
the final step.
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
Replace the BCM.
09-02G49

End Of Sie
DTC U2100:00/U3000:44 [BCM]

id0902f5342200
x DTC U2100:00: BCM configuration not set
x DTC U3000:44: BCM configuration setting invalid
Detection Condition
Warning
x Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection.
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to an
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
inspection procedure.
x BCM configuration setting not done correctly.
Possible Causes
x BCM configuration not implemented.
x BCM configuration setting invalid
x BCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection

M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U2100:00 or U3000:44
displayed?
PERFORM BCM CONFIGURATION

x Perform the BCM configuration using the MMDS.
(BCM) CONFIGURATION.)
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U2100:00 or U3000:44
displayed?
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U2100:00 or U3000:44
displayed?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Perform the BCM configuration again, then go to the final

step.
CONFIGURATION.)
Replace the BCM.

End Of Sie
DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [BCM]
id0902f5310100
x DTC U3003:16: BCM power supply voltage low (less than 10 V)
x DTC U3003:17: BCM power supply voltage high (16 V or more)
Detection Condition
x DTC U3003:16: BCM power supply voltage less than 10 V
x DTC U3003:17: BCM power supply voltage 16 V or more
Possible Causes
09-02G50

x Generator system malfunction
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between battery and BCM
Short to ground in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1P
Short to ground in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1J
D/L 20 A fuse malfunction
HAZARD 10 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1P
Open circuit in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1J
x BCM malfunction
BCM
D/L 20 A FUSE
1P
HAZARD 10 A FUSE
1J
2P
BATTERY

2A
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
2O 2M
2K
2I
2G
2E 2C
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
2P 2N
2L 2J
2H
2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000229
Step
1
Inspection

M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17
displayed?
BATTERY INSPECTION
x Refer to the battery inspection and inspect
the battery.
ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

Recharge or replace the battery, then go to the final step.
Turbo].)
(Y6)].)
ZY].)
(See .01-17B-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo])
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
09-02G51

Step
3
Inspection
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)

x
x
x
x

Disconnect the BCM connector.
harness.
disconnection?
5

POSITIVE BATTERY TERMINAL AND
BCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Action
Yes
No

Replace the generator, then go to the final step.
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect the D/L 20 A fuse and HAZARD 10 A fuse.
short to ground.
Replace the malfunctioning fuse.
Replace the malfunctioning fuse.
open circuit.
Go to the final step.
Replace the BCM.
x BCM connector is disconnected.

BCM terminal 1P
BCM terminal 1J
6
COMPLETED
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17
displayed?
Yes
No
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [BCM]
2. Select Modules.
3. Select BCM/GEM.
2. Select BCM/GEM.
the screen.
id0902f5960600
DLC-2
am2zzw0000251
Note
module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output device is not within the specification, it is
necessary to inspect the monitored value of input device corresponding to the applicable output part
control. In addition, because the system does not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in
the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output device individually.
09-02G52

End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BCM]

id0902f5960700
PID/DATA
monitor
item
AUTO_L_S
W
Unit/
Condition
Off/On
BRK_FLUID
Normal/Low
DRSW_D
Close/Open
DRSW_P
Close/Open
DRSW_RR
Close/Open
DRSW_LR
Close/Open
D_LLSW_L
OCK
D_LLSW_U
NCK
DR_LOCK_
ACT
DR_UNLK_
ACT
Off/Lock
Off/Unlock
Off/Lock
Off/Unlock
FOG_F_RL
Y
Off/On
FOG_R_RL
Y
Off/On
FOG_F_SW
Off/On
FOG_R_SW
Off/On
HAZARD
Off/On
H/L_HI_SW
Off/On
H/L_LO_SW
Off/On
H/
L_LO_RLY
Off/On
IG_KEY_IN
Key-Out/KeyIn
KEY_LOCK
_SW
OIL_PRS_S
W
Off/On
Off/On
PWR_IG1
Off/On
RAIN_SSR
Off/On
ROOM_LM
P
R_DEF
Off/On
R_DEF_SW
Off/On
Operation condition
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Light switch at AUTO position: On

Light switch at position except AUTO: Off
Brake fluid level above MIN: Normal
Brake fluid level less than MIN: Low
Driver's door opened: Open
Driver's door closed: Close
Passenger's door opened: Open
Passenger's door closed: Close
Rear door (RH) opened: Open
Rear door (RH) closed: Close
Rear door (LH) opened: Open
Rear door (LH) closed: Close
Driver's door lock knob locked: Lock
Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Off
Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Unlock
Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
Driver's door lock knob locked: Lock
Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Off
Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Unlock
Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
Light switch at FRONT FOG position, lights on
condition: On
Light switch not at FRONT FOG position: Off
Light switch at REAR FOG position, lights on
condition: On
Light switch not at REAR FOG position: Off
Front fog light switch in on position: On
Front fog light switch in off position: Off
Rear fog light switch in on position: On
Rear fog light switch in off position: Off
Hazard warning switch in on position: On
Hazard warning switch in off position: Off
Light switch at HI: On
Light switch not at HI: Off
Light switch at LO: On
Light switch not at LO: Off
Headlights on: On
Headlights off: Off
Key inserted into key cylinder: Key-In
Except above: Key-Out
Door key cylinder at LOCK: On
Door key cylinder not at LOCK: Off
Engine running: On
Engine stopped: Off
Ignition switch at ON: On
Ignition switch is off: Off
Intermittent operation control signal from rain
sensor sent: On
Any control signal such as stop, low or high
operation from rain sensor sent: Off
Door opened: 100 %
Door closed: 0 %
Rear window defroster operating: On
Rear window defroster not operating: Off
Rear window defroster switch pressed: On
Rear window defroster switch not pressed: Off
Inspection item (s)

Light switch
BCM
terminal
6E
Brake fluid level sensor

switch
Door latch switch (driver's
side)
Door latch switch
(passenger's side)
Door latch switch (rear
door (RH))
Door latch switch (rear
door (LH))
7M
7Q
7K
Door lock actuator
3M
Door lock actuator
3O
Front fog light relay
4I
Rear fog light relay
4E
Light switch
6K
Light switch
6M
Hazard warning switch
6Q
Light switch
6I
Light switch
6O
Headlight low relay
4M
Key reminder switch
6R
Door key cylinder switch
7C
Oil pressure switch
4B
Ignition switch
2G
Rain sensor
7U
Interior light
2O
Filament
3B
Climate control unit (rear

window defroster switch)
6D
4A
7I
7O
7G
09-02G53

PID/DATA
monitor
item
Unit/
Condition
R_DEF_IND
Off/On
TNS_SW
Off/On
TURN_L_L
Off/On
TURN_L_R
Off/On
TURN_SW_
L
TURN_SW_
R
TR/LG_SW
Off/On
Off/On
Close/Open
VSPD
KPH
WASHER_F
Off/On
WASHER_R
Off/On
WIP_F_INT
Off/On
WIP_F_HI
Off/On
WIP_F_LO
Off/On
WIP_R_ON
Off/On
WPRLY_F_
HI
Off/On
WPRLY_F_
LO
Off/On
WPRLY_R
Off/On
Operation condition
x Rear window defroster indicator illuminated: On
x Rear window defroster indicator not illuminated:
Off
x Light switch at TNS position: On
x Light switch not at TNS position: Off
x Turn light (LH) flashing: On
x Turn light (LH) off: Off
x Turn light (RH) flashing: On
x Turn light (RH) off: Off
x Turn switch at left position: On
x Turn switch in off position: Off
x Turn switch at right position: On
x Turn switch in off position: Off
x Liftgate opened: Open
x Liftgate closed: Close
x Vehicle driven: Displays vehicle speed
x Vehicle stopped: 0 km/h (mph)
x Windshield washer switch on: On
x Windshield washer switch off: Off
x Rear washer switch on: On
x Rear washer switch off: Off
x Windshield wiper switch at INT position: On
x Windshield wiper switch not at INT position: Off
x Windshield wiper switch at HI position: On
x Windshield wiper switch not at HI position: Off
x Windshield wiper switch at LO position: On
x Windshield wiper switch not at LO position: Off
x Rear wiper switch at ON: On
x Rear wiper switch at OFF: Off
x Windshield wiper operating at HI: On
x Windshield wiper operating in position except HI:
Off
x Windshield wiper operating at LO: On
x Windshield wiper operating in position except LO:
Off
x Rear wiper operating: On
x Rear wiper not operating: Off
Inspection item (s)
BCM
terminal
Climate control unit (rear

window defroster indicator)
6G
Light switch
6J
Turn light
1L, 3L
Turn light
1K, 3J
Turn switch (light switch)
6B
Turn switch (light switch)
6A
Liftgate latch and lock

actuator
6U
Washer switch
2H
Washer switch
2L
Windshield wiper switch
6S
6F
6N
6C
Front wiper motor
1A
Front wiper motor
1B
Rear wiper motor
3D
End Of Sie
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [BCM]
id0902f5960800

2. Select Modules.
3. Select BCM/GEM.
2. Select BCM/GEM.
DLC-2
3. Select the active command modes from the PID
am2zzw0000251
table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the
operations for each parts.
x If the operation of output device cannot be verified after the active command mode inspection is performed,
this could indicate the possibility of an open or short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output
device.
End Of Sie
09-02G54

ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [BCM]
Command
name
WPRLY_F_HI*
Operation condition
id0902f5960900
Unit/
Operation
Output part name
On : Windshield wiper (HI) operation
Off/On
Windshield wiper motor
WPRLY_F_LO
WPRLY_R
TURN_L_R
TURN_L_L
H/L_LO_RLY
FOG_F_RLY
FOG_R_RLY
On : Windshield wiper (LO) operation

On : Rear wiper operation
On : Turn light (RH) flashes
On : Turn light (LH) flashes
On : Headlights (LO) on
On : Front fog lights on
On : Rear fog lights on
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On

Rear wiper motor
Turn light (RH)
Turn light (LH)
Headlight low-beam relay
Front fog light relay
Rear fog light relay
Terminal
1E
1D
3E
1H,3G
1I,3H
4B
4D
4D
*1 : With "WPRLY_F_LO" On
End Of Sie
09-02G55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
09-02I ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTIPLEX

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . .
DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
(R.H.D.)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING
PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
(R.H.D.)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Table for Determining
Malfunctioning Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C .............................
D .............................
E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-02I1
09-02I2
09-02I3
09-02I7
09-02I7
09-02I9
09-02I9
09-02I10
09-02I11
09-02I12
09-02I13
G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I14
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I15
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I16
J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I17
K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I18
L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I19
M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT
COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX
(R.H.D.)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I20
Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I20
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I20
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I21
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I21
DTC U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I24
Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I25

End of Toc
WM: CAN SYSTEM
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4845700
x If the CAN system is considered to be the cause of the malfunction based on the repair order form and the
malfunctioning symptom, follow the 09-02I-2 Troubleshooting Procedure.
x DTCs are also output due to a control module or sensor malfunction, or incorrect power supply. Verify the
output DTCs and first inspect the DTCs not shown in 09-02I-3 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].
x If there is an open circuit in the communication lines, it is possible that signal error DTCs may be output in
addition to communication error DTCs. Perform 09-02I-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)], 09-02I-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] if the communication error and signal error
DTCs are output simultaneously.
09-02I1

Troubleshooting Procedure
Vehicle in repair shop
Verify repair order

form and symptom
When CAN system is thought to be malfunctioning based on repair order form and symptom,
perform on-board diagnosis using the following procedure.
Perform vehicle identification using M-MDS.
Yes
Is vehicle identified?
Verify communication condition

between M-MDS and vehicle. *4
Verify DTCs of all modules.
Are any DTCs

output?
No
No
Perform symptom troubleshooting.
Yes
Are DTCs not shown in

DTC table*1 output?
Yes
Perform troubleshooting according

to corresponding DTC inspection.
After repair, verify DTCs of all
control modules.
No
Are DTCs U0001:00, U0001:88,

U0073:00 displayed?
Yes
Inspect DTCs U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073. *2
No
There could be open circuit in CAN lines.
Determine the open circuit location using DTC output pattern. *3
am2zzw0000466
*1 : 09-02I-3 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]

*2 : 09-02I-24 DTC U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
*3 : 09-02I-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)]
*4 : 09-02I-20 M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)]
End Of Sie
09-02I2

DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4845800
HS-CAN
DTC output module
DTC
U0073:00*1 CAN system communication error
PCM (ZJ, ZY)
U0101:00
U0121:00
U0140:00
U0151:00
U0155:00
Communication error to TCM

x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
Communication error to BCM
Communication error to SAS control module
Communication error to instrument cluster
PCM (MZ-CD 1.4 DI

Turbo)
U0121:00
U0140:00
U0155
U0416
U0423

Communication error to EPS control module
Abnormal message from instrument cluster

PCM (MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6))
U0121:00
U0122:86
U0122:87
U0155:00
U0167:00
U0300:87

x Communication error to keyless control module
(vehicles with advanced keyless and start system)
x Communication error to instrument cluster (vehicles
with keyless entry system)

ABS HU/CM*2
U0100:00
U0155:00
Communication error to PCM

U2101:00
Reference for inspection

procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC

U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02I3

DTC output module
DTC
U0100:00
U0126:00

U0155:00
*3
DSC HU/CM
U0401:68*1 Signal error from PCM
U2101:00
BCM
U0100:00
U0101:00
U0121:00
U0415:68*1

x Signal error from ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
x Signal error from DSC HU/CM (with DSC)

TCM*4
U0100:00
U0121:00

Keyless control
module*5
U0028:87
U0100:00
09-02I4

procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 04-02B-28 DTC
U0401:68 [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02G-49 DTC
U0415:68 [BCM].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02A-34 DTC
U0401:68 [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)

DTC output module
DTC

SAS control module
U0155:00
EPS control module

U0100:00

Theft-deterrent control
module*6
U0100:00
U0140:00

procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 06-02-9 DTC
U0401:00.)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02I5

DTC output module
DTC
U0100:00
U0100:87*1 Communication error to PCM (no response)
U0101:00
U0121:00
Instrument cluster
U0131:00
U0140:00
U0151:00
U0214:00

Communication error to SAS control module
Communication error to keyless control module

U0402:92*1 Signal error from TCM
U0415:92*1
x Signal error from ABS HU/CM (with ABS)

x Signal error from DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
U0420:92*1 Signal error from EPS control module

U0452:68*1 Signal error from SAS control module
U0452:92*1 Signal error from SAS control module
U0515:68*1 Signal error from keyless control module

procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02B-16
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-13
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02F-11 DTC
U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-11 DTC
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-12 DTC
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-12 DTC
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-14 DTC
CLUSTER].)
*1 : If only the target DTCs are displayed, perform the corresponding DTC inspection without determining the open
circuit location.
*2 : With ABS
*3 : With DSC
*4 : CVT
*5 : With advanced keyless entry and start system
*6 : With theft-deterrent system
End Of Sie
09-02I6

DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4846700
Caution
x If the malfunctioning part is detected in the communication line, before disconnecting the related
connector for inspection, press the connector in the connection direction to verify that there is no
looseness or disconnection.
x When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no damage, deformation, or corrosion of
the connector terminals.
1. Verify the CAN system-related module DTCs and the failed module using the (M-MDS).
2. Look for a DTC display pattern and failed module display pattern in tandem which match.
Note
x A hyphen - in the DTC output pattern table indicates that the DTC may be displayed depending on the
malfunction detection conditions. If only an u is indicated, it means the DTC will not be displayed.
x If any of the following DTCs is displayed alone, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02I-3 DTC
TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
DSC HU/CM: U0401:68
BCM: U0415:68
EPS control module: U0401:00
Instrument cluster: U0100:87, U0401:68, U0401:92, U0402:92, U0415:92, U0420:92, U0452:68,
U0452:92, U0515:68
3. Refer to the matching tandem diagnostic results (A to L) and inspect the possible cause and inspection item.
4. Perform the DTC inspection after the repair procedure.
x If any DTC is displayed, return to 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)].
Diagnostic Table for Determining Malfunctioning Part
Cross (u): Displayed
Hyphen (-): May or may not be displayed
M-MDS display
DTC output module
PCM (PCM)*1
*2
PCM (PCM)
PCM (PCM)*3
DTC display pattern
DTC
U0101:00
U0121:00
U0140:00
U0151:00
U0155:00
U0121:00
U0140:00
U0155
U0416
U0423
U0121:00
U0122:86
U0122:87
U0155:00
U0167:00
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u*7
U0300:87
ABS (ABS
HU/CM)*4
ABS (DSC HU/CM)*5
U0100:00
U0155:00
U2101:00
U0100:00
U0126:00
U0155:00
U0401:68
U2101:00
u*8
u
u
u
u
u
-
09-02I7

M-MDS display
DTC output module
BCM/GEM (BCM)
TCM (TCM)*6
RKE (Keyless control
module)*7
RCM (SAS control
module)
DTC
U0100:00
U0101:00
U0121:00
U0415:68
U0100:00
U0121:00
U0028:87
U0100:00
U0401:68
DTC display pattern

u
u
u
u
-
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
-
u
u
U0155:00
U0100:00
U0401:00
*9 (Theft-deterrent
U0100:00
VSM
control module)
U0140:00
U0100:00
U0100:87
U0101:00
U0121:00
U0131:00
U0140:00
U0151:00
U0214:00
IC (Instrument cluster)
U0401:68
U0401:92
U0402:92
U0415:92
U0420:92
U0452:68
U0452:92
U0515:68
M-MDS display module
PCM
ABS
BCM/GEM
EPS (EPS control
module)
u
u
u
u
u
-
u
-
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
-
u
u
Fail display pattern

u
u
u
u
u
u
u
TCM*6
*7
RKE
RCM
EPS
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
*9
VSM
IC
Item
Possible cause and inspection item
Reference page
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
*7
*8
u
A
B
C
09090902I-9 02I-9 02I10 C
B
A
: ZJ, ZY
: MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
: MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: With ABS
: With DSC
: CVT
: With advanced keyless entry and start system
: With keyless entry system
09-02I8
D
0902I11 D
Diagnostic result
E
F
G
H
0909090902I- 02I- 02I- 02I12 E 13 F 14 G 15 H
I
0902I16 I
J
0902I17 J
K
0902I18 K
L
0902I19 L

*9 : Theft-deterrent system
A
Possible cause
x Connector terminal disconnection, poor contact, damage, deformation, corrosion
x Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and branch A
x PCM malfunction
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
PCM
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

PCM
1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
1B
ZJ, ZY
PCM
CAN_H
1AE
4W
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
1AI
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
4U
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
E
DLC-2
WITH THEFT-DETERRENT
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
ZJ, ZY
x PCM connector
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AE and branch A
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AI and branch A
x PCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
x PCM connector
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1A and branch A
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1B and branch A
x PCM
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
x PCM connector
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 301 and branch A
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 309 and branch A
x PCM
B
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM and branch A
x Open circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM and branch A
x ABS HU/CM malfunction
09-02I9

x DSC HU/CM malfunction
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4W
1AI
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
WITH DSC
ABS HU/CM
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
4U
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x ABS HU/CM connector
x DSC HU/CM connector
x Wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal H and branch A
x Wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal L and branch A
x Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal M and branch A
x Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal J and branch A
x ABS HU/CM
x DSC HU/CM
C
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM and branch A
09-02I10

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
4W
1AI
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 4U and branch A
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 4W and branch A
D
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness BCM and TCM
x TCM malfunction
x BCM malfunction
09-02I11

: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
TCM
A17
4V
1AE
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
4X
CONNECTOR
C-06
CAN_H
7X
4U
4W
1AI
2B
BRANCH
B
BRANCH
A
PCM
A7
BCM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
7V
2D
CAN_L
ABS HU/CM
E
DLC-2
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x TCM connector
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between TCM terminal A17 and BCM terminal 4V
x Wiring harness between TCM terminal A7 and BCM terminal 4X
x TCM
x BCM
E
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness keyless control module and BCM
x Keyless control module malfunction.
x BCM malfunction
09-02I12

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
309
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
1A
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
BCM
CAN_H
1AE
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
4U
BRANCH
A
PCM
4W
1AI
2B
BRANCH
B
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
7V
2D
CAN_L
6X
6V
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x Keyless control module connector
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2G and BCM terminal 6X
x Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2I and BCM terminal 6V
x Keyless control module
x BCM
F
Possible cause
x BCM malfunction
09-02I13

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
BCM
4W
1AI
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x BCM
G
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness BCM and branch B
09-02I14

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
BRANCH
A
PCM
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
4W
1AI
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 7X and branch B
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 7V and branch B
H
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness SAS control module and branch B
x SAS control module malfunction
09-02I15

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
CVT
309
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
4W
1AI
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x SAS control module connector
x Wiring harness between SAS control module terminal 3C and branch B
x Wiring harness between SAS control module terminal 3D and branch B
x SAS control module
I
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness branch B and connector C-06
x Open circuit in wiring harness connector C-06 and branch C
x Connector C-06 malfunction
09-02I16

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
4W
1AI
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x Connector C-06
x Wiring harness between branch B and connector C-06
x Wiring harness between connector C-06 and branch C
J
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between EPS control module and branch C
x EPS control module malfunction
09-02I17

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
3C
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
4W
1AI
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x EPS control module connector
x Wiring harness between EPS control module terminal 1G and branch C
x Wiring harness between EPS control module terminal 1H and branch C
x EPS control module
K
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between Theft-deterrent control module and branch C
09-02I18

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
309
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
1A
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
C-06
CAN_H
1AE
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
4W
1AI
7X
4U
BRANCH
A
PCM
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2

AND START SYSTEM
am2zzw0000468
Inspection item
x Theft-deterrent control module connector
x Wiring harness between theft-deterrent control module terminal K and branch C
x Wiring harness between theft-deterrent control module terminal I and branch C
x Theft-deterrent control module
L
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness instrument cluster and branch C
09-02I19

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
PCM
CVT
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

1A
A17
A7
4V
4X
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_H
1AE
4U
4W
1AI
CAN_L
BRANCH
B
BCM
BRANCH
A
PCM
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
CONNECTOR
C-06
7X
BRANCH
C
7V
6X
6V
2G
2I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
2B INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000468
Inspection item
x Instrument cluster connector
x Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2B and branch C
x Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2D and branch C
x Instrument cluster
End Of Sie
M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4037400
Caution
x Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] troubleshooting procedure.
Detection Condition
x Possible causes of communication errors between the M-MDS and vehicle include communication circuit
interruption due to an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness, or poor contact of connector
terminals, or a BUS OFF condition due to a short circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness.
Possible Causes
x Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and DLC-2
x Open circuit in BCM CAN line
x Improper insertion, connector terminal damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of PCM, BCM, or
connector C-06
x Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN system-related module CAN_L and CAN_H lines
x Short circuit to power supply in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
x Short circuit to ground in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
x Short circuit to power supply in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
x Short circuit to ground in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
x Damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of DLC-2
x PCM power supply is not normal
x PCM ground is not normal
x PCM internal resistance is not normal
09-02I20

x CAN system-related module malfunction
Wiring Diagram
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
301
CVT
PCM
309
TCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
A17
A7
1A
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
EPS
CONTROL
MODULE
3C
1G
3D
1H
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CAN_L
DSC HU/CM
ABS HU/CM
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
2B
BRANCH
B
BCM
6X
6V
2G
2I
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BRANCH
C
7V
4W
1AI
7X
4U
BRANCH
A
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-06
4X
4V
CAN_H
1AE
2D
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
E
DLC-2
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000466
Caution
x When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation,
corrosion, or poor connection of the connector terminals.
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING
x Is there communication between the M-MDS
and vehicle?
VERIFY THAT M-MDS AND DLC-2 ARE

CONNECTED
x Verify the connection condition between the
M-MDS and DLC-2.
disconnection?
VERIFY PCM POWER SUPPLY CONDITION
x Refer to the PCM terminal voltage table and
inspect the terminal voltage and fuse
condition.
(See 01-40C-9 PCM INSPECTION [MZ-CD
1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-9 PCM INSPECTION [MZ-CD
1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
x Is the power supply condition normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Go back to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM.
Correct the connection condition, then go to Step 13.

Repair or replace the fuse or wiring harness, then go to Step
13.
09-02I21

Step
4
Inspection
VERIFY PCM BODY GROUND CONDITION
x Inspect the PCM body ground wiring harness
and ground point.
x Are the ground and ground point normal?
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL
x Disconnect the PCM connector.
x Are the PCM connector terminal normal
without damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
INSPECT PCM
x Measure the resistance between the
following PCM connector terminals:
Action
Yes
No

Yes
No

Repair the connector terminal if necessary, then go to Step
13.
Yes
No

1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
No

There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring
harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
ZJ, ZY
Between terminal 1AE and terminal 1AI
(part side)
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

Between terminal 1A and terminal 1B
(part side)
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
Between terminal 301 and terminal 309

(part side)
x Is the resistance 118130 ohms?
VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO OPEN CIRCUIT
IN CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS
Caution
x When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it
with a paper clip or similar thin pin
without directly inserting a tester into
the terminals.
x Verify the continuity between the following
terminals:
ZJ, ZY
Between PCM terminal 1AE and BCM
terminal 4U
Between PCM terminal 1AI and BCM
terminal 4W
Between DLC-2 terminal F and BCM
terminal 7X
Between DLC-2 terminal E and BCM
terminal 7V
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

Between PCM terminal 1A and BCM
terminal 4U
Between PCM terminal 1B and BCM
terminal 4W
terminal 7X
terminal 7V
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)

Between PCM terminal 301 and BCM
terminal 4U
Between PCM terminal 309 and BCM
terminal 4W
terminal 7X
terminal 7V
09-02I22

Step
8
10
Inspection
INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING
HARNESS IN BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
terminals:
Between BCM terminal 7X and BCM
terminal 4U
Between BCM terminal 7V and BCM
terminal 4W
VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO SHORT CIRCUIT
IN CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS
Caution
the terminals.
terminals.
Between DLC-2 terminal F and DLC-2
terminal E
x Is the resistance 60 ohms or less?
VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND IN
CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS
Caution
the terminals.
Action
Yes
No

Replace the BCM which has an open circuit in the CAN
communication wiring harness in the BCM, then go to Step
13.
Yes
There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring

harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
No
Yes
No
There is a short circuit to ground in the CAN communication

wiring harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.

terminals:
Between DLC-2 terminal F and ground
Between DLC-2 terminal E and ground
ZJ, ZY
Between PCM terminal 1AE and ground
Between PCM terminal 1AI and ground
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

Between PCM terminal 1A and ground
Between PCM terminal 1B and ground
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)

Between PCM terminal 301 and ground
Between PCM terminal 309 and ground
09-02I23

Step
11
Inspection
VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO POWER
SUPPLY SYSTEM IN CAN COMMUNICATION
WIRING HARNESS
Caution
the terminals.
Yes
No
Action
There is a short circuit to the power supply system in the
CAN communication wiring harness. Repair or replace it,
then go to Step 13.

terminals:
Between DLC-2 terminal F and DLC-2
terminal A
Between DLC-2 terminal E and DLC-2
terminal A
ZJ, ZY
Between PCM terminal 1AE and PCM
terminal 1BC
Between PCM terminal 1AI and PCM
terminal 1BC
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

Between PCM terminal 1A and PCM
terminal 2Y
Between PCM terminal 1B and PCM
terminal 2Y
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
12
13
14
Between PCM terminal 301 and PCM

terminal 331
Between PCM terminal 309 and PCM
terminal 331
INSPECT CAN-RELATED MODULES OTHER
THAN PCM and BCM
x Remove only one of the CAN-related
modules other than those related to the PCM
and BCM.
x Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle?
PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Yes
No
Replace the removed module.

Inspect all of the CAN-related modules other than those
related to the PCM and BCM using the same procedure.
After inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.
Yes
No

1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
Replace the BCM.
Yes
No
End Of Sie
DTC U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4001200
U0001:00 CAN system communication error

Warning
x Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
DETECTION
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] troubleshooting procedure.
CONDITION
x CAN system-related harness malfunction
x CAN system-related module malfunction
DTC
09-02I24

DTC U0001:88 CAN system communication error
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness
x Malfunction of connectors between PCM, DSC HU/CM (with DSC), ABS HU/CM (with ABS), BCM,
keyless control module, TCM, SAS control module, EPS control module, theft-deterrent control module
and instrument cluster
x PCM malfunction
x DSC HU/CM malfunction (with DSC)
POSSIBLE
x ABS HU/CM malfunction (with ABS)
x BCM malfunction
CAUSE
x TCM malfunction
x SAS control module malfunction
x EPS control module malfunction
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
ZJ, ZY
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
PCM
PCM
PCM
301
309
1AI
1AE
1B
1A
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
DSC
HU/CM
J
ENTRY AND START SYSTEM
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
2G
6X
2I
6V
CVT
4V
A17
4X
A7
TCM
BCM
7X
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
4W
4U
ABS
HU/CM
7V
3C
SYSTEM
3D
CONNECTOR
C-06
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
1G
1H
DLC-2
2B
EPS CONTROL
MODULE
2D
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
: CAN_H
: CAN_L
Caution
x When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation,
corrosion, or poor connection of the connector terminals.
09-02I25

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING
x Are any DTCs, except the following,
displayed?
U0001:00
U0001:88
U0073:00
INSPECTION OF CONTROL MODULE
CONNECTOR OUTPUTTING DTCs
x Inspect the terminal condition of the control
module connector outputting DTCs and the
mid-connector.
disconnection?
INSPECTION OF POWER SUPPLY OF
CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
x Refer to the terminal voltage table of the
control module outputting DTCs or use the
PID/data monitoring function to inspect the
terminal voltage and fuse condition.
x Is the power supply voltage normal?
INSPECTION OF BODY GROUND CONDITION
OF CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
x Inspect the body ground wires and ground
point of the control module outputting DTCs.
x Are the ground and ground point normal?
CAN SYSTEM RELATED WIRING HARNESS
INSPECTION
x CAN system related wiring harness
inspection:
Short to ground
Short between twisted pair wiring harness
Open circuit
INSPECT PCM
x Disconnect the PCM connector.
following PCM connector terminals:
No
Action
Determine the open circuit location referring to 09-02H-6
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].
Yes
No

Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the PCM, then go to Step 9.
1.6 (Y6)].)
1.4 DI Turbo].)
Yes
No

Replace the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Yes
Reinstall the removed module, remove another module

and perform the same inspection. Inspect all of the CANrelated modules using the same procedure. After
inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.
Replace the removed module.
Yes
ZJ, ZY
Between terminal 1AE and terminal 1AI
(part side)
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo

Between terminal 1A and terminal 1B
(part side)
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
Between terminal 301 and terminal 309

(part side)
following instrument cluster connector
terminals:
Between terminal 2B and terminal 2D
(part side)
CAN RELATED MODULE VERIFICATION
x Remove only one of the CAN-related
modules.
x Inspect the DTCs of all modules using the MMDS.
x Are DTCs U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00
displayed?
09-02I26
No

Step
9
Inspection
AFTER REPAIR VERIFICATION
x Connect all of the modules.
x Inspect the DTCs using the M-MDS.
x Are DTCs displayed?
Yes
No
Action
Perform the CAN system on-board diagnosis again
according to the troubleshooting procedure
End Of Sie
09-02I27
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [POWER

WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A2
FOREWORD
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . 09-03A3
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
INITIAL SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A3
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY
INSPECTION
Manual Open/close Function
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A6
Auto Open/close Function
(Drivers Side) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A6
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection . . . 09-03A6
Auto Reverse Pinch Protection
Function Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A7
Two-step Down Function
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A7
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE
FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE
POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER

WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS
OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE
DO NOT OPERATE USING
THE POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS
OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE
DO NOT OPERATE USING
THE POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE
INOPERATIVE
No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES
EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS
DOES NOT ENCOUNTER
A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE
No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE
THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING
OR CLOSING
End of Toc
WM: POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
09-03A1

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805200
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

IG1
B+
1M
MANUAL
CLOSE
MANUAL
OPEN
POWER-CUT
SWITCH
1N
CLOSE
CLOSE
CLOSE
1B
AUTO
OPEN
OPEN
1F
OPEN
1D
BCM
1A
P/W
CM
1H
1K
CLOSE
RELAY
1J
1L
OPEN
RELAY
*1
*2
1C
1E
1I
1G
HALL EFFECT SWITCH 2
E
POWER
WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
A
C
B
HALL EFFECT SWITCH 1
POWER WINDOW MOTOR

(DRIVER'S SIDE)
POWER WINDOW POWER WINDOW

MOTOR (LF)
MOTOR (RR)
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR (LR)
TERMINAL
*1: 2B (L.H.D.), 2L (R.H.D.)
*2: 2A (L.H.D.), 2K (R.H.D.)
am2zzw0000383
End Of Sie
09-03A2

FOREWORD [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805400
Troubleshooting Procedure
START
(Customer arrives)
Confrim customer's
concern
Can you duplicate the

symptom?
Confirm to the customer using the "Power Window System

Troubleshooting Questionnaire "
NO
YES
Confirm the symptom
Is there same symptom in the

Symptom Troubleshooting
Chart?
Confirm the symptom on-vehicle
NO
Carry-out the basic

inspection
YES
Follow the appropriate
diagnostic procedure
Repair the problem
Complete
am2zzw0000021
x Slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor
contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions.
Caution
x If any of the following conditions continues indefinitely, the power window motor will heat up
causing the protection circuit (integrated in power window motor) to operate. If this occurs, the
operation of the power window motor protection circuit temporarily disables the power windows.
Continuous up and down operation of the power window.
Continuously pulling up the power window switch while the window glass is fully closed.
Continuously pressing the power window switch while the window glass fully opened.
x A malfunction in the power window system will be determined and the system will shift to
malfunction mode if the power windows are operated up or down using the power window switch
while the power window protection circuit is operating.
x While the power window system is in malfunction mode, but they do not operate using the auto
open/close function.
x The power window system reverts to normal operation after performing the Power Window system
initialization procedure.
Note
x If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down and two-step
down operation are disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
Negative battery cable disconnected
Power window main switch connector disconnected
Power window system power supply fuse removed
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIAL SETTING
x Refer to 09-12-27 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.
End Of Sie
09-03A3

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
id0903a0805600
Malfunction symptom
09-03A-8 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-9 No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-11 No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-11 No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-11 No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN
OBJECT WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-15 No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
09-03A4

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0835500
Date :
When did the malfunction first occur ?
Wheather conditions
Driving conditons
Fair weather Cloudy

Driving
Duplicate symtom?
YES
Road conditions
City
Rain
Stopped (Engine is :
NO
Outer city
Snow
Other (
Running
Frequency
Freeway
Other (
Outside
temperature
Approx.
Stopped)
Always
)/
Sometimes (
Paved
times/month)
Dirt road
*Follow the appropriate diagnostic procedures shown below or perform the basic troubleshooting flow.
(No.1) The auto open/close function on the driver's side power window inoperative.
(No.2) The driver's side power window is inoperative.
(No.3) All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window subswitch.
(No.4) All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window main switch.
(No.5) All power windows are inoperative.
(No.6) Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in automatic mode.
Please clarify the position where the driver side front door glass opens automatically.
Completely closed position
Approx. ( )mm lower than completely closed position Approx. ( )mm upper than the completely open position.
(No.7) Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing.
Other (Describe the symptom below if the symptom does not appear in the above list.)
Please describe the conditions when the malfunction occurs.

(Example) : When the outer mirrors are operated
Please describe the conditions under which the system returns to normal operation after malfunctioning.
(Example) : The ignition switch is turned to the ON position after inserting the ignition key into the key cylinder
am2zzw0000463
End Of Sie
09-03A5

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831700
Manual Open/close Function Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Operate the power window using the manual
open/close function on the power window main
switch.
x Does the power window operate properly?
x Set the power cut switch to the UNLOCK
position.
x Operate the power window using the power
window subswitch.
x Set the power cut switch to the LOCK position.
x Operate all power windows other than the driver
side.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
x Inspect the power window main switch and the
wiring harness.
x Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
x Inspect the power window subswitch and the wiring
harness.
x Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
x
x
x
x
Inspect the power cut switch and the wiring harness.

Replace the power window main switch.
Manual open/close function is normal.
Perform the auto open/close function inspection.
Auto Open/close Function (Drivers Side) Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Operate the power window using the auto open /
close function on the power window main switch.
ACTION
Yes
No
If the power window automatically opens

during the closing operation:
x Go to 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES
EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT
ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM].
Others:
x Operate the power window main switch to the

close position while the power window is
opening.
x Does the power window operation stop?
x Operate the power window main switch to the
open position while the power window is closing.
x Does the power window operation stop?
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Go to 09-03A-8 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE

FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER
WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM].
x Replace the power window main switch (power
window control unit is malfunctioning.)
x Auto open/close function is normal.
x Perform the IG-OFF timer function inspection.
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Close all doors.
x Turn the ignition switch from the ON to the LOCK
position.
x Operate the power window main switch within 43
s after turning the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
x Does the power window operate?
x Open any door.

position.
position.
09-03A6
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
x Inspect the door switches and related wiring
harness.
x If above parts are okay, replace the power window
main switch, then go to the next step.
x If above parts are incorrect repair or replace
malfunction part (s), then go to the next step.
x Inspect the door switches and related wiring
harness.
x If above parts are okay, replace the power window
main switch, then go to the next step.
x If above parts are incorrect repair or replace
malfunction part (s), then go to the next step.

STEP
3
INSPECTION
x Close all doors.
position.
position.
Yes
No
ACTION
x IG-OFF timer function operation is normal.
x Perform the auto reverse pinch protection function
inspection.
Auto Reverse Pinch Protection Function Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Fully open the driver's side power window.
x Set the hammer (thickness: 10 mm or more) as
shown below. Then, close the power window.
x Verify that the power window opens 200 mm
after contacting the hammer and the operation
stops.
x Does auto reverse pinch protection function
operate properly?
x Does power window open before contacting the
hammer?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
x Auto reverse pinch protection function is normal.
x Perform the two-step down function inspection.
x Go to 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES

EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT
ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM].
x Initialize the power window main switch.
Note
x Before initializing the power window main switch,
cut off the power supply to the power window
main switch for 60 s. Then, reconnect it again
after 60 s:
Disconnect the power window main switch
connector.
Remove the fuse for the power window
system.
HAMMER
am2zzw0000022
Two-step Down Function Inspection

Note
x Before inspecting the two-step down function, make sure that the two-step down function is turned on.(if
the two-step down function is turned off, the power window does not stop once.)
x The two-step down position is adjustable within 20100 mm {0.793.9 in}.
x The two-step down function does not operate while the IG-OFF timer function is activated.
09-03A7

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Turn on the two-step down function, if it is turned
off.
x Fully close the drivers side power window.
x Open the power window using the manual open/
close function on the power window main switch.
x Verify that the power window stops 30 mm lower
than the fully closed position for 1 s.
x Does power window operate properly?
Note
x While the auto open/close function is
activated, the two-step down function does
not operate.
Yes
No
ACTION
Two-step down function is normal.
x Verify that the auto open/close function operates
properly.
If the auto open/close function operates

properly:
x Verify that the two-step down function is turned on.
If the auto open/close function does not

operate properly:
(See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
End Of Sie
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831000
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The auto open/close function on the drivers side power window is inoperative
x Power window system in fail-safe function (Power window motor heat protection circuit is operating)
x No power supply to power window main switch
x Power window main switch malfunction (power window control unit malfunction, auto switch
malfunction)
x Power window motor malfunction (Sensor inside motor malfunction)
x Malfunction in wiring harness between power window motor (sensor) and power window main switch
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position
for 3 min.
x Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
x Initialize the power window system.
x Operate the auto open/close function.
x Dose the power window operate properly?

x Inspect the two-step down operation.
(See 09-03A-6 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM].)
x Does the two-step down function operate
properly?
x Does the sensor built into the power window
motor send pulse signals while the power
window motor is operating?
x Inspect the voltage at the following power
window motor terminals:
B (sensor 1 signal)
A (sensor 2 signal)
x Is the voltage approx. 6 V?
x Does the sensor built into the power window
motor send pulse signals while the power
window motor is operating?
x Inspect the voltage at the following power
window main switch (14-pin connector)
terminals:
1D (sensor 1 signal)
1H (sensor 2 signal)
x Is the voltage approx. 6 V?
End Of Sie
09-03A8
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
System is normal.
The power window system auto open/close function dose
not operate temporarily for any of the following reasons:
x The power window switch is operated while the power
window motor protection circuit (integrated in power
window motor) is operating.
x The power window main switch power supply is cut off
by disconnection of the negative battery cable or
removing the fuse.
Yes
No

Replace the power window motor.
(See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
Replace the power main switch.

Inspect for an open or short circuit in wiring between the
power window motor (sensor) and the power window main
switch.
Inspect the connection of the power window motor and
power window main switch connectors.
(damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Repair of replace necessary.
No

No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
2
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903a0831100
The drivers side power window is inoperative.

x Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
Burnt fuse (B+)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuse (B+) and power window main switch
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window motor
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and ground
x Power window main switch malfunction
x Power window motor malfunction
x Power window regulator malfunction
09-03A9

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Does the LED on the power window main
switch illuminate?
x Operate all power windows other than the
drivers side window using the power window
main switch.
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Inspect for an open or short circuit in the following wiring
harnesses. Inspect the connector connections (damage/
pulled-out pins, corrosion):
x P/W 30 A fusePower window main switch terminal 1M
x Power window main switch terminal 1Bground.
Repair or replace if necessary.
Go to Step 5.
Inspect the following:
x Short circuit in B+ power supply wiring harness
x Short circuit in power window motor
Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
Then, go to the next step.
Troubleshooting is completed.
Re-confirm the symptom and go to Step 1.
x Is the P/W 20 A fuse normal?
Yes
No
x
x
x
x
Yes
No
Initialize the power window system.

Operate the power window system.
Do the power windows operate properly?
Measure the voltage at the power window
main switch terminal 1N.
Yes
No
x Measure the voltage at the power window

main switch. (power window motor output
terminal) while operating the power window
using the power window main switch.
(Open: terminal 1L/ close: terminal 1J)
motor. (battery power supply terminal) while
operating the power window using the power
window motor.
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E)
x Operate the driver's side power window

x Does the power window motor operate
(rotate)?
Caution
x If the power window motor temperature
is high, the motor may not rotate due to
the motor internal bimetal function.
Leave it untouched for about 3 min to
cool it down, then reinspect.
x Remove the door glass from the carrier plate.
x Make sure that the door glass moves
smoothly using your hand.
x Does the door glass move smoothly?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
End Of Sie
09-03A10

Inspect for an open or short circuit in the power window
main switch wiring harness (battery power supply).
Inspect the power window main switch connector
connection. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
between the power window main switch and the power
window motor.
Inspect the power window main switch and power window
motor connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
INSTALLATION.)
Replace the power window regulator.

(See 09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
(See 09-12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other possible
malfunction. If normal, replace the door glass run-channel.

No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831200
3
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
All power windows other than drivers side do not operate using the power window subswitch.
x Open or short circuit in power window subswitch wiring harness (battery power supply circuit).
x Power window subswitch malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Set the power cut-switch to the UNLOCK
position.
subswitch terminal A.
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the power window subswitch.
(See 09-12-24 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
between the power window main switch and the power
window subswitch.
Inspect the power window subswitch connector connection.
(damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
End Of Sie
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831300
4
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
All power windows other than drivers side do not operate using the power window main switch
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and power window main switch
(IG1).
x Power window main switch malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Set the power cut-switch to the UNLOCK
position.
x Operate all power windows other than the
drivers side using the power window main
switch.
x Do any power windows operate?
Yes
No
ACTION
End Of Sie
No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
5
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903a0831400
All power windows are inoperative.

x Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
Burnt fuse (B+)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and power window main switch
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window
subswitch
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window motor
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and ground
x Power window main switch malfunction (power cut-off switch malfunction, switch malfunction)
x Power window subswitch malfunction
x Power window motor malfunction
x Power window regulator malfunction
09-03A11

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Set the power cut-off switch to the UNLOCK
position.
x Inspect the power window system operation
again.
x Does the system operate properly?
x Operate all power windows other than
drivers side window using the power window
main switch.
x Does any power window operate?
x Operate the drivers side power window
x Is the P/W 30 A fuse normal?

main switch terminal 1M.
No
ACTION
System is now normal. (power cut-off switch is not set
properly.)
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Inspect for an open circuit in the wiring harness between the
power window main switch and the body ground.
If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a short to
ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness, then replace
the fuse.
Go to Step 9.
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Identify the inoperative power window.

x Measure the voltage at the suspect power
window motor (battery power supply) while
operating the power window motor using the
suspect power window subswitch.
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E)
x Operate the power window using the power
window subswitch.
x Does the power window motor operate
(rotate)?
Caution
x If the power window motor temperature
is high, the motor may not rotate due to
the motor internal bimetal function.
Leave it untouched for about 3 min. to
cool it down, then reinspect.
x Remove the door glass from the carrier plate.
x Make sure that the door glass moves
smoothly using your hand.
x Does the door glass move smoothly?
subswitch (power window motor output)
while operating the power window subswitch.
(Open: terminal E/ close: terminal D)
Yes
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Replace the power window regulator guide.

Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other possible
malfunction. If normal, replace the glass run channel.
Yes

between the power window subswitch and power window
motor.
Inspect the power window subswitch and power window
motor connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
No
09-03A12

STEP
10
11
INSPECTION
Note
x Do not operate the power window
subswitch during the following inspection.
x Inspect the continuity between power
window subswitch terminal D (vehicle
harness-side) and ground.
Note
x Do not operate the power window
subswitch during the following inspection.
window subswitch terminal E and ground.
12
13
Note
x Do not operate the power window main
switch during the following inspection.
window main switch terminal (up-side 2B
(L.H.D.), 2L (R.H.D.), 1C, 1I) and ground.
Note
x Do not operate the power window main
switch during the following inspection.
window main switch terminal (down-side 2A
(L.H.D.), 2K (R.H.D.), 1E, 1G) and ground.
ACTION
Yes
No

subswitch wiring harness.
Then go to Step 12.
Yes
Replace the power window subswitch.

subswitch wiring harness.
Then go to Step 12.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

between the power window main switch and power window
subswitch.
Inspect the power window main switch and subswitch
connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
End Of Sie
No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT
WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831500
Note
x Perform the following inspection for the power window system component parts of windows where the
door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in
automatic mode.
6
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving
up in automatic mode.
x Extreme change in the sliding resistance of the glass while the door glass is closing.
Improper installation of the acrylic door visor.
Power window motor malfunction.
Object caught between the glass run channel and the door glass.
Insufficient tightening of the door glass to the carrier plate.
Glass run channel malfunction.
Glass guide related malfunction.
Note
x The auto-reverse pinch protection function is a mechanism that automatically reverses (opens) the
door glass while it is closing when the power window main switch detects the signal from the power
window motor indicating that an object is obstructing the door glass movement.
x The auto-reverse pinch protection function may operate if the sliding resistance of the door glass
increases causing the closing speed to decrease.
x If the door glass closing speed has changed, concentrate the inspection on the following locations:
(Slip occurrence)
If the door glass is slipping forward, inspect the front side of the glass guide or glass run channel.
If the door glass is slipping rearward, inspect the rear side of the glass guide or glass run channel.
09-03A13

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect malfunction symptom.
x Does the malfunction symptom occur only
under the following special conditions?:
Driving over railroad tracks.
Driving on bumpy roads.
Opening/closing the door.
x Inspect acrylic door visor installation
condition.
x Is the acrylic door visor normal?
x Inspect door glass closing speed.
x Affix tape to the rear edge of the door glass
as shown in the figure for placing marks. (to
facilitate seeing the door glass movement)
x Start the engine and idle it (to ensure a
stabilized operational voltage).
x Does the door glass hesitate only once while
its closing?
x Reinspect door glass closing speed.
x Does the door glass hesitate periodically
while it is closing?
x Inspect glass run channel and door glass
sliding surface.
x Is there an object caught between the glass
run channel and the door glass, or is there
roughness on the sliding surface (rubber
surface)?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
The system is normal.
(Explain to the customer that this does not indicate a
malfunction because the system is designed to reverse the
door glass while it is closing if it receives vibration when the
vehicle is crossing railroad tracks, driving on a bumpy road,
or when the door is opened/closed.)
Install the side visor properly, then go to the next step.
Mark the point where the door glass closing speed changed,
then go to Step 5.
Replace the power window motor, then go to Step 8.

INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 8.
Object is caught between glass run channel and

door glass:
x Remove the object.
Roughness on the sliding surface (rubber

surface):
No
Yes
No
x Inspect tightening of door glass to carrier

plate.
x Is it normal?
x Inspect condition of glass run channel and

door glass.
x Is it normal?
Yes
No
x Inspect door glass closing speed.

x Does the door glass hesitate at any location?
Yes
No
x Replace the glass run channel.

After performing one of the above actions, reinspect.
If the malfunction is not corrected, go to Step 3.
After tightening correctly, reinspect.
Assemble the glass run channel and door glass securely,
and reinspect.
Troubleshooting completed.
If door glass slips rearward slightly

If door glass slips forward slightly
Affx tape to rear edge
Speed change position
am2zzw0000022
End Of Sie
09-03A14

No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
id0903a0831600
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing

x Installation screw is loose between the door glass and carrier plate.
x Deformity in the power window regulator plastic part due to use.
Scratching, wear marks to the power window regulator resin part due to twisting of the cable.
Gear deformity in the power window motor.
Note
x Identify the location of the noise using a stethoscope or similar device.
Noise type
Clanking noise
Time of
occurrence
Door glass
begins to move
Possible cause
Location of noise
Action
Between door glass

Securely tighten the
lower edge and carrier
installation screw.
plate.
Power window regulator Replace the power
window regulator
(See 09-12-12 FRONT
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/
Note
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-15 REAR
x Noise does not occur if a
POWER WINDOW
roller is equipped to power
REGULATOR REMOVAL/
window regulator resin part.
INSTALLATION.)
Gear inside power window motor is Gear in power window
Replace the power
deformed due to use.
motor
window motor
(See 09-12-17 POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Insufficiently tightened installation

screw between the door glass and
carrier plate.
Groaning noise While door glass Vibration caused by wear on the
(Sound
is operating
resin part from cable twisting due
increases due to
to use of the power window
use)
regulator.
Whining noise
Clicking noise
(Periodic noise)
End Of Sie
RESIN PART
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR
POEWR WINDOW
REGULATOR
CARRIER PLATE
am2zzw0000087
09-03A15
SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM TRO
TROUBLESHOOT
UBLESHOOTING [ADV
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND STAR
START
T SYSTEM]
09-03B SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ADVANCED

KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B1
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-03B2
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B3
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B3
NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE
LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY
TRANSMITTER [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B3
End of Toc

NO.2 FLASHING KEYLESS INDICATOR
LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B6
NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-03B6
NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START
FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-03B9
SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM TRO
TROUBLESHOOT
UBLESHOOTING [ADV
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND STAR
START
T SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
WM: KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
No.
Troubleshooting item
1 Door cannot be locked/unlocked by transmitter
2
Flashing keyless indicator light
Advanced keyless entry function inoperative
Advanced keyless start function inoperative
id0903d1814300
Page
See 09-03B-3 NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY
TRANSMITTER [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
See 09-03B-6 NO.2 FLASHING KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
See 09-03B-6 NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
See 09-03B-9 NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION
INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
09-03B1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1800900
B+
3V
B+
STEERING
LOCK UNIT
3W
1E
WITH
THEFT-DETERRENT
2L
THEFTDETERRENT
CONTROL
MODULE
IG1
LIFTGATE OPENNER SWITCH
(3HB, 5HB) / TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH (4SD)
2C
ACC
3G
2A
KEYLESS
BUZZER
A
B
UNLOCK
LOCK
BCM
2F
3K
PCM
L
3P
J
D
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
B+
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
2G
KEYLESS KEYLESS
INDICATOR WARNING
LIGHT
LIGHT
(GREEN) (RED)
ALARM
CAN-H
2I
CAN-L
B+
SECURITY
LIGHT
BCM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
1D
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
D
C
B
2H
3U
3O
A
D
B
3AD
3X
REQUEST SWITCH
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, RF)
WITH IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
IG1
D
B
COIL
ANTENNA
2D
2B
F
3N
3F
3AB
REQUEST SWITCH
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, LF)
3HB, 5HB
4SD
3R
3AA
D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
3I
3Z
D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3C
3AC
C
D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
3R
3AA
3I
3Z
3C
3AC
3L
3Y
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
am2zzw0000510
End Of Sie
09-03B2

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1801000
x Refer to the general information and check the basic troubleshooting procedure.
x The advanced keyless and start system is controlled by the Keyless control module.
x The phrase All doors includes the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1800400
Note
x All doors includes the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
START
1. Remove the key from the steering lock.

2. Close all doors.
Open the driver-side door.
Perform the following procedures within 24 s.

1. Insert the key into the steering lock.
2. Repeat the following 4 times.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, then back to
the LOCK position.
3. Open and close the driver-side door 3 times
(then leave the door open).
Confirm the following operations:

All doors lock.
Driver-side door unlocks.
Passenger-side and rear doors unlock.
Hazard flash.
Are the above operations normal?
Yes
The on-board diagnostic function is operated properly.

The on-board diagnostic is competed.
No
Was the on-board diagnosis performed properly?
Yes
The on-board diagnostic function is inoperative.

No
am2zzw0000215
End Of Sie
NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY TRANSMITTER [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM]
id0903d1900300
Possible
Cause
Door cannot be locked/unlocked by transmitter

x Transmitter (advanced key) malfunction (battery or other parts)
x Customer's mis-operation or misunderstanding
x Effect of non-standard equipment (any control unit with built-in micro computer such as radio set, mobile
telephone, and TV)
09-03B3

Step
1
Inspection
x Does the operation indicator light illuminate
when the transmitter (advanced key) is
operated?
x Did the customer operate the transmitter
(advanced key) within the operation range (2.5 m
{8.2 ft} from the vehicle)?
x Did the customer operate at a place where

extrinsic noise is received such as a TV tower,
electric power station, or a broadcast station.
x Did the customer operate the transmitter

(advanced key) with all the following conditions
met?
All doors are closed.
The auxiliary key is not inserted in the ignition
key cylinder.
The start knob is in the LOCK position.
The start knob is being pressed.
x Did the malfunction occur after any non-standard
equipment (any control unit with built-in micro
computer such as radio set, mobile telephone,
and TV) was installed?
x Was the malfunction corrected when the
connector of the equipment was disconnected?
x Is lock/unlock possible only near the keyless
receivers when the transmitter (advanced key) is
operated?
operation using another normal battery.
x Does the advanced keyless and start system
operate normally?
x Visually inspect the transmitter (advanced key)

battery.
x Are the following correct?
Battery direction (polarity)
Battery type (CR2025)
10
x Visually inspect the transmitter (advanced key)

battery.
(See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
Is there any rust on the battery terminals (+),
(-)?
Is there any poor contact between the battery
terminals and the battery when the battery is
inserted?
x Is it normal?
11
12

operation using another normal battery.
operate normally?
Action
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes
No

System is normal. (Explain to the customer to operate
the transmitter within the operation range.)
the transmitter (advanced key) away from extrinsic
noise.)
System is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
system does not operate due to the cancel function with
the auxiliary key in the ignition key cylinder.)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes
No
System is normal. (Explain to the customer that noise

from the equipment affected the operation.)
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
Replace the battery, then go to Step 23.

REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
Insert the battery correctly or replace it with a specified
one (CR2025), then go to Step 23.
SYSTEM].)
Replace the transmitter (advanced key) or repair the
battery terminals, then go to Step 23.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
13
x Inspect the keyless receiver installation

condition.
x Is the bracket installed securely?
09-03B4
Yes
No
Go to Step 13.
SYSTEM].)
Replace the transmitter (advanced key), then go to Step
22.
Install the bracket securely, then go to the next step.

Step
14
Inspection
Inspect the keyless receiver.
START SYSTEM].)
Is the keyless receiver power supply voltage
normal?
Power supply (+B) (terminal D)
Is the keyless receiver grounded normally?
Power supply (0 V) (terminal B)
Action
Yes
No

Inspect for a burnt fuse (ROOM 15 A)
Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for an
open or short circuit.
Yes
No

Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an open
circuit.
Inspect the ground tightening screw and nut for
looseness.
keyless receiver connector and keyless control module
connector, then go to the next step.
15
x
x
16

x Disconnect the keyless receiver connector (4pin) and the keyless control module connector
(12-pin).
x Inspect the wiring harness between the following
terminals for an open or short circuit.
Terminal C (4-pin) to terminal 2H (12-pin)
x Are the following keyless control module power
supply voltages normal?
Power supply (IG1) (Terminal 2C)
Power supply (+B) (Terminals 1D and 1E)
Power supply (ACC) (Terminal 2A)
Yes
No
18
x Is the following keyless control module ground

voltage normal?
0 V (Terminal 3N)
Yes
No
19
x Inspect the following keyless control module (12pin, 30-pin) signal voltages with the auxiliary key
not in the ignition key cylinder, and the start knob
in the LOCK position and not being pressed.
Keyless switch: 10 V or less (Terminal 3W)
Start knob (push switch): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 3V)
Power supply (ACC): 1.0 V or less (Terminal
2A)
Power supply (IG1): 1.0 V or less (Terminal
2C)
x Are the signal voltages normal?
x Are the following BCM terminal voltages normal?
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
When the front door (RH) is open: Wave
pattern (Terminal 7I)
When the front door (RH) is closed: 1.0 V or
less (Terminal 7I)
When the front door (LH) is open: Wave
pattern (Terminal 7M)
When the front door (LH) is closed: 1.0 V or
less (Terminal 7M)
When the rear door (RH) is open: Wave
pattern (Terminal 7O)
When the rear door (RH) is closed: 1.0 V or
less (Terminal 7O)
When the rear door (LH) is open: Wave
pattern (Terminal 7G)
When the rear door (LH) is closed: 1.0 V or
less (Terminal 7G)
When the liftgate is open: 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 7S)
When the liftgate is closed: B+ (Terminal 7S)
Yes
No
17
20
Yes
No
Yes
No

Inspect for a burnt fuse (ENG10 A, ROOM15 A, P/W 20
A, MIRROR 7.5 A).
Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for an
open or short circuit, repair or replace if necessary, then
go to the next step.
Inspect the keyless switch.
Inspect the keyless switch system wiring harness for an
open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
Inspect the wiring harness between BCM terminal 6W

and keyless control module terminal 2F.
If there is any open or short circuit, repair or replace the
malfunctioning part.
If there is no malfunction, go to the next step.
Inspect the door latch switch.
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the door latch switch system wiring harness for
an open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
09-03B5

Step
21
x
x
Inspection
Is the signal voltage transmitted from the BCM to
the door lock actuator normal?
Does BCM terminal voltage change as follows
when locking/unlocking using the transmitter
(advanced key)?
Unlocking: B+ (Terminal 3O)
Locking (Vehicles with double locking
system): 1.0 V or lessoB+o1.0 V or less
(Terminal 3E)
Locking (Vehicles without double locking
system): B+ (Terminal 3M)
Replace the keyless receiver.
Does the advanced keyless and start system
operate normally?
22
x
x
23

operate normally?
Action
Yes
No

Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and the
door lock actuator for an open or short circuit.
Inspect the door lock actuator, then go to Step 23.
(See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
Yes
No
Verify the malfunction, then go to Step 1 if it recurs.
Yes
No
End Of Sie
NO.2 FLASHING KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1892600
2
Possible
Cause
Flashing keyless indictor light

x Transmitter (advanced key) battery voltage low
Step
1
Action
Replace the transmitter (advanced key) battery.
(See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM]
id0903d1801400
3
Possible
Cause
Advanced keyless entry function inoperative

x Transmitter (advanced key) malfunction
x Keyless antenna malfunction
x Customer's mis-operation
Step
1
Inspection
x Inspect for any advanced keyless systemrelated DTCs.
SYSTEM].)
x Verify the operation method for the request
switch and the liftgate (3HB,5HB)/ trunk lid
(4SD) opener switch.
x Was the operation performed using any front
door switch (driver's side/passenger's side)
or the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD)
opener switch?
09-03B6
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Perform the corresponding DTC troubleshooting.

Verify the advanced keyless system operation by
pressing each switch.
If the system does not operate, go to the next step.

Step
3
Inspection
x Verify the advanced keyless system
operation by operating each request switch
and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD)
opener switch with all the following
conditions met.
The advanced key is outside of the cabin.
All doors and trunk lid (4SD) are closed.
The auxiliary key is not inserted in the
ignition key cylinder.
The start knob is in the LOCK position,
and not pressed.
The advanced key is within the reception
area (80 cm {31 in} radius from near the
driver's door, front passenger's door, and
the liftgate (3HB,5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
x Does the advanced keyless entry operate
normally?
x Inspect the signal voltages at the following
keyless control module connector (30-pin)
when the request switches and the liftgate
(3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) opener switch are
pressed.
Yes
No
Action
System is normal. (Explain the customer about the
keyless entry system.)
Yes
No

Inspect the applicable wiring harness between the
request switch and the keyless control module for an
Yes
No

switch and the keyless control module, repair if
necessary, then go to the next step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect the wiring harness between the keyless
receiver and the keyless control module.
12 Vo1.0 V or less
Request switch (RF) (Terminal 3U)
Request switch (LF) (Terminal 3X)
5 Vo3.0 V or less
x
x
x
x
x
x
Liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) opener

switch (Terminal 3G)
Are the signal voltages normal?
Inspect the following keyless control
connector signal voltages with the auxiliary
key not in the ignition switch key cylinder, and
the start knob in the LOCK position and not
being pressed.
Keyless switch: 1.0 V or less (Terminal
3W)
(Terminal 3V)
Power supply (ACC): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2A)
Power supply (IG1): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2C)
Perform the advanced keyless and start
system DTC inspection with all the following
condition met.
The start knob is not in the LOCK
position.
The start knob is not pressed.
Perform DTC inspection.
SYSTEM].)
Measure the signal voltage at keyless control
module terminal 2H when each request
switch and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid
(4SD) opener switch are operated.
Is the signal voltage B+o1.0 V or less when
the transmitter (advanced key) is pressed?
If the wiring harness is normal:

x Replace the advanced key, then go to the next step.
If the wiring harness is malfunctioning:

x Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the
next step.
09-03B7

Step
3
Inspection
x Verify the advanced keyless system
operation by operating each request switch
and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD)
opener switch with all the following
conditions met.
The advanced key is outside of the cabin.
The start knob is in the LOCK position,
and not pressed.
The advanced key is within the reception
area (80 cm {31 in} radius from near the
driver's door, front passenger's door, and
the liftgate (3HB,5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
x Does the advanced keyless entry operate
normally?
when the request switches and the liftgate
(3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) opener switch are
pressed.
Yes
No
Action
System is normal. (Explain the customer about the
keyless entry system.)
Yes
No

request switch and the keyless control module for an
Yes
No

switch and the keyless control module, repair if
necessary, then go to the next step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect the wiring harness between the keyless
receiver and the keyless control module.
12 Vo1.0 V or less
Request switch (RF) (Terminal 3U)
Request switch (LF) (Terminal 3X)
5 Vo3.0 V or less
x
x
x
x
x
x

switch (Terminal 3G)
Inspect the following keyless control
connector signal voltages with the auxiliary
key not in the ignition switch key cylinder, and
the start knob in the LOCK position and not
being pressed.
3W)
(Terminal 3V)
Power supply (ACC): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2A)
Power supply (IG1): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2C)
Perform the advanced keyless and start
system DTC inspection with all the following
condition met.
position.
Perform DTC inspection.
SYSTEM].)
Measure the signal voltage at keyless control
module terminal 2H when each request
(4SD) opener switch are operated.
Is the signal voltage B+o1.0 V or less when
the transmitter (advanced key) is pressed?

x Replace the advanced key, then go to the next step.

next step.
09-03B8

Step
8
x
x
x
x
10
Inspection
Inspect the wiring harness between BCM
terminal 6W and keyless control module
terminal 2F.
Is there any open or short circuit?
Measure the signal voltages at the following
BCM connector (16-pin) when each request
(4SD) opener switch are operated. (See 0940-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
INSPECTION.)
Door lock actuator (Vehicles with double
locking system)
x When the doors are locked (Terminal
3E): 1.0 V or lessoB+o1.0 V or less
x When the doors are unlocked (Terminal
3O): B+
Door lock actuator (Vehicles without
double locking system)
x When the doors are locked (Terminal
3M): B+
x When the doors are unlocked (Terminal
3O): B+
switch
x When the switch is operated with all
doors locked (Terminal 6U): Wave
pattern
Are the voltages normal?
Does the advanced keyless system operate
normally?
Yes
No
Yes
Action
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Connect the connector, then go to the next step.
No
Inspect the BCM and replace it if necessary.

INSPECTION.)
Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and the
door lock actuator for an open or short circuit.
Inspect the door lock actuator, repair if necessary, then
go to the next step.
INSPECTION.)
Yes
No
End Of Sie
NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1801500
4
Possible
Cause
Advanced keyless start function inoperative

x Transmitter (advanced key) malfunction
x Keyless antenna malfunction
x PCM malfunction
Step
1
x
x
x
Inspection
Inspect for any advanced keyless and start
system-related DTCs.
SYSTEM].)
Verify if the engine can be started using the
auxiliary key.
Does the engine start?
x Verify that the keyless indicator light (green)

illuminates when the start knob is pressed.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

Perform symptom troubleshooting No.3 (Section 0103).
Go to Step 10.
If the keyless indicator light (green) does not

illuminate:
If the keyless indicator light (red) flashes:

x Go to Step 5.
If the keyless indicator light (red) illuminates:

x Go to Step 8.
09-03B9

Step
4
Inspection
x Bring the advanced key into the cabin.
when the start knob is pressed.
Start knob (push switch): B+ (Terminal
3V)
3W)
x Are the signal voltages normal?
Action
Yes
No

Inspect the wiring harness between the steering lock
unit and the keyless control module.

x Replace the steering lock unit, then go to the next
step.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L.H.D.].)
x Perform advanced keyless and start system

DTC inspection with all the following
condition met.
position.
All doors are closed.
x Perform DTC inspection.
SYSTEM].)
x Inspect the advanced key.
x Is the advanced key normal?

START SYSTEM].)
x Measure the voltage at keyless control
module connector (12-pin) terminal 2L.
x Is the voltage 5.0 V?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
Replace the keyless receiver, then go to Step 8.

SYSTEM].)
Replace the advanced key, then go to the next step.
Inspect the corresponding part following Inspection
item(s).
Inspect the wiring harness between keyless control
module connector (12-pin) terminal 2L and steering
lock unit (8-pin) terminal G for an open or short circuit.


AND START SYSTEM].)
10
x Turn the start knob to the START position.

x Does the advanced keyless entry and start
system operate normally?
End Of Sie
09-03B10
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Replace the malfunctioning part, then go to the next

step.
Replace the keyless control module, then go to the
next step.
AND START SYSTEM].)
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
09-03C SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM]
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C1
WIRING DIAGRAM
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
CHECK SHEET
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
INOPERATIVE
NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE
NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE
CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED

SYMPTOM
End of Toc TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
WM: KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
No.
1 One or more on-board diagnostic
functions inoperative
Description
x Malfunction in door lock linkage system
All on-board diagnostic functions

inoperative
x Malfunction in BCM power supply circuit,

door latch switch circuit, BCM ground
circuit, or keyless receiver.
Transmitter ID code cannot be

reprogrammed
x Malfunction in transmitter battery,

transmitter, keyless receive bracket,
keyless receive bracket ground screw, or
BCM circuit. keyless receive circuit.
id0903d2814300
Page
See 09-03C-5 NO.1 ONE OR MORE
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
See 09-03C-6 NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM]
See 09-03C-7 NO.3 TRANSMITTER
ID CODE CANNOT BE
REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
09-03C1

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
B+
id0903d2800900
IG2
F.WIP 20 A
2F
LIFTGATE OPENER
RELAY(3HB,5HB) /
TRUNK LID OPENER
RELAY(4SD)
3A
RWIP 10 A
LIFTGATE OPENER
MOTOR(3HB,5HB) /
TRUNK LID OPENER
MOTOR(4SD)
2N
R.DEF 20 A
1C
HAZARD 10 A
1J
3C
LIFTGATE OPENER
RELAY(3HB,5HB) /
TRUNK LID OPENER
RELAY(4SD)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

WITHOUT
DOUBLE
LOCKING
SYSTEM
3O
ROOM 15 A
1O
TAIL 15 A
3M
1E
BCM
IG1
WITH
DOUBLE
LOCKING
SYSTEM
2M
IGNITION SWITCH
2P
4SD
METER 10 A
3E
2G
6U
B+
KEYLESS
RECIEVER
TRUNK LID
OPENER SWITCH
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER
SWITCH
7C
DOOR
LOCK LINK
SWITCH
7K
7A
6W
4S
7Q
7G
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(LR)
7O
4Q
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(RR)
4U
4W
CAN RELATED
MODULE
7M
4V
4X
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(LF)
7I
7X
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(RF)
7V
6X
6V
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000510
End Of Sie
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2801000
x Refer to the general information and check the basic troubleshooting procedure.
x The keyless entry system is controlled by the BCM.
x The phrase All doors includes the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM CHECK SHEET [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2871400
x Use the sheet below as a customer interview sheet when accepting a vehicle for service.
x If the symptom is Power door lock system does not operate with transmitter at all, find out how the customer
uses the keyless entry system by following the check sheet below.
09-03C2

Perform the following inspection with customer.
Q1. What's the customer's complaint?
Power door lock system does not operate with transmitter (door does not lock/unlock).
Other
Q2. Is system factory-installed or after-market?
Factory-installed system
GO to Q3.
After-market system
Perform troubleshooting according to after-market keyless entry system manual.
Q3. Operate transmitter with customer from 2.5 m {8.2 ft} away from center of vehicle. (Make sure the ignition
key is either in the LOCK position or removed.)
Does keyless entry system work?
Yes
Explain the following to the customer.
Keyless entry system does not work when ignition switch is in ON position.
Keyless entry system does not work form excessive distances (more than 2.5 m {8.2 ft} away from
center of vehicle).
No
Go to Q4.
Q4. Check location where customer uses keyless entry system.
Does a particular area, such as being near TV towers, power plants, power lines, or factories, have an
effect on malfunction?
Yes Place
Area of operation is bad. Explain effect of outside interference on transmitter to customer.
No
Go to Q5.
Q5. Make sure there are no after-market electrical parts installed on vehicle.
Are there any of the following present?
Cellular phone
Radio-wave equipment
Remote engine starter
TV, etc.
Yes Parts
No
Perform the keyless entry system preliminary inspection.
am2zzw0000200
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800300
x Perform the following preliminary inspection before troubleshooting.

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Is system an after-market one?
Yes
x Did customer activate keyless entry system

when ignition switch was in LOCK position?
No
Yes
No
x Did customer use keyless entry system in

particular area, such as being near TV
towers, power plants, power lines, or
factories?
Yes
ACTION
Perform troubleshooting according to after-market keyless
entry system manual.
Go to next step.
Go to next step.
x Explain to customer that system does not work when
ignition is in ON position.
x Turn ignition switch to LOCK position, then go to next
step.
Attempt to lock/unlock doors with transmitter in noninterference area.
If system operates:
x Area of operation is bad. Explain effect of outside
interference on transmitter to customer.
If system does not operate:

No
x Go to next step.
Go to next step.
09-03C3

STEP
4
INSPECTION
x Are any of the following after-market
electrical parts on the vehicle?
Cellular phone
Radio-wave equipment
TV, etc.
x Perform on-board diagnostic function.

FUNCTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Does on-board diagnostic function work?
x Attempt to reprogram transmitter ID code.

x Can transmitter ID code be reprogrammed?
Yes
ACTION
Disconnect after-market electrical part connectors and
attempt to lock/unlock doors with transmitter.
If system operates:
x After-market electrical parts are interfering with keyless
entry system.
If system does not operate:

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Go to next step.
Go to next step.
Go to next step.
x Go to Step 1 of NO. 1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE.
x Go to Step 1 of NO. 2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE.
System is normal now.
Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting NO. 3 TRANSMITTER ID
CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED.
End Of Sie
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2871500
START
1. Remove ignition key from steering lock.

2. Close all doors.
Open driver-side door.
Perform the following procedures within 24 seconds.

1. Insert ignition key into steering lock.
2. Repeat the following 4 time.
Turn ignition switch to ON position, then back to LOCK
position.
3. Push driver-side door switch 3 times.
Confirm the following operations:

All doors lock.
Driver-side door unlocks.
Passenger-side and rear doors unlock.
Horn sounds twice hazard flash.
Yes
On-board diagnostic function is operated properly.

On-board diagnostic is competed.
Are above operations okay?
No
Did you conduct on-board diagnosis properly?
Yes
On-board diagnostic function is inoperative.

No
Wait for 40 seconds.
Return
am2zzw0000468
09-03C4

End Of Sie
NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800600
One or more on-board diagnostic functions inoperative

x BCM power supply, ground, or input/output signal error
Power supply (IG1)
Power supply (B+)
Key reminder switch
Possible Cause
Ground
Door latch switch
Turn light system malfunction
Door lock actuator malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
Did any of the following operate during the
malfunction diagnosis?
x All doors lock/unlock
x Hazard warning lights flash
Did the following operate during the malfunction
diagnosis?
x All doors lock/unlock
Did the following operate during the malfunction
diagnosis?
x Hazard warning lights flash
Are the BCM power supply voltages normal?
x Power supply (IG1) (Terminal 2G)
x Power supply (B+) (Terminals 1J, 1O, and 1P)
Yes
No
Action
Inspect the connection of the BCM connectors, then go
to Step 4.
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

x Inspect for a burnt fuse (METER 10A, ROOM 15A,
D/L 20 A).
x Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for
an open or short circuit.
circuit.
x Inspect the door latch switch.
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Inspect the door latch switch system wiring harness
for an open or short circuit.
x Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and
the key reminder switch for an open or short circuit.
x Replace the key reminder switch.
Is the BCM ground voltage normal?

x 0 V (Terminals 2M and 2P)
Yes
No
Are the BCM and each door latch switch normal?

x Inspect each terminal (7G, 7O, 7M, and 7I)
under the following conditions. (See 09-40-4
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
INSPECTION.)
When the door is closed: 1.0 V or less
When the door is open: Wave pattern
Yes
No
Is the signal voltage transmitted from the key

reminder switch to the BCM normal?
When the key is inserted into the steering lock:
B+ (Terminal 6R)
When the key is not inserted into the steering
lock: 1.0 V or less (Terminal 6R)
Are the signal voltages transmitted from the BCM to
the door lock actuator normal?
x Do the signal voltages transmitted to the door
lock actuator change as follows when the
malfunction diagnosis inspection procedure is
performed.
When the doors are unlocked: 1.0 V or
lessoB+o1.0V or less (Terminal 3O)
When the doors are locked (Vehicles with
double locking system): 1.0 V or
lessoB+o1.0V or less (Terminal 3E)
When the doors are locked (Vehicles without
double locking system): 1.0 V or
lessoB+o1.0V or less (Terminal 3M)
Is the signal voltage transmitted to the BCM and
each turn light normal?
x Does the signal voltage transmitted to each turn
light change as follows when the malfunction
diagnosis inspection procedure is performed.
B+ 1.0 V or less (Terminals 1K, 1L, 3J,
and 3L)
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and
the door lock actuator for an open or short circuit.
x Inspect the door lock actuator.
INSPECTION.)
Yes
No
x Inspect the wiring harnesses between the BCM and
each turn light for an open or short circuit.
x Inspect each turn light.
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-03C5

End Of Sie
NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

id0903d2800700
All on-board diagnostic functions inoperative

x Transmitter malfunction (battery or other parts)
x Customer's mis-operation or misunderstanding
x Effect of non-standard equipment (any control unit with built-in micro computer such as radio set,
Possible Cause
mobile telephone, and TV)
x Mistakes in previous services
x BCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
Does the on-board diagnosis function operate?
Can any operation be performed using the

transmitter?
Did the customer operate the transmitter within

the operation range (7.5 m {25 ft} from the
vehicle)?
Did the customer operate at a place where

extrinsic noise is received such as a TV tower,
electric power station, or a broadcast station.
Did the customer operate the transmitter with the

key inserted in the ignition key cylinder?
Has the customer ever updated the transmitter

ID number before?
Did the malfunction occur after the ID number

updating?
Does the malfunction occur only when the

transmitter which had been used before the ID
number updating is used?
Did the malfunction occur after any nonstandard equipment (any control unit with built-in
micro computer such as radio set, mobile
telephone, and TV) was installed?
Was the malfunction corrected when the
connector of the equipment was disconnected?
Is there repair record of the customer's keyless
entry system?
10
11
12
Does the malfunction occur after the repair?
13

Is the malfunction corrected when the ID
numbers for all the customer's transmitters are
updated?
(See 09-14-120 TRANSMITTER ID CODE
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
14
Is lock/unlock possible only near the keyless

receivers when the transmitter is operated?
15
Verify the keyless and start system operation

using another normal battery.
Does the keyless system operate normally?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-03C6
Action
Perform symptom troubleshooting No.1
(See 09-03C-5 NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Replace the transmitter, then go to Step 24.
the transmitter within the operation range.)
the transmitter away from extrinsic noise.)
system does not operate due to the cancel function
with the key in the ignition key cylinder.)
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 9.
Update the ID number of the transmitter which cause
the malfunction, then go to Step 24.
Go to Step 11.
System is normal. (Explain to the customer that noise
from the equipment affected the operation.)
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 14.
malfunction occurred because all the transmitter ID
numbers were not updated even though the body
control module or a transmitter was replaced in the
previous servicing.)
Go to Step 16.
(See 09-14-118 TRANSMITTER BATTERY
REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)

Step
16
17
18
Inspection
Visually inspect the transmitter battery.
Are the following correct?
x Battery direction (polarity)
x Battery type
CR1620
Visually inspect the transmitter.
x Is there any rust on the battery terminals (+),
(-)?
x Is there any poor contact between the
battery terminals and the battery when the
battery is inserted?
Inspect the battery.
Is it normal?
19
Verify the keyless and start system operation

using another normal battery.
Does the keyless system operate normally?
20
Inspect the keyless receiver installation

condition.
Is the bracket installed securely?
Perform ID number updating using another
normal transmitter.
After the updating, does the keyless entry
system operate normally?
x Is the keyless receiver power supply voltage
normal?
21
22
Action
Yes
No

Properly install the battery or replace the battery with a
specified one (CR1620), then go to Step 26
Yes
Replace the transmitter or repair the battery terminals,

then go to Step 23.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 20.
REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Install the bracket securely, then go to the next step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

x Inspect for a burnt fuse (ROOM 15 A).
Yes
No

x Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an
open circuit.
x Inspect the ground tightening screw and nut for
looseness.
Yes
No

keyless receiver connector and the BCM.
Yes
No
Yes
No
4-pin connector type

Power supply (+B) (terminal B)

23
Power supply (+B) (terminal A)

x Is the keyless receiver ground normal?

0 V (terminal D)

24
0 V (terminal E)
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector and
the BCM connector.
following terminals for an open or short
circuit.

Terminal C to 6W
25
26
Terminal D to 6W
x Is it normal?
Replace the keyless receiver.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
x Does the keyless entry system operate
normally?
Does the keyless entry system operate normal?
End Of Sie
NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800800
3
Transmitter ID code cannot be reprogrammed
Possible Cause x Mis-operation in ID number updating or BCM malfunction
09-03C7

Step
1
Inspection
Is the customer's keyless entry system standard
equipment?
Does the on-board diagnosis function operate?
Yes
No
Do all doors lock/unlock using the transmitter?
Yes
No
Perform ID number updating following the

procedure.
Can the ID number be updated?
x Is the keyless receiver power supply voltage
normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Perform troubleshooting following the separate service
manual.
Perform symptom troubleshooting No.1.
(See 09-03C-5 NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Perform symptom troubleshooting No.2.
(See 09-03C-6 NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
System is normal.
Yes
No

x Inspect for a burnt fuse (ROOM 15 A)
Yes
No

circuit.
Yes
No

keyless receiver connector and the BCM connector,
then go to the next step.
Yes


Power supply (+B) (terminal B)

6
Power supply (+B) (terminal A)

x Is the keyless receiver grounded normally?

0 V (terminal D)

7
0 V (terminal E)
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector (4pin/6-pin) and the BSM connector (24-pin).
following terminals for an open or short
circuit.

Terminal C to 6W
Terminal D to 6W
x Is it normal?
Is the signal voltage transmitted from the keyless
receiver to the BCM is normal when the
transmitter is operated with the key not inserted
into the ignition key cylinder.
x B+o1.0V or less (Terminal 6W)
Can the ID number be updated?
End Of Sie
09-03C8
No
Yes
No
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
09-03D SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
CHART [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] . . . . 09-03D1
NO.1 THE SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY

IS NOT NORMAL
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03D1
09

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
WM: IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
id0903f5814200
No.
1
TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
The security light display is not normal
PAGE
09-03D-1 NO.1 THE SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY IS NOT
NORMAL [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
NO.1 THE SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY IS NOT NORMAL [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
1
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903f5900400
The security light display is not normal

x The security light remains illuminated 2 min or more after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
x The security does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
x The security light remains illuminated while the ignition switch is at the LOCK position
x The security light does not flash or the flashing interval is abnormal while the ignition switch is at the
LOCK position
x Keyless control module malfunction (with advanced keyless and start system)
Note
x If the security light continues to remain illuminated or flashing even after 1 min has elapsed since the
ignition switch was turned to the ON position and a DTC is displayed, perform the immobilizer
system malfunction diagnosis according to that DTC. (See 09-02B-3 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)(See 09-02C-3 DTC TABLE
x While performing immobilizer system security access using the M-MDS, the security light does not
illuminate even if the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. Verify the illumination condition of
the security light by disconnecting the DLC-2 to release security access.
x The flashing security light conditions while the ignition switch is in the LOCK position are as follows:
ILLUMINATED
APPROX.1.9 S
APPROX.1.9 S
SECURITY LIGHT
GOES OUT
APPROX. 0.1 S
Note
x Normal operation of the security light is as follows. The light starts flashing every 2 s when the ignition
switch is turned from ON to ACC position and the immobilizer system is armed. The light stops flashing
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key. At this time, the
immobilizer system is disarmed and the security light illuminates for about 3 s and then goes out.
09-03D1

STEP
INSPECTION
1
THE MALFUNCTION LOCATION IS SPLIT
INTO EITHER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
WARNING LIGHT CONTROL CIRCUIT OR
ELSEWHERE
x Verify that the other warning lights in the
instrument cluster condition.
x Do the warning lights illumination normal?
2
INTO EITHER SECURITY LIGHT CONTROL
(MICRO-COMPUTER ALWAYS ON) OR
ELSEWHERE
x Verify that the security light illumination.
x Does the security light remains illuminate
above 2 min?
3
INTO EITHER SECURITY LIGHT CONTROL
CIRCUIT (SHORT CIRCUIT) OR ELSEWHERE
x Verify that the security light illumination.
x Does the security light remain illumination?
4
INTO EITHER IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM OR
ELSEWHERE
x Verify that the security light is flashing.
x Does the security light flash normally?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
VEHICLE SPECIFICATION VERIFICATION

x Is the advanced keyless and start system
equipped?
Yes
No

INTO EITHER THE KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE OR THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Yes
No
Note
x DTCs could be stored in the keyless
control module by performing the following
procedure.
connectors.
x Does the security light illuminate normally?
End Of Sie
09-03D2
ACTION
Refer to the symptom troubleshooting and inspect the
instrument cluster.
(See 09-22-8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION.)

INSTALLATION.)

INSTALLATION.)

If the security light flashes with DTC patterns, perform the
applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
(See 09-02B-3 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].
(See 09-02C-3 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
If the security light does not flash, replace the instrument
cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AUDIO]
09-03E SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AUDIO]

FOREWORD [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E1
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E1
Quick Diagnostic Chart
(Entire Audio System) . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E2
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO
SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO] . . . 09-03E2
Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E3
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: AUDIO
CONTROL SWITCH CONFIRMATION
[AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E3
Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E3
NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL
SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [AUDIO] . . . . 09-03E4
NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE
AUDIO SYSTEM [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E6
NO.3 NO SOUND FROM

ALL SPEAKERS [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E6
NO.4 NO SOUND FROM
SOME SPEAKERS [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . 09-03E7
NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR
POOR SOUND QUALITY [AUDIO] . . . . 09-03E9
NO.6 SOUND BECOMES LOUD OR
WEAK WHILE DRIVING
THE VEHICLE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E9
NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS
INOPERATIVE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E10
NO.8 NO AUDIO SYSTEM
ILLUMINATION [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E10
NO.9 LCD DOES NOT DISPLAY
AT ALL [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E11

FOREWORD [AUDIO]
WM: AUDIO UNIT
id0903e1802700
Note
x Note down all radio programs set by the customer prior to the repairs. Reset all radio programs and adjust
the time after the repairs.
Troubleshooting Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Symptom
AF noise or POP noise at all sources (Radio, CD)
No power to the entire audio system
No sound from all speakers
No sound from some speakers
Sound break-up or poor sound quality
Sound becomes loud or weak while driving the vehicle
ALC function is inoperative
No audio system illumination
LCD does not display at all
Possible DTC
09:Er20, 09:Er21
09:Er20
09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
09:Er21
09:Er20, 21:Er19
09:Er20, 21:Er19
09-03E1

Quick Diagnostic Chart (Entire Audio System)
Sound becomes loud or weak while driving the vehicle
Low vehicle battery voltage
Jammed radio signals from after market equipment
Speaker malfunction (e. g., any foreign material, broken)
Improper speaker installation
Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
Antenna malfunction (e.g., poor ground)
X
X
Burnt fuse (B+)
Burnt fuse (ACC)
Open or short circuit in power supply (B+) wiring harness
Open or short circuit in power supply (ACC) wiring harness
Short circuit inside speaker

Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness
Burnt fuse (TNS signal)
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
Vibration of door trim and/or package trim
X
X
Short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
Possible factor
No power on the entire audio system
AF noise or POP noise on all sources (Radio, CD)
X: Applicable
X
X
X
Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness
Center panel malfunction
X
am2zzw0000378
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO]
id0903e1828800
x Verify the customer complaint and identify the malfunction as occurring from either the center panel or the
audio unit.
09-03E2

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Activate the audio switch inspection mode.
(See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
x Does the buzzer sound when a switch is
pressed?
x Disassemble and reassemble the center
panel and audio unit.
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
pressed?
x Does the audio system operate properly?
Yes
No
ACTION
Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
Yes
No

(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Yes
No

End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO]
id0903e1802900
x Verify the customer complaint and identify the malfunction as occurring from either the audio control switch or
the audio unit.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Is the symptom related to either the audio
control switch or the audio panel operation?
Yes
No
ACTION
The symptom is related to the audio panel

operation:
x Follow Confirmation Step 1.
(See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO
SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO].)
The symptom is related to the audio control

switch operation:
2
x Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-pin).

x Inspect both the audio unit and the wiring
harness-side connectors for a poor
connection. (such as damaged/pulled-out
pins, corrosion).
Terminal 1N (ST SW1)
Terminal 1P (ST SW2)
x Are all the pins normal?
Yes
No
x Inspect the continuity between audio unit

wiring harness-side connector terminals 1N
and 1P while operating the audio control
switch.
x Does the resistance change?
x Remove the audio control switch.
(See 09-20-23 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
x Inspect the continuity between the audio unit
wiring harness-side connector (24-pin)
terminal and the audio control switch wiring
harness-side connector (16-pin) terminal.
Terminal 1N (24-pin) Terminal K (16pin)
Terminal 1P (24-pin) Terminal M (16pin)
Yes

If the audio unit side connector is malfunctioning:

x Replace the audio unit.
ASSEMBLY.)
If the wiring harness-side connector is

malfunctioning:
No
Yes
No
x Repair or replace the pins and/or the connector.

Replace the audio control switch.
(See 09-20-23 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses.
09-03E3

End Of Sie
NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [AUDIO]

id0903e1817600
1
Possible DTC
Possible cause
09-03E4
AF noise or POP noise at all sources (Radio, CD)

09:Er20, 09:Er21
x Low vehicle battery voltage.
x Jammed radio signals from after market equipment.
x Speaker malfunction (e.g., foreign material penetration, damage)
x Improper speaker installation
x Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
x Antenna malfunction (e.g., poor ground)
Note
x AF noise is a snapping noise that generally occurs during ON/OFF switching operations of electrical
equipment other than the audio unit, or a continual rasping noise that occurs when electrical
equipment is operated. This is caused by noise interference in the power supply wiring, signal wiring,
speaker cable or head of cassette deck. Therefore noise can be heard regardless of radio wave
conditions or the audio volume position. The noise will start after one click from the minimum position
of the POWER/VOLUME switch but normally does not change even when volume is turned to a
higher position.
x POP noise is snapping or popping noise that occurs during ON/OFF switching operation of the audio
unit, or when switching from radio to CD. Even a normal audio unit sometimes emits a little noise
depending on the conditions.

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the vehicle battery voltage.
x Is the vehicle battery voltage normal?
Specification:
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more

Idle: 12.5 V or more
x Turn the audio system on.
x Is there any noise?
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Are any of the following after-market

equipment installed? (Inspect especially near
the antenna.)
Radar detector
Anti-theft device
Other
x Remove the after-market equipment.
x Turn the audio system on.
Yes
No
x Is there noise coming from all the speakers?
x Inspect the suspect speaker.

(See 09-20-7 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER
(See 09-20-11 REAR SPEAKER
INSPECTION [3HB].)
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER INSPECTION.)
x Is the speaker normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Charge the battery, then go to the next step.

The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
vehicle battery voltage was low.
Go to Step 5.

The system is normal. The after-market electrical devices
might be the cause of the noise.
Go to Step 7.
If there is any foreign material adhering to the

speaker:
x Remove the foreign material from the speaker.
If the speaker is malfunctioning:

x Replace the speaker.
(See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If the speaker is not installed properly:

7
x Attempt to duplicate the symptom on another

vehicle.
x Does the noise level improve compared to
the customers vehicle?
x Remove the center panel unit.

x Inspect the connection of the audio unit
connector (24-pin).
x Disconnect the audio unit connector and
inspect both the audio unit and the wiring
pins, corrosion).
10
x Inspect the ground condition of manual

antenna.
x Is the ground condition normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Install the speaker properly.

The system is normal. Explain the noise generation
mechanism to the customer.
Note
x The noise level that may be heard varies depending
on the operating speed of the audio power and/or
mode switches.
If poor connection of audio unit connector:

x Securely connect the audio unit connector.

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)

malfunctioning:
Yes
No
Yes
No

After treating either the above-mentioned, then go to the
next step.
Repair or replace the ground. Go to the next step.
09-03E5

STEP
11
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM [AUDIO]
2
Possible DTC
Possible cause
id0903e1817800
No power to the entire audio system

09:Er20
x Burnt fuse (B+)
x Burnt fuse (ACC)
x Open or short circuit in power supply (B+) wiring harness
x Open or short circuit in power supply (ACC) wiring harness
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the following fuses:
MIRROR 7.5 A
ROOM 15 A
x Are the fuses normal?
Yes
No

connector (24-pin).
x Disconnect the audio unit connector and
inspect both the audio unit and the wiring
pins, corrosion).
Yes
No
x Connect the audio unit connector.

x Inspect the voltage for the power supply line
(B+, ACC).
Yes
No
If audio unit connector has a poor connection:


INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)

malfunctioning:
Specification:
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
Idle: 12.5 V or more
x Remove the audio unit connector (24-pin).
x Inspect the continuity between audio unit
wiring harness-side connector terminal 1W
and the ground.
ACTION
x If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a
short to ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness,
then replace the fuse.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses.
Charge the battery, if necessary.
Replace the audio unit.

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Repair or replace the wiring harness.
End Of Sie
NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [AUDIO]
3
Possible DTC
Possible cause
09-03E6

09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
x Short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
x Short circuit inside speaker
id0903e1803200

STEP
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
INSPECTION
Press AUDIO CONT switch for 1 s or more.
Play the CD or Radio.
Adjust the volume between 10 and 15.
Is there sound?
Note
x Press the MENU switch for approx. 1 s
or more to initialize the sound
adjustment value, then start the
inspection.
Remove the center panel unit.
Disconnect the audio connector (24-pin).
Inspect the continuity between the audio unit
wiring harness-side connector terminal and
ground:
For front door speakers
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or speaker

unit.
No
Note
x If there is a short circuit between the speaker harness
or speaker lead wire and ground, the protector circuit
inside the audio unit operates to cut the sound.
Terminal 1A (LH+)ground
Terminal 1C (LH-)ground
Terminal 1D (RH+)ground
Terminal 1F (RH-)ground
For rear door speakers/rear speakers

(3HB)
x
x
x
x
Terminal 1S (LH+)ground
Terminal 1U (LH-)ground
Terminal 1V (RH+)ground
Terminal 1X (RH-)ground
Is there continuity?
Remove the speaker.
Disconnect the speaker connector (4-pin).
Inspect the continuity between the speaker
terminal and ground:
Yes
No
Replace the speaker.

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
For each speaker

Terminal Bground
Terminal Cground
End Of Sie
NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS [AUDIO]
id0903e1818100
4
Possible DTC
Possible cause

x Short circuit inside speaker
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
09-03E7

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Activate the speaker Inspection mode.
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
x Is there any speaker that does not output
sound?

terminal and ground.
x
x
x
x

Remove the audio unit.
Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-pin).
Inspect the continuity between the audio unit
ground:
ACTION
Yes
If there is no sound from some speakers:

If there is no sound at all:
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Go to the troubleshooting of No.3 No sound from all

speakers.
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL
SPEAKERS [AUDIO].)
The troubleshooting is completed.
unit.
Note
or the speaker lead wire and ground, the protector
circuit inside the audio unit operates to cut the sound.
unit.
Go to the next Step.
Note
or speaker lead wire and ground, the protector circuit
inside the audio unit operates to cut the sound.
For front door speaker

Terminal 1A (LH+) GND
Terminal 1C (LH-) GND
Terminal 1D (RH+) GND
Terminal 1F (RH-) GND
For rear speaker/rear door speaker
Terminal 1S (LH+) GND

Terminal 1U (LH-) GND
Terminal 1V (RH+) GND
Terminal 1X (RH-) GND
x Disconnect the speaker connector (2-pin)
and inspect the resistance of speaker.
speaker wiring harness-side connector:
Yes
No

unit.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Audio unit-front door speaker

Terminal 1A (LH+) terminal C
Terminal 1C (LH-) terminal B
Terminal 1D (RH+) terminal C
Terminal 1F (RH-) terminal B
Audio unit-rear speaker/rear door

speaker
Terminal 1S (LH+) terminal C

Terminal 1U (LH-) terminal B
Terminal 1V (RH+) terminal C
Terminal 1X (RH-) terminal B
x Inspect the suspect speaker.
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-11 REAR SPEAKER
INSPECTION [3HB].)
x Is the speaker normal?
Note
x If the speaker lead wire contacts to either
ground or vehicle frame, replace the
speaker.
End Of Sie
09-03E8
No

NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [AUDIO]
5
Possible DTC
Possible cause
id0903e1818300

09:Er21
x Improper speaker installation
x Vibration of door trim and/or package trim
STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
x Is there sound break-up or poor sound
quality from all speakers?
x Inspect the sound while adjusting the sound
volume.
x Is there sound break-up or poor sound
quality between 15 and 20?
x Inspect the BASS/TREB.
x Is there poor sound quality between -3
+3 of BASS/TREB?
x Attempt to duplicate the symptom on another

vehicle.
x Is the sound quality better than the
customers vehicle?
x Identify the speaker with sound break-up by

adjusting BAL/FADE.
x Is the suspect speaker pointed upward?
x Remove the speaker.
x Is there any foreign material penetration or
damage to the speaker?
x Inspect the sound again.
x Is there sound break-up?
x Replace with a speaker known to be

operational. (e.g., swap right and left
speakers)
x Does the sound break-up heard at the same
location?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 5.
Yes
No
No
Yes
No

If there is sound break-up between +6-6 of BASS/TREB
at the maximum volume, the system is normal.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Install the speaker properly.
Yes
No
Repair or replace the suspect speaker.

Yes
No

Inspect for vibration from the door trim and/or package trim.
Repair or replace the suspect trim if necessary.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Yes
Yes
No
End Of Sie
NO.6 SOUND BECOMES LOUD OR WEAK WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [AUDIO]
id0903e1803500
6
Possible DTC
Possible cause
Sounds becomes loud or weak while driving the vehicle

Note
x Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
09-03E9

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Does the ALC function turn on?
x Turn the ALC function off.

x Does the sound change while driving the
vehicle?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Explain the ALC function to the customer.
End Of Sie
NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [AUDIO]
7
Possible DTC
Possible cause
id0903e1803600

x Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness (e. g., instrument cluster)
Note
x Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Turn the ALC function on.
x Inspect the ALC function operation while
driving the vehicle.
x Does the ALC system operate properly?
x Verify that the speedometer operation.
x Does the speedometer indicate vehicle
speed correctly?
x Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring
between the audio unit (24-pin) terminal 1I
and instrument cluster terminal 2O.
x Is the open or short circuit detected?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
The system is normal.Explain the ALC function to the
customer.
Go to the instrument cluster symptom troubleshooting No.7
Speedometer indication is defective. procedure.
Repair or replace for open or short circuit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.8 NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [AUDIO]
8
Possible DTC
Possible cause
09-03E10

09:Er20, 21:Er19
x Burnt fuse (TNS signal)
x Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness
x Center panel malfunction
id0903e1818700

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Is all the illumination on the audio unit turned
off?
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Inspect the fuse (ILLUMI 7.5 A).
Is the fuse normal?
Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-pin)
and inspect the continuity between the audio
unit wiring harness-side connector terminal
1E (TNS) and the ground.
Is there continuity?
Inspect the connection of the audio unit
connector (24-pin).
Inspect both the audio unit and wiring
harness-side connector terminal 1E for a
poor connection (such as damaged/pulledout pins, corrosion).
Are all the pins normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Go to the Step 4.
Repair or replace the short circuit in the suspect wiring
harness. After repairing the wiring harness, replace with the
appropriate standard fuse.
If audio unit connector has a poor connection:


INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)

malfunctioning:
5
x Connect the audio unit connector (24-pin).

x Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
x Inspect the voltage at the audio unit
connector terminal 1E (TNS).
x Is the voltage B+ when the light switch is
turned to the TNS position?
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Repair or replace the related wiring harness (TNS signal).
End Of Sie
NO.9 LCD DOES NOT DISPLAY AT ALL [AUDIO]
9
Possible DTC
Possible cause
id0903e1803800

09:Er20, 21:Er19
x Center panel malfunction.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Activate the LCD inspection mode.
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
x Does the LCD display properly?
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
09-03E11
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [RADIO]
09-03F SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [RADIO]

FOREWORD [RADIO]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Diagnostic Chart (Radio) . . . . . .
CONFIRMATION STEP 1:
RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM
(EXAMPLE) [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM
(EXAMPLE) [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE
INSPECTION [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/
NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO] . . . . . .
NO.2 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY)
[RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-03F1
09-03F1
09-03F2
09-03F2
09-03F2
09-03F3
09-03F3
09-03F5
NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY)

[RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F7
NO.4 CANNOT TUNE
(SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]. . . . 09-03F9
NO.5 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET
FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE)
[RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F10
NO.6 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF
RADIO SLIPS [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F11
REFERENCE [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F12
1. Multipath Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F12
2. Flutter/Skip Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F12
3. Stereo and Monaural
Receptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F12
Measures in Audio System . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F12
Effect Setting of Separation Control
and High Tone Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F12

FOREWORD [RADIO]
WM: AUDIO UNIT
id0903e3802700
Note
x If the case location, time, and broadcasting station etc. can be specified through interview with the
customer, there is the possibility that the signal reception environment is the cause of the problem.
x Perform confirmation of symptom and evaluate under the conditions that customer reported (location,
time, broadcasting station etc.). If this is not possible, perform it under equivalent conditions.
x Before inspection or repair, record the broadcasting stations that customer has preset and reset them
accordingly after the inspection or repair. Adjust the clock too.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Symptom
No radio reception (AM/FM)/No or low volume
Noise from radio (AM only)
Noise from radio (FM only)
Cannot tune (SEEK does not stop)
Cannot preset (preset function does not operate)
Reception frequency of radio slips
Possible DTC
09:Er20, 09:Er22
09:Er22
09:Er22
09:Er20, 09:Er22
09:Er22
09-03F1

Quick Diagnostic Chart (Radio)
X: Applicable
Reception frequency of radio slips
No radio reception (AM/FM)/No or low volume
Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc)
Audio unit
Antenna plug poor connection
Possible factor
Antenna feeder
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and antenna (antenna amplifier power supply system)
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio wave
Antenna rod is not installed (standard parts)
Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump)
Battery
Charging system
Antenna installation loosened
X
X
Center panel
X
am2zzw0000497
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
id0903e3804000
Symptom
Only a buzzing sound from
the speakers
A buzzing or crunching sound
and normal sound produced
at the same time from the
speakers
A thumping sound and
normal sound produced at the
same time from the speakers
(FM only)
Antenna signal condition

x There is no broadcasting wave.
x Signals from antenna to audio unit are not
transmitted.
x Though signals are transmitted from
antenna to audio unit, electric noise from
other sources is larger.
x Noise occurs due to radio wave
environment at specific places (e.g. in
valleys between buildings). Noise varies
when own vehicle or surrounding vehicles
moves. (FM only)
x
x
x
x
x
Source
Electric noise caused by the operation of
internal circuit from audio unit it self
Atmosphere noise
Electrical noise caused by operation of
electrical component on vehicle
Electrical noise from high tension wire,
transformer substation (factory), electrical
feeder line (street car), or motorcycle.
Interference between direct and reflected
waves of FM signals causes noise
(Multipass noise).
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
id0903e3804100
Possible cause
x Antenna feeder axis, open circuit
x Antenna feeder plug not attached
AM reception condition
NG: No reception
x Antenna feeder axis (+) to ground (-), open circuit
NG: No reception
09-03F2
FM reception condition
YES: Reception possible.
(Sensitivity decreases, but reception is
possible under strong electric field.)
NG: No reception

Possible cause
x Antenna feeder and antenna, poor ground
AM reception condition
YES: Reception possible
(Noise may occur)
x Antenna feeder, jack and plug poor connection
NG: No reception
(Depending on connection
conditions)
FM reception condition
(Sensitivity decreases, but reception is
possible under strong electric field.)
(Depending on connection conditions)
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 3: ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE INSPECTION [RADIO]
id0903e3804200
x Because the antenna system is equipped with a capacitor, the continuity cannot be checked. Therefore
proceed to the following simple inspection.
1. Turn the AM radio on.
2. Tune to the frequency with no broadcast and listen for a buzzing sound.
3. Turn a hand-held light on and shake it around the antenna rod (around 1020 mm{0.400.78 in})
4. If a whirring sound from the speaker synchronized to the work light movement is confirmed, the antenna
system is normal.
Note
x Use a fluorescent light type for the inspection. Accurate diagnostic cannot be done with an incandescent
light.
End Of Sie
adejjw00001109
NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO]

1
Possible
DTC
Possible
cause
id0903e3804300
No radio reception (AM/FM) / no or low volume

09:Er20, 09:Er22
x
x
x
x
x
x
Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc.)
Poor connection of antenna feeder plug
Antenna feeder malfunction
Antenna rod is not installed
09-03F3

STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
x Turn the audio unit power to on.
x Is the LCD indicated correctly?
x Measure the voltage at B+ and ACC
terminals.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Specification
With ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more

At idling: 12.5 V or more
x Set the volume between 10 and 15.
x Is a buzzing sound or voice confirmed?
x Tune to a local broadcasting station and

check the reception condition.
x Is the reception normal?
x Push the Preset switches and check the
preset conditions.
x Have preset stations been stored?
x Is aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way
radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc.)
installed?
Note
x A TV antenna located close to the audio
antenna can be the cause of noise.
Relocate the TV antenna.
x Remove aftermarket electronic equipment.
x Turn the audio unit on and check the
reception condition.
x Does reception improve?
x Refer to confirmation Step 3, and inspect the

antenna system.
x Is a whirring sound present?
x Inspect the antenna feeder plug connection

condition.
x Is the connection normal?
x Measure the continuity between the antenna
feeder axis and ground.
10
Yes
No
Yes
No

Follow diagnostic procedure for symptom No. 3 (Audio) or
No. 4 (Audio).
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS
[AUDIO].)
(See 09-03E-7 NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME
SPEAKERS [AUDIO].)
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Preset broadcasting stations.
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes

(Explain to the customer that aftermarket electronic
equipment is the cause of the noise)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Insert the antenna feeder plug securely.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-03F4
ACTION
Go to Step 3.
Follow diagnostic procedure for symptom No. 2 (Audio).
(See 09-03E-6 NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO
SYSTEM [AUDIO].)
Replace the antenna feeder.

(See 09-20-17 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)

STEP
11
INSPECTION
x Compare the reception with another audio
unit on the same model (model/unit) under
the same problem conditions.
x Is the reception equivalent to the customers
unit?
Note
x Due to the following differences, you may
sense a difference in reception efficiency.
ACTION
Yes
No

(It is caused by electronic jamming from outside, or inferior
broadcasting station signal condition.)
Replace audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
(Vehicle factor)
Antenna installation location, height,
feeder wiring routing, optional electrical
equipment
(Audio unit factor)

High-tone setting: Decreases effective
volume range when signals become
weak. (Noise is easy to be
conspicuous)
Noise restraint setting: Widens
effective volume range when signals
become weak.
End Of Sie
NO.2 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO]
id0903e3804400
2
Possible
DTC
Possible
cause

09:Er22
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Battery malfunction
Charging system malfunction
09-03F5

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the antenna rod condition.

x Is the antenna rod installed?

installed?
x
x
x
x
x
Note
x A TV antenna located close to the audio
antenna can be the cause of noise.
Relocate the TV antenna.
Remove aftermarket electronic equipment.
Turn the audio unit on and check the
Does reception improve?
Measure the battery voltage.
Is battery voltage normal?
Standard
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Tune to the correct frequency for the broadcasting station.
If not preset, preset it.
Advise the customer to install the antenna rod when the
radio is used.
Go to Step 5.
The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that

aftermarket electronic equipment is the cause of the noise)
Yes
No

Charge the battery. Inspect the charging system, and repair
or replace if necessary.
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes
No


Note
x Verify that the battery cables are
connected to the terminals securely.
x Does the noise occur only when the vehicle
electrical system (e.g. fuel pump) operates?
Note
x Identify the suspect electrical component
by disconnecting fuses, turning switches
on & off, or disconnecting & connecting
connectors.
x It is easier to use the simulation function
on the M-MDS.
x Verify the condition of the power supply and
ground of the electric components, and the
noise prevention capacitor.
x Is noise present after the inspection?
x
x
x
x
Note
x Inspect the following:
Power supply to electrical component
for voltage drop (compare with battery
voltage)
Resistance between ground of
electrical component and body.
(Should be close to 0 ohm)
Installation condition of noise
prevention capacitor for fuel pump.
Inspect the antenna feeder plug connection
condition.
Is the connection normal?
Measure the continuity between the antenna
the feeder axis and ground.
Is there any continuity?
Note
x The audio unit supplies 12 V battery power to the
antenna amplifier for AM radio reception in the radio
mode. The audio unit cannot receive AM signals
without the 12 V battery power to the antenna
amplifier. If the AM signals strengthen, the audio unit
may receive the signals with noise.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace antenna feeder.

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
No
09-03F6

STEP
INSPECTION
10
Compare the reception with another audio unit
on the same model (model/unit) under the same
problem conditions.
unit?
Yes
No
ACTION
The system is normal (It is caused by electronic jamming
from outside, or inferior broadcasting station signal
condition).
Note
x Due to the following differences, you may
sense a difference in reception efficiency.
(Vehicle factor)
Antenna installation location, height,
feeder wiring routing, optional electrical
equipment
(Audio unit factor)
11
High-tone setting: Decreases effective

volume range when signals become
weak. (Noise is easy to be
conspicuous)
Noise restraint setting: Widens
effective volume range when signals
become weak. (Noise is not
conspicuous.)
x Retighten the ground for the antenna and
antenna amplifier.
x Retighten the antenna rod.
x Is noise present, after retightening?
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO]
id0903e3804500
3
Possible
DTC
Possible
cause

09:Er22
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Battery malfunction
Charging system malfunction
Note
x FM broadcasts are known for good sound quality and resistance to noise, but FM broadcasts do carry
characteristic noise. Though the audio unit is designed to reduce noise, there are times when noise
occurs due to reception conditions.
09-03F7

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the antenna rod condition.

x Is the antenna rod installed?

installed?
x Remove aftermarket electronic equipment.
x Turn the audio unit on and check the
x Does the reception improve?
x Measure the battery voltage.
x Is the battery voltage normal?
Standard
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Tune to the correct frequency for the broadcasting station.
If not preset, preset it.
Advise the customer to install the antenna rod when the
radio is used.
Go to Step 5.
The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
aftermarket electronic equipment is the cause of the noise)
Yes
No

Charge the battery. Inspect the charging system, and repair
or replace if necessary.
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Replace the antenna feeder.

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
The system is normal (It is caused by electronic jamming
from outside, or inferior broadcasting station signal
condition).

Note
x Verify that the battery cables are
connected to the terminals securely.
x Does the noise occur only when the vehicles
electrical system (e.g. fuel pump) operates?
Note
x Identify the suspect electrical component
by disconnecting fuses, turning switches
on & off, or disconnecting & connecting
connectors.
x It is easier to use the simulation function
on the M-MDS.
x Verify the condition of the power supply and
ground of the electric components, and the
noise prevention capacitor.
x Is the noise present after inspection?
x
x
x
x
10
Note
Power supply to electrical component
for voltage drop (compare with battery
voltage)
Resistance between ground of
electrical component and body.
(Should be close to 0 ohm)
Installation condition of noise
prevention capacitor for fuel pump.
Inspect the antenna feeder plug connection
condition.
Is the connection normal?
Measure the continuity between the antenna
Is there any continuity?

unit?
09-03F8
No
Yes
No

STEP
11
INSPECTION
x Retighten the ground for the antenna
installation part and antenna amplifier.
x Retighten the antenna rod.
x Is the noise present, after retightening?
Note
x When the antenna is not grounded
properly, FM noise is likely to be noticed.
ACTION
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.4 CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]
4
Possible
DTC
Possible
cause
id0903e3804600

09:Er20, 09:Er22
x
x
x
x
x
x
Center panel malfunction

09-03F9

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Verify that the SEEK switch is normal when
the switch is pushed and released.
x Is it normal?
Yes
No
x Inspect the indication of LCD.

x Does the frequency indication increase or
decrease when SEEK switch is pushed?
Yes
No
x Manually tune to a local broadcasting station

and check the reception condition.
x Inspect the antenna feeder plug connection
condition.
x Is the connection normal?
x Measure the continuity between the antenna
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform confirmation step 1: audio switch confirmation.
(See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
Replace the center panel if necessary.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Perform confirmation step 1: audio switch confirmation.
Replace the center panel if necessary.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace antenna feeder.

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
The system is normal. (Explain to customer that SEEK
sometimes does not stop depending on the signal reception
condition.)
x Check if the number of broadcasting stations

changes depending on time and place.
x Does it change?
No
Yes
No
Note
x Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. (It is
conspicuous in AM signals, several audio functions
may stop due to foreign broadcasting station or
noise.) Though the audio system restrains sensitivity
of SEEK and SCAN functions at night, the audio
system may select broadcasting stations other than
those desired when signals are considerably strong.
This function is linked to the parking light. When the
parking light or the headlights are turned on, SEEK
and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
Replace audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.5 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE) [RADIO]
5
Possible
DTC
Possible
cause

09-03F10
id0903e3804700

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Tune to the desired station and press
channel preset switch 1 for about 2 s to
store it.
x Repeat the above for other stations using
channel preset switch 2 to 5.
x Press channel preset switch 1 to 6 one by
one.
x Are the stored stations present?
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK and then
to ACC.
x Check if the preset stations are stored by
pressing the preset switch.
x Are the stations stored?
x Remove the center panel from the audio unit,

and reinstall the center panel to the audio
unit.
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
pressed?
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 3.
Yes
The system is normal. (Explain preset procedure to

customer using Owners Manual)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
No
Yes
No
End Of Sie
NO.6 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO]
id0903e3804800
6
Possible
DTC
Possible
cause
Reception frequency of radio slip

09:Er22
x Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio wave
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Press the SEEK switch and check if the
desired broadcasting station is tuned.
x Is it normal?
x Check if another broadcasting station is
received at a certain location when the
indication of the reception frequency
remains.
x Is other station received?
Note
x While receiving a weak signal from one
broadcasting station and approaching a
broadcasting antenna which emits a
strong signal, broadcasting from the
strong signal is sometimes received.
unit?
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes
No

Replace audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Yes
No
Troubleshooting completed (Audio unit is normal).

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
09-03F11

REFERENCE [RADIO]
id0903e3830000
1. Multipath Noise
x Signals from an FM transmitter are a high frequency and similar to beams of light because they do not bend
around corners, but they do reflect. Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions, it is possible to receive
both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time. This causes a slight delay in reception and may
be heard as a broken sound or a distortion.
E6U902HWB007
2. Flutter/Skip Noise
x Signals become weak in valleys between mountains, tall buildings, and other obstacles. When the vehicle
passes through such an area, the reception conditions may change suddenly, resulting in annoying noise.
E6U902HWB008
3. Stereo and Monaural Receptions

x As signals become weak, noise may appear more in stereo reception. Compared to stereo reception, noise in
monaural reception is relatively less striking.
Measures in Audio System
Separation control
x Utilizing the characteristic of monaural reception that noise is relatively less striking than stereo reception, the
audio system automatically changes the reception from stereo to monaural and lessens annoying noise when
signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs.
High tone control
x When signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs, the audio system restrains volume level in
high frequency band and lessens annoying noise.
Effect Setting of Separation Control and High Tone Control
x The separation and high tone controls influence sound quality. Therefore they are specifically tuned for
individual model. (Comparison of characteristic must be done on the same models)
High tone setting
Less effective range
Noise is conspicuous
Noise restraint setting
Wider effective range
Noise is less conspicuous

DPE903EW1V0A
09-03F12

Remarks
x Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. It is conspicuous in AM signals, several audio functions may
stop due to foreign broadcasting station or noise. Though the audio system restrains sensitivity of SEEK and
SCAN functions at night, the audio system may select other than desired broadcasting station when signals are
considerably strong. This function is linked to the parking light. When the parking light or the headlight is turned
on, SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
Signal strength
Daytime
A: The level that AUTO-M, SEEK, SCAN function.
AUTO-M, SEEK, and SCAN tune to 4 broadcasting stations (C, E, H, and J)
530
A st.
B st.
C st.
D st.
E st. F st. G st.

Frequency (kHz)
H st.
I st.
J st.
1710
H st.
I st.
J st.
1710
Signal strength
Night
When the TNS is turned on: 4 broadcasting
stations are tuned, same as daytime.
B
A
530
A st.
B st.
C st.
D st.
E st.
F st.
G st.
Frequency (kHz)
When the TNS is turned off: As signal strength is higher at night, AUTO-M, SEEK, and
SCAN tune to 10 broadcasting stations (A to J).
e5u903azw5s03
End Of Sie
09-03F13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [CD]
09-03G SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [CD]

FOREWORD [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G1
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G1
NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS
THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD] . . . . . . . . 09-03G3
EJECT THE CD [CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G3
PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD]. . . . . . 09-03G4
NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G5
NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER
SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD] . . . . . . 09-03G6
NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS
INOPERATIVE [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G6
NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY

THE MP3-FORMATTED FILE [CD] . . . . 09-03G7
NO.8 MP3-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER
SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK
SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE [CD] . . . . . . 09-03G8
NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE
THE MP3 TITLE TEXT [CD] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G9
NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY
THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD] . . . . . . 09-03G10
NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS
INOPERATIVE [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G11
REFERENCE [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G11
MP3-Formatted File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G12

FOREWORD [CD]
WM: AUDIO UNIT
id090362804900
No.
1
Items
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
CD player/changer
CD changer
MP3 applicable
CD player/changer
CD player/changer
Symptom
CD player/changer does not load the CD or ejects the
CD immediately
CD player/changer does not eject the CD
CD player/changer does not play the CD/No sound
Sound jumps
CD player/changer scratches on the CD
Disc changer is inoperative
CD player does not play the MP3-formatted file
MP3-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/Track
search is inoperative
CD player does not indicate the MP3 title text
CD player does not play the audio data (CDDA)
Track change is inoperative
Possible DTC
10:Er01, 10:Er10, 22:Er01,
22:Er10
10:Er01, 10:Er10, 22:Er01,
22:Er10
10:Er02, 10:Er07, 10:Er10,
22:Er02, 22:Er07, 22:Er10
10:Er02, 22:Er02
10:Er01, 22:Er01
22:Er01
10:Er02, 22:Er02
09-03G1
CD player dose not indicate the MP3 title text
Defective CD (egg., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty

CD, condensation)
Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter,
heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged,
bent, pull-out pin, corrosion)
Improper center panel installation
Improper CD cover installation
X
X
X
Center panel is malfunctioning
Inadequate tire pressure
Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
Improper audio unit installation (e.g., rattle, loose)

Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness),
bent disc)
X
X
CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
MP3 and other format data are in the CD-R/RW
File extension for MP3-formatted file is incorrect (Correct: ".mp3",

Incorrect: e.g., RIFF)
Defective CD-R/RW (e.g., dirty, scratch)
CD-R/RW (MP3 files are all written to RIFF format)
Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW
Improper folder and/or music title in CD-R/RW
The number of characters of folder/music file name in CD-R/RW

exceeds the maximum number of characters
Improper encode in CD-R/RW

MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
No title input in CD-R/RW
Input title text by 2-bytes characters
Data other than the audio data is in CD-R/RW
10 11
CD player dose not play the audio data (CODA)
CD is inserted upside down
Possible factor
CD player/changer
Disc change is inoperative
Sound jumps
MP3-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/

Track search is inoperative
3
CD player/changer dose not play the CD/No sound
CD player/changer dose not eject the CD
1
CD player/changer dose not load the CD or ejects
the CD immediately
Troubleshooting Item
MP3 applicable
CD player/changer
CD player dose not play the MP3-formatted file
CD player/changer
CD changer
X: Applicable
X
am2zzw0000495
End Of Sie
09-03G2

NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD]
1
Possible DTC
Possible cause
id090362826100
CD player/changer does not load the CD or ejects the CD immediately

10:Er01, 10:Er10, 22:Er01, 22:Er10
x CD is inserted upside down
x Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD, condensation)
x Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc, octagonal
disc)
x Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent, pulled-out pin, corrosion)
x Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Is CD inserted properly, label-side up?
x Replace with a CD known to be good.

x Does the CD player/changer load the CD?
Visually inspect the CD.

Is there any dirt, scratch or deformation on
the CD?
Is the CD a non-conventional disc?
connector (24-pin).
x Inspect both audio unit connector and wiring
harness-side connector for a poor
connection. (such as damaged/bent/pulledout pins, corrosion)
x Are all the pins and connector normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Explain to the customer that CD should be inserted into the
slot, label-side up.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Explain to the customer that the defective CD or nonconventional disc cannot be used.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
No
If the audio unit connector/pin is malfunctioning:

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
If the wiring harness-side connector/pin is

malfunctioning:
End Of Sie
NO.2 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD]
id090362826200
2
Possible DTC
Possible cause
CD player/changer does not eject the CD

10:Er01, 10:Er10, 22:Er01, 22:Er10
x Defective CD. (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD, condensation)
disc)
x Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent, pulled-out pin, corrosion)
x Improper center panel installation
x Improper CD cover installation
x Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc).
x Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
Note
x The CD may be malfunctioning if the CD player/changer does not eject the certain CD only. Inspect
the CD player/changer operation using a CD known to be operational.
09-03G3

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the operation of the audio system
other than CD player/changer (e.g. Radio).
x Does the other audio system operate?
connector (24-pin).
x Inspect both audio unit connector and wiring
harness-side connector for poor connection.
(such as damaged/bent/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
x Are all the pins and connector normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes
No
If the audio unit connector/pin is malfunctioning:

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
If the wiring harness-side connector/pin is

malfunctioning:
x Eject the CD.

x Is the CD ejected from the CD player/
changer?
Yes
No
x Insert the CD into the CD player/changer.

x Does the CD insert into the CD player/
changer smoothly?
Yes
x Is the CD ejected from the CD player/

changer?
No
Yes
No

Inspect the center panel installation. Securely install the
center panel if necessary.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Install the center panel properly, then go to the next step.
Explain repairs to the customers.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD]
3
Possible DTC
Possible cause
09-03G4
id090362806100
CD player/changer does not play the CD/No sound

10:Er02, 10:Er07, 10:Er10, 22:Er02, 22:Er07, 22:Er10
x CD is inserted upside down
disc)

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Turn the radio on and check for sound.
x Is there a sound?
Note
x Check the volume dial position.
x Was CD inserted properly, label-side up?
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Replace with a CD known to be operational.

x Does the CD player/changer load the CD?
Yes
No
x Visually inspect the CD.

Is there any dirt, scratches or deformation
on the CD?
Is the CD a non-conventional disc?
Is there a CD in MP3 recording?
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to the symptom troubleshooting No.3 (audio)
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS
[AUDIO].)
Explain to the customer that CD should be inserted into the
slot, label-side up.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Explain to the customer that the defective CD or nonconventional disc cannot be use.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD]
4
Possible DTC
Possible cause
id090362806200
Sound jumps
10:Er02, 22:Er02
x Improper audio unit installation (e.g., rattle, loose)
x Inadequate tire pressure
Note
x The CD may be malfunctioning if the sound jumps on the certain CD only. Inspect the CD player/
changer operation using a CD known to be operational.
09-03G5

STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
x Does the sound jump when the vehicle is
stopped?
x Drive the vehicle.
x Does the sound jump when driving over
uneven surfaces?
x Is the audio unit installed securely?
x Inspect the tire pressure.

x Is the tire pressure normal?
x Adjust the tire pressure within specification.

x Does the sound jump when driving the
vehicle?
x Replace with a CD other than the one known

to be operational.
x Does the sound jump when driving the
vehicle?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No
Yes

Install the audio unit securely.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Audio system is normal. Explain repairs to the customers.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the CD
is malfunctioning.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
End Of Sie
NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD]
id090362806300
5
Possible DTC
Possible cause

10:Er01, 22:Er01
x Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
x Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
x Were the multiple CDs inserted into the CD
player at the same time?
x Visually inspect the CD.
x Is the CD a deformed disc (e.g., out of
specification (thickness), bent disc)?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Explain to the customer to insert a CD one by one.
Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the CD
is malfunctioning.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD]
id090362806400
6
Possible DTC
Possible cause
09-03G6
Disc change is inoperative

22:Er01
x Improper center panel installation

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the CD changer operation.
x Does the CD changer operate properly?
x Inspect the followings:

Is the display shown properly when
operating the disc change switch?
Does the radio band selection operate
properly?
x Inspect the center panel installation.

x Does the CD changer change the disc
properly after re-installing the center panel?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to the symptom troubleshooting No.3 CD player/
changer does not play the CD/No sound.
(See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD].)
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Install the center panel securely and properly.
Go to the Confirmation step 1: Audio switch confirmation in
this section. Replace the center panel as necessary.
End Of Sie
NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3-FORMATTED FILE [CD]
id090362806500
7
Possible DTC
Possible cause
CD player does not play the MP3-formatted file
x CD-R/RW written format is out of specification

x MP3 and other format data are in the CD-R/RW
x File extension for MP3-formatted file is incorrect (Correct. .mp3, incorrect: e.g., RIFF)
x Defective CD-R/RW (e.g. dirty CD, scratch)
x MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
Note
x Free-software for MP3-formatting available on the market may cause deterioration of sound quality,
or cause noise and defective play, which could result in the CD player not playing the customer-made
MP3-formatted files.
x The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
x If there are MP3-formatted files and other files on the same disc, the CD player may not play the disc.
x If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data on the same disc, the CD player loads and plays the
first session of the data only.
09-03G7

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Inspect the written format of the recorded
data on the CD-R/RW.
x Is the write format correct?
x Inspect the recorded data on the CD-R/RW.
x Are there MP3 or other format data on the
CD-R/RW.
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Write the CD-R/RW to the correct specification.
Replace with an operational CD-R/RW (MP3-formatted file
data only), then inspect the CD player operation.
If the CD player plays the MP3-formatted file:

x Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
CD player does not operate properly if MP3 or other
format data are recorded the CD-R/RW.
If the CD player does not play the MP3-formatted

file:
x Inspect the CD-R/RW written format.

x Is the written format within the specification
(.mp3 is the correct file extension)?
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Replace with the CD-R/RW using the .mp3 file extension,
then inspect the CD player operation.
If the CD player plays the MP3-formatted file:

CD player does not operate properly if the correct file
extension is not used.
If the CD player does not play the MP3-formatted

file:
x Visually inspect the CD-R/RW.

x Is there any dirt or scratches on the CD-R/
RW?
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Clean the disc or replace it within an operational CD-R/RW.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.8 MP3-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE
[CD]
id090362806600
8
Possible DTC
Possible cause
MP3-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/Track search is inoperative

x Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW
x Improper folder and/or music title in CD-R/RW
x The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the maximum number of
characters
x Improper encode in CD-R/RW
Note
x ID3 is a tagging format for MP3-formatted file. ID3 allows metadata (e.g., title, artist, track number, etc.) to
be added to the MP3-formatted file.
x There are two versions in the ID tag.
ID3v1: This is the most widespread standard tag formats and most software is compatible with this
version. There is a limitation on the maximum number of characters for the text data.
ID3v2: There are a variety of version in V2, but there is no interchangeability among the versions.
09-03G8

Limitation on the maximum number of characters for the text data (ID3v1)
Item
Title
Artist
Album
Year
Genre
Comment
Track
Maximum number of characters

30
30
30
4
30
3
Description
Music title
Artist name
Album title
Album produced year/CD wholesale year
Music category selection
Free comment
Track number
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Is there any dirt or scratch on the CD/R/RW?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Inspect the ID tag version.

x Is ID tag correct?
x Inspect folder and audio file name.

x Are all file name input correctly?
x Inspect the encode for the folder and audio

file name in the CD-R/RW.
x Is the encode correct?
Yes
No
Note
x Unreadable characters may be displayed
if incorrect encode is used.
x Inspect the number of characters for the
folder and audio file name.
x Is the number of characters within the
maximum number of characters?
Yes
No
ACTION
Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW known to be
good.
Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag version.
Use the CD-R/RW that a folder and audio file name is input
correctly.
Use the correct encode.

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Input the folder and audio file name within the maximum
number of characters.
End Of Sie
NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3 TITLE TEXT [CD]
id090362806700
9
Possible DTC
Possible cause
CD player does not indicate the MP3 title text

x Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW
x The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the maximum number of
characters
x Improper encode in CD-R/RW
x No title input in CD-R/RW
x Input title text by 2-bytes characters
09-03G9

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Is there any dirt or scratch on the CD/R/RW?
x Inspect the display the LCD.

x Is the CD (other than MP3 compatible)
displayed on the LCD?
x Inspect the ID tag version.

x Is the ID tag correct?
x Is the title text input into the CD-R/RW?
x Inspect the encode for the folder and audio

file name in the CD-R/RW.
x Is the encode correct?
x Inspect the number of characters for the
folder and audio file name.
x Is the number of characters within the
maximum number of characters?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
good.
Go to the symptom troubleshooting No.9 (audio).
(See 09-03E-11 NO.9 LCD DOES NOT DISPLAY AT ALL
[AUDIO].)
Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag version.
Input the title text.
Yes
No
Note
x Do not input the title text by two-bytes character.
Use the correct encode.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Input the folder and audio file name within the maximum
number of characters.
End Of Sie
NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD]
10
Possible DTC
id090362806800
CD player does not play the audio data (CDDA)
x CD-R/RW written format is out of specification

x Defective CD-R/RW (e.g., dirty CD, scratch)
x Data other than the audio data is in CD-R/RW
Possible cause
Note
x The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
x If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD player loads and plays the
first session of the data only.
09-03G10

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Replace with the audio-CD known to be
good.
x Does the CD player play the audio-CD
properly?
x Inspect the written format of the recorded

data on the CD-R/RW.
x Is the written format correct?
x Inspect the recorded data in the CD-R/RW.
x Is any data other than the audio data
recorded in the CD-R/RW?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Write the CD-R/RW with the correct specification.
Replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good (record audio
data only), then inspect the CD player operation.
If the CD-R/RW plays:

CD player does not operate properly if the audio data
and other data are recorded in the CD-R/RW.
If the CD-R/RW does not play:

x Is there any dirt or scratch on the CD-R/RW?
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
good.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD]
id090362806900
11
Possible DTC 10:Er02, 22:Er02
Possible cause x Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Replace the CD/MD known to be good.
x Does the CD player/MD player change the
track?
x Inspect the center panel installation.
x Does the CD player change the track number
on the display when pressing the track up or
down switch?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Explain to the customer that the defective CD or nonconventional disc cannot be used.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Go to the Confirmation step 1: Audio switch confirmation in
this section. Replace the center panel as necessary.
End Of Sie
REFERENCE [CD]
id090362830000
x The CD player/changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo, COMPACT DISC
DIGITAL AUDIO, as shown. No other discs can be played on the CD player/changer other than MP3 applicable
one.
09-03G11

x The CD player/changer may not play the following
CD:
Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough
edges, scratch, dirty CD condensation)
8 cm (3 in) CDs accessories (e.g., 8 cm (3 in)
disc adapter, sticker, label)
Nonstandard CD (e.g., Diameter/thickness is
out of specification)
Specification: 119.7120.3 mm (4.668
4.692 in) of diameter, 1.2+0.3 or -0.1 mm
(0.047+0.012 or 0.004 in) of thickness
Do not use non-conventional discs. The CD
player/changer could be damaged.
Examples:
x Although the same physical size as the compact
disc, SACD uses a different kind of digital audio
signal, Direct Stream Digital.
x The CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/
RW properly due to the disc condition (excluding
the MP3).
am2zzw0000023
am2zzw0000023
MP3-Formatted File
Outline of CD-R and CD-RW
x Definition
CD-R: The CD-R is a non-rewritable version. Once a section of a CD-R is written, it cannot be erased or
rewritten.
CD-RW: The CD-RW is a re-writable version of CD-ROM and the data can be written an unlimited number
of times.
Since the reflected laser beam amount of a CD-R/RW is less than the reflected laser beam amount of the
conventional CD media, the CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW or the sound may jump.
Since the recording quality of the CD-R/RWs vary widely, some CD-R/RWs may not play.
Recording method
x There are two methods for recording.
x Classification by recorder
Record the audio data in the audio-CD by audio recorder
x The price of the audio recorder and original audio-CD include the copyright fee.
Record the audio data to a conventional data-CD using a personal computer
x The data-CD is cheaper than the audio-CD. But, there are lower quality CDs.
x Classification by audio data extraction/compression
Extracted audio data
x The CD-R/RW player can play the extracted audio data.
Compressed audio data
x It is possible to record a large quantity of music to a disc. The sound quality varies depending on the
audio data compression format. The compressed audio data can be played on the applicable player
only.
Types of compression format:
x MP3: MPEG Audio Layer 3Mazda genuine MP3 applicable CD player is available.
x WMA: Windows Media Audio
x ATRAC: Adaptive TRansform Acoustic Coding
MP3
x The following conditions should be met in order to record the MP3-formatted data to the MP3 applicable CD
player:
Media
Logical format
Directory hierarchy
09-03G12
Applicable to the CD-R/RW

ISO 9660 level 1&2 /Joliet /Romeo
To 8 levels

Media
Number of files
ID3 TAG
File extension
Packet writing
Bit rate
Sampling rate
Applicable to the CD-R/RW

Maximum 255 as the total number
of files and folders
Maximum of 155 for folders
Applicable to Ver1.1, 2.3 and 2.4
MP3
Not applicable
8kbps320 kbps/VBR
11.025kHz48 kHz
End Of Sie
09-03G13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
09-03H SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H1
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART
NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATION IS
INCORRECT
NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES
DO NOT OPERATE
NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT
ILLUMINATES
NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES
NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
ILLUMINATES
NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

ILLUMINATION DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE
NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS
DEFECTIVE
NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS
DEFECTIVE
NO. 9 LOW ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/
HIGH ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR
FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY

WM: INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
id0903d5807200
No.
1
2
3
4
5
TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
Fuel gauge indication is incorrect
All meters and gauges do not operate
ABS warning light illuminates
MIL illuminates
Brake system warning light illuminates
6
Instrument cluster illumination does not illuminate
7
8
Speedometer indication is defective

Tachometer indication is defective
9
Low engine coolant temperature indicator light/High
engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates or
flashes continuously
PAGE
(See 09-03H-2 NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATION IS
INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-4 NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT
OPERATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-5 NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
(See 09-03H-7 NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-9 NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-11 NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-12 NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS
DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-14 NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS
DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See 09-03H-16 NO. 9 LOW ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT
ILLUMINATES OR FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY
End Of Sie
09-03H1
No.
1
Fuel gauge indication incorrect
2
X
X
3
X
X
4
MIL illuminates
X
X
5
X
X
6
X
X
7
X
X
8
X
Low engine coolant temperature indicator

light/High engine coolant temperature warning
light illuminates or flashes continuously
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
09-03H2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Parking brake switch

Fuse malfunction (ROOM, ILLUMI)
Poor connection of Parking brake switch connector, terminal damage
Poor connection of brake fluid level sensor connector, terminal damage

CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H) short each other

Poor connection of PCM connector, terminal damage
PCM
BCM
Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
Open circuit in CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H)
Poor connection of ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM connector, terminal damage

ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM
Fuse malfunction (METER)

Open or short circuit in power supply (IG1) wiring harness
Open or short circuit in ground wiring harness ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and ground
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and fuel gauge sender unit
Instrument cluster
Fuel gauge sender unit is improperly installed
Possible factor
Poor connection of fuel gauge sender unit connector, terminal damage
Poor connection of instrument cluster connector, terminal damage
Fuel gauge sender unit
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

id0903d5807300
X: Applicable
X
X
X
X
X
am2zzw0000461
End Of Sie
NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATION IS INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5005000
Fuel gauge indication is incorrect

x Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction
x Connector or pin malfunction
x Fuel gauge sender unit is improperly installed
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and fuel gauge sender unit

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Verify that the fuel gauge needle does not
move after ignition switch is turned off, or the
display does not indicate F even though fuel
tank is full.
x Is the fuel gauge normal?
x Retrieve the DTC of instrument cluster using
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC detected?
x Inspect the instrument cluster.
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD
1.6 (Y6)].)
x Is the fuel gauge display normal?
x Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position.
x Inspect the instrument cluster connector
terminals for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
x Are the terminals normal?
x Inspect for continuity following the wiring
harness between instrument cluster and fuel
gauge sender unit.
2T terminalB terminal
2R terminalD terminal
x Remove the instrument cluster.
wiring harness.
2R terminalground
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Troubleshooting completed. (The system is normal.)
No
Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.

Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the terminal.
Yes
No

Repair or replace for open circuit in the wiring harness
between the instrument cluster and the fuel gauge sender
unit.
Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground.
No

INSTALLATION.)

If the instrument cluster connector is poor connection:
Connect the instrument cluster connector securely.
If malfunction is in the instrument cluster side
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
If malfunction is in vehicle side connector:
Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit.
(See 09-22-18 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-22-18 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Reinstall the fuel gauge sender unit.
(See 09-22-15 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-15 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B

x Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit connector
Yes
No

x Is the fuel gauge sender unit installed
properly?
Yes
No
09-03H3

End Of Sie
NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT OPERATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

id0903d5807500
2
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

x Fuse malfunction
x Open or short circuit in power supply (IG1) wiring harness
x Open or short circuit in ground wiring harness
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Does the odometer/tripmeter illuminate?
Does the fuel gauge operate?
Does the MIL turn ON?
x Inspect the METER fuse.
x Is the fuse normal?
x Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
x Have any DTCs been recorded in memory?
x
x
x
x
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position.

Remove the instrument cluster.
Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
Inspect the voltage between instrument
cluster wiring harness-side connector
terminal 2S and terminal 2A.
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
No
Yes

Replace the fuse.
x If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a
short to ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness,
then replace the fuse.
Perform the recorded DTCs troubleshooting.
No
Inspect the suspect wiring harness, then repair or replace.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B

No
End Of Sie
09-03H4

NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
3
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903d5807600

x ABS HU/CM stores DTC
x DSC HU/CM stores DTC
x Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
x Open circuit in CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H)
x CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H) short each other
09-03H5

STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
x Start the engine.
x Does the ABS warning light turn off?
x Start the engine.
x Verify that the warning and indicator lights
condition.
x Do two or more lights illuminate at the same
time?
x Reactive the DTC of ABS HU/CM or DSC
HU/CM using M-MDS.
[ABS].)
x Turn off the ABS warning light using M-MDS
instrument cluster active command modes
WL+IL.
(See 09-02F-18 ACTIVE COMMAND
MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
x Does the ABS warning light turn off
according to active command modes?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
Inspect the wiring harness and CAN system-related module.

INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
x Reactive the DTC of instrument cluster using

M-MDS.
x Measure the resistance between the DLC-2
terminals F and E.
x Is the resistance below 60 ohms?
x Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for
short to power supply or ground.
Yes

Yes
No
09-03H6

Verify that the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is
connected securely.
If the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is poor
connection:
Connect the ABS HU/CM connector securely.
If malfunction is in the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM side
connector:
Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
INSTALLATION.)
Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
No
ACTION
Go to Step 5.
No

STEP
9
INSPECTION
instrument cluster connector terminals 2B
and 2D.
Yes
No
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
ACTION

INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
4
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903d5807700
MIL illuminates
x PCM malfunction
x PCM stores DTC
09-03H7

STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
x Start the engine.
x Does the MIL turn off?
x Start the engine.
condition.
time?
x Reactive the DTC of PCM using M-MDS.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Turn off the MIL using M-MDS instrument
cluster active command modes WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
x Does the MIL turn off according to active
command modes?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)

M-MDS.
terminals F and E.
Yes

Yes
No
09-03H8

Verify that the PCM connector is connected securely.

If the PCM connector is poor connection:
Connect the PCM connector securely.
If malfunction is in the PCM side connector:
Replace the PCM.
1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
INSTALLATION.)
No
ACTION
Go to Step 5.
No

STEP
9
INSPECTION
and 2D.
Yes
No
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
ACTION

INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
5
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903d5807800

x BCM malfunction
x Brake fluid level sensor malfunction
x Parking brake switch malfunction
x Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between brake fluid level sensor and BCM
x Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between parking brake switch and BCM
09-03H9

STEP
1
2
3
INSPECTION
x Start the engine.
x Release the parking brake.
x Does the brake system warning light turn
off?
x Does the brake fluid need replenishment?
x Inspect following:
Parking brake switch
Wiring harness between brake fluid level
sensor and BCM terminal 4A
Wiring harness between parking brake
switch and BCM terminal 7B
x Start the engine.
condition.
time?
x Reactive the DTC of BCM, ABS HU/CM or
DSC HU/CM using M-MDS.
[ABS].)
x Turn off the brake system warning light using
M-MDS instrument cluster according to
active command modes WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
x Does the brake system warning light turn off
active command modes?
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Add brake fluid.

Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

No
Yes
No
Verify that the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector

is connected securely.
If the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is
poor connection:
Connect the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector
securely.
If malfunction is in the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
side connector:
Replace the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Go to Step 10.
No

M-MDS.
terminals F and E.
09-03H10
Yes

STEP
9
INSPECTION
Yes
No
10

Yes
No
11

and 2D.
Yes
No
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)

INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
6
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0903d5807900

x Fuse malfunction
09-03H11

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Turn the light switch to the TNS position.
x Does the instrument cluster illumination turn
on?
x Does the non-illumination include the entire
instrument cluster?
Yes
No
Yes
No
x Inspect the ROOM and ILLUMI fuse.

x Are the fuses normal?
Yes
No

Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
Replace the fuse.
x If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for short
to ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
replace the fuse.
INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5808000
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
09-03H12

x PCM malfunction

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Start the engine, and drive the vehicle.
Does the speedometer needle move
smoothly?
Does the speedometer needle indicate
correct speed?
x Reactive the DTC of PCM, ABS HU/CM or
DSC HU/CM using M-MDS.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ABS].)
x Start the engine.
x Verify that the tachometer indication and high
engine coolant temperature warning light
illumination.
x Do the tachometer and high engine coolant
temperature warning light work properly?
x Monitor the following PIDs for the ABS HU/
CM or DSC HU/CM using the M-MDS:
WSPD_LF, WSPD_LR, WSPD_RF,
WSPD_RR
Caution
x To prevent an accident, work with
two people when the vehicle is
being driven. (One drives the
vehicle and the other operates the
M-MDS.)
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Go to Step 5.
Yes
Verify that the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector

is connected securely.
If the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is
poor connection:
Connect the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector
securely.
If malfunction is in the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
side connector:
Replace the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
If malfunction is not detected:
Inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor and related part.
(See 04-13-14 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
(See 04-13-16 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
x Drive the vehicle and compare the M-MDS

monitored value with the speedometer
indication.
x Does the M-MDS monitored value
correspond to the speedometer indication?
No

M-MDS.
ACTION
Yes
No
09-03H13

STEP
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
INSPECTION
Measure the resistance between the DLC-2
terminals F and E.
Is the resistance below 60 ohms?
Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for
Is there any malfunction?
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
No

Yes
No

and 2D.
Yes
No
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B

INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
8
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
09-03H14

x PCM malfunction
id0903d5808100

STEP
1
INSPECTION
x Start the engine.
Does the tachometer needle move
smoothly?
Does the tachometer needle indicate
correct engine speed?
x Reactive the DTC of PCM using M-MDS.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Start the engine.
x Verify that the tachometer indication and high
engine coolant temperature warning light
illumination.
x Do the tachometer and high engine coolant
temperature warning light work properly?
x Monitor the PCM PID RPM using the MMDS.
x Start the engine and compare the M-MDS
monitored value with the tachometer
indication.
x Does the M-MDS monitored value
correspond to the tachometer indication?
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Go to Step 5.
Yes
No
Verify that the PCM connector is connected securely.

If the PCM connector is poor connection:
Connect the PCM connector securely.
If malfunction is in the PCM side connector:
Replace the PCM.
1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
No
ACTION

M-MDS.
terminals F and E.
Yes

Yes
No
No
09-03H15

STEP
9
INSPECTION
and 2D.
Yes
No
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
ACTION

INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 9 LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5869200
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
09-03H16
Low engine coolant temperature indicator light/High engine coolant temperature warning light
illuminates or flashes continuously.
x PCM malfunction

STEP
1
5
6
INSPECTION
x Retrieve the DTC of instrument cluster using
M-MDS.
x Cool down the engine.
x Verify that the high engine coolant
temperature warning light condition.
x Does the high engine coolant temperature
warning light illuminate or flash while 3 30
s after the ignition switch is turned to ON
position?
x Monitor the PCM PID ECT using the M-MDS.
x Is the PID ECT monitoring value for following
value?
Above 120 qC {248 qF} when high engine
coolant temperature warning light flashes.
Above 125 qC {257 qF} when high engine
coolant temperature warning light
illuminates.
x Start the engine.
x Monitor PCM PID ECT using the M-MDS.
x Verify that the low engine coolant
temperature indicator light condition when
the ECT monitoring value above 55 qC
{131qF} [ZJ, ZY], 40 qC {104qF} [MZ-CD 1.4
DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].
x Does the low engine coolant temperature
indicator light illuminate?
x Do the speedometer and tachometer
indicate correct?
x Turn on and off both low engine coolant
temperature indicator light/high engine
coolant temperature warning light using MMDS instrument cluster active command
modes WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
x Do the both low engine coolant temperature
indicator light/high engine coolant
temperature warning light turn on and off
according to active command modes?
terminals F and E.
No
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.
Yes
No

No Go to Step 5.
Yes
No

Troubleshooting is completed. (The system is normal.)
Yes
No
Yes

Go to Step 7.
Inspect the ECT sensor.
(See 01-40A-29 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-40B-23 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40C-21 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
09-03H17

STEP
9
INSPECTION
10

and 2D.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
End Of Sie
09-03H18

connector:
INSTALLATION.)

INSTALLATION.)
BODY PANELS
09-10
BODY PANELS
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX

[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX
[4SD, 5HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BONNET
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . .
BONNET ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gap Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Height Difference Adjustment . . . . . . .
TRUNK LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD] . . . . .
TRUNK LID STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL
[4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUEL-FILLER LID
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT . . . . .
FRONT BUMPER
Front Bumper Installation Note . . . . . .
FRONT BUMPER
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . .
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
Manufactured Vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . .
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
09-101
09-102
09-102
09-103
09-103
09-104
09-104
09-105
09-106
09-106
09-107
09-108
09-108
09-108
09-109
09-1010
09-1010
09-1011
FRONT BUMPER
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB] . . . . 09-1013
BUMPER REINFORCEMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-1015
FRONT FENDER PANEL
SEAL BOAD UPPER
SHROUD PANEL
Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note . . . 09-1020
SHROUD PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1020
Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note . . . 09-1023
COWL PANEL
REAR BUMPER
Rear Bumper Installation Note . . . . . . . 09-1025
REAR BUMPER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-1025
Rear Bumper Installation Note . . . . . . . 09-1027
REAR BUMPER
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-1027
REAR BUMPER
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [4SD] . . . . 09-1028
BODY PANELS
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
SOKYU_WM: BODY AND ACCESSORIES
id0910004047z3
am2zzw0000349
.
Bonnet
(See 09-10-3 BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-4 BONNET ADJUSTMENT.)
Cowl panel
(See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Fuel-filler lid
(See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT.)
Seal board upper
(See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-101
BODY PANELS
5
Shroud panel
(See 09-10-18 SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Bumper reinforcement
(See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT
Front bumper
(See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-13 FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
Front fender panel
(See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL
Rear bumper
(See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-27 REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX [4SD, 5HB]
id0910004047z8
4SD
1
10
am2zzw0000491
.
Bonnet
Cowl panel
INSTALLATION.)
Fuel-filler lid
INSTALLATION.)
Seal board upper
INSTALLATION.)
Shroud panel
INSTALLATION.)
09-102
Front bumper
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Front fender panel
Trunk lid
(See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
(See 09-10-7 TRUNK LID STAY DAMPER
DISPOSAL [4SD].)
BODY PANELS
10
Rear bumper
ASSEMBLY [4SD].)
5HB
1
adejjw00001457
.
Bonnet
Cowl panel
INSTALLATION.)
Fuel-filler lid
INSTALLATION.)
Seal board upper
INSTALLATION.)
Shroud panel
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
Front bumper
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Front fender panel
Rear bumper
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000407200
Warning
x Removing the bonnet without supporting it could cause the bonnet to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the bonnet from
falling.
09-103
BODY PANELS
1. After loosening bolt A and removing bolt B,
remove the bonnet in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure.
BOLT A,B:1925 Nm
{1.92.6 kgfm,1418 ftlbf}
BOLT A
BOLT B
am2zzw0000158
2. Remove bolt C, and remove the bonnet hinge in

the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. When installing the bonnet, adjust the bonnet by
moving the bonnet hinge. (See 09-10-4 BONNET
ADJUSTMENT)
BOLT C:1925 Nm
{1.92.6 kgfm,1418 ftlbf}
End Of Sie
BOLT C
am2zzw0000158
BONNET ADJUSTMENT
id091000407300
Gap Adjustment
1. Measure the gap between the bonnet and body.
a
F
DD
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
SEC. EE
E
B
DITAIL C
SEC. DD
DITAIL F
am2zzw0000378
Standard clearance
a:2.96.1 mm {0.120.24 in}
b:3.06.0 mm {0.120.23 in}
c:-1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
d:2.54.5 mm {0.100.17 in}
e:3.06.0 mm {0.120.23 in}
f:-1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
2. Remove the front fender molding. (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-104
BODY PANELS
3. Loosen the bonnet hinge installation bolts and
adjust the gap by moving the bonnet hinge back
and forth, left and right.
4. Tighten the bolts. (See 09-10-3 BONNET
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5. Install the front fender molding. (See 09-10-17
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
BOLT
am2zzw0000503
Height Difference Adjustment

1. Measure the height difference between the bonnet and body.
b
a
C
C
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
B
SEC. CC
am2zzw0000159
Standard clearance
a:1.94.5mm {0.080.17 in}
b:0.83.7mm {0.040.14 in}
c:-1.00.5mm {-0.030.01 in}
2. Turn the stop rubber to adjust.
End Of Sie
STOP RUBBER
BONNET SIDE
DOWN
BODY SIDE
UP
STOP RUBBER
UP
DOWN
am2zzw0000160
09-105
BODY PANELS
TRUNK LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0910008016z5
Warning
x Removing the stay damper without supporting the trunk lid can be dangerous. The trunk lid may
fall and injure you. Be sure to open the trunk lid completely and support it securely before
removing the stay damper.
2. Disconnect the trunk lid wiring harness connector,
then take the trunk lid wiring harness out from the
vehicle.
TRUNK LID WIRING
HARNESS CONNECTOR
am2ccw0000019
3. Pry off the stay damper band using a flathead

screwdriver.
4. Pry out the connecting part of the stay damper
and the hinge with a flathead screwdriver to
disconnect them, then remove the stay damper.
BAND
BAND
am2ccw0000019
5. Remove the nuts, then remove the trunk lid.

6. Remove the bolts, then remove the trunk lid
hinge.
8. Adjust the trunk lid. (See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID
ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
End Of Sie
NUT
2028
{2.12.8,
1520}
TRUNK LID HINGE

TRUNK LID
BOLT
2028
{2.12.8, 1520}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
am2zzw0000498
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD]

id0910008017z5
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the trunk lid and the body.
2. Loosen the trunk lid hinge installation bolts and adjust the trunk lid.
x If necessary, loosen the trunk lid lock striker installation bolts and adjust the trunk lid. (See 09-14-98
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-106
BODY PANELS
TRUNK LID HINGE

INSTALLATION BOLT
TRUNK LID HINGE
TRUNK LID
am3zzw0000223
Standard clearance
a: 4.08.0 mm {0.160.31 in}
b: 2.54.5 mm {0.100.17 in}
c: -0.51.5 mm {-0.0190.059 in}
d: 3.85.8 mm {0.150.22 in}
C
C
3. Tighten the bolts. (See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
End Of Sie
c
a
SEC. CC
SEC. BB
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000503
TRUNK LID STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL [4SD]

id0910008027z5
Note
x The gas in the trunk lid stay damper is colorless, odorless, and non-toxic.
1. Wear protective eye wear.
2. Lay the trunk lid stay damper flat.
3. Saw23 mm {0.080.11 in} into the trunk lid
stay damper using a hacksaw, and allow the gas
to escape from the trunk lid stay damper.
4. Verify that the gas has escaped from the trunk lid
stay damper.
5. Discard the stay damper.
HACKSAW
TRUNK LID
STAY DUMPER
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000491
09-107
BODY PANELS
FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the bolts.
2. Remove the fuel filler lid in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure.
4. Adjust the fuel-filler lid. (See 09-10-8 FUELFILLER LID ADJUSTMENT)
id091000404800
FUEL-FILLER LID
End Of Sie
BOLT
3.95.9 Nm
{4060 kgfcm,
3552 inlbf}
am2zzw0000160
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT
id091000404900
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the fuel-filler lid and the body.
2. Loosen the fuel-filler lid installation bolts and
A
adjust the fuel-filler lid.
Standard clearance
a: 1.73.7 mm {0.070.14 in}
b: -0.51.5 mm {-0.010.05 in}
b
a
3. Tighten the bolts. (See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER

LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
End Of Sie
A
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000383
FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091000405100
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (Vehicles with front fog lights)
2. Remove screw A and screws B, and set the
mudguard out of the way in the direction of the
SCREW A
MUDGUARD
SCREW B
am2zzw0000160
3. Remove screws C.
FRONT BUMPER
SCREW C
FRONT
am2zzw0000346
09-108
BODY PANELS
4. Remove the fastener D.
5. Remove the bolts from position (1) indicated in
the figure, pull the front bumper in the direction of
arrow (2) shown in the figure to disengage the
both ends from the front bumper slider, then
remove the front bumper in the direction of arrow
(3).
FASTENER D
RADIATOR
GRILLE
am2zzw0000160
FRONT BUMPER SLIDER

TAB
(1)
BOLT
(1)
BOLT
(2)
FRONT BUMPER
(2)
(2)
FRONT BUMPER
TAB
(3)
FRONT BUMPER
SLIDER
BOLT:6.99.8 Nm
{7199 kgfcm,6286 inlbf}
am2zzw0000178
Caution
x The front bumper and front bumper slider are engaged firmly. If they are disengaged forcibly the
bumper could fall and be damaged. Perform the servicing carefully when disengaging the front
bumper from the front bumper slider.
x When disengaging the front bumper from the front bumper slider, the front bumper could fall and
be damaged. Support the front bumper so that it does not fall.
6. Disconnect the front fog light connector. (Vehicles with front fog lights)
8. Adjust the front fog light aiming for vehicles with front fog lights. (See 09-18-20 FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING)
Front Bumper Installation Note
1. Spread the front bumper ends apart.
2. Assemble the front bumper to the body.
3. Press the front bumper connecting area in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure to
engage with the front bumper slider.
FRONT BUMPER
SLIDER
End Of Sie
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000160
09-109
BODY PANELS
FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id091000405200
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand Manufactured Vehicles

Standard type
1. Remove the front fog light. (see 09-18-16 FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the radiator grille. (see 09-16-5 RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
3
7
C
A
4
1
C
5
B
A
6
9
6
8
am2zzw0000160
1
2
3
4
5
Front bumper face

Bracket
Front bumper retainer
Screw
Front bumper mesh
6
7
8
9
Fog light hole cover (Vehicles without front fog light)

Front fog light cover (Vehicles with front fog light)
Rivet
Airdam skirt
4. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

Sports type
09-1010
BODY PANELS
A
4
C
5
B
A
6
am2zzw0000257
1
2
3
4
5
Front bumper face

Bracket
Screw
Front bumper mesh
6
7
8
9

Rivet
Airdam skirt

AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand Manufactured Vehicles
Standard type
1. Remove the front fog light. (Vehicles with front fog light) (see 09-18-16 FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
09-1011
BODY PANELS
2
4
5
3
9
4
5
6
7
1
1
13
12
11
8
10
10
8
am2zzw0000443
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Fastener A
Screw B
Radiator grille reinforcement
Screw C
Bracket
Screw D
Front bumper mesh
8
9
10
11
12
13

Rivet
Airdam skirt
Ornament
Front bumper face

Sports type
09-1012
BODY PANELS
2
4
5
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
12
11
10
8
9
9
8
am2zzw0000443
1
2
3
4
5
6
Fastener A
Screw B
Radiator grille reinforcement
Screw C
Bracket
Screw D
7
8
9
10
11
12
Front bumper mesh

Front fog light cover
Rivet
Airdam skirt
Ornament
Front bumper face
End Of Sie
FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB]
id0910004052z3
09-1013
BODY PANELS
Standard Type
2
7
3
7
C
A
4
1
C
5
B
A
6
TAB A
A
8
0.5 mm
{0.02 in}
A
A
10
8
am2zzw0000343
1
2
3
4
5
Front bumper face

Bracket
Screw
Front bumper mesh
09-1014
6
7
8
9
10

Rivet
Airdam skirt RH
Airdam skirt LH
BODY PANELS
Sport Type
2
7
3
7
C
A
4
C
5
B
A
6
9
TAB A
A
8
0.5 mm
{0.02 in}
A
A
10
8
am2zzw0000344
1
2
3
4
5
Front bumper face

Bracket
Screw
Front bumper mesh
6
7
8
9
10

Rivet
Airdam skirt RH
Airdam skirt LH
End Of Sie
BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000405700
Caution
x Because the shroud panel is installed to the bumper reinforcement, support the shroud panel
using a jack before removing the bumper reinforcement so as not to apply excessive force to the
shroud panel.
x Since the servicing is performed with the bonnet open, secure the bonnet using a piece of wood to
prevent it from falling.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the front combination light. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the horn. (See 09-22-20 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the washer tank. (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-1015
BODY PANELS
6. Remove bolt A.
BOLT A
FRONT
BOLT A:2939 Nm
{3.04.0 kgfm,2229 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000346
7. Remove bolts B.
BOLT B
BOLT B
FRONT
BUMPER
REINFORCEMENT
FRONT
BUMPER
REINFORCEMENT
BOLT B:811 Nm
am2zzw0000346
8. Remove bolts C and D then remove the bumper

reinforcement in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
BOLT C
BOLT D BOLT C
BOLT C
BOLT C:2939 Nm
{3.04.0 kgfm,2229 ftlbf}
BOLT D:8.011.0 Nm
BUMPER
REINFORCEMENT
am2zzw0000344
09-1016
BODY PANELS
9. Remove the bracket in the direction shown of the
BRACKET
End Of Sie
FRONT
am2zzw0000346
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000405900
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the sail garnish. (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the front side turn lights. (See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the front combination lights. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the side step molding. (vehicles with side step molding) (See 09-16-12 SIDE STEP MOLDING
REMOVAL) (See 09-16-14 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION) (See 09-16-13 SIDE STEP MOLDING
REMOVAL [3HB]) (See 09-16-15 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION [3HB])
7. Remove fastener A, then remove the front fender
molding in the direction of the arrow shown in the
FASTENER A
figure.
FRONT FENDER
MOLDING
am2zzw0000161
8. Remove bolt B and clip C, then remove the front

bumper slider.
CLIP C
CLIP C
FRONT
BUMPER SLIDER
BOLT B
FRONT
BOLT B:810 Nm
am2zzw0000346
09-1017
BODY PANELS
9. Remove bolts D, then remove the front fender panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
BOLT D
FRONT
BOLT D
FRONT
BOLT D
FRONT
BOLT D
BOLT D
BOLT B:810 Nm
BOLT D
am2zzw0000347

11. Adjust the headlight aiming. (See 09-18-7 HEADLIGHT AIMING)
End Of Sie
SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000466600

2. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. After removing fasteners A, detach hooks B and remove the seal board upper in the direction of the arrow
FRONT
SEAL BOAD UPPER

HOOK B
HOOK B
FRONT
REAR
HOOK B
REAR
FASTENER A
am2zzw0000447
End Of Sie
SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000406300
Caution
shroud panel.
09-1018
BODY PANELS
(1) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(2) Front combination lights (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Horn (See 09-22-20 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Washer tank (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(5) Bumper reinforcement (See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(6) Seal board upper (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(7) Bonnet latch (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove bolts A, then remove the bumper
stiffener lower in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER
BOLT A
BOLT A:912 Nm
am2zzw0000161
4. Remove fasteners B, then remove the closing

plate in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
FASTENER B
CLOSING PLATE
am2zzw0000162
5. Remove bolts C, then set the shroud upper plate

out of the way.
BOLT C
FRONT
BOLT C
FRONT
FRONT
BOLT C:8.011.0 Nm
BOLT C
am2zzw0000337
09-1019
BODY PANELS
6. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket in the
direction of the arrow in the figure, then remove
the upper mount rubber. (See 09-10-20 Upper
Mount Rubber Removal Note)
UPPER MOUNT RUBBER
UPPER MOUNT RUBBER BRACKET
FRONT
am2zzw0000447
7. Pull the shroud panel in the direction of arrow (1)

in the figure, and remove it in the direction of
arrow (2).
Caution
x Support the lower surface of the radiator
with a floor jack to prevent the radiator
from falling off after the shroud panel is
removed.
(1)
(2)
FRONT
am2zzw0000447
Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note

1. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket while
pressing down the upper mount rubber bracket
tab in the direction of the arrow in the figure.
End Of Sie
SHROUD PANEL
TAB
UPPER MOUNT
BRACKET COVER
FRONT
ENGINE
ROOM SIDE
SEC.A-A
am2zzw0000447
SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)]

id0910004063z4
Caution
shroud panel.
(1) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-1020
BODY PANELS
(2) Front combination lights (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Washer tank (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Bumper reinforcement (See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(5) Seal board upper (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(6) Bonnet latch (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove bolts A, then remove the bumper
stiffener lower in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER
BOLT A
BOLT A:912 Nm
am2zzw0000161
4. Remove bolts B, then set the shroud upper plate

out of the way.
FRONT
SHROUD UPPER PLATE
BOLT B
FRONT
BOLT B
FRONT
BOLT B:8.011.0 Nm
BOLT B
am2zzw0000398
5. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket in the

direction of the arrow in the figure, then remove
the upper mount rubber. (See 09-10-23 Upper
Mount Rubber Removal Note)
UPPER MOUNT RUBBER
UPPER MOUNT RUBBER BRACKET
FRONT
am2zzw0000447
09-1021
BODY PANELS
6. Remove the nuts C.
7. Set the condenser out of the way.
NUT C
6.99.8 Nm {7199 kgfcm, 6286 inlbf}
FRONT
am2zzw0000448
8. Release the hooks D in the direction of arrow

HOOK D
HOOK D
am2zzw0000402
9. Pull the shroud panel in the direction of arrow (1)

in the figure, and remove it in the direction of
arrow (2).
Caution
x Support the lower surface of the radiator
with a floor jack to prevent the radiator
from falling off after the shroud panel is
removed.
(1)
(2)
FRONT
am2zzw0000448
09-1022
BODY PANELS
Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note
1. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket while
pressing down the upper mount rubber bracket
tab in the direction of the arrow in the figure.
End Of Sie
SHROUD PANEL
TAB
UPPER MOUNT
RUBBER BRACKET
FRONT
ENGINE
ROOM SIDE
SEC.A-A
am2zzw0000448
COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091000406200

(1) Windshield wiper arm (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(2) Front fender molding (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the washer hose grommet from the cowl panel and disconnect the front washer hose.
4. Remove bolts, and remove the cowl panel in the
BOLT
BOLT BOLT:810 Nm
direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
End Of Sie
FRONT
BOLT
am2zzw0000347
REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
id091000405300

Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the fastener A.
REAR BUMPER
FASTENER A
am2zzw0000160
09-1023
BODY PANELS
5. Remove the fasteners B.
REAR BUMPER
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000161
6. Remove the screws C.
SCREW C
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
7. Pull the rear bumper in the direction of arrow (1)

shown in the figure to disengage the bumper from
the rear bumper slider, then remove the rear
bumper in the direction of arrow (2).
Caution
x When disengaging the rear bumper from
the rear bumper slider, the rear bumper
could fall and be damaged. Support the
rear bumper so that it does not fall.
(1)
(2)
(1)
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
09-1024
BODY PANELS
8. Remove clips D,E and the license plate light bulb, then set aside the wiring harness to the vehicle side.
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB
REAR BUMPER
WIRING HARNESS
CLIP E
WIRING HARNESS
CLIP D
CLIP D
CLIP E
REAR BUMPER
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000178
9. Disconnect the rear fog light connector. (Vehicles with rear fog light)
Rear Bumper Installation Note
1. Spread the rear bumper ends apart.
2. Assemble the rear bumper to the body.
3. Press the rear bumper connecting area in the
engage with the rear bumper slider.
REAR BUMPER
SLIDER
End Of Sie
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0910004053z5

2. Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1025
BODY PANELS
3. Remove the screw.
SCREW
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000025
4. Remove the fasteners.
REAR BUMPER
FASTENER
am2ccw0000025
5. Remove the screws.
SCREW
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000026
6. Pull the rear bumper in the direction of arrow (1)

shown in the figure to disengage the bumper from
the rear bumper slider, then remove the rear
bumper in the direction of arrow (2).
Caution
x When disengaging the rear bumper from
the rear bumper slider, the rear bumper
could fall and be damaged. Support the
rear bumper so that it does not fall.
(1)
(1)
(2)
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000026
09-1026
BODY PANELS
7. Remove clip and the license plate light, then set aside the wiring harness to the vehicle side.
REAR BUMPER
WIRING HARNESS
CLIP
WIRING HARNESS
CLIP
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000026

Rear Bumper Installation Note
1. Spread the rear bumper ends apart.
2. Assemble the rear bumper to the body.
3. Press the rear bumper connecting area in the
engage with the bumper slider.
REAR BUMPER
SLIDER
End Of Sie
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091000405600
1. Remove the rear fog light. (Vehicles with rear fog light) (See 09-18-26 REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
09-1027
BODY PANELS
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
1
2
3
Rear bumper fascia

Screw
Rear bumper guard
End Of Sie
3
2
2
adejjw00003272
REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [4SD]
id0910004056z5

1
2
3
Rear bumper fascia

Screw
Rear bumper reflector
3
3
End Of Sie
2
am2ccw0000019
09-1028
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
09-11
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
DOOR AND LIFTGATE

LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOOR AND LIFTGATE
LOCATION INDEX [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . .
DOOR AND LIFTGATE
LOCATION INDEX [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT DOOR
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT DOOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . .
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT DOOR PAD
FRONT DOOR PAD
FRONT DOOR CHECKER
FRONT DOOR CHECKER
FRONT DOOR HINGE
FRONT DOOR HINGE
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
09-111
09-112
09-113
09-114
09-115
09-115
09-116
09-117
09-118
09-118
09-119
09-1110
09-1111
09-1112
09-1113
REAR DOOR
Connector Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1116
REAR DOOR CHECKER
REAR DOOR CHECKER
REAR DOOR HINGE
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
DOOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1122
DOOR ADJUSTMENT [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . 09-1122
DOOR ADJUSTMENT [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . 09-1123
LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE HINGE
LIFTGATE HINGE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-1128
LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE
PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1128
Opening the Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1128
STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1129
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1130
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX
WM: DOORS AND LIFTGATE(LOCATION INDEX)
id091100520000
6
7
8 9
10
11
12
am2zzw0000434
.
Liftgate hinge
(See 09-11-26 LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Stay damper
(See 09-11-29 STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL.)
09-111
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

3
Front door pad

(See 09-11-7 FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4 Front door
(See 09-11-4 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
5 Front door module panel
(See 09-11-12 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
6 Rear door
(See 09-11-15 REAR DOOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
7 Rear door module panel
(See 09-11-19 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
8 Front door hinge
(See 09-11-10 FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9 Front door checker
(See 09-11-8 FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
10 Rear door hinge
(See 09-11-18 REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
11 Rear door checker
(See 09-11-16 REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
12 Liftgate
(See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-30 LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
(See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE
PROCEDURE.)
End Of Sie
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
id091100520006
6 7
8
am2zzw0000493
Liftgate hinge
(See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/
Stay damper
09-112
Front door pad

DOORS AND LIFTGATE

4
Front door
(See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT [3HB].)
Front door module panel
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
Front door hinge
Front door checker
Liftgate
(See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-30 LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
(See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE
PROCEDURE.)
End Of Sie
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX [4SD]
id091100520008
5
6
7
10
am2zzw0000491
.
1
2
Stay damper
Front door pad
INSTALLATION.)
Front door
INSTALLATION.)
Front door module panel
Rear door
(See 09-11-15 REAR DOOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-23 DOOR ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
Rear door module panel
(See 09-11-20 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
Front door hinge
INSTALLATION.)
Front door checker
INSTALLATION.)
09-113
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

9
Rear door hinge

(See 09-11-18 REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
10 Rear door checker
(See 09-11-17 REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520100
Warning
x Removing the front door without supporting it could cause the front door to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the front door from
falling.
*1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
manufactured vehicles
*2: AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf}
1
2026 Nm {2.12.6 kgfm, 1519 ftlbf} *1
2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
3
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000480
.
1
2
Bolt A
Connector
(See 09-11-5 Connector Removal Note.)
3
4

4. Adjust the front door. (See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
09-114
Bolt B
Front door
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

Connector Removal Note
1. Pull the rubber boot outward.
RUBBER BOOT
am2zzw0000041
2. Press the tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown

in the figure using a tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver, and remove the connector from the
body in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the
figure.
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
TAB
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) (1)
am2zzw0000041
3. Lower the lever in the direction of arrow (1), and

disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow
(2).
End Of Sie
(2)
TAB
(1)
LEVER
am2zzw0000437
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id091100520106
Warning
x Removing the front door without supporting it could cause the front door to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the front door from
falling.
09-115
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

.
1
2
3
4
Bolt A
Connector
Bolt B
Front door
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf}

4. Adjust the front door. (See 09-11-22 DOOR
ADJUSTMENT [3HB].)
1
2026 Nm {2.12.6
kgfm, 1519 ftlbf}
3
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000480

1. Pull the rubber boot outward.
RUBBER BOOT
am2zzw0000041
2. Press the tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown

in the figure using a tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver, and remove the connector from the
body in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the
figure.
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
TAB
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) (1)
am2zzw0000041
09-116
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

3. Lower the lever in the direction of arrow (1), and
disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow
(2).
(2)
End Of Sie
TAB
(1)
LEVER
am2zzw0000437
FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520300
1. To access the glass installation bolt, position the

front door glass so that the distance from the top
of the front door glass to the upper part of the
APPROX. 110 mm
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 in}.
{4.33 in}
(1) Inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER
GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front door speaker (See 09-20-6 FRONT
DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
am2zzw0000438
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR
GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Front door module panel (See 09-11-12 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front door pad.
6. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the
front door pad and body using a utility knife.
FRONT DOOR PAD
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can
cause injury. Always wear gloves when
using a razor.
FASTENER
am2zzw0000040
(1) When reusing the front door pad, affix doublesided adhesive tape to the front door pad as
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR PAD
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000040
09-117
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100520306

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
am2zzw0000438
INSTALLATION.)
GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Front door module panel (See 09-11-13 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
5. Remove the front door pad.
6. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the
front door pad and body using a utility knife.
FRONT DOOR PAD
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can
using a razor.
FASTENER
am2zzw0000337
(1) When reusing the front door pad, affix doublesided adhesive tape to the front door pad as
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR PAD
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000338
FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091100520400
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fully close the front door glass.

Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the front door speaker. (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-118
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

6. Remove the bolt.

FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
2026 Nm {2.12.6 kgfm, 1519 ftlbf} *1
2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
am2zzw0000480

FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm, 7188 inlbf} *1
4.18.3 Nm {4284 kgfcm, 3773 inlbf} *2
am2zzw0000481
8. Pull out the front door checker from the front speaker installation hole.
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100520406
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fully close the front door glass.

Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-119
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

6. Remove the bolt.
FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
2026 Nm {2.12.6 kgfm,
1519 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000481

FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm, 7188 inlbf}
am2zzw0000481
8. Pull out the front door checker from the front speaker installation hole.
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520500

(1) Sail garnish (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side turn light (See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front combination light (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Side step molding (vehicles with side step molding) (See 09-16-12 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-14 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front fender panel (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front door (See 09-11-4 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1110
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

1829 Nm {1.92.9 kgfm, 1421 ftlbf} *1
2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2

am2zzw0000481
1
2
Bolt
Front door hinge
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100520506

(1) Sail garnish (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side turn light (See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front combination light (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Side step molding (vehicles with side step molding) (See 09-16-13 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
[3HB].) (See 09-16-15 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(6) Front fender panel (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front door (See 09-11-5 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
1829 Nm {1.92.9 kgfm, 1421 ftlbf}
2
am2zzw0000040
09-1111
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

1
2
Bolt
Front door hinge
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520200

INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the clips securing the front door wiring
harness from the front door module panel.
APPROX.110 mm
{4.33 in}
am2zzw0000437

FRONT DOOR HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000040
09-1112
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

BOLT
2.03.0 Nm
{2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
BOLT
BOLT
2.03.0 Nm {2130 kgfcm, 2.03.0 Nm {2130 kgfcm,

1826 inlbf}
1826 inlbf}
am2zzw0000493
6. Remove the fastener.

7. Remove the front door module panel.
8. Remove the front power window motor. (See 0912-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the front power window regulator. (See
09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
FASTENER
am2zzw0000493
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id091100520206

INSTALLATION.)
APPROX.110 mm
{4.33 in}
am2zzw0000437
09-1113
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-8 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the clips securing the front door wiring
harness from the front door module panel.
FRONT DOOR HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000338

BOLT
2.03.0 Nm
{2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
BOLT
BOLT
2.03.0 Nm
2.03.0 Nm
{2130 kgfcm, {2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
1826 inlbf}
am2zzw0000438
09-1114
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

7. Remove the front door module panel.
8. Remove the front power window motor. (See 0912-18 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
9. Remove the front power window regulator. (See
09-12-14 FRONT POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
End Of Sie
FASTENER
am2zzw0000493
REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520600
Warning
x Removing the rear door without supporting it could cause the rear door to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the rear door from
falling.
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf}
2026 Nm {2.12.6 kgfm, 1519 ftlbf} *1

2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf}
3
am2zzw0000481
.
1
2
Bolt A
Connector
3
4
Bolt B
Rear door
09-1115
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

4. Adjust the rear door. (See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
1. While pressing the tab in the direction of arrow (1), disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow (2).
End Of Sie
(1)
TAB
(2)
am2zzw0000042
REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
id091100520700
Fully close the rear door glass.

Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the rear door speaker. (See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the bolt.
BOLT
2026 Nm {2.12.6 kgfm, 1519 ftlbf} *1
2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
am2zzw0000481
09-1116
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

REAR DOOR CHECKER
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm, 7188 inlbf} *1

4.18.3 Nm {4284 kgfcm, 3773 inlbf} *2
BOLT

am2zzw0000481
8. Pull out the rear door checker from the rear speaker installation hole.
End Of Sie
REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
id091100520708

Remove the bolt.
BOLT
2028 Nm {2.12.8
kgfm, 1520 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000491
09-1117
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

7. Pull out the rear door checker from the rear
speaker installation hole.
4.18.3 Nm {4284
kgfcm, 3773 inlbf}
REAR DOOR CHECKER
End Of Sie
BOLT
am2zzw0000491
REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520800

(1) Rear door (See 09-11-15 REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf} *1
2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf} *1

2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
1
3

1
1830 Nm {1.93.0 kgfm, 1422 ftlbf} *1
2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf} *2
am2zzw0000481
1
2
3
Bolt
Nut
Rear door hinge

End Of Sie
09-1118
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520900

rear door glass so that the distance from the top
APPROX.
of the rear door glass to the upper part of the rear
210 mm {8.27 in}
beltline molding is approx. 210 mm {8.27 in}.
(1) Sail inner garnish (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER
(2) Rear door garnish (See 09-16-21 REAR
DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear door trim (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR
(4) Rear door speaker (See 09-20-8 REAR
DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5)Rear door glass (See 09- 12- 9 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4.Remove
the
clips
securing
the
rear
door
wiring
harness from the rear door module panel.
am2zzw0000438
REAR DOOT HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000041
09-1119
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

BOLT
2.03.0 Nm
{2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
BOLT
2.03.0 Nm {2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
BOLT
2.03.0 Nm {2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
am2zzw0000438

7. Remove the rear door module panel.
8. Remove the rear power window motor. (See 0912-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the rear power window regulator. (See
09-12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW
FASTENER
End Of Sie

am2zzw0000493
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id091100520908

INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear door glass (See 09-12-9 REAR DOOR
09-1120
APPROX.
210mm {8.27 in}
am2zzw0000041
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

4. Remove the clips securing the rear door wiring
harness from the rear door module panel.

REAR DOOT HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000041

BOLT
2.03.0 Nm
{2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
BOLT
2.03.0 Nm {2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
BOLT
2.03.0 Nm {2130 kgfcm,
1826 inlbf}
am2zzw0000493
09-1121
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

7. Remove the rear door module panel.8. Remove
the rear power window motor. (See 0912-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the rear power window regulator. (See 0912-15 REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
FASTENER
End Of Sie

am2zzw0000494
DOOR ADJUSTMENT
id091100521100
1. Loosen the door hinge installation bolts.

2. Adjust the gap and height difference to the standard range by moving the door back and forth, left and right.
C
B
REAR DOOR
REAR FENDER PANEL
REAR DOOR
a
)+( FRONT DOOR
FRONT DOOR
)+(
FRONT FENDER PANEL

a
b
)-(
b
)-(
SEC. CC
SEC. BB
b
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000042
Standard range
a: 3.05.0 mm {0.120.19 in}
b: -1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
3. Tighten the bolts.
4. If the door does not open/close smoothly, adjust it by loosening the door lock striker installation screw.
End Of Sie
DOOR ADJUSTMENT [3HB]
id091100521106
09-1122
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

REAR FENDER PANEL
FRONT DOOR
FRONT DOOR
FRONT FENDER PANEL

a
SEC. BB
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000337
Standard range
a: 3.05.0 mm {0.120.19 in}
b: -1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
End Of Sie
DOOR ADJUSTMENT [4SD]
id091100521108

C
B
REAR DOOR
REAR FENDER PANEL
REAR DOOR
a
)+( FRONT DOOR
FRONT DOOR
)+(
FRONT FENDER PANEL

a
b
)-(
b
)-(
SEC. CC
SEC. BB
b
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000485
09-1123
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

Standard range
a: 3.05.0 mm {0.120.19 in}
b: -1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100521200
Note
x If the liftgate cannot be locked or opened due to a discharged battery or malfunctions in the electrical
system, open the liftgate using the liftgate manual open/close procedure. (See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE
MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE PROCEDURE.)
Warning
x When removing the stay damper, serious injury may occur if the stay damper is removed without
supporting the liftgate. Always perform the procedure with at least another person.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the liftgate lower trim. (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the connectors.
CONNECTOR
Remove the grommets from the liftgate.
Note
x If the liftgate is to be replaced with a new
one, remove the liftgate wiring harnesses
without tying them with strings.
6. Tie each string to connectors (1) and (2) shown in

the figure.
CONNECTOR
Note
x Prepare two strings of 150 cm {59.1 in} or
longer length.
GROMMET
am2zzw0000509
STRING
CONNECTOR(1)
STRING
CONNECTOR(2)
am2zzw0000509
09-1124
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

7. Pull out the liftgate wiring harness as shown in the figure while grasping the end of the string so that the end of
the string does not enter the liftgate.
STRING
CONNECTOR(1)
CONNECTOR(2)
STRING
am2zzw0000191
8. Untie the strings from connectors (1) and (2).

9. Disconnect the joint pipe of the rear washer hose.
JOINT PIPE
am2zzw0000042
09-1125
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

10. Remove the stay damper band using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver.
LH
RH
BAND
BAND
STUD BALL
STUD BALL
1622 Nm {1.72.2 kgfm,

1216 ftlbf}
1622 Nm {1.72.2 kgfm,

1216 ftlbf}
STAY DAMPAR
STAY DAMPAR
STUD BALL
STUD BALL
BAND
1622 Nm {1.72.2 kgfm,

1216 ftlbf}
1622 Nm {1.72.2 kgfm,

1216 ftlbf}
BAND
am2zzw0000042
11. Remove the stay damper.

12. Remove the stud ball.
RH
LH
LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE
BOLT
BOLT
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm, 7188 inlbf} *1
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm, 8097 inlbf} *2
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm, 7188 inlbf} *1

911 Nm {92112 kgfcm, 8097 inlbf} *2
*1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles

*2: AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
am2zzw0000494
14. Remove the liftgate.

16. Adjust the liftgate. (See 09-11-30 LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100521300

(1) Liftgate (See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1126
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

(3) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear seat back (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
(5) Lower anchor installation bolts on the rear seat belt. (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Trunk end trim (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Trunk side trim (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Peel back the seaming welt to the point indicated by the arrow in the figure.
LH
RH
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
FRONT
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
FRONT
SEAMING WELT
SEAMING WELT
am2zzw0000043
4. Remove the fasteners on the rear part of the headliner and remove the nut while partially peeling back the
headliner.
Note
x Be careful not to leave a fold-seam.
LH
RH
LIFTGATE
HINGE
NUT
LIFTGATE
HINGE
NUT
3348 Nm {3.44.8 kgfm, 2535 ftlbf} *1

6892 Nm {7.09.3 kgfm, 5167 ftlbf} *2
3348 Nm {3.44.8 kgfm, 2535 ftlbf} *1

6892 Nm {7.09.3 kgfm, 5167 ftlbf} *2
HEADLINER
*1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles

*2: AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
FASTENER
am2zzw0000494
5. Remove the liftgate hinge.

End Of Sie
09-1127
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100521306

(1) Liftgate (See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Rear seat back (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
INSTALLATION.)
(7) Trunk side trim (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(8) C-pillar trim (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
3. Remove the fasteners on the rear part of the headliner and remove the nut while partially peeling back the
headliner.
Note
x Be careful not to leave a fold-seam.
LH
RH
LIFTGATE
HINGE
NUT
LIFTGATE
HINGE
NUT
3348 Nm {3.44.8 kgfm, 2535 ftlbf}
3348 Nm {3.44.8 kgfm, 2535 ftlbf}
HEADLINER
FASTENER
am2zzw0000509
4. Remove the liftgate hinge.

End Of Sie
LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE PROCEDURE
id091100009500
Note
x If the liftgate cannot be unlocked or opened due to a discharged battery or malfunction in the electrical
system, it can be opened using the following procedure.
Opening the Liftgate
1. Fold down the rear seat back.
2. Remove the liftgate lower trim. (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Caution
x Wear gloves when performing the procedure. The body edge can injure bare hands.
09-1128
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

3. Move the lever shown in the figure to the left to
unlock the liftgate.
End Of Sie
LEVER
am2zzw0000043
STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL
id091100521000
Note
x The stay damper contains colorless, odorless, nontoxic gas.
1. Wear protective eye wear.
2. Position the stay damper horizontally.
3. Drain gas and oil by cutting the position indicated
in the figure to a 23 mm {0.080.11 in} depth
using a metal saw.
Caution
x Be careful. The gas and oil may spray out
with force.
4050mm {1.61.9 in}
am2zzw0000043
4. Verify that the gas and oil is drained completely by

pulling and pushing the piston rod several times
with the cut position facing downward.
PISTON ROD
am2zzw0000043
09-1129
DOORS AND LIFTGATE

5. Cut off the bottom of the stay damper.
6. Dispose of the stay damper.
End Of Sie
STAY DAMPAR
am2zzw0000043
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
id091100521400
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the liftgate and the body.
2. Loosen the liftgate hinge installation bolts and adjust the gap by moving the liftgate.
ROOF PANEL
A
B
a
LIFTGATE
SEC. AA
E
E
LIFTGATE
c
SEC. BB
LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE
REAR BUMPER
LIFTGATE
i
REAR BUMPER
SEC. EE
SEC. DD
e
SEC. CC
am2zzw0000043
Standard clearance
a: 5.07.0 mm {0.200.27 in}
b: -2.00.0 mm {0.0780.000 in}
c: 2.56.5 mm {0.100.25 in}
d: -0.24.2 mm {0.000.16 in}
e: 2.85.2 mm {0.120.20 in}
f: -0.71.7 mm {0.020.06 in}
g: 2.06.0 mm {0.080.23 in}
h: -1.52.5 mm {0.0590.098 in}
i: 4.08.0 mm {0.160.31 in}
End Of Sie
09-1130
PAGE 1 OF 2
09-12
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-122
LOCATION INDEX [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-124
LOCATION INDEX [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-126
FRONT DOOR GLASS
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-127
FRONT DOOR GLASS
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-128
REAR DOOR GLASS
Rear Door Glass Guide Removal Note 09-1210
REAR DOOR GLASS
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-1210
REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS
REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL . . . . 09-1212
REGULATOR HANDLE
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1212
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Front Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . 09-1217
Rear Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . 09-1218
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Front Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . 09-1218
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1219
Drivers Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1219
Passengers Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1219
Rear Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1219
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1220
Driver's Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1220
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1220
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1221
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-1222
INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1222
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224

Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1224
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1225
INSPECTION [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1225
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1225
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1226
INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1226
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . 09-1227
TWO-STEP DOWN FUNCTION
OPERATIVE/NON-OPERATIVE
SWITCHING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . 09-1227
DOOR GLASS POSITION CHANGE
PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1228
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1229
Not Reusing Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1229
Reusing Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1229
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . 09-1230
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL . . . . 09-1232
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
[4SD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1234
Not Reusing Rear Window Glass . . . . . 09-1235
Reusing Rear Window Glass . . . . . . . . 09-1235
REAR WINDOW GLASS
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1236
REAR WINDOW GLASS
INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1239
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
[3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1241
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1242
POWER OUTER MIRROR
POWER OUTER MIRROR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1245
Mirror glass adjustment,
retract/return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1245
Heated outer mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1245
OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL . . . 09-1246
OUTER MIRROR GLASS
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1246
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH
REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1247
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1248
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1248
INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1250
FILAMENT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1253
FILAMENT REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1253
REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL . . . . . . . 09-1254
Vehicles With Rain Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 09-1254
PAGE 2 OF 2
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor . . . . . . . 09-1256

REARVIEW MIRROR
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1257
Vehicles With Rain Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 09-1257
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor . . . . . . . . 09-1257

BASE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1257
BASE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1257
09-121
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX
2
13
12
id091200000000
5 6
11
10
9
am2zzw0000232
Windshield
(See 09-12-29 WINDSHIELD REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-30 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION.)
Rearview mirror
(See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-57 REARVIEW MIRROR
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-57 BASE REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-57 BASE INSTALLATION.)
Power window motor
(See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
Front power window regulator
(See 09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW
09-122
Front door glass

(See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Power outer mirror
(See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-47 OUTER MIRROR GARNISH
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
7
10
11
12
13
Power outer mirror switch

(See 09-12-48 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Power window main switch
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-27 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
(See 09-12-27 TWO-STEP DOWN FUNCTION
OPERATIVE/NON-OPERATIVE SWITCHING
PROCEDURE.)
(See 09-12-28 DOOR GLASS POSITION CHANGE
PROCEDURE.)
Power window subswitch
INSPECTION.)
Rear power window regulator
(See 09-12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW
Rear door glass
(See 09-12-9 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear window glass
(See 09-12-32 REAR WINDOW GLASS
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-53 FILAMENT INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-53 FILAMENT REPAIR.)
Regulator handle
(See 09-12-12 REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-12 REGULATOR HANDLE
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-123
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX [4SD]
2
id091200000081
5 6
13
12 11 10
9
am2ccw0000021
Windshield
Rearview mirror
INSTALLATION.)
Power window motor
INSPECTION.)
Front door glass
INSTALLATION.)
09-124
Power outer mirror

INSPECTION.)
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
8
10
11
12
13

INSPECTION.)
PROCEDURE.)
PROCEDURE.)
INSPECTION [4SD].)
Rear power window regulator
(See 09-12-16 REAR POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Rear door glass
(See 09-12-10 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
Rear door quarter glass
(See 09-12-11 REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS
Rear window glass
(See 09-12-34 REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
[4SD].)
End Of Sie
09-125
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
1
2 3
id0912000000z3
5 6
11
10
am2zzw0000338
.
Windshield
Rearview mirror
INSTALLATION.)
Power window motor
INSPECTION [3HB].)
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
Front door glass
09-126
Power outer mirror

INSPECTION.)
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
8
10
11

INSPECTION [3HB].)
PROCEDURE.)
PROCEDURE.)
INSPECTION [3HB].)
Quarter window glass
(See 09-12-41 QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
REMOVAL [3HB].)
(See 09-12-42 QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
Rear window glass
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200000100

front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33
in}.
3. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front door speaker. (See 09-20-6
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the hole cover.
Caution
x If the bolts are removed without
supporting the front door glass, the front
door glass may fall off and be damaged.
Remove the bolts while inserting your
hand into the front door speaker
installation hole to support the front door
glass.
APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
am2zzw0000439
FRONT
DOOR
GLASS
HOLE
COVER
BOLT
4.56.5 Nm
{4666 kgfcm,
4057 inlbf}
am2zzw0000046
09-127
8. Lift up the front door glass, tilt it in the direction of
arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove it in the
direction of arrow (2).
(2)
(1)
FRONT
DOOR
GLASS
Caution
x If the bolts are installed without
When installing the front door glass,
align the glass edge with the front door
glass guide by hand through the speaker
installation hole, and then install the
bolts.
am2zzw0000046
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000001z3

in}.
3. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
5. Remove the front door speaker. (See 09-20-6
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Caution
hand into the front door speaker
installation hole to support the front door
glass.
APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
am2zzw0000439
HOLE
COVER
FRONT
DOOR
GLASS
BOLT
4.56.5 Nm
{4666 kgfcm,
4057 inlbf}
am2zzw0000046
8. Lift up the front door glass, tilt it in the direction of

(2)
(1)
Caution
When installing the front door glass,
align the glass edge with the front door
glass guide by hand through the speaker
bolts.
End Of Sie
09-128
FRONT
DOOR
GLASS
am2zzw0000046
REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200000300

APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
3. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53
SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear door garnish. (See 09-16-21
REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR
am2zzw0000439
DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the rear door speaker. (See 09-20-8
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run channel as a single unit. (See 09-12-10 Rear Door Glass
Guide Removal Note.)
REAR
DOOR
GLASS
COVER
am2zzw0000434

Caution
supporting the rear door glass, the rear
hand into the rear door speaker
installation hole to support the rear door
glass.
REAR
DOOR
GLASS
BOLT
4.56.5 Nm {4666 kgfcm,
4057 inlbf}
am2zzw0000434
10. Lift up the rear door glass, tilt it in the direction of

Caution
supporting the rear door glass, the rear
When installing the rear door glass, align
the glass edge with the rear door glass
guide by hand through the speaker
bolts.
(2)
(1)
REAR
DOOR
GLASS
am2zzw0000047
09-129
Rear Door Glass Guide Removal Note
1. Pull up the rear door weatherstrip and remove the
screw.
2. Remove the bolt.
SCREW
BOLT
6.99.8 Nm
{7199 kgfcm,
6286 inlbf}
am2zzw0000047
3. Slide the rear door glass guide in the direction of

the arrow shown in the figure.
4. While rotating the rear door glass guide in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure, pull out
the rear door glass guide and the glass run
channel as a single unit from the rear door.
GLASS RUN
CHANNEL
(1)
(2)
End Of Sie
REAR DOOR
GLASS GUIDE
am2zzw0000047
REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id091200000381
1. Fully lower the rear door glass.

2. Remove the rear beltline molding. (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
210mm {8.27 in}
5. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53
SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
am2ccw0000020
7. Remove the bolts and screw.

SCREW
BOLT
6.99.8
{7199, 6286}
BOLT
6.99.8
{7199, 6286}
HOLE PLUG
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
am3zzw0000191
09-1210
8. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run
channel as a single unit.
GLASS RUN
CHANNEL
GLASS
GUIDE
am2ccw0000020

11. Lift the rear door glass up and remove while tilting
it.
BOLT
4.56.5 Nm
{4666 kgfcm,
4057 inlbf}
End Of Sie
HOLE COVER
am2zzw0000501
REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
id091200005681

Remove the rear beltline molding. (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the bolts and screw.
SCREW
BOLT
BOLT
6.99.8
{7199, 6286}
6.99.8
{7199, 6286}
HOLE PLUG
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
am3zzw0000275
6. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run

channel as a single unit.
GLASS RUN
CHANNEL
GLASS
GUIDE
am2ccw0000020
09-1211
7. Remove the rear door quarter glass.
End Of Sie
QUARTER WINDOW
GLASS
am3zzw0000275
REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL

1. Using a cloth, remove the regulator handle
installation clip and remove the regulator handle.
End Of Sie
id091200009600
REGULATOR HANDLE
CLOTH
CLIP
am2zzw0000426
REGULATOR HANDLE INSTALLATION

id091200009700
1. Fully raise the door glass.

2. Install the clip to the regulator handle.
3. Install the regulator handle while tilting it as
shown in the figure and press it onto the shaft.
45
End Of Sie
VEHICLE FRONT
CLIP
MANUAL WINDOW
REGULATOR SHAFT
am2zzw0000347
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091200001100

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000440
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Front power window motor (See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1212
4. Remove the nuts.
NUT
810 Nm {80110 kgfcm, 7095 inlbf}
am2zzw0000481
5. Insert a hand through the front door speaker installation hole and rotate the drum housing in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure to detach the tabs from the front door module panel.
DRUM HOUSING
FRONT DOOR
MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL
TAB

am2zzw0000501
6. Remove the front power window regulator from

the speaker installation hole.
Caution
x When installing, do not allow the cable to
come out from the drum housing.
End Of Sie
FRONT POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
am2zzw0000047
09-1213
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000011z3

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000440
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-8 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Front power window motor (See 09-12-18 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the nuts.
5. Insert a hand through the front door speaker
installation hole and rotate the drum housing in
the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to
detach the tabs from the front door module panel.
NUT 810 N m
{80110 kgf cm,
7095 in lbf}
am2zzw0000338
DRUM HOUSING
FRONT DOOR
MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL
TAB

am2zzw0000502
09-1214
6. Remove the front power window regulator from
the speaker installation hole.
Caution
End Of Sie
FRONT POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
am2zzw0000047
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear door glass (See 09-12-9 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the nuts.
id091200001200
am2zzw0000440
NUT
810 Nm {80110 kgfcm, 7095 inlbf}
am2zzw0000481
09-1215
5. Insert your hand through the rear door speaker installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the direction shown
in the figure and disengage the tabs from the rear door module panel.
DRUM HOUSING
TAB
REAR DOOR
MODULE
REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL
REAR POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
am2zzw0000232
6. Remove the rear power window regulator from

the rear speaker installation hole.
Caution
REAR POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000047
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id091200001281
1. Fully lower the rear door glass.

2. Remove the rear beltline molding. (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
210mm {8.27 in}
4. Remove the sail garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the rear door speaker. (See 09-20-8
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000496
8. Remove the rear door glass. (See 09-12-9 REAR
DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1216
9. Remove the nuts.
10. Insert your hand through the rear door speaker
installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the
direction shown in the figure and disengage the
tabs from the rear door module panel.
NUT
810 Nm {80110 kgfcm,
7095 inlbf}
am2zzw0000491
DRUM HOUSING
TAB
REAR DOOR
MODULE
REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL
REAR POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
am2zzw0000232
11. Remove the rear power window regulator from

the rear speaker installation hole.
Caution
REAR POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000047
POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200001400
Front Power Window Motor

2. Remove the inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1217
4. Disconnect the front power window motor
connector, remove the bolt, then remove the front
power window motor from the front power window
regulator drum in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
CONNECTOR
BOLT
Note
6.28.2 Nm
x When installing the front power window
{6483 kgfcm,
motor to the front power window regulator
5572 inlbf}
drum, the drum housing hooks may detach
from the door module panel. If this happens,
am2zzw0000247
remove the front door speaker, insert your
hand in the speaker installation hole,
connect the drum housing hooks, and while supporting the drum housing, install the front power window
motor to the drum.
Rear Power Window Motor

2. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rear power window motor
connector, remove the bolt, then remove the
power window motor from the power window
regulator drum.
REAR POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
REAR POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
CONNECTOR
Note
x When installing the rear power window
motor to the rear power window regulator
remove the door speaker, insert your hand in
the speaker installation hole, connect the
drum housing hooks, and while supporting
the drum housing, install the rear power
window motor to the drum.
BOLT
6.28.2 Nm
{6483 kgfcm,
5572 inlbf}
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000506
POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0912000014z3
Front Power Window Motor

2. Remove the inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front door trim (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Disconnect the front power window motor
connector, remove the bolt, then remove the front
FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
power window motor from the front power window
regulator drum in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
BOLT
CONNECTOR
Note
6.28.2 Nm
x When installing the front power window
{6483 kgfcm,
motor to the front power window regulator
5572 inlbf}
am2zzw0000338
remove the front door speaker, insert your
hand in the speaker installation hole,
connect the drum housing hooks, and while supporting the drum housing, install the front power window
motor to the drum.
End Of Sie
09-1218
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION
id091200001700
Drivers Side
2. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the power window motor connector.
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to power window motor terminals E and F, and then
inspect the power window motor operation.
CLOSE
M
OPEN
C
am2zzw0000446
x If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
Operation
Open
Close
Terminal
E
Ground
B+
F
B+
Ground
6. Connect the battery positive voltage to power window motor terminal D and connect terminal C to ground.
7. Operate the power window motor and measure the voltage at terminals A and B.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the power window motor.
Voltage
Pulse: max. 5 V/min. 0 V
Passengers Side
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the
ground to the power window motor terminals, and
CLOSE
then inspect the power window motor operation.
x If the power window motor does not operate
M
as indicated in the table, replace it.
E
Operation
Open
Close
OPEN
Terminal
E
Ground
B+
F
B+
Ground
F
E
am2zzw0000447
Rear Side
3. Remove the Rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1219
CLOSE
Operation
E
Ground
B+
Open
Close
E
F
OPEN
Terminal
F
B+
Ground
F
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000447
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION [3HB]
id0912000017z3
Driver's Side
3. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to power window motor terminals E and F, and then
inspect the power window motor operation.
CLOSE
M
OPEN
C
am2zzw0000447
x If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
Operation
Open
Close
Terminal
E
Ground
B+
F
B+
Ground
6. Connect the battery positive voltage to power window motor terminal D and connect terminal C to ground.
7. Operate the power window motor and measure the voltage at terminals A and B.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the power window motor.
Voltage
Pulse: max. 5 V/min. 0 V
Passenger's Side
09-1220
Operation
Open
Close
CLOSE
E
Ground
B+
E
F
OPEN
Terminal
F
B+
Ground
F
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000447
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
id091200002000

Remove the driver's side front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the power window main switch. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Install in the reverse order of removal.
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000020z3

3. Remove the driver's side front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
4. Remove the power window main switch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION
id091200002100

2. Verify that the door glass (drivers side) can be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position.
x If the door glass (drivers side) cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, of if the door glass (drivers side) can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power
window main switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
7. Connect the power window main switch connector.
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
9. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
x If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s) and
related wiring harnesses.
10. If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not have
any malfunction, replace the power window main switch.
1M 1K
1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
2K
1N
1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
1L
2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
am2zzw0000510
09-1221
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)
Ter
min
al
Signal name
1A
Sensor ground
Power window
Under any condition
motor (drivers side)
1B
GND
Body ground
1C
Window close
signal
Power window
motor (RR)
1D
Pulse 1
Power window
Door glass (drivers side)
motor (drivers side) operating
1E
Window open
signal
Power window
motor (RR)
1F
Sensor power
supply
Power window
motor (drivers side) Switch the ignition to off
1G
Window open
signal
Power window
motor (LR)
1H
Pulse 2
Power window
1I
Window close
signal
1J
Window close
signal
1K
Door open/
close signal
1L
Window open
signal
1M IG1
1N
Power supply
Connected to
Measurement condition
Under any condition

Door glass (RR) closing
Other
Door glass (RR) opening

Other
Switch the ignition to ON
Door glass (LR) opening

Other
Voltage (V)
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
Alternates
between 1.0
or less and 5
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
Alternates
between 1.0
or less and 5
B+
1.0 or less
Door glass (LR) closing

Other
B+
Power window
closing
Other
1.0 or less
Terminal used for communication therefore
BCM
determination based on terminal voltage
inspection not possible.
B+
Power window
opening
Other
1.0 or less
B+
P.WIND 30 A fuse
Switch the ignition to off
1.0 or less
Power window
motor (LR)
P.WIND 20 A fuse
Under any condition
2A*1 Window open

signal
2B*1
Door glass (passengers side)

Power window
motor (passengers opening
side)
Other
2K*2 Window open

signal
2L*2

Power window
side)
Other
B+
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
Inspection item (s)

x Power window motor
(drivers side)
x Related wiring harness
x Power window motor (RR)
(drivers side)
x Power window motor (RR)
(drivers side)
x Power window motor (LR)
(drivers side)
x Power window motor (LR)
(drivers side)
x BCM
(drivers side)
x P.WIND 30 A fuse
x P.WIND 20 A fuse
(passengers side)
(passengers side)
*1 : L.H.D.
*2 : R.H.D.
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION [3HB]
id0912000021z3

2. Verify that the door glass (drivers side) can be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position.
x If the door glass (drivers side) cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, of if the door glass (drivers side) can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power
window main switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
7. Connect the power window main switch connector.
09-1222
9. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
x If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s) and
related wiring harnesses.
10. If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not have
any malfunction, replace the power window main switch.
1M 1K
1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
2K
1N
1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
1L
2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
am2zzw0000510

Ter
min
al
Signal name
1A
Sensor ground
Power window
Under any condition
1B
GND
Body ground
1D
Pulse 1
Power window
1F
Sensor power
supply

Power window
motor (drivers side) Switch the ignition to off
1H
Pulse 2
Power window
1J
Window close
signal
1K
Door open/
close signal
1L
Window open
signal
1M IG1
1N
Power supply
Connected to
Under any condition
Voltage (V)
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
Alternates
between 1.0
or less and 5
B+
1.0 or less
Alternates
between 1.0
or less and 5

B+
Power window
closing
Other
1.0 or less
BCM
B+
Power window
opening
Other
1.0 or less
B+
P.WIND 30 A fuse
Switch the ignition to off
1.0 or less
P.WIND 20 A fuse
Under any condition
2A*1 Window open

signal
2B*1

Power window
side)
Other
2K*2 Window open

signal
2L*2

Power window
side)
Other
B+
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
Inspection item (s)

(drivers side)
(drivers side)
(drivers side)
(drivers side)
(drivers side)
x BCM
(drivers side)
x P.WIND 30 A fuse
x P.WIND 20 A fuse
(passengers side)
(passengers side)
*1 : L.H.D.
*2 : R.H.D.
End Of Sie
09-1223
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200002200
Passenger's Side
4. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Rear
2. Remove the sail garnish. (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear door garnish. (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-66 REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id091200002281
Passenger's Side
Rear
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000022z3
Passenger's Side
4. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION
id091200002300
Passenger's Side
5. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the
table using a tester.
A
E
D
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the
power window subswitch.
F
CLOSE
OPEN
am2zzw0000247
09-1224
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch
Position
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
Rear
3. Remove the rear door garnish. (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
A
E
D
F
CLOSE
OPEN
am2zzw0000247
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch
Position
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION [4SD]

id091200002381
Passenger's Side
A
E
D
F
CLOSE
OPEN
am2zzw0000247
09-1225
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch
Position
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
Rear
A
E
D
F
CLOSE
OPEN
am2zzw0000247
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch
Position
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION [3HB]
id0912000023z3
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
A
E
D
F
CLOSE
OPEN
am2zzw0000247
09-1226
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Switch
Position
Terminal
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
id091200004100
Note
x If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down and two-step
down operation are disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
Negative battery cable is disconnected.
Power window main switch connector is disconnected.
Power window system power supply fuse is removed.
2. Press the driver's seat switch to fully open the door glass.
3. Pull up the driver's seat switch to the manual-up position to fully close the door glass and keep holding the
switch up at the position for approx. 2 s.
End Of Sie
TWO-STEP DOWN FUNCTION OPERATIVE/NON-OPERATIVE SWITCHING PROCEDURE
id091200004200
Note
x By following the procedure below, the two-step down function is switched to non-operative when it is
operative, and to operative when it is non-operative.
Start
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.

Perform within 5 s.
2. Perform auto open two times.

3. Perform auto close two times.
Turn the ignition switch to OFF position.

Start the following procedure within 43 s.
Perform within 5 s.

3. Perform auto close two times.
Switching completed.
acxuuw00001670
09-1227
End Of Sie
DOOR GLASS POSITION CHANGE PROCEDURE
id091200004400
Note
x After performing the following procedure, verify that the two-step down function operates normally and the
door glass position has changed. If the two-step down function does not operate or the door glass position
has not changed, the procedure was not performed properly. Repeat the procedure from the beginning.
Start

Perform within 5 s.
2. Perform auto close once.

4. Perform auto close three times.
Note
The door glass is fully closed when the above
procedure is completed.
Turn the ignition switch to OFF position.

Note
The two-step down function will not operate during the
following procedure:
2. Adjust the door glass position from the fully closed position by
moving the power window main switch up or down.
(Approximately 20 100 mm {0.79 3.40 in})
Note
The door glass position from the fully closed position is the
change in distance.
The change in distance is approx. 20 mm {0.79 in} when
the door glass is opened less than 20 mm {0.79 in}, and
approximately 100 mm {3.40 in} when the door glass is
opened more than 100 mm {3.40 in}.
3. Turn the ignition switch to OFF position.
Perform within 5 s.
2. Perform auto close once.

4. Perform auto close three times.
Door glass position change completed.

acxuuw00001671
End Of Sie
09-1228
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
id091200000500

(1) Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(2) Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Cowl panel (See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rain sensor (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear view mirror (See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.)
(6) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Interior light (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Set the headliner out of the way.
4. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body.
BODY SIDE
PROTECTIVE TAPE
Note
x Overlap and adhere the protective tape to
the corners to prevent damage.
5. Remove the windshield molding by pulling it
outward.
Note
x If the windshield molding is difficult to
remove, warm the windshield molding using
a hot air blower.
x The windshield molding is a replacement
part.
SEC. AA
GLASS SIDE
am2zzw0000208
Not Reusing Windshield

Note
x If it is difficult to cut sealant, use piano wire and follow the procedure under Reusing Windshield.
Warning
x Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using piano wire.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass using a
sealant remover.
2. Remove the windshield.
SEALANT
REMOVER
49 G050 1A0
acxuuw00001522
Reusing Windshield
Warning
x Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using piano wire.
Caution
x Because the lens for rainfall/illumination level detection is integrated with the windshield, the auto
09-1229
wiper/auto light systems may not operate correctly if the lens is damaged. When removing the
windshield, be careful not to damage the lens. If the lens is damaged, replace the windshield.
Note
x Before removing the windshield from the body, mark the position of the windshield by affixing tape to the
windshield and body panel.
1. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert
piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.
2. Wind each end of piano wire around a bar.
B
PIN
PIN
Note
x Use a long sawing action to spread the work
over the whole length of piano wire to
prevent it from breaking due to localized
heating.
PROTECTIVE TAPE
PIANO WIRE
SEALANT
PIN
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
am2zzw0000233
3. Secure one end of piano wire, and while pulling

the other end, cut the sealant around the
windshield.
4. Pinch the pin from the inside of the vehicle and
detach it.
5. Remove the windshield.
6. If the pin is damaged, remove the pin.
Note
x Before removing the pin from the windshield
glass, place an alignment mark on the
windshield.
PIANO WIRE
am2zzw0000209
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION
id091200000700
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Caution
x If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the resulting change in air
pressure could cause the sealant to crack preventing the proper installation of the windshield.
Keep the door glass opened until the windshield installation is completed.
x If the rain sensor is replaced with a new one, the reflection rate when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position the first time is memorized as a condition that no rainfall is on the windshield.
Therefore, remove water and dirt from the windshield before turning the ignition switch to the ON
position. Perform the rain sensor initial setting in the following cases: (See 09-19-31 RAIN
SENSOR INITIAL SETTING.)
The windshield is replaced and the rain sensor is reused.
The auto wiper system does not operate correctly after the windshield is installed.
1. Remove the sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a utility knife. (When reusing the glass)
09-1230
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {2.0 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the windshield.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. Align the alignment marks made before removal
HOLLOWED MARK IN THE
A
and install the pin to the windshield referring to
CERAMIC COATING
the figure. (Reusing glass, pin removed)
A
PIN
PIN
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000209
5. Install the windshield molding.

6. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the
figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
FRONT WIND MOLDING
Caution
x To prevent weakening of the primer
adhesion, keep the bonding surface free
of dirt, moisture, and grease. Do not
touch the surface with your hand.
A
SEC. AA
Note
x Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the
ceramic coating.
am2zzw0000209
A
B
9.5 {0.37}
9.5 {0.37}
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
9.5 {0.37}
HOLLOWED MAKE IN THE

CERAMIC COATING
PRIMER
C
C
HOLLOWED
MAKE IN THE
CERAMIC
COATING
SEC. CC
mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
7. Cut away the old sealant using a utility knife so

that 12 mm {0.040.07 in} thickness of
sealant remains along the perimeter of the frame.
8. If the sealant has come off completely in any one
place, apply some primer after degreasing, and
allow it approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm
{0.08 in} thickness of new sealant.
Caution
avejjw00001067
9. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the bonding area on the body.
10. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
Caution
x To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion, keep the bonding surface free of dirt, moisture, and
grease. Do not touch the surface with your hand.
09-1231
Note
x Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating.
OVER END OF RADIUS
OVER END OF
RADIUS
A
*2
*2
B
4.4*2 {0.17}
10*1 {0.39}
PRIMER
SEC. AA
10.0*1 {0.39}
OVER END OF
RADIUS
4.9*2 {0.19}
5*2 {0.2}
3.0*2 {0.12}
10.0*1 {0.39}
SEC. BB
SEC. CC
C
C
*1:PRIMER APPLICATION AREA

*2:POSSIBLE PRIMER APPLICATION AREA
mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
11. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as

12. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install
the windshield.
11 {0.43}
APPLY SEALANT TO THIS AREA.
5 {0.2}
mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
13. Verify that the clearance between the A-pillar and

0.240.063
6.70.11
the roof is within the range shown in the figure,
B
{0.240.063}
{0.270.43}
and press along the perimeter of the glass.
B
14. Install the headliner.
A
A
15. Install the following parts:
(1) Interior light (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT
SEC. BB
SEC. AA
(2) Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST
HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR
mm {in}
(4) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM
am2zzw0000347
(5) Rearview mirror (See 09-12-57 REARVIEW
MIRROR INSTALLATION.)
(6) Rain sensor (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Cowl panel (See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
16. Allow the sealant to harden completely.
Sealant hardening time: 24 h
End Of Sie
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
id091200000600

(1) Rear wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Liftgate lower trim (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear spoiler (See 09-16-17 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL.)
(4) High-mount brake light (See 09-18-28 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1232
3. Disconnect the filament connector.
FILAMENT
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000439

BODY SIDE
Note
x Overlap and adhere the protective tape to
the corners to prevent damage.
PROTECTIVE TAPE
GLASS SIDE
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000210
5. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert

piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.
PIANO WIRE
Warning
x Using piano wire with bare hands can
using piano wire.
Note
x Before removing the rear window glass from
the body, mark the position of the glass by
affixing tape to the glass and body panel.
REAR WINDOW GLASS
PROTECTIVE
TAPE
SEALANT
am2zzw0000439
6. Wind each end of piano wire around a bar.

Note
x Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of piano wire to prevent it from
breaking due to localized heating.
7. Secure one end of piano wire, and while pulling
the other end, cut the sealant around the rear
window glass.
PIANO WIRE
am2zzw0000210
09-1233
8. Pinch the pin from the inside of the vehicle and
detach it.
9. Remove the rear window glass.
End Of Sie
REAR WINDOW GLASS
PIN
PIN
am2zzw0000439
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL [4SD]
id091200000681

(1) Rear seat back (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].)
(3) Tire house trim (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(5) Rear package trim (See 09-17-68 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
3. Disconnect the filament connector.
6. Cut the rear window glass molding lip using a razor.
A
B
SEC. BB
C
SEC. EE
D
E
E
D
SEC. CC
SEC. AA
SEC. DD
am2ccw0000021
Warning
x Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a razor.
Note
x The rear window glass molding is a replacement part.
09-1234
Not Reusing Rear Window Glass
Note
x For the areas of the sealant that are difficult to cut, use the piano wire and follow the procedure under
Reusing Rear Window Glass.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass using a
sealant remover.
2. Remove the sealant by pulling it off.
SEALANT
REMOVER
49 G050 1A0
am3zzw0000282
Reusing Rear Window Glass

Note
x Before removing the rear window glass from the body, mark the position of the glass by affixing tape to the
glass and body panel.
1. Make a hole through the sealant from the inside
of the vehicle using an awl, avoiding the pins.
PIN
am2ccw0000021
2. Pass the piano wire, cut to sufficient length,

through the hole.
PIANO WIRE
Warning
x Using the piano wire with bare hands can
using the piano wire.
PROTECTIVE TAPE
3. Wind each end of the piano wire around a bar.

SEALANT
Note
over the whole length of the piano wire to
prevent it from breaking due to localized
heating.
am2ccw0000027
09-1235
4. Fix one end of the piano wire, and while pulling
the other end, cut the sealant around the rear
window glass.
Note
x As the upper part of the pin adheres to the
sealant, cut it using the piano wire.
PIANO WIRE
am2ccw0000027
5. Cut the pins out.

7. Mark the seating positions of the pins and remove
the pins from the rear window glass.
8. Remove the rear window glass molding from the
rear window glass.
CUTTING
LINE
End Of Sie
PIN R
am3zzw0000283
REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION
id091200000800
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Caution
x Proper installation of the glass may be difficult if sealant is cracked or the glass is pushed out by
air pressure when a door is opened/closed with all the window glass closed. Keep the door glass
open until the rear window glass installation is completed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a utility knife or scraper. (When reusing the glass)
Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {2.0 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the glass.
Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
Install the spacers, fasteners, and pins to the glass as shown in the figure.
When reusing the glass, align it with the
SPACER FASTENER SPACER
FASTENER SPACER
alignment mark placed before the glass was
removed.
PIN
PIN
SPACER
SPACER
SPACER
SPACER
REMOVE MARK
FASTENER
REMOVE MARK
PIN REMOVE
MARK
am2zzw0000211
09-1236
5. Install the fastener to the bead on the body side.
6. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the
figure then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
FASTENER
Caution
BEAD
Note
x Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the
ceramic coating.
am2zzw0000211
9.5 *1 {0.37}
PRIMER
A
A
B
9.5 *1 {0.37}
32.8 {1.29}
14.1 {0.555}
B
SEC. AA

CERAMIC COATING MAKE
SURE TO APPLY PRIMER
OVER ALL MARKS.
SEC. BB
9.5 *1 {0.37}
17.0 {0.669}
SEC. CC
CERAMIC COATING MAKE SURE
mm {in}
TO APPLY PRIMER OVER ALL
*1:PRIMER
MARKS.
APPLICATION AREA
am2zzw0000247
7. Cut away the old sealant using a utility knife or

scraper so that 12 mm {0.040.07 in}
thickness of sealant remains along the perimeter
of the frame.
8. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the
bonding area on the body.
place, apply some primer, and allow it to dry for
approx. 30 min.
Caution
am2zzw0000424
Caution
Note
09-1237
A
17.0 {0.67}
B
B
*2
14.1 {0.555}
*2
11*1 {0.43}
*2
OVER EBD OF
RADIUS
*2
13*1 {0.516}
OVER EBD OF RADIUS

SEC. AA
PRIMER
SEC. CC
32.8 {1.29}
*1:PRIMER
APPLICATION AREA
OVER EBD OF
RADIUS
*2
*2:POSSIBLE PRIMER
APPLICATION AREA
11*1 {0.43}
mm {in}
SEC. BB
am2zzw0000247
11. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as

12. Install the rear window glass.
13. Verify that the gap at the upper and lower parts of
the glass is within the specification shown in the
figure, then press along the perimeter of the
glass.
11
{0.43}
5 {0.2}
APPLY SEALANT TO
THIS AREA
mm {in}
am2zzw0000248
2.45.6 {0.100.22}
SPORT 1.65.6 {0.070.22}
SEC. AA
3.87.0
{0.150.27}
SEC.BB
mm {in}
am2zzw0000248
14. Connect the filament connector.

(1) High-mount brake light (See 09-18-28 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Rear spoiler (See 09-16-19 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION.)
(3) Liftgate lower trim (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-1238
REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION [4SD]
id091200000881
Caution
x Proper installation of the rear window glass may be difficult if sealant is cracked or the glass is
pushed out by air pressure when a door is opened/closed with all the window glass closed. Leave
all the windows open until the rear window glass is installed completely.
1. Cut away the old sealant using a razor so that a 12 mm {0.040.07 in} thickness of sealant remains along
the perimeter of the frame.
Warning
place, apply some primer after degreasing, and
allow it to dry for approx. 30 min. Then apply a 2
mm {0.08 in} thickness of sealant.
3. Clean and degrease the perimeter approx. 50
mm {1.97 in} from the glass end and the bonding
area on the body.
4. If installing a reused rear window glass, install the
rear window glass molding according to the
following procedure.
(1) Clean and degrease the rear window glass
molding installation area of the rear window
glass.
(2) Apply the glass primer to the rear window
glass molding installation area of the rear
window glass.
5. Apply glass primer on the rear window glass, and
body primer on the rear window glass molding as
shown in the figure. Allow it to dry for approx. 30
min.
Caution
x Keep the area free of dirt and grease, and
do not touch the surface. Otherwise, the
primer may not properly bond to the
surface of the glass and body, which may
cause leakage.
am3zzw0000283
REAR WINDOW
GLASS MOLDING
SEC. AA
am2ccw0000020
09-1239
9.5 {0.37}
5 {0.2}*
11 {0.43}
5 {0.2}*
SEC. AA
A
A
9.5 {0.37}
5 {0.2}*
5 {0.2}*
11 {0.43}
SEC.BB
C
C
C
C
BODY SIDE
REAR WINDOW GLASS SIDE
7.46
{0.29}* 9.5 {0.37}
11 {0.43}
SEC. CC
*: POSSIBLE PRIMER APPLICATION AREA
mm {in}
am2ccw0000020
6. Apply sealant to the glass surface as shown in the

figure.
7. Insert the positioning pins into the body, then
install the rear window.
11 {0.43}
APPLY SEALANT TO THIS AREA.
5 {0.2}
mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
8. Press the rear window pins to engage the tabs to

the body.
PIN
am2ccw0000020
09-1240
9. Press completely along the perimeter of the glass
so that the measurement of the molding lip gap is
within the specification.
10. Connect the filament connector.
1.655.65 {0.0650.222}
(1) Rear package trim (See 09-17-68 REAR
A
A
PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[4SD].)
(2) C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM
SEC. AA
(3) Tire house trim (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
am2ccw0000020
(4) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF
PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Apply soapy water to the rear window glass molding side and blow air from the interior, then verify that there
are no bubbles or air leakage.
x If there are any bubbles or air leakage, repair the damaged part of the sealant and verify it again.
End Of Sie
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL [3HB]
id0912000025z3
Warning
x Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using the piano
wire.
(1) Partially peel back the seaming welt.
(2) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
(3) Rear seat back (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
2. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body
and the quarter window glass.
PROTECTIVE TAPE
BODY SIDE
A
A
GLASS SIDE
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000338
09-1241
3. Cut out the sealant all around the glass from inside the vehicle using a sealant remover and the piano wire.
PIN
SPACER
B
B
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
SEC. CC
SEC. DD
D
D
FASTENER
SPACER
PIN
PRIMER
am2zzw0000338
4. Pull the quarter window glass outward and detach the pins from the body.
Note
x The pin is a replacement part.
End Of Sie
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000026z3
Warning
Caution
x If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the resulting change in air
pressure could cause the sealant to crack preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the
door glass open until the quarter window glass installation is completed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a razor or scraper. (when reusing the glass)
Clean and degrease the ceramic part along the perimeter of the glass.
Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
If the glass is reused, attach the pins, spacers and garnish to the glass as shown in the figure. Align with the
alignment marks marked before removing the glass.
PIN
SPACER
PIN
FASTENER
SPACER
GARNISH
0.5 {0.02}
SEC. AA
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
5. Apply glass primer along the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating on the new glass, along the sealant tracks
on the reused glass, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
Caution
09-1242
Note
9.5 {0.37}
9.5 {0.37}
B
A
SEC. BB
SEC. AA
9.5 {0.37}
D
D
9.5 {0.37}
SEC. CC
SEC. DD
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
6. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 12 mm {0.040.07 in} thickness of sealant
remains along the perimeter of the frame.
7. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it
approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm thickness of new sealant.
8. Clean and degrease the bonding surface along the perimeter of the body.
Caution
13.5
{0.53}
13.5
{0.53}
B
A
B
C
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
D
D
13.5
{0.53}
PRIMER
SEC. CC
13.5
{0.53}
SEC. DD
*: POSSIBLE PRIMER APPLICATION AREA
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
09-1243
10. After the primer has dried, apply 13.5 mm {0.53 in} in thickness, 5 mm {0.2 in} in width of sealant using a
sealant gun. Where it is not applied properly, correctly apply it using a spatula.
4.75 {0.187}
13.6
{0.54}
9.5 {0.37}
9.5
{0.37}
B
A
SEC. BB
SEC. AA
9.5 {0.37}
9.5
{0.37}
90
14.2
{0.56}
90 11 {0.43}
5 {0.2}
SEC. CC
SEC. DD
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
11. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install the quarter window glass.
(8) Partially peel back the seaming welt.
End Of Sie
POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200002400

3. Disconnect the power outer mirror connector.
POWER OUTER
MIRROR
POWER OUTER
MIRROR CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000498
09-1244
5. Remove the power outer mirror by pulling it in the
release the tab.
End Of Sie
TAB
POWER OUTER
MIRROR
BOLT
3.55.0 Nm
{3650 kgfcm,
3144 inlbf}
am2zzw0000498
POWER OUTER MIRROR INSPECTION
id091200002700
Mirror glass adjustment, retract/return

3. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-59
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Apply battery positive voltage to the power outer mirror terminals and inspect the operation of the power outer
mirror.
G
LEFT
RETURN
RETRACT
A
C
RIGHT
D G
E H
F I
ADJUSTMENT MOTOR
RETRACTABLE
MIRROR
MOTOR
UP
M
DOWN
ADJUSTMENT MOTOR
F
am2zzw0000502
x If not as specified, replace the power outer mirror.

Mirror operation
direction
Up
Down
Left
Right
Retract
Return
terminal
B+
G
H
I
H
F
D
Ground
H
G
H
I
D
F
Heated outer mirror

3. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-59
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1245
5. Apply battery voltage to power outer mirror
connector terminal A, and connect terminal C to
ground.
A
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
acxwzw0000082
x If not as indicated in the table, or if the

resistance is not within the specification,
replace the power outer mirror.
: Resistance
End Of Sie
Terminal
Mirror operation
Heater
Resistance : 915 ohm
acxwzw0000082
OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL
id091200002800

2. Press area A of the outer mirror glass so that area
B moves outward.
OUTER MIRROR GLASS
A
am2zzw0000255
3. Detach pin A while lifting up the inside of the

mirror glass holder.
4. Pull the outer mirror glass and remove pins B.
5. Disconnect the connector. (Vehicles with heated
outer mirror)
6. Remove the outer mirror glass.
End Of Sie
PIN B
PIN A
OUTER MIRROR
GLASS
PIN B
CONNECTOR
A
B
B
MIRROR GLASS
HOLDER
am2zzw0000255
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION

id091200002900
1. Connect the connector to the outer mirror glass. (Vehicles with heated outer mirror)
09-1246
2. Press part A on the outer mirror glass and install
pin A.
3. Press part B on the outer mirror glass and install
pins B.
PIN B
PIN A
OUTER MIRROR
GLASS
End Of Sie
PIN B
CONNECTOR
A
B
MIRROR GLASS
HOLDER
am2zzw0000256
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL
id091200003100

2. Remove the outer mirror glass from the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
REMOVAL.)
3. Pinch the end of the tab which is visible, and release the tab by pressing it toward the vehicle front (4 locations).
MIRROR BODY
TAB
MIRROR BODY

TAB
am2zzw0000498
4. Grasp the upper side of the outer mirror garnish and remove it by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
End Of Sie
09-1247
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH INSTALLATION
1. Position the outer mirror garnish against the
mirror body in the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure, and insert the outer mirror garnish tabs
(5 locations) into the mirror body.
2. Install the outer mirror garnish so that there are
no gaps around the component.
3. Install the outer mirror glass. (See 09-12-46
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION.)
id091200003200
MIRROR BODY
TAB
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000256
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200003500
Note
x The power outer mirror switch is integrated with the power window main switch.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the front door trim. (driver-side) (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the power outer mirror switch. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000035z3
Note
x The power outer mirror switch is integrated with the power window main switch.
3. Remove the front door trim. (driver-side) (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
4. Remove the power outer mirror switch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
End Of Sie
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION
id091200003400

2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and verify that the power outer mirror switch can be operated for
approx. 43 s.
x If the power outer mirror switch cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, or if the switch can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power outer mirror
switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
7. Using a tester, verify that the continuity between the power outer mirror switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror switch.
09-1248
R.H.D.
+B
ACC
*
1N
1N
2F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2D
2C
LH
*
*
2B
2A
RH
2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
*
*
*
*
2H 2F 2D 2B
2H
LH
2G
RH
RETRACT
RETURN
P/W
CM
UP
DOWN
LEFT
2I
RETURN
RETRACT
RIGHT
IG-OFF
TIMER
RILEY
2E
am2zzw0000502
End Of Sie
:Continuity
OPERATION
2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 2I
UP
DOWN
LH
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
RH
LEFT
RIGHT
RETRACT
SWITCH
RETRACT
RETURN
am2zzw0000383
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION [3HB]

id0912000034z3

2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and verify that the power outer mirror switch can be operated for
approx. 43 s.
09-1250
x If the power outer mirror switch cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, or if the switch can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power outer mirror
switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
7. Using a tester, verify that the continuity between the power outer mirror switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror switch.
R.H.D.
+B
ACC
*
1N
1N
2F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2D
2C
LH
*
*
2B
2A
RH
2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
*
*
*
*
LH
2H 2F 2D 2B
2H
UP
DOWN
LEFT
2I
RH
RETURN
P/W
CM
2G
RETRACT
RETURN
RETRACT
RIGHT
IG-OFF
TIMER
RILEY
2E
am2zzw0000502
09-1251
End Of Sie
:Continuity
OPERATION
2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 2I
UP
DOWN
LH
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
RH
LEFT
RIGHT
RETRACT
SWITCH
RETRACT
RETURN
am2zzw0000383
FILAMENT INSPECTION
id091200003600

2. Turn the rear window defroster switch on.
Caution
x Directly touching the rear window
defroster filament with the lead of the
tester could damage it. Wrap aluminum
foil around the end of the lead and
inspect the filament by touching it with
the foil.
LEAD OF VOLTMETER
PUSH
FILAMENT
ALUMINUM FOIL
3. Connect the positive lead of the tester to the

positive side of each filament and the negative
lead to ground.
4. Gradually slide the positive lead from the positive
side to the negative side and verify that the
voltage decreases accordingly.
x If the voltage changes rapidly, the filament
has a malfunction. Repair the filament.
Measured part
(1) to (2)
Voltage (Reference)
Approx. 11 V to 0 V
acxuuw00001514
(2)
NEGATIVE
SIDE
(1)
POSITIVE
SIDE
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001515
FILAMENT REPAIR
id091200003700
1. Clean the filaments using isopropyl alcohol.
09-1253
2. Affix tape along both sides of the filament to be
repaired.
3. Apply commercially available silver paint using a
fine-tipped tool such as a small brush or a
drawing pen.
4. After 23 min, peel off the tape being careful not
to damage the painted area.
BROKEN FILAMENT
Caution
x Do not operate the rear window defroster
until the repaired area is completely dried
to prevent a malfunction.
TAPE
SECTION TO BE REPAILRED
am2zzw0000502
5. Completely dry the repaired area referring the

followings:
x If the room temperature is 25 qC {77 qF}, leave it for 24 h.
x When using a hot air blower, dry for 30 min at 150 qC {302 qF}.
End Of Sie
REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL
id091200004900
Vehicles With Rain Sensor

2. Remove the rain sensor from the windshield. (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Detach the hook in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver.
4. Remove the rain sensor in the direction of arrows (2) shown in the figure.
(1)
HOOK
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
HOOK
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
CONNECTOR
FRONT
(2)
RAIN SENSOR
am2zzw0000363
09-1254
5. Make a tool as shown in the figure using wire.
APPROX. 2.6 mm {0.10 in}
Caution
x Using the tool with bare hands can cause
injury. Always wear gloves when using
the tool.
x To prevent damage to the lens, do not
use a flathead screwdriver.
APPROX. 30 mm {1.2 in}
6. Insert the tool to the position shown in the figure

and press the center part of the spring in the
direction of arrows (1), and then pull out the
rearview mirror toward in the direction of arrows
(2) shown in the figure.
MORE THAN 50 mm {2.0 in}

am2zzw0000449
BASE
SPRING
TOOL
SPRING
TOOL
(1)
(2)
REAR VIEW
TOOL
am2zzw0000502
09-1255
Caution
x Perform the procedure while being careful not to damage the lens.
x When removing the rearview mirror, it may hit the headliner and cause a damage. Hold the
rearview mirror with hands and be careful not to contact it with the headliner.
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver between the rearview mirror and base.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver to the position shown in the figure and press the center part of the
spring.
BASE
SPRING
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
SPRING
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
BASE
REARVIEW MIRROR
am2zzw0000441
3. Pull out the rearview mirror toward the vehicle rear.
End Of Sie
09-1256
REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION
Vehicles With Rain Sensor
1. Install the rearview mirror to the base.
2. Install the rain sensor. (See 09-19-28 RAIN
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
id091200005000
REARVIEW MIRROR
BASE
am2zzw0000235
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor

1. Install the rearview mirror to the base.
End Of Sie
REARVIEW MIRROR
BASE
am2zzw0000235
BASE REMOVAL
id091200005300

2. Remove the rain sensor. (Vehicles with rain sensor.) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rearview mirror. (See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL)
4. Wind each end of a wire around a bar.
Warning
x Using the piano wire with bare hands can
using the piano wire.
PIANO WIRE
Note
over the whole length of the piano wire to
prevent it from breaking.
5. Fix one end of the piano wire, and while pulling
the other end, cut the sealant to remove the base.
acxuuw00001981
End Of Sie
BASE INSTALLATION
id091200005400
1. Cut away all of the original sealant using a razor.

Warning
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic coating on the glass and the base.
Caution
x Keep the area free of dirt and grease, and do not touch the surface. Otherwise, the primer may not
properly bond to the surface of the glass.
3. Apply primer to the bonding area of the glass and the base.
09-1257
4. Use only glass primer on the glass, and body primer on the base. Allow the primer to dry for approx. 30 min.
5. Apply 3.0 mm {0.12 in} layer of sealant to the
BASE
base.
NOZZLE
3.0 mm
{0.12 in}
SEALANT
acxuuw00001982
6. Center the base in the ceramic coating and press

it onto the glass.
7. Use isopropyl alcohol to remove any excess
repair sealant.
Hardening time of sealant
Temperature
Surface
hardening time
5 qC {41 qF}
20 qC {68 qF}
35 qC {95 qF}
Approx. 1.5 h
Approx. 1 h
Approx. 10 min
5 mm
{0.2 in}
CERAMIC COATING
BASE
Time required
until car can be
put into service
Approx. 12 h
Approx. 4 h
Approx. 2 h
acxuuw00001983
8. Install the rearview mirror.
End Of Sie
09-1258
SEATS
09-13
SEATS
SEAT LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-132

R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-133
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-134
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-135
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-138
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES
WITH SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-139
Band Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1310
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . 09-1310
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
WITH SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1311
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1313
Band Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1316
Holder Bracket Installation Note. . . . . . 09-1316
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . 09-1319
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1320
FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM

FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1324
FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1326
REAR SEAT BACK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SEAT BACK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
REAR SEAT BACK FRAME
REAR SEAT CUSHION
REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM
REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER
SEAT WARMER SWITCH
SEAT WARMER SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1332
SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION . . . . 09-1333
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: SEATS
09-131
SEATS
SEAT LOCATION INDEX
R.H.D.
id091300424300
12
11
10
7 6
4
am2zzw0000511
Seat warmer switch

(See 09-13-32 SEAT WARMER SWITCH
(See 09-13-32 SEAT WARMER SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Front seat
(See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
(See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
Rear seat back striker
(See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER
Front seat back trim
(See 09-13-11 FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE
AIR BAGS].)
(See 09-13-19 FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT
SIDE AIR BAGS].)
Front seat cushion trim
(See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM
Front seat rail cover
(See 09-13-26 FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER
09-132
10
11
12
Front seat side cover

(See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER
Front seat back component
(See 09-13-9 FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE
AIR BAGS].)
(See 09-13-10 FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT
SIDE AIR BAGS].)
Rear seat back
(See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/
(See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/
Rear seat cushion
(See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear seat cushion trim
(See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM
Rear seat back frame
(See 09-13-28 REAR SEAT BACK FRAME
SEATS
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0913004244z3
Warning
x Handling a front seat (with built-in side air bag) improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the
air bag, which may seriously injure you. Read the service warnings before handling a front seat
(with built-in side air bag).
Caution
x After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever. If the slider lever is operated, the left
and right slide positions will deviate, and the slide adjuster may be damaged after the front seat is
installed.
x Verify that there are no malfunctions in the sliding mechanism after installing a front seat.
x When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure
on a clean rag so as not to damage or soil the seat.
Note
x When removing the front seat out of the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by
removing the headrest.
R.H.D.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more. (Vehicles with side air bags)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.(Vehicles without side air bags)
4. Using a fastener remover, widen the front cover in
the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to
release the tabs, then raise the cover in the
(1)
(2)
COVER
(1)
(1)
TAB
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000243
5. Remove the front cover in the direction of arrow

(3)
adejjw00003315
09-134
SEATS
6. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear inner
cover in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the
figure to release the tabs, then pull the cover in
the direction of arrow (5).
7. Remove the rear inner cover in the direction of
arrow (6) shown in the figure.
(6)
(6)
(4)
TAB
(4)
(5)
(4)
(4)
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000243
8. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear outer

figure to release the tab, then remove the cover
by pulling it in the direction of arrow (8).
(7)
(8)
(7)
HOOK
TAB
(8)
am2zzw0000243
9. Disconnect the connector.

10. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat.
BOLT
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT :4155 Nm
{4.25.6 kgfm,3140 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000444
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]

id0913004244z4
Warning
Caution
installed.
Note
x When removing the front seat out of the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by
removing the headrest.
09-136
SEATS
R.H.D.
4. Using a fastener remover, widen the front cover in
the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to
release the tabs, then raise the cover in the
(1)
(1)
(2)
COVER
(1)
TAB
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000243
5. Remove the front cover in the direction of arrow

(3)
adejjw00003315
6. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear inner

figure to release the tabs, then pull the cover in
the direction of arrow (5).
7. Remove the rear inner cover in the direction of
(6)
(6)
(4)
TAB
(4)
(5)
(4)
(4)
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000243
09-138
SEATS
8. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear outer
figure to release the tab, then remove the cover
by pulling it in the direction of arrow (8).
(7)
(8)
(7)
TAB
HOOK
(8)
am2zzw0000243

10. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat.
BOLT
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT :3754 Nm
{3.85.5 kgfm,2839 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000444
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300428837
Warning
x Handling a front seat improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which may
seriously injure you. Read the service warnings before handling a front seat (with built-in side air
bag).
Caution
installed.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more.
3. Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
4. Remove the headrest.
5. Remove the front seat side cover. (See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-139
SEATS
6. Detach clip A shown in the figure.
7. Cut clip B shown in the figure.
CLIP A
CLIP B
R
am2zzw0000244
8. Cut the band securing the side air bag wiring

harness. (See 09-13-10 Band Installation Note.)
AIR BAG WIRING HARNESS
BAND
am2zzw0000244
9. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat

back component.
BILT : 36.354.0 Nm
am2zzw0000244
Band Installation Note

1. Install the band with the end pointed to the front.
2. Cut off the end of the band at the position shown
in the figure.
End Of Sie
CUT
5 mm {0.2 in}
OR MORE
BAND
am2zzw0000244
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300428838
Caution
installed.
09-1310
SEATS
5. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat
back component.
End Of Sie
BOLT
BOLT : 3754 Nm
BOLT
{3.85.5 kgfm, 2839 ftlbf}

am2zzw0000515
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300487737
Warning
Caution
installed.
R.H.D.
09-1311
SEATS
5. Detach clip A shown in the figure.
6. Cut clip B shown in the figure.
CLIP A
CLIP B
R
adejjw00001860
7. Cut the band securing the side air bag wiring

harness. (See 09-13-16 Band Installation Note.)
SIDE AIR BAG

WIRING HARNESS
BAND R
am2zzw0000375
8. Slide hook A in the order shown in the figure to

detach it from hook B.
HOOK B
HOOK A
(1)
(2)
(3)
am2zzw0000207
9. Open the fastener.

10. Pull out the side air bag wiring harness from the
hole of the seat back trim and seat back pad by
pulling it in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the
figure.
11. Partially peal back the front seat back trim,
release the pole guide tabs in the direction of
arrow (5) shown in the figure, then pull the pole
guide out in the direction of arrow (6).
12. Remove the nut.
POLE GUIDE
(6)
FASTENER
(5)
NUT
(5)
812 Nm
{82122 kgfcm,
71106 inlbf}
TAB
(4)
SIDE AIR BAG

WIRING HARNESS
HOLE
am2zzw0000375
09-1314
SEATS
13. Press in the holder bracket to the seat back pad
being careful not to catch the frame spring. (See
09-13-16 Holder Bracket Installation Note.)
HOLDER BRACKET
FRAME SPRING
am2zzw0000207
14. Pull out part A shown in the figure to the front.
adejjw00001864
15. Remove the seat back trim and the seat back pad
as a single unit from the seat frame by pulling
them in the direction of the arrow.
SEAT BACK PAD
SEAT BACK TRIM

SEAT FRAM
am2zzw0000207
16. Partially peal back the seat back trim from the
seat back pad, remove rings C in the order of (7),
(8), (9) shown in the figure, then remove the seat
back trim.
(8)
(7)
(9)
SEAT BACK PAD

RINGS C
SEAT BACK TRIM

am2zzw0000207
09-1315
SEATS
Band Installation Note
R.H.D.
1. Install the band with the end pointed to the front.
2. Cut the band end so that the length of the band
end is 5 mm or less from the securing point.
CUT
5 mm {0.2 in}
OR MORE
BAND
adejjw00003319
Holder Bracket Installation Note

R.H.D.
1. Pass holder bracket A through slit A of the seat
back pad.
Caution
x Set the holder bracket A with the sleeve
not caught in the seat frame spring.
FRONT
SLIT A
SEAT BACK TRIM
SEAT BACK PAD
SIDE AIR BAG

MODULE
HOLDER BRACKET A
am2zzw0000245
HOLDER BRACKET A
GOOD
HOLDER BRACKET A
NO GOOD
am2zzw0000498
09-1316
SEATS
2. Pass holder bracket B through slit B of the seat
back pad.
Caution
x Install it without twisting the sleeve.
FRONT
SEAT BACK PAD
SEAT BACK TRIM
SIDE AIR BAG

MODULE
FRAM
HOLDER BRACKET B
SLIT B
am2zzw0000245
3. Assemble the holder bracket A to the frame.(1)

4. Assemble the holder bracket B to the frame.(2)
5. Install holder bracket A and B to the frame using
the nut.(3)
HOLDER BRACKET A
HOLDER BRACKET B
End Of Sie
(3)
(1)
(2)
NUT
812 Nm
{82122 kgfcm,
71106 inlbf}
am2zzw0000208
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300487738
Caution
installed.
R.H.D.
4. Slide hook A in the order of (1), (2), (3) shown in
the figure to detach it from hook B.
HOOK B
HOOK A
(1)
(2)
(3)
am2zzw0000246
09-1318
SEATS
5. Partially peal back the front seat back pad,
release the pole guide tabs in the direction of
arrow (4) shown in the figure, then pull the pole
guide out in the direction of arrow (5).
POLE
GUIDE
(5)
(4)
TAB
(4)
TAB
am2zzw0000246
6. Pull out part A of the seat back pad to the front of

the seat.
A
adejjw00001864
7. Remove the seat back trim and the seat back pad
as a single unit from the seat frame by pulling
them in the direction of the arrow.
SEAT BACK PAD

SEAT BACK TRIM
SEAT FRAME
am2zzw0000378
8. Partially peal back the seat back trim from the

seat back pad, remove rings C in the order of (6),
(7) shown in the figure, remove the surface
fastener, then remove the seat back trim.
SURFACE
FASTENER
(7)
(6)
End Of Sie
FRONT BACK PAD

RINGS C
SEAT BACK TRIM
am2zzw0000375
09-1321
SEATS
FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300487800
1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more. (Vehicles with side air bags)
Disconnect the negative battery cable.(Vehicles without side air bags)
Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
6. Detach hook A by sliding it in the order of (1), (2),
and (3) as shown in the figure.
7. Detach hook B and C in the direction of the arrow
HOOK A
(3)
(2)
(1)
HOOK B
HOOK B
HOOK C
am2zzw0000246
8. Remove the seat cushion trim and the seat

cushion pad from the seat frame as a single unit.
SEAT CUSHION TRIM

AND SEAT CUSHION PAD
am2zzw0000498
9. Remove rings C in the order of (4), (5), and (6) as

shown in the figure, then remove the seat cushion
trim from the seat cushion pad in the direction of
(4)
(5)
(6) SEAT CUSHION

TRIM
RINGS C
End Of Sie
SEAT CUSHION PAD

am2zzw0000375
FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091300433300
R.H.D.
09-1322
SEATS
5. Operate the lift lever in the direction of arrow (1)
shown in the figure. (Right side of the driver's
seat) (Vehicles with seat lifter)
6. Insert a fastener remover from the position of
arrow (2) shown in the figure, and remove the lift
lever cover by disengaging the tab. (Right side of
the driver's seat) (Vehicles with seat lifter)
(1)
LIFT LEVER
(2)
LIFT LEVER COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000213
7. Remove the screws, then remove the lift lever in

the direction of the arrow. (Right side of the
driver's seat) (Vehicles with seat lifter)
LIFT LEVER
SCREW
am2zzw0000377
8. After operating the recliner knob in the upward

direction (1), cut the area indicated in the figure,
then remove the recliner knob in the direction of
arrow (2).
Caution
x The seat back folds forward when the
recliner knob is operated. Be careful
when operating the recliner knob.
RECLINER KNOB
(2)
(1)
CUT
adejjw00002335
SCREW
am2zzw0000377
09-1324
SEATS
10. Pull the front seat side cover in the order of (1),
(2), (3) shown in the figure to disengage the clip,
hook and tab.
11. Remove the front seat side cover from the hook
by sliding the front seat side cover in the direction
of arrow (4) shown in the figure.
SEAT BACK
FRAME
REVERSE
COVER
(2)
(3)
FRONT SEAT
SIDE COVER
TAB
End Of Sie
(4)
SEAT
CUSHION
FRAME
HOOK
FRONT SEAT
SIDE COVER
(1)
CLIP
am2zzw0000377
09-1325
SEATS
FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300555500
R.H.D.
FASTENER
FASTENER
SCREW
SCREW
am2zzw0000377
2. Slide the front seat rail cover in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to remove it from the fasteners.
3. Remove the front seat rail cover.
End Of Sie
REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0913004260z3
1. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the rear buckle installation bolt.
3. Press the push knob to fold the rear seat back.
PUSH KNOB
am2zzw0000058
4. Remove bolts A.
5. Remove the rear seat back from the rear seat
bracket by pulling the rear seat back in the
BOLT A
BOLT A
BOLT A
BOLT A 4 155 Nm {4.25.6 kgfm, 3140 ftlbf}

am2zzw0000445
09-1326
SEATS
6. Remove bolts B and remove the center hinge.
End Of Sie
CENTER HINGE
BOLT B
BOLT B 4 155 Nm {4.25.6 kgfm, 3140 ftlbf}
REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0913004260z4
3. Press the push knob to fold the rear seat back.
PUSH KNOB
am2zzw0000058
4. Remove bolts A.
5. Remove the rear seat back from the rear seat
bracket by pulling the rear seat back in the
BOLT A
BOLT A
BOLT A
BOLT A 3 754 Nm {3.85.5 kgfm, 2739 ftlbf}

am2zzw0000445
6. Remove bolts B and remove the center hinge.

End Of Sie
CENTER HINGE
BOLT B
BOLT B 3 754 Nm {3.85.5 kgfm, 2739 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000445
09-1327
SEATS
REAR SEAT BACK FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300450000
3. Remove the rear seat back. (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
4. Remove the bolt, then remove the bushing,
BOLT
washer, hinge, and the cover.
WASHER
BUSHING
HINGE
HINGE
BUSHING
COVER
WASHER
BOLT
COVER
BOLT 3 754 Nm {3.85.5 kgfcm, 2739 inlbf}
adejjw00001878
5. Remove the child-restraint seat anchor covers.

6. Slide hooks A in the order of (1), (2), (3) shown in
the figure to detach them from hooks B.
CHILD-RESTRAINT
SEAT ANCHOR COVER
HOOK B
(1)
(2)
(3)
HOOK A
adejjw00003478
7. Move the hooks in the direction of the arrow

shown in the figure to remove them from the
frame.
FRAME
HOOK
am2zzw0000220
8. Peal back the rear seat trim, release the pole

guide tabs in the direction of arrow (4) shown in
the figure, then pull out the pole guides in the
POLE
GUIDE
(5)
(4)
TAB
(4)
TAB
POLE
GUIDE
SEAT BACK FRAM
SEAT BACK FRAM
am2zzw0000221
09-1328
SEATS
9. Release the tab of the rod by pulling it in the
direction of arrow (6) shown in the figure.
10. Release the rod from the frame by pulling it in the
direction of arrow (7) shown in the figure.
ROD
(7)
TAB
ROD
TAB
ROD
TAB
(6)
ROD
(7)
TAB
(6)
am2zzw0000377
11. While releasing the tabs of the bezel in the

direction of arrow (8) shown in the figure, remove
the bezel, recliner knob, and rod as a single unit
by pulling them in the direction of arrow (9).
(9)
TAB (8)
A
TAB(8)
(8) TAB
A
SEC. AA
(8) TAB
am2zzw0000377
12. While releasing the tabs of the recliner knob in the

direction of arrow (10) shown in the figure, pull the
recliner knob in the direction of arrow (11) to
disassemble the recliner knob, bezel, and the rod.
(11)
TAB
(10)
TAB (10)
KNOB
BEZEL
ROD
am2zzw0000221
13. Remove the screws, then remove the belt cover.

SCREW
BELT COVER
am2zzw0000059
09-1329
SEATS
14. Remove the seat back frame from the seat back
pad by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
SEAT BACK FRAME
SEAT BACK PAD

am2zzw0000377
15. Remove the bolt, then remove the rear center

seat belt.
BOLT
REAR CENTER
SEAT BELT
am2zzw0000059
16. Remove the seat back trim from the seat back
pad by peeling off the surface fastener while
opening the seat back trim.
End Of Sie
SURFACE FASTENER
SURFACE FASTENER
adejjw00001886
09-1330
SEATS
REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300555800
1. Detach the hooks from the grommets by pulling

the rear seat cushion in the direction of the arrow
HOOK
GROMMET
am2zzw0000377
2. From the backside of the seat, detach the hook in

the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, then
remove the rear seat cushion by pulling it in the
End Of Sie
(2)
(1)
HOOK
am2zzw0000221
REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300455800
2. Remove rings C, then remove the seat cushion
trim from the seat cushion pad.
End Of Sie
RINGS C
am2zzw0000221
REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091300426400

2. Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear seat back. (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
5. Remove the trunk end trim. (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-73
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
7. C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
09-1331
SEATS
8. Remove the bolts, then remove the rear seat back
striker in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
BOLT
End Of Sie
REAR SEAT BACK
STRIKER
BOLT:3754 Nm {3.85.5 kgfcm, 2739 inlbf}

am2zzw0000449
SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300716000

4. While pressing the tab of the arrow (1) shown in
the figure, remove the seat warmer switch in the
SEAT WARMER SWITCH
direction of the arrow (2).
(2)
End Of Sie
(1)
(1)
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000201
SEAT WARMER SWITCH INSPECTION
id091300716100

2. Remove the seat warmer switch. (See 09-13-32 SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Inspect for continuity between the seat warmer switch terminals using an ohmmeter.
x If not as specified, replace the seat warmer switch.
: Continuity
: Bulb
Terminal
Switch position
ON
OFF
am2zzw0000201
End Of Sie
G
G
H F
A
B
A
am2zzw0000203
09-1332
SEATS
SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION
id091300716200
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn the ignition to the LOCK position.

Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more. (Vehicles with side air bags)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (Vehicles without side air bags)
Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
5. Remove the front seat cushion trim. (See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. While inspecting for continuity between the
connector terminals A and B, use a dryer to warm
the thermostat of the seat warmer unit on seat
cushion.
HOT AIR
THERMOSTAT
CONNECTOR
B
am2zzw0000202
7. When the indication on the ohmmeter is no

continuity, turn off the dryer, then use a
thermometer to measure the temperature of the
thermostat.
8. Verify that the temperature is approx. 29 qC {84
qF}.
THERMOMETER
THERMOSTAT
am2zzw0000202
9. Verify that there is continuity between terminals of

the seat warmer units connector using an
ohmmeter when temperature drops to approx. 20
qC {68 qF}.
: Continuity
Thermostat
temperature
Terminal
A
More than approx. 29 C

{84 F}
Less than approx. 20 C
{68 F}
am2zzw0000202
09-1333
SEATS
front seat cushion.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000203
09-1334
PAGE 1 OF 3
09-14
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-143
Locks and Openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-143
Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer
System [Advanced Keyless and Start
System] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-149
Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer
System [Keyless Entry System] . . . . . 09-1415
Theft-deterrent System . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1416
FRONT OUTER HANDLE
5HB, 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1417
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1420
Outer handle bracket
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1422
REAR OUTER HANDLE
Handle Protector Installation Note . . . . 09-1427
Outer handle bracket Installation
Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1427
INNER HANDLE
Front Inner Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1427
Rear inner handle(5HB, 4SD) . . . . . . . 09-1427
BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
Bonnet latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1428
Bonnet release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1429
BONNET RELEASE CABLE
BONNET LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1431
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1434
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER
Fuel-filler Lid Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1436
Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever . . . . . . . . . 09-1439
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1440
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1447
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
5HB, 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1455
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1459
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1462
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
5HB, 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1463

3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1465
ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1467
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1470
FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1472
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1474
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1475
Font Door Lock-link Inspection . . . . . . . 09-1475
Rear Door Lock-link Inspection . . . . . . . 09-1477
DOOR LOCK STRIKER
REAR DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1479
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1479
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
Double Locking System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1481
Power Door Lock System . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1482
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1483
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1483
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1484
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1485
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1485
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1487
LIFTGATE LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK
LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1489
LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1490
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1492
LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER
TRUNK LID LATCH MANUAL RELEASE
PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1493
TRUNK LID LATCH AND
RELEASE ACTUATOR
TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
TRUNK LID RELEASE ACTUATOR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1495
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1496
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1497
PAGE 2 OF 3
SECURITY AND LOCKS
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER

KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-1498
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1499
Generated pulse (reference) . . . . . . . . 09-14101
CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14102
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14103
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14104
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14104
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14106
THEFT-DETERRENT HORN
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14107
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14108
KEYLESS RECEIVER
KEYLESS RECEIVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14109
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION
START SYSTEM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14109
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-14110
4-pin Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14110
6-pin Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14110
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14112
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14112
Generated pulse (reference) . . . . . . . . 09-14117
TRANSMITTER BATTERY
REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14118
TRANSMITTER ID CODE
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14120
ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14122
ADVANCED KEY ID CODE
REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14123
Two Programmed Advanced Keys
Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14123
Using the M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14124
CLEARING ADVANCED KEY

SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14124
CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING
PROCEDURE [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14125
KEYLESS ANTENNA
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-14125
3HB, 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14125
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14127
KEYLESS BEEPER
3HB, 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14130
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14131
KEYLESS BEEPER INSPECTION
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14131
REQUEST SWITCH
REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14132
COIL ANTENNA
COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-14133
STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14134
INTRUDER SENSOR
INTRUDER SENSOR INSPECTION. . . . . 09-14135
Continuity Inspection Of Short Wiring Harness
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14136
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14136
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14136
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer
System-Related Parts
Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14137
M-MDS Connecting Procedure . . . . . . . 09-14137
No.1 Additional Key Programming
Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys) . . . 09-14138
No. 2 Additional Key Programming
Procedure (Using the M-MDS) . . . . . . 09-14139
Procedure Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14140
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to
PCM Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14141
Steering Lock Unit Replacement. . . . . 09-14142
Keyless Control Module
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14144
Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer
System-related Parts (PCM, Keyless
Control Module, and Steering
Lock Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14147
09-141
PAGE 3 OF 3
SECURITY AND LOCKS

PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14150
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14150
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer
System-Related Parts Programming . 09-14150
M-MDS Connecting Procedure . . . . . . 09-14151
Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys) . . . 09-14151
No. 2 Additional Key Programming
Procedure (Using the M-MDS). . . . . . 09-14152

Procedure Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14153
PCM Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14154
Instrument Cluster Replacement. . . . . 09-14155
Simultaneous Replacement of
Immobilizer System-related Parts
(PCM and Instrument Cluster) . . . . . . 09-14156
SECURITY ACCESS PROCEDURE . . . . 09-14158
09
09-142
SECURITY AND LOCKS

SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION INDEX
SOKYU_WM: SECURITY AND LOCKS
id091400428600
Locks and Openers

5HB
3
14
13
12
15
11
10
6
am2zzw0000348
Inner handle
(See 09-14-27 INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-143
SECURITY AND LOCKS

2
10
11
12
13
14
09-144
Bonnet release lever

(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND
RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Front outer handle
(See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE
Bonnet latch
INSTALLATION.)
Bonnet release cable
(See 09-14-30 BONNET RELEASE CABLE
Fuel-filler lid opener lever
(See 09-14-43 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[5HB].)
Fuel-filler lid opener cable
CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB].)
Liftgate lock striker
(See 09-14-93 LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER
Liftgate latch and lock actuator
(See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-89 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
Rear door latch and lock actuator
(See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND
INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Rear outer handle
(See 09-14-23 REAR OUTER HANDLE
Door lock striker
(See 09-14-78 DOOR LOCK STRIKER
(See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-62 FRONT DOOR KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Front door key cylinder
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15
Fuel-filler lid opener

(See09-14-43 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
[5HB].)
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3HB
3
2
12
11 10
13
6
am2zzw0000328
Inner handle
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Front outer handle
Bonnet latch
INSTALLATION.)

[3HB].)
CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
Liftgate lock striker
(See 09-14-93 LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER
Liftgate latch and lock actuator
INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-89 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
09-145
SECURITY AND LOCKS

10
11
12
13
09-146
Door lock striker

INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
[3HB].)
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4SD
15
14
13
12
11
10
6
am2ccw0000017
Inner handle
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Front outer handle
Bonnet latch
INSTALLATION.)

[4SD].)
CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Trunk lid lock striker
(See 09-14-98 TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER
Trunk lid latch and release actuator
RELEASE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-95 TRUNK LID RELEASE
09-147
SECURITY AND LOCKS
10
11
12
13
14
15
09-148
Rear door latch and lock actuator

INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Rear outer handle
(See 09-14-23 REAR OUTER HANDLE
Door lock striker
INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
[4SD].)
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer System [Advanced Keyless and Start System]
5HB
1
1 4
6
am2zzw0000328
Keyless antenna
(See 09-14-125 KEYLESS ANTENNA
Request switch
START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-91 LIFTGATE OPENER
SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Keyless beeper
START SYSTEM].)
Advanced key
AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-124 CLEARING ADVANCED
KEY [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-149
SECURITY AND LOCKS

6
Coil antenna
INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
START SYSTEM].)
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM].)
CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED
(See 09-14-125 CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION
SETTING PROCEDURE [ADVANCED
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-158 SECURITY ACCESS
PROCEDURE.)
09-1410
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3HB
1
6
am2zzw0000328
Keyless antenna
Request switch
START SYSTEM].)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Keyless beeper
START SYSTEM].)
Advanced key
AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-1411
SECURITY AND LOCKS

6
Coil antenna
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
PROCEDURE.)
09-1412
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4SD
1
6
am2ccw0000017
Keyless antenna
Request switch
START SYSTEM].)
Trunk lid opener switch
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Keyless beeper
START SYSTEM].)
Advanced key
AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-1413
SECURITY AND LOCKS

6
Coil antenna
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
PROCEDURE.)
09-1414
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer System [Keyless Entry System]
2
3
am2zzw0000061
Coil antenna
INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
Transmitter
REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
09-1415
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Theft-deterrent System
1
3
am2zzw0000220
Theft-deterrent siren
SIREN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SIREN INSPECTION.)
Intruder sensor
INSPECTION.)
09-1416

CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
SECURITY AND LOCKS

5HB
4SD
am2zzw0000462
Theft-deterrent horn
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400432300
5HB, 4SD
APPROX.110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000517
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front door key cylinder (See 09-14-55 FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1417
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Disconnect the keyless antenna connector (With
advanced keyless entry system).
FRONT OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000062
5. Press the hook on the front outer handle bracket

in the direction of the arrow.
HOOK
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
am2zzw0000062
6. Maintaining the condition in procedure 5, remove

the front outer handle.
FRONT OUTER HANDLE

am2zzw0000062
09-1418
SECURITY AND LOCKS

7. Remove the handle protector and handle seat.
8. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape from the
handle protector and body. (See 09-14-22 Outer
handle bracket Installation Note.)
HANDLE SEAT
am2zzw0000352
9. Remove the service hole cover.

10. Remove the screw from the service hole.
Note
x The screw cannot be removed because of
the stopper.
SERVICE HOLE
COVER
am2zzw0000062
SERVICE HOLE
SCREW
am2zzw0000062
09-1419
SECURITY AND LOCKS

11. Press down the rod holder in the direction of
arrow (1) and remove the front outer handle
bracket in the direction of arrow (2).(See 09-14-22
Outer handle bracket Installation Note.)
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
(1)
(2)
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000062
3HB
APPROX.110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
[3HB].)
09-1420
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Disconnect the keyless antenna connector (With
advanced keyless entry system).
FRONT OUTER HANDLE

BRACKET
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000331
5. Press the hook on the front outer handle bracket

in the direction of the arrow.
HOOK
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
am2zzw0000331

the front outer handle.
FRONT OUTER HANDLE

am2zzw0000062
09-1421
SECURITY AND LOCKS

7. Remove the handle seat.
Note
the stopper.
HANDLE SEAT
am2zzw0000352
SCREW
am2zzw0000352

arrow (1) and remove the front outer handle
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
(1)
(2)
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000332
Outer handle bracket Installation Note

1. Hook the outer handle bracket tabs as shown in the figure.
09-1422
SECURITY AND LOCKS

End Of Sie
TAB
TAB
OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000255
REAR OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
id091400432600

Remove the rubber.
RUBBER
am2zzw0000062
SERVICE HOLE COVER

am2zzw0000063
09-1423
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Note
the stopper.
8. Press the tab on the rear outer handle bracket in
the direction of the arrow.
SCREW
am2zzw0000063
REAR OUTER HANDLE BRACKET
TAB
am2zzw0000063
09-1424
SECURITY AND LOCKS

the outer handle garnish.
OUTER HANDLE GARNISH
am2zzw0000063
10. Press the hook on the rear outer handle bracket in

HOOK
REAR OUTER HANDLE

BRACKET
am2zzw0000063
11. Maintaining the condition in procedure 10,

remove the rear outer handle.
REAR OUTER HANDLE

am2zzw0000063
09-1425
SECURITY AND LOCKS

12. Remove the handle protector and handle seat.
13. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape from
both surfaces of the handle protector and the
body. (See 09-14-27 Handle Protector Installation
Note.)
HANDLE PROTECTOR
HANDLE SEAT
am2zzw0000063
14. Loosen the screw.
REAR OUTER HANDLE

BRACKET
SCREW
am2zzw0000063

arrow (1) and remove the rear outer handle
REAR OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET

ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000063
09-1426
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Handle Protector Installation Note
1. If the handle protector is reused, adhere doubleadhesive tape to the both surfaces of the handle
protector as shown in the figure.
HANDLE PROTECTOR
DOUBLE -SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000063
Outer handle bracket Installation Note

1. Hook the outer handle bracket tabs as shown in the figure.
End Of Sie
TAB
TAB
OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000255
INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400432700
Front Inner Handle

4. Disconnect each cable and remove the front inner
handle.
DOOR LOCK KNOB CABLE
INNER HANDLE CABLE
FRONT INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000064
Rear inner handle(5HB, 4SD)

09-1427
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Disconnect each cable and remove the rear inner
handle.
DOOR LOCK KNOB CABLE
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE CABLE
REAR INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000064
BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Bonnet latch
1. Open the bonnet.
3. Disconnect the bonnet latch switch connector.
(vehicles with theft-deterrent system)
id091400436800
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000071
4. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press

down the shroud seal plate tab in the direction of
the arrows shown in the figure, and remove the
shroud seal plate. (vehicles with theft-deterrent
system)
SHROUD SEAL PLATE
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRI VER
TAB
am2zzw0000071
09-1428
SECURITY AND LOCKS

5. Remove the clip.Vehicles with theft-deterrent
system
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000071
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the bolts.

Remove the bonnet latch.
Adjust the bonnet. (See 09-10-4 BONNET
ADJUSTMENT.)
Vehicles without theft-deterrent system

BONNET LATCH
BOLT 811 Nm {82112 kgfcm, 7197 inlbf}
Vehicles with theft-deterrent system

BONNET LATCH
BOLT 811 Nm {82112 kgfcm, 7197 inlbf}

am2zzw0000057

1. Pull the bonnet release lever.
BONNET RELEASE LEVER
am2zzw0000064
09-1429
SECURITY AND LOCKS

2. While maintaining the condition in procedure 1, insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver as shown in the
figure, press the ends of the tabs with the screwdriver in the direction of the arrows (1), pull the bonnet release
lever in the direction of arrow (2), and then disconnect the lower panel.
LOWER PANEL
TAB
BONNET RELEASE
LEVER
LOWER PANEL
(1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
(2)
BONNET RELEASE
LEVER
TAB
CROSS-SECTIONAL
VIEW
am2zzw0000399
Caution
x Remove the bonnet release lever while being careful not to damage the bonnet release cable with
the flathead screwdriver.
3. Pull the latch release lever outward, remove it
from the lower panel, and then disconnect the
bonnet release cable.
End Of Sie
LOWER PANEL
BONNET RELEASE
CABLE
BONNET RELEASE
LEVER
am2zzw0000065
BONNET RELEASE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400456800
1. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

2. Remove the seal board upper. (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the bonnet release lever. (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the bonnet release cable from clips A.
5. Remove the clips B.
6. Disconnect the bonnet latch from the bonnet release cable.
09-1430
SECURITY AND LOCKS

7. Remove the bonnet release cable from outside of the vehicle.
L.H.D.
BONNET RELEASE
CABLE
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
HOOD LATCH
CLIP B
R.H.D.
CLIP A
BONNET RELEASE
CABLE
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
HOOD LATCH
am2zzw0000071
End Of Sie
BONNET LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400450000

2. Remove the bonnet latch. (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
09-1431
SECURITY AND LOCKS

INSTALLATION.)
3. Press the latch in using a flathead screwdriver to inspect the latch lever condition.
SCREWDRIVER
BONNET LATCH
LATCH LEVER
LATCH LEVER
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000045

table.
A
B
B
am2zzw0000045

bonnet latch.
End Of Sie
CONTINUITY
BONNET LATCH
SWITCH
TERMINAL
A
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000046
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0914004458d3
R.H.D.
(1) Front seat (driver's seat) (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
(2) Front scuff plate (driver's side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear scuff plate (driver's side) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Trunk side trim (LH) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1432
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3. Open the fuel-filler lid opener cable cover.
TAB
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE COVER

am2ccw0000024
4. Disconnect the fuel-filler lid opener cable from the

fuel-filler lid opener cable cover.

am2ccw0000025
5. Flip over the floor mat and remove the cable from
the fuel-filler lid opener lever.
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER

am2zzw0000065
09-1435
SECURITY AND LOCKS

6. Remove the fuel-filler lid opener cable.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000509
End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0914004352d3
Fuel-filler Lid Opener

R.H.D.
1. Open the fuel-filler lid.
TAB

am2ccw0000015
09-1436
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Disconnect the release cable from the fuel-filler lid
opener cable cover.
5. Rotate the fuel-filler lid opener in the direction of
the arrow (1) as shown in the figure and pull it out
in the direction of the arrow (2).

am2ccw0000024
(1)
(2)
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
am2ccw0000015
6. Pull the lift spring in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to remove it from the tab.
7. While keeping the lift spring in the condition of
Step 6, rotate the lift spring in the direction of

arrow (2) shown in the figure to remove it.
TAB
LIFT SPRING
am2ccw0000015
09-1438
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the front side trim. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Partially peel back the floor covering.
L.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
R.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000071

5. Disconnect the cable and fuel-filler lid opener
lever.
L.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
911 Nm {92112
kgfcm, 8097 inlbf}
End Of Sie
VEHICLE
FRONT

R.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
911 Nm {92112
kgfcm, 8097 inlbf}
VEHICLE
FRONT

am2zzw0000512
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB]

R.H.D.
(1) Front seat (Driver's seat) (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
09-1439
SECURITY AND LOCKS

manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
TAB

am2zzw0000345


am2zzw0000345

am2zzw0000065
09-1440
SECURITY AND LOCKS

CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000071
End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB]
id0914004352d4
R.H.D.
(1) Rear scuff plate (LH) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1442
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TAB

am2zzw0000345

opener cable cover.

am2zzw0000345

6. Pull the lift spring in the direction of arrow (1)
shown in the figure to remove it from the tab.
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000064
09-1445
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TAB
LIFT SPRING
am2zzw0000064

1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
L.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
R.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000071
09-1446
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles
L.H.D.
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles

L.H.D.
CABLE
CABLE
BOLT
BOLT
5.0 Nm {51 kgfcm,

44 inlbf}
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,

8097 inlbf}
VEHICLE
FRONT

R.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
VEHICLE
FRONT

R.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
5.0 Nm {51 kgfcm,

44 inlbf}
VEHICLE
FRONT
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,

8097 inlbf}
VEHICLE
FRONT

am2zzw0000512
5. Disconnect the cable and fuel-filler lid opener lever.

FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
R.H.D.
(1) Front seat (driver's seat) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(3) Rear seat belt lower anchor installation bolt (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-1447
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TAB

am2zzw0000346


am2zzw0000346

am2zzw0000065
09-1450
SECURITY AND LOCKS

CLIP A
CLI P A
CLIP B
CLIP B
am2zzw0000331
End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0914004352d5

R.H.D.
(4) Front scuff plate (LH) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-1451
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TAB

am2zzw0000345

opener cable cover.

am2zzw0000345

6. Pull the lift spring in the direction of arrow (1)
shown in the figure to remove it from the tab.
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000329
09-1453
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TAB
LIFT SPRING
am2zzw0000064

1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
L.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
R.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000071
09-1454
SECURITY AND LOCKS

5. Disconnect the cable and fuel-filler lid opener
lever.
L.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
5.0 Nm {51 kgfcm,
44 inlbf}
End Of Sie
VEHICLE
FRONT

R.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
5.0 Nm {51 kgfcm,

44 inlbf}
VEHICLE
FRONT

am2zzw0000071
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400429400
5HB, 4SD
in}.
APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
am2zzw0000517
(3) Front door speaker (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-13 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-1455
SECURITY AND LOCKS

SERVICE HOLE
COVER
am2zzw0000066
5. Remove the tab, then remove the door lock-link

bracket. (Drivers door).
BRACKET
NUT
7.09.0 Nm {7291 kgfcm,

6279 inlbf}
am2zzw0000066

SERVICE HOLE COVER
Note
the stopper.
am2zzw0000332
09-1456
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SCREW
am2zzw0000066
8. Lift the clip in the direction of the arrow (1), and

pull out the key rod in the direction of the arrow
(2).
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000066
09-1457
SECURITY AND LOCKS

9. Press the tab on the front outer handle bracket in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT OUTER HANDLE BRACKET
TAB
am2zzw0000066
10. Maintaining the condition in Step 9, remove the

front key cylinder.
am2zzw0000066
09-1458
SECURITY AND LOCKS

11. Using a tape-wrapped fastener remover, press up
the collar cap in the direction of the arrow shown
in the arrow, press aside the front door key
cylinder tabs (1), and remove the collar cover
from the front door key cylinder.
TAB
(1)
TAB
FRONT DOOR KEY
CYLINDER
COLLAR CAP
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000067
3HB
APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000517
INSTALLATION.)
[3HB].)
4. Remove the sealing sheet.
5. Remove the nuts.
SEALING
SHEET
am2zzw0000331
09-1459
SECURITY AND LOCKS

7. Remove the rod protector.
NUT
6.59.8 Nm
{6799 kgfcm,
5886 inlbf}
ROD PROTECTOR
FASTENER
am2zzw0000331

Note
the stopper.
SERVICE HOLE COVER
am2zzw0000332
3.75.7 Nm {3858
kgfcm, 3350 inlbf}
SCREW
am2zzw0000332
09-1460
SECURITY AND LOCKS

10. Lift the clip in the direction of the arrow (1), and
pull out the key rod in the direction of the arrow
(2).
11. Press the tab on the front outer handle bracket in
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000332
TAB
am2zzw0000332

front key cylinder.
am2zzw0000066
09-1461
SECURITY AND LOCKS

13. Using a tape-wrapped fastener remover, press up
the collar cap in the direction of the arrow shown
in the arrow, press aside the front door key
cylinder tabs (1), and remove the collar cover
from the front door key cylinder.
TAB
(1)
End Of Sie
TAB
FRONT DOOR KEY
CYLINDER
COLLAR CAP
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000067
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400801300

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000517
INSTALLATION)
(6) Front door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
4. If the door lock condition is to be inspected, pull the door lock-link switch cable, or press it in.
Note
x The door lock-link switch cable locks or unlocks only when the latch lever is locked.
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH CABLE
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000181
09-1462
SECURITY AND LOCKS

5. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table.
L.H.D.
UNLOCK
LOCK
R.H.D.
UNLOCK
LOCK
F
am6zzw0000044

front door latch and lock actuator.
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Key cylinder
position
Unlock
Lock
Terminal
L.H.D. : J
R.H.D. : D
L.H.D. : H
R.H.D. : F
R
R: 1 kilohm
am6zzw0000044
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400429500
5HB, 4SD
APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
(3) Front inner handle (See 09-14-75 DOOR
am2zzw0000517
LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-1463
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Disconnect the key rod from the front outer
handle bracket.
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000070
5. Remove the screw

6. Detach the clips.
SCREW
CLIP
4.26.2 Nm
{4363 kgfcm,
3854 inlbf}
CLIP
am2zzw0000517
09-1464
SECURITY AND LOCKS

7. Press down the rod holder of the front door latch
and lock actuator in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT DOOR LATCH

AND LOOK ACTUATOR

ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000070

CLIP
CLIP

ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000067
3HB
APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
(3) Front inner handle (See 09-14-75 DOOR
am2zzw0000518
LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION.)
[3HB].)
09-1465
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Disconnect the key rod from the front outer
handle bracket.
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000332
5. Remove the screw

6. Detach the clips.
CLIP
SCREW
4.26.2 Nm
{4363 kgfcm,
3854 inlbf}
CLIP
am2zzw0000518
09-1466
SECURITY AND LOCKS

7. Press down the rod holder of the front door latch
and lock actuator in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT DOOR LATCH
AND LOOK ACTUATOR

ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000332

CLIP
End Of Sie
CLIP
ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000332
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400430500
1. The following actuators and switches are integrated with the front door latch and lock actuator. Inspect the front
door latch and lock actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Front door lock actuator (See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Door lock-link switch(Vehicles with theft-deterrent system) (See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Door latch switch (See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Front door key cylinder (See 09-14-62 FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-1467
SECURITY AND LOCKS

R.H.D.
LH
DOUBLE LOCKING SYSTEM

DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G
L
C
D
A
B
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G
L
am6zzw0000451
09-1470
SECURITY AND LOCKS

RH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
UNLOCK
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
K
L
I
J
E
D

DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
UNLOCK
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
K
L
E
J
am6zzw0000451
End Of Sie
09-1471
SECURITY AND LOCKS

FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id091400428700

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
09-1472
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to each terminal, and then verify the operation.

RH
LH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
G
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK

RH
LH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000085
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the front door latch and lock actuator.
09-1473
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Power door lock system
Terminal
Operation
B+
K
A
E
G
RH
LH
RH
LH
LOCK
UNLOCK
Ground
E
G
K
A
Double locking system

Terminal
Operation
B+
I
C
K
A
E
G
RH
LH
RH
LH
RH
LH
LOCK
DOUBLE
LOCK
UNLOCK
Ground
E
G
E
G
K,I
A,C
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400430800

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH
LEVER
CLOSE
LATCH
LEVER
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH LEVER
OPEN
am2zzw0000068
09-1474
SECURITY AND LOCKS

LH
RH
DOOR LATCH SWITCH
DOOR LATCH SWITCH

L
B
am2zzw0000068
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
TERMINAL
LH:L
RH:B
LH:J
RH:D
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000068
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400430200
Font Door Lock-link Inspection

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
(1) Inner garnish (driver's door) (See 09-17-34
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
Note
09-1475
SECURITY AND LOCKS

table.
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
RH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
L
LOCK
LH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
B
LOCK
J
am2zzw0000349
: CONTINUITY
LOCK KNOB
POSITION
TERMINAL
RH:J
LH:D
RH:D
LH:J
RH:L
LH:B
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
09-1476
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Rear Door Lock-link Inspection
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(4) Rear inner handle (See 09-14-27 INNER
HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear door speaker (See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Rear door module panel (See 09-11-19 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See
09-11-20 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(8) Rear door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Note
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
09-1477
SECURITY AND LOCKS

RH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
L
LOCK
LH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
B
LOCK
J
am2zzw0000349
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
LOCK KNOB
POSITION
TERMINAL
RH:J
LH:D
RH:D
LH:J
RH:L
LH:B
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
DOOR LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400430300
1. Remove the screws, then remove the door lock striker.

Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailnd manufactured vehicles
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailnd manufactured vehicles
DOOR LOCK STRIKER

1826 Nm {1.92.6 kgfm,
1419 ftlbf}
SCREW
DOOR LOCK STRIKER

2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm,
1520 ftlbf}
SCREW
am2zzw0000514

3. Adjust the door lock striker. (See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
09-1478
SECURITY AND LOCKS

REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400430400
5HB
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(6) Rear door module panel (See 09-11-19 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear door latch and lock actuator.
SCREW
4.26.2 Nm {4363 kgfcm,
3854 inlbf}
REAR DOOR LATCH AND

LOCK ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000067
4SD
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(4) Rear door module panel (See 09-11-20
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
INSTALLATION.)
09-1479
SECURITY AND LOCKS

5. Remove the rear door latch and lock actuator.
End Of Sie
SCREW
4.26.2 Nm {4363 kgfcm,
3854 inlbf}
REAR DOOR LATCH AND

LOCK ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000067
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id091400430600
1. The following actuator and switch are integrated with the rear door latch and lock actuator. Inspect the rear door
latch and lock actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Rear door lock actuator (See 09-14-85 REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Rear door latch switch (See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Rear door lock-link switch (Vehicles with theft-deterrent system) (See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-1480
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Double Locking System
LH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G
L
C
D
A
B
RH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
K
L
I
J
E
D
am2zzw0000378
09-1481
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Power Door Lock System
LH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
SYSTEM
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
LOCK
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
G
L
RH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
SYSTEM
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
K
L
E
J
am2zzw0000511
End Of Sie
09-1482
SECURITY AND LOCKS

REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400430900
5HB
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(7) Rear door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-80 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH
LEVER
CLOSE
LATCH
LEVER
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH LEVER
OPEN
am2zzw0000068

RH
LH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
D
L
am2zzw0000068
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear door latch and lock actuator.
09-1483
SECURITY AND LOCKS
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
RH:B
LH:L
RH:D
LH:J
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000069
4SD
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-80 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH
LEVER
CLOSE
LATCH
LEVER
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
am2zzw0000518
LATCH LEVER
OPEN
am2zzw0000068

RH
LH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
D
L
am2zzw0000068
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear door latch and lock actuator.
09-1484
SECURITY AND LOCKS

End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
TERMINAL
RH:B
LH:L
RH:D
LH:J
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000069
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id091400430700
5HB
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
09-1485
SECURITY AND LOCKS


RH
LH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
G
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK

RH
LH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000379
09-1486
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Terminal
Operation
LOCK
UNLOCK
RH
LH
RH
LH
B+
K
A
E
G
Ground
E
G
K
A
Double Locking System

Terminal
Operation
LOCK
DOUBLE
LOCK
UNLOCK
RH
LH
RH
LH
RH
LH
B+
I
C
K
A
E
G
Ground
E
G
E
G
K,I
A,C
4SD
APPROX.
210 mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
09-1487
SECURITY AND LOCKS

RH
LH
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
G
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000511
Terminal
Operation
LOCK
UNLOCK
RH
LH
RH
LH
B+
K
A
E
G
Ground
E
G
K
A
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400433100

2. Remove the liftgate lower trim.(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000069
09-1488
SECURITY AND LOCKS

5. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator.
LIFTGATE LATCH AND

LOCK ACTUATOR
End Of Sie
BOLT
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm, 7188 inlbf}
am2zzw0000069
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id091400434100
1. The following actuator and switch are integrated with the liftgate latch and lock actuator. Inspect the liftgate
latch and lock actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Liftgate latch switch (See 09-14-90 LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Liftgate lock actuator (See 09-14-89 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LOCK
ACTUATOR
LIFTGATE LATCH
SWITCH
UNLATCH
M
am2zzw0000379
LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400433200

3. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator. (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
09-1489
SECURITY AND LOCKS

LATCH LEVER
LATCH LEVER
LATCH
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH LEVER
UNLATCH
am2zzw0000260

ground to each terminal, and then verify the
operation.
liftgate latch and lock actuator.
Lock actuator operation
UNLATCH
B+
D
Terminal
Ground
B
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLATCH
D
D
am2zzw0000069
LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400433300

3. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator. (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
09-1490
SECURITY AND LOCKS

LATCH LEVER
LATCH
LATCH LEVER
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH LEVER
UNLATCH
am2zzw0000069

table.
liftgate latch and lock actuator.
am2zzw0000379
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
LATCH CONDITION
LATCH (LIFTGAE CLOSE)

UNLATCH (LIFTGAE OPEN)
am2zzw0000069
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400444200

09-1491
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Pull out the retainer in the direction of the arrow.
CONNECTOR
RETAINER
LIFTGATE OPENER
SWITCH
am2zzw0000070
5. Remove the liftgate opener switch.

End Of Sie
am2zzw0000070
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400444300
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the liftgate opener switch. (See 09-14-91 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Verify the continuity of liftgate opener switch terminals A and B.
am2zzw0000380
09-1492
SECURITY AND LOCKS

table.
liftgate opener switch.
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
SWITCH
POSITION
TERMINAL
ON (PUSH)
OFF (RELEASE)
am2zzw0000070
LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400433400
2. Remove the bolts, then remove the liftgate lock
1623 Nm {1.72.3 kgfm, 1216 ftlbf}
striker.
BOLT
4. Adjust the liftgate lock striker. (See 09-11-30
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000069
TRUNK LID LATCH MANUAL RELEASE PROCEDURE

id091400827100
Note
x If the trunk lid cannot be opened due to a discharged battery or malfunction in the electrical system, it can
be opened using the following procedure.
1. Fold down the rear seat back.
Caution
x Wear gloves when performing the procedure. The body edge can injure bare hands.
09-1493
SECURITY AND LOCKS

2. Move the lever shown in the figure to the left to
open the trunk lid.
End Of Sie
am2ccw0000014
TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
id091400828100

Remove the trunk lid trim. (See 09-17-77 TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Disconnect the connector.
Remove the bolts.
Remove the trunk lid latch and release actuator.
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm, 8097 inlbf}
BOLT
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
TRUNK LID LATCH AND

RELEASE ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000512
TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400457300
1. The following actuator and switch are integrated with the trunk lid latch and release actuator. Inspect the trunk
lid latch and release actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Trunk lid latch switch (See 09-14-96 TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Trunk lid release actuator (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
09-1494
SECURITY AND LOCKS

End Of Sie
TRUNK LID LATCH
SWITCH
TRUNK LID RELEASE

ACTUATOR
RELEASE
M
am2ccw0000027
TRUNK LID RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id091400457400

2. Remove the trunk lid trim. (See 09-17-77 TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
3. Remove the trunk lid latch and release actuator. (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
UNLATCH
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH
am2ccw0000015
09-1495
SECURITY AND LOCKS

ground to each terminal, and then verify the
operation.
trunk lid latch and release actuator.
release actuator
operation
UNLATCH
Terminal
B+
A
Ground
B
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID LOCK

ACTUATOR
A
UNLATCH
am2ccw0000015
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400811200

3. Remove the trunk lid latch and release actuator. (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
UNLATCH
LATCH
am2ccw0000014

table.
A
am2ccw0000014
09-1496
SECURITY AND LOCKS

trunk lid latch and release actuator.
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
LATCH CONDITION
LATCH (TRUNK LID CLOSE)

UNLATCH (TRUNK LID OPEN)
am2ccw0000014
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
id091400445400

Remove the trunk lid trim. (See 09-17-77 TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Pull out the retainer in the direction of the arrow.
RETAINER
CONNECTOR
am2ccw0000015
5. Remove the trunk lid opener switch.

End Of Sie
am2ccw0000015
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400445500

3. Remove the trunk lid opener switch. (See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-1497
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Verify the continuity of trunk lid opener switch terminals A and B.
A
A
am2ccw0000023

table.
trunk lid opener switch.
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
SWITCH
POSITION
TERMINAL
ON (PUSH)
OFF (RELEASE)
am2zzw0000070
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400811300
2. Remove the bolts, then remove the trunk lid lock
striker.
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm, 8097 inlbf}
BOLT
4. Adjust the trunk lid lock striker. (See 09-10-6
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER

am2zzw0000513
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004384b0
Note
x If the keyless control module is replaced, always perform the following procedure.
Configuration (See 09-14-102 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED
Advanced key programming (See 09-14-123 ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION
Steering lock unit programming (See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION
Immobilizer system-related parts programming (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
09-1498
SECURITY AND LOCKS

2. Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the glove compartment cover. (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand

210 Nm {21101 kgfcm,

1888 inlbf}
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,

8097 inlbf}
210 Nm {21101 kgfcm,

1888 inlbf}
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,

8097 inlbf}
am2zzw0000512
1
2
3
Bolt
Connector
End Of Sie
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004385b0

INSTALLATION.)
3. Measure the voltage according to the terminal voltage table.
x If the voltages cannot be verified as indicated in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under
Inspection item(s).
If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do
not have any malfunction, replace the keyless control module.
2I
1E
2L
1D
2G
2C 2A
2H 2F 2D 2B
3AB 3Y 3V
3AC 3Z 3W
3P
3G
3N 3K
3F 3C
am2zzw0000509
Ter
min
al
Signal name
Connected to
Voltage (V)
Under any condition

1D
Power supply
BCM
B+
Inspection item(s)
ROOM 15 A fuse
BCM
Battery
09-1499
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Ter
min
al
Signal name
Connected to
1E
Power supply
P/W 20 A fuse
2A
Power supply
MIRROR 7.5 A fuse
2B
Rx-PATS*1
Coil antenna
2C
Power supply
ENG 10 A fuse
2D
Tx-PATS*1
Coil antenna
2F
BCM
BCM
communication
2G HS-CAN+
2H
Keyless entry
Keyless receiver
communication
2I
HS-CAN-
2L
3C
3F
Steering lock
unit
communication
Keyless
antenna
(exterior, rear)
Keyless
antenna (LF)
Keyless
antenna
(interior, rear)
Under any condition
Keyless antenna
(exterior, rear)
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal

voltage inspection not possible.
Keyless antenna (LF)
Keyless antenna
(interior, rear)

Liftgate opener switch/Trunk lid
3.0
opener switch pressed
Liftgate opener switch*2/
Liftgate opener switch/Trunk lid
Trunk lid opener switch*3
4.7
opener switch released
Exterior keyless beeper sounds

(transmitter unlock button pressed)
Other
Wave pattern
(See 09-14101 Pattern
1.)
Wave pattern Keyless beeper
2.)
1.0 or less
Keyless antenna
(interior, center)

Body ground
Under any condition

1.0 or less Ground
Driver's side door lock switch at
1.0 or less
LOCK
Driver's side door lock switch at
Wave
pattern (See
UNLOCK
09-14-102
Pattern 3.)
Keyless antenna (RF)
3P
Lock input

(driver's door)
3R
Keyless
antenna
(interior, front)
Keyless antenna
(interior, front)
09-14100
B+

Keyless beeper
Keyless beeper
power supply
Keyless
antenna
*3
3L (interior,
center)
3N GND
Keyless
3O
antenna (RF)
Inspection item(s)
P/W 20 A fuse
Battery
Ignition switch at ACC position
B+
Ignition switch
MIRROR 7.5 A fuse
Ignition switch at LOCK position
1.0 or less Battery
Ignition switch is at ON position
B+
Ignition switch
ENG 10 A fuse
Ignition switch at LOCK position
1.0 or less Battery
Exterior keyless beeper sounds

(transmitter lock button pressed)
3K
Voltage (V)
Steering lock unit
Liftgate unlock Liftgate opener

3G input*2/Trunk lid switch*2/Trunk lid
unlock input*3
opener switch*3
3I

SECURITY AND LOCKS

Ter
min
al
3U
Signal name
Connected to
Request switch
Request switch (RF)
input (RF)
3V
Start knob
(push switch)
Steering lock unit
3W
Key reminder
switch
Steering lock unit
3X
Request switch
Request switch (LF)
input (LF)
3Y*3
3Z
3AA
3AB
3AC
3AD
*1
*2
*3
Keyless
antenna
(interior,
center)
Keyless
antenna
(interior, rear)
Keyless
antenna
(interior, front)
Keyless
antenna (LF)
Keyless
antenna
(exterior, rear)
Keyless
antenna (RF)
Outer handle (RF) side request
switch ON
Outer handle (RF) side request
switch OFF
Push switch in pressed condition
Other
Key inserted in steering lock
Other
Outer handle (LF) side request
switch ON
Outer handle (LF) side request
switch OFF
Voltage (V)
Inspection item(s)
1.0 or less
Front outer handle (RF)
B+
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
Steering lock unit

Steering lock unit
1.0 or less
Front outer handle (LF)
B+
Keyless antenna
(interior, center)

Keyless antenna
(interior, rear)

Keyless antenna
(interior, front)

Keyless antenna (LF)

Keyless antenna
(exterior, rear)

Keyless antenna (RF)

: With immobilizer system

: 3HB, 5HB
: 4SD
Generated pulse (reference)

Pattern 1
0V
am2zzw0000510
x Terminal:
Keyless beeper power supply: 3K (+) body ground (-)
x Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 100 ms/DIV (X), DC range
09-14101
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Pattern 2
0V
am2zzw0000510
x Terminal:
Keyless beeper power supply: 3K (+) body ground (-)
Pattern 3
Note
x A wave pattern is displayed when keyless control module terminal 3P is measured using an oscilloscope.
However, it may overlap with the output wave pattern of BCM terminal 7K which is displayed
simultaneously.
x Terminal:
Lock input (Door lock-link switch (drivers
door): 3P (+) body ground (-)
x Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X),
DC range
End Of Sie
0V
am2zzw0000415
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004394b0
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE CONFIGURATION.
1. Select Module Programing.
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select Programmable Module Installation.
2. Select RKE.
4. Perform the configuration according to the
directions on the screen.
End Of Sie
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400809500
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (passenger's side) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14102
SECURITY AND LOCKS

(5) Trunk side trim (passenger's side) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
FRONT
912 Nm {92122 kgfcm,

80106 inlbf}
2
912 Nm {92122 kgfcm,
80106 inlbf}
am2zzw0000044
1
2
3
Connector
Nut

3HB
Thailand manufactured vehicles]
09-14103
SECURITY AND LOCKS

FRONT
912 Nm {92122 kgfcm,

80106 inlbf}
2
912 Nm {92122 kgfcm,
80106 inlbf}
am2zzw0000328
1
2
3
Connector
Nut
End Of Sie
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN INSPECTION
id091400819500
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (passenger's side) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Trunk side trim (passenger's side) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the theft-deterrent siren with the connector connected.
09-14104
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3. Measure the theft-deterrent siren terminal voltage
using the short wiring harness connector in the
position shown in the figure.
Note
x The theft-deterrent siren cannot be
connected to a tester due to its waterresistance processing, therefore the short
wiring harness connector is used for
measuring the terminal voltage.
x If the terminal voltage is not as indicated in
the table, inspect the short wiring harness
connector for continuity. (See 09-14-105
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).)If the
short wiring harness connecter is normal,
inspect the parts under "Inspection items.
If the system does not work properly
even though the parts or related wiring
harnesses do not have any malfunction,
replace the theft-deterrent siren.
FRONT
SHORT WIRING
HANESS
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000157

SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
A
B
am2zzw0000348
Terminal
Signal name
Connected to
Power supply
BCM
DATA
theft-deterrent
control module
Ground
Body ground
Measurement
Voltage (V)
Inspection item(s)
condition
Under any
B+
BCM
condition
Terminal used for communication therefore determination
based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Under any
1.0 or less
Ground
condition
Continuity Inspection Of Short Wiring Harness Connector

1. Verify that the continuity between the short wiring harness connector terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, replace the short wiring harness connector.
09-14105
SECURITY AND LOCKS

C
SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
A
A
B
: Continuity
Test
condition
THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN CONNECTOR
SIDE
C
SHORT HARNESS
CONNECTOR SIDE
A
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000044
3HB
3. Remove the theft-deterrent siren with the connector connected.
4. Measure the theft-deterrent siren terminal voltage
FRONT
Note
x The theft-deterrent siren cannot be
connected to a tester due to its waterresistance processing, therefore the short
wiring harness connector is used for
measuring the terminal voltage.
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).)If the
short wiring harness connecter is normal,
inspect the parts under "Inspection items.
If the system does not work properly
even though the parts or related wiring
harnesses do not have any malfunction,
replace the theft-deterrent siren.
SHORT WIRING
HANESS
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000478
09-14106
SECURITY AND LOCKS

SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
A
B
am2zzw0000348
Terminal
Signal name
Connected to
Power supply
BCM
DATA
theft-deterrent
control module
Ground
Body ground
Measurement
Voltage (V)
Inspection item(s)
condition
Under any
B+
BCM
condition
Terminal used for communication therefore determination
based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Under any
1.0 or less
Ground
condition

C
SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
A
A
B
: Continuity
Test
condition
THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN CONNECTOR
SIDE
C
SHORT HARNESS
CONNECTOR SIDE
A
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000044
End Of Sie
THEFT-DETERRENT HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400525100
5HB
09-14107
SECURITY AND LOCKS

2 911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,
1
2
3
8097 inlbf}
Connector
Bolt

FRONT
am2zzw0000446
4SD
2 911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,
1
2
3
8097 inlbf}
Connector
Bolt
End Of Sie
3
FRONT
am2zzw0000494
KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004383b0

INSTALLATION.)
09-14108
SECURITY AND LOCKS

1
2
3
Connector
Nut
Keyless receiver
End Of Sie
80
lbf}
2
am2zzw0000054
KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004383b3

INSTALLATION.)
1
2
3
Connector
Nut
Keyless receiver
End Of Sie
80
lbf}
2
am2zzw0000054
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004378b0

INSTALLATION.)
Inspection item(s).
If the system does not work normally even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the keyless receiver.
09-14109
SECURITY AND LOCKS

KEYLESS RECEIVER WIRING
am2zzw0000379
Ter
min Signal name
al
B GND
Connected to
Body ground
DATA
Power supply
BCM
Voltage (V)/
Under any condition

1.0 or less
Under any condition
B+
Inspection item(s)
Ground
x ROOM 15 A fuse
x BCM
x Battery
End Of Sie
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004378b3
4-pin Connector Type

INSTALLATION.)
Inspection item(s).
Terminal voltage table (reference)
am2zzw0000379
Ter
min Signal name
al
B GND
Connected to
Body ground
DATA
BCM
Power supply
BCM
Voltage (V)
Under any condition

1.0 or less
Under any condition
B+
Inspection item(s)
Ground
BCM
x ROOM 15 A fuse
x BCM
x Battery
6-pin Connector Type

09-14110
SECURITY AND LOCKS

INSTALLATION.)
Inspection item(s).
Terminal voltage table (reference)
am2zzw0000384
Ter
min
al
Signal name
Connected to
Power supply
BCM
DATA
BCM
GND
Body ground
Under any condition
Voltage (V)
B+

Under any condition
1.0 or less
Inspection item(s)
x ROOM 15 A fuse
x BCM
x Battery
BCM
Ground
End Of Sie
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400820800

(2) Front scuff plate (driver's side)(3HB) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
(3) Front side trim (driver's side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION [F35M-R].)(See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
(7) Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Lower panel (Drivers side) (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14111
SECURITY AND LOCKS

1
2
3
Connector
Bolt
End Of Sie
2
1
am2zzw0000045
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
id091400820900

(2) Front scuff plate (driver's side)(3HB) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
(3) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Shift lever knob (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[F35M-R].)(See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [B65MR].)
(8) Lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspection item(s).
If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do
not have any malfunction, replace the theft-deterrent control module.
am2zzw0000059
09-14112
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Termin
al
C
Signal name
x Intruder sensor
signal
x Theft-deterrent
siren signal
Start knob (push
switch)
Key reminder switch

signal
Connected to
x Intruder sensor
x Theft-deterrent
siren
B+
1.0 or less
Key inserted
B+
Key removed
1.0 or less
Push switch signal
Bonnet latch switch

signal
CAN_L
GND
CAN_H
Front door latch

switch (passenger's
door) signal
Start knob is pressed

Steering lock unit (with
advanced keyless
Start knob is not pressed
system)
Bonnet latch switch
Inspection item(s)
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on

terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Start knob is pushed

advanced keyless
Other
system)
Key reminder switch

(with keyless entry
system)
Voltage (V)
Bonnet open (Bonnet latch

switch off)
B+
1.0 or less
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Inspection
Using An
Oscilloscop
e
(Reference).
)
x Steering lock unit

(with advanced
keyless system)
x Related wiring
harnesses
x Key reminder
switch (with
keyless entry
system)
x Related wiring
harnesses
(with advanced
keyless system)
x Related wiring
harnesses
x Bonnet latch
switch
x Related wiring
harnesses
Bonnet closed (Bonnet latch

1.0 or less
switch on)
x Related wiring
Ground
Under any condition
1.0 or less
harnesses
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
Front door (passenger-side)
09-14-115
Inspection
open (Front door switch
x Front door switch
Using An
(passenger' door)
Front door latch switch (passenger' door) off)
Oscilloscop x Related wiring
(passenger's door)
e
harnesses
(Reference).
)
Front door (passenger's door)
closed (Front door switch
1.0 or less
(passenger's door) on)
09-14113
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Termin
al
Signal name
Rear door latch

switch (RH) signal*1
Connected to
Rear door latch switch

(RH)
Voltage (V)
Any rear doors open (Rear

door switch off)
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Inspection
Using An
Oscilloscop
e
(Reference).
)
All rear doors closed (Rear

door switch on)
1.0 or less
Inspection item(s)
x Rear door
switches
x Related wiring
harnesses
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
Front door (driver' door) open 09-14-115
Inspection
(Front door switch (driver'
x Front door switch
Front door latch
Using An
(driver' door)
Front door latch switch door) off)
switch (driver's door)
(driver' door)
signal
e
harnesses
(Reference).
)
Front door (driver' door)
closed (Front door switch
1.0 or less
(driver' door) on)
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Any rear door open (Rear
x Rear door
Inspection
Rear door latch
switches
Rear door latch switch door switch off)
Using An
(LH)
switch (LH) signal*1
harnesses
e
(Reference).
)
All rear doors closed (Rear
1.0 or less
door switch on)
x Keyless control
module (with
advanced keyless
Serial communication
system)
x Keyless receiver
(with keyless entry
system)
Liftgate is open. (Liftgate latch
1.0 or less
switch on)
Inspect
using the
wave
x Liftgate latch
Profile. (See
switch
09-14-115
signal
x Related wiring
Liftgate is closed. (Liftgate
Inspection
harnesses
latch switch off)
Using An
Oscilloscop
e
(Reference).
)
Security light on
1.0 or less
x Instrument
cluster
Security light on/off
Instrument cluster
x Related wiring
Security light off
B+
harnesses
09-14114
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Termin
al
Signal name
Lock/unlock signal
IG 1
Connected to
Door lock link switch
METER 10 A fuse
Unlock input (Driver's Driver's door lock-link

door lock-link switch) switch
Voltage (V)
All doors except the driver's

door are locked
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Inspection
Using An
Oscilloscop
e
(Reference).
)
Any door except the driver's

door is unlocked
IG ON
B+
IG OFF
1.0 or less
Driver's door locked
Driver's door unlocked

W
Power supply
BCM
Hazard warning
switch signal
BCM
Inspection item(s)
x Door lock link

switch (Except
driver's side)
x Related wiring
harnesses
1.0 or less
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Inspection
Using An
Oscilloscop
e
(Reference).
)
1.0 or less
Under any condition
B+
Hazard flash
1.0 or less
Other
x METER 10 A
fuse
x Ignition switch
x Related wiring
harnesses
x Driver's door
lock-link switch
x Related wiring
harnesses
x Related wiring
harnesses
x BCM
x Room 15 A fuse
x BCM
x Related wiring
harnesses
*1 : 5HB
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope (Reference)
0V
am2zzw0000349
x Oscilloscope setting: 1 V/DIV (Y): 2 ms/DIV (X), DC range
09-14115
SECURITY AND LOCKS

W
X
U
V
am2zzw0000440
Termin
al
Signal name
Start knob (push

switch)
signal
Bonnet latch switch

signal
Connected to
Start knob is pushed

advanced keyless
Other
system)
relay
Bonnet latch switch
CAN_L
GND
Ground
CAN_H
x Keyless control
module (with
advanced keyless
system)
Serial communication
x Keyless receiver
(with keyless entry
system)
Security light on/off
Lock/unlock signal
IG 1
09-14116
Instrument cluster
Door lock link switch
METER 10 A fuse
Theft-deterrent siren not

sounded
Voltage (V)
Inspection item(s)
B+

(with advanced
keyless system)
x Related wiring
harnesses
x Theft-deterrent
horn relay
x Related wiring
harnesses
1.0 or less
B+
Theft-deterrent siren sounded 1.0 or less

Bonnet open (Bonnet latch
switch off)
Wave
pattern (See
09-14-117
Pattern1.)
x Bonnet latch
switch
x Related wiring
harnesses
Bonnet closed (Bonnet latch

1.0 or less
switch on)
x Related wiring
Under any condition
1.0 or less
harnesses

Security light on
1.0 or less
Security light off
B+
All doors except the driver's

door are locked
Wave
pattern (See
09-14-117
Pattern1.)
Any door except the driver's

door is unlocked
IG ON
B+
IG OFF
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
x Instrument
cluster
x Related wiring
harnesses
x Door lock link
switch (Except
driver's side)
x Related wiring
harnesses
x METER 10 A
fuse
x Ignition switch
x Related wiring
harnesses
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Termin
al
Signal name
Connected to
Unlock input (Driver's Driver's door lock-link

door lock-link switch) switch
Power supply
Hazard warning
switch signal
BCMF
BCM
Voltage (V)
Inspection item(s)
Wave
pattern (See
09-14-117
Pattern1.)
1.0 or less
x Driver's door
lock-link switch
x Related wiring
harnesses
Under any condition
B+
x Related wiring
harnesses
x BCM
x Room 15 A fuse
Hazard flash
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
09-14-117
Pattern2.)
x BCM
x Related wiring
harnesses
Other

Pattern1
0V
am2zzw0000349

Pattern2
0V
am2zzw0000462
End Of Sie
09-14117
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TRANSMITTER BATTERY REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
Step
Procedure
id0914004374b3
Action after procedure
Disconnecting key from transmitter

1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and remove the key
from the transmitter by pressing the tab.
TAB
TRANSMITTER
KEY
Notch position verification

1. Verify the position of the transmitter notch.
A-TYPE
B-TYPE
x For the A-type notch, go to Step 3.

x For the B-type notch, go to Step 6.
NOTCH
NOTCH
Opening transmitter
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and open the
transmitter.
09-14118
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
Procedure
Battery removal
1. Press the hook in the direction of the arrow and remove the battery using
the flathead screwdriver.
HOOK
BATTERY
Battery installation
1. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the positive (+) pole facing up.
HOOK
Go to Step 9.
Opening transmitter
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and open the
transmitter.
Battery removal
1. Remove the battery by pressing it in the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure.
BATTERY
09-14119
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
Procedure
Battery installation
1. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the plus pole facing down.
Battery removal
1. Align the upper and lower covers and close the transmitter.
Battery type
9
Lithium battery CR1620
Battery life
Approx. 2 years (when used approx. 10 times/day)
2. Install the key to the transmitter.
Verification of key and transmitter connection
1. When connecting the key to the transmitter, grip the key and the
transmitter as shown in the figure and connect until a click sound is heard.
Note
x If the key is not completely connected to the transmitter, they may
come apart.
Procedure is completed
10
End Of Sie
TRANSMITTER ID CODE REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004376b3
Note
x Verify that the other transmitter is not being operated around the servicing area while updating the ID
code.
x After completing the work, remove the key from the steering lock and verify that all the door lock/unlock
operation using the transmitter is correct.
09-14120
SECURITY AND LOCKS
START
Remove the key from the steering lock.
Close all doors and liftgate/trunk lid.
Open the driver-side door.
Insert the key into the steering lock.
Perform these
procedures
within 24 s.
Repeat the following three times.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position,
then back to the LOCK position.
Note
Do not remove the key from the steering lock.
Open and close the driver-side door three times.

Note
Then leave the door open
Verify that the door lock actuators

lock, then unlock.
NO
YES
Push any button on any single transmitter

twice.
NO

lock, then unlock.
YES
If you have only one transmitter, push any

button twice.
If you have two or three transmitters, push any
button on any of the other transmitters twice.
NO

lock, then unlock.
YES
If you have one or two transmitters, push any

button on either transmitter twice.
If you have three transmitters, push any button
on the last transmitter twice.
NO

lock, then unlock.
YES
END
am2zzw0000513
End Of Sie
09-14121
SECURITY AND LOCKS

ADVANCED KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004477b0
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.
adejjw00001676
2. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the notch in the

transmitter and rotate it in the direction shown in
the figure to open the transmitter.
adejjw00001677
3. Remove the battery.
adejjw00001678
4. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the positive

pole facing down.
5. Align the upper and lower covers and close the
transmitter.
adejjw00001679
09-14122
SECURITY AND LOCKS

6. Insert the auxiliary key.
End Of Sie
adejjw00001705
ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004493b0
Caution
x Do not place the following devices in the vehicle while programming, otherwise programming
cannot be performed:
M-MDS
Personal computer
Devices that can send/receive radio waves
x Verify that the other transmitter is not being operated around the servicing area during advanced
key programming.
Note
x Use the M-MDS and start programming if the condition corresponds to the following:
No programmed advanced keys (two or more)
Keyless control module is replaced
x If six advanced keys are already programmed, the programming mode does not launch. If programming is
needed, use the M-MDS to erase the unnecessary advanced key programming.
Two Programmed Advanced Keys Available
1. Bring two programmed advanced keys and one unprogrammed advanced key into the vehicle.
VALID KEY
ADVANCED KEY 1
ADVANCED KEY 2
KEY FOR REGISTRATION

ADVANCED KEY
ADVANCED KEY
am2zzw0000053
2. Close all doors.

3. Insert the auxiliary key into the ignition key cylinder.
Note
x Complete the procedures up to Step 7 within 30 s after the auxiliary key is inserted.
5. Wait until the keyless indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates. (Turns off 3 s after ignition switch is
turned to ON)
6. Press the UNLOCK button of advanced key 1.
7. Press the UNLOCK button of advanced key 2.
8. From the ignition switch in the ON position, turn the ignition switch in the order indicated below.
x ACC_ONoACC_ONoACC_ON
9. Open/close the driver's door 3 times.
09-14123
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Note
x After Step 9 is completed and the advanced key programming is activated, the door lock actuator operates
to lock, and then operates to unlock.
x If the door lock actuator does not operate, repeat the procedure from Step 2.
10. Press the UNLOCK button of the unprogrammed advanced key and wait approx. 5 s.
Note
x After Step 10 is completed and the advanced key is programmed, the door lock actuator operates to lock,
and then operates to unlock.
11. If programming more advanced keys, remove the auxiliary key once, and then repeat the procedure from Step
2.
Using the M-MDS
1. Fully lower the driver-side door glass.
3. Set the M-MDS outside the vehicle with its cable
passing through the door glass opening.
Caution
x Cover the vehicle body with a clean rag
so as not to damage the vehicle body
with the cable.
DLC-2
items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
3. Select "PATS Functions".
x Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
1. Select "All Tests and Calibrations".
5. Select the following from the screen menu.
1. Select Program Additional Advanced Key.
6. Perform the security access according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
am2zzw0000216
End Of Sie
CLEARING ADVANCED KEY [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004496b0
1. Fully lower the driver-side door glass.

3. Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass
opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
x Protect the cable and body contact area
with a clean rag, otherwise they could be
damaged.
DLC-2
items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Security".
5. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select Advanced Key Code Erase and Program.
End Of Sie
09-14124
am2zzw0000153
SECURITY AND LOCKS

CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING PROCEDURE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004397b0
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the CUSTOMIED FUNCTION
SETTING PROCEDURE.
1. Select "Module Programming".
following order.
1. Select "Programmable Parameters".
2. Select "RKE".
4. Select the item name, and then select option.
Item
DLC-2
x Advanced Keyless Function (Disabled /
Enabled)
x Answer Back Buzzer Volume (Disabled / 5
10)
x Advanced Key Battery Low Warning (Disabled / Enabled)
x Prevention Function of Key Containment in Trunk or Liftgate (Disabled / Enabled)
x Warning Buzzer Volume (5 10)
am2zzw0000216
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004405b0
3HB, 5HB
Vehicle Interior, Front
2. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front console component. (See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the keyless antenna (2) in the direction
of the arrow shown in the figure while pressing
the keyless antenna tabs (1).
KEYLESS ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000054
Vehicle Interior, Rear

09-14125
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3HB,5HB (Except AutoAlliance (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
5HB (AutoAlliance (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
CONNECTOR
NUT
CONNECTOR
NUT
2.08.0 Nm
{2181 kgfcm,
1870 inlbf}
911 Nm
{92112 kgfcm,
8097 inlbf}
KEYLESS ANTENNA
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000515

5. Remove the keyless antenna.
Vehicle Exterior, Rear
KEYLESS ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
SCREW
SCREW
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000329
Vehicle Exterior, Driver's Door/Passenger's Door

Note
x The keyless antenna (vehicle exterior, driver's door/passenger's door) is built into the front outer handle.
(See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14126
SECURITY AND LOCKS
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000055
4SD
Vehicle Interior, Front
2. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the keyless antenna (2) in the direction
of the arrow shown in the figure while pressing
the keyless antenna tabs (1).
KEYLESS ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000054
Vehicle Interior, Center

09-14127
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the bolts.
Remove the keyless antenna.
CONNECTOR
NUT
911 Nm
{92112 kgfcm,
8097 inlbf}
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000512
Vehicle Interior, Rear

3. Remove the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4. Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear package trim. (See 09-17-68 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
CONNECTOR
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2ccw0000022
09-14128
SECURITY AND LOCKS

SCREW
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2ccw0000022
Vehicle Exterior, Rear

KEYLESS ANTENNA
SCREW
CONNECTOR
KEYLESS ANTENNA
SCREW
am2ccw0000022
Vehicle Exterior, Driver's Door/Passenger's Door

Note
x The keyless antenna (vehicle exterior, driver's door/passenger's door) is built into the front outer handle.
(See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14129
SECURITY AND LOCKS

End Of Sie
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000055
KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004406b0
3HB, 5HB
2. Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear bumper. (See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the nuts.
2.08.0 Nm
18
lbf}
NUT
KEYLESS BEEPER BRACKET

am2zzw0000055
7. Press the keyless beeper tab aside using a tapewrapped flathead screwdriver.
8. Remove the keyless beeper from the bracket.
BRACKET
B
A
KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS BEEPER
FLAT HEAD
SCREW
DRIVER
TAB
BRACKET
SEC. AA
BRACKET
SEC. BB
am2zzw0000055
09-14130
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4SD
6. Remove the nuts.
911 Nm
{92112 kgfcm,
8097 inlbf}
NUT
KEYLESS BEEPER BRACKET

am2zzw0000513
7. Press the keyless beeper tab aside using a tapewrapped flathead screwdriver.
8. Remove the keyless beeper from the bracket.
End Of Sie
BRACKET
B
A
KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS BEEPER
FLAT HEAD
SCREW
DRIVER
TAB
BRACKET
SEC. AA
BRACKET
SEC. BB
am2ccw0000022
KEYLESS BEEPER INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004416b0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the rear bumper. (See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the keyless beeper. (See 09-14-130 KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
6. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to each terminal and verify the keyless beeper sound
operation.
x If the beep sound cannot be verified, replace the keyless beeper.
09-14131
SECURITY AND LOCKS
B
adejjw00003254
End Of Sie
REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004400b0
Note
x The request switches are built into the front
outer handles. (See 09-14-17 FRONT
OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
REQUEST SWITCH
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000054
REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004401b0

APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000519
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front door key cylinder (Drivers side) (See 09-14-55 FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front outer handle (See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14132
SECURITY AND LOCKS

4. Verify the continuity of request switch terminals A and D.
A
am2zzw0000379

table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the front
outer handle.
End Of Sie
CONTINUITY
REQUEST
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PUSH (ON)
NOT PUSH (OFF)
am2zzw0000379
COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004359b0
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
STEERING LOCK
Detach the coil antenna hooks and remove the
coil antenna from the steering lock.
End Of Sie
COIL ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
COIL ANTENNA
TAB
am2zzw0000057
COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

id0914004359b3

2. Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14133
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3. Disconnect the coil antenna connector.
4. Detach the coil antenna hooks and remove the
coil antenna from the steering lock.
STEERING LOCK
End Of Sie
COIL ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
COIL ANTENNA
TAB
am2zzw0000053
STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004395b0
Caution
x Do not place the following devices in the vehicle while programming, otherwise programming
cannot be performed:
M-MDS
Personal computer
Note
x The steering lock unit and steering lock component are a single unit. Therefore, replace the steering lock
component when replacing steering lock unit. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.])
x For this procedure, a programmed card key is necessary. If there is no programmed card key, perform the
steering lock unit programming after the card key programming.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Bring the programmed card key into the vehicle.

Fully lower the driver-side door glass.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass
opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
with the cable.

DLC-2
1. Select Body.
2. Select "Security".
6. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select Steering Lock Unit Programming.
09-14134
am2zzw0000153
SECURITY AND LOCKS

End Of Sie
INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400809400

2. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press
the tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in
the figure, and remove the cover in the direction of
the arrow (2).
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
COVER
TAB
COVER
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000046
3. Remove the connector under the condition from

procedure 2.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000075
INTRUDER SENSOR INSPECTION
id091400819400
1. Remove the intruder sensor with the connector connected.

2. Measure the intruder sensor terminal voltage
Note
x The intruder sensor cannot be connected to
a tester due to its water-resistance
processing, therefore the short wiring
harness connector is used for measuring the
terminal voltage.
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000260
Continuity Inspection Of Short Wiring
Harness Connector.)If the short wiring harness connecter is normal, inspect the parts under "Inspection
items.
If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have
any malfunction, replace the intruder sensor.
09-14135
SECURITY AND LOCKS

INTRUDER SENSOR
D
am2zzw0000348
Terminal
Signal name
Connected to
GND
Body ground
DATA
Theft-deterrent
control module
Power supply
BCM
Measurement
Voltage (V)
Inspection item(s)
condition
Under any
1.0 or less
Ground
condition
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based
on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Under any
B+
BCM
condition

INTRUDER SENSOR
SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
INTRUDER SENSOR
B
E
C
B
: Continuity
Test
condition
THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN CONNECTOR
SIDE
D
SHORT HARNESS
CONNECTOR SIDE
E
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000348
End Of Sie
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004419b0
Foreword
x When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer
system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming,
Select programming procedures according to the service. (See 09-14-137 Selection of Procedure for
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming.)
Caution
x If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication between the key and the vehicle
09-14136
SECURITY AND LOCKS

may be obstructed, resulting in a failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove
any metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when programming
x If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of immobilizer system-related
parts may fail. Do not bring any of the following devices or similar products inside the vehicle
when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
Advanced key
M-MDS
Personal computer
x If the engine is started during immobilizer system-related parts programming, the programming
mode cancels. Therefore, do not start the engine unless indicated in the procedure. Repeat the
procedure from the beginning if the engine is started during the immobilizer system-related parts
programming.
x If an advanced key is near the vehicle during immobilizer system-related parts programming, it
may be programmed mistakenly. Keep advanced keys 1 m away from the vehicle unless indicated
in the procedure.
Note
x The Valid key or Valid advanced key referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start the
engine.
x Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
x A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
x The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-MDS.
x Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the procedure during M-MDS operation.
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming
1. Verify that the room fuse is equipped.
2. Select applicable programming procedure from the service content of the immobilizer system-related parts.
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Service and Programming Procedure Table
No.
Service
Have two or more valid keys

Additional key programming
Have one valid key or valid advanced key

Disable programming using valid keys
Enable programming using valid keys

procedure setting
Programming due to PCM replacement
Programming due to steering lock unit replacement
Programming due to keyless control module replacement
Programming due to simultaneous replacement of immobilizer system-related

parts
x PCM
Programming due to coil antenna replacement
Programming after keyless receiver replacement
Programming procedure
(See 09-14-138 No.1 Additional Key
Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).)
(See 09-14-139 No. 2 Additional Key
Programming Procedure (Using the MMDS).)
Programming Procedure Changing.)
(See 09-14-141 No.4 Programming
Procedure Due to PCM Replacement.)
Procedure Due to Steering Lock Unit
Replacement.)
Procedure Due to Keyless Control
Module Replacement.)
Procedure Due to Simultaneous
Replacement of Immobilizer Systemrelated Parts (PCM, Keyless Control
Module, and Steering Lock Unit).)
Programming of immobilizer systemrelated parts is not necessary
M-MDS Connecting Procedure

Note
x Do not place the M-MDS in the vehicle while programming the immobilizer system.
1. Fully lower the door glass.
09-14137
SECURITY AND LOCKS

3. Place the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
with the cable.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys)

Conditions
x Have two or more valid keys.
Note
x If a key ID number cannot be programmed and DTC 15 is displayed, the maximum number of
programmed keys may have been reached. Verify the number of programmed keys using the M-MDS.
x If eight keys have already been programmed and it is necessary to program other keys, the previously
programmed key ID numbers must first be cleared.
x If Customer spare key programming disable is selected, perform additional key programming using the
M-MDS. (See 09-14-139 No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS).)
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
KEY FOR
REGISTRATION
KEY 3
am2zzw0000379
Step
1
Procedure
START ENGINE
1. Start the engine using key 1.
2. Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
LAUNCH PROGRAMMING MODE
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 1.
2. After verifying that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and turns off, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position within approx. 4 s using key 1.
3. Remove key 1.
6. Remove key 2.
PERFORM ADDITIONAL KEY PROGRAMMING
3. Remove key 3.
4. Are there other keys to be programmed?
09-14138

Yes
Go back to Step 2.
No
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
4
Procedure
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMED CORRECTLY
x Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more using all the
programmed keys.
Note
x When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least approx. 5.s or more before
starting the engine using the next key.
No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS)

Conditions
x There is only one valid key. Or, there is an advanced key which can start the engine.
Note
Procedure
VALID KEY
OR
ADVANCED KEY
OR
KEY 1
ADVANCED KEY
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
KEY 2
am2zzw0000055
Step
1
Procedure
START ENGINE
1. Start the engine using the key 1 or the advanced key.
Caution
x When starting the engine with key 1, key programming may not be
performed correctly if the advanced key is inside the vehicle. Do not
place the advanced key in the vehicle when starting the engine with
key 1.
x When starting the engine with the advanced key, remove the
advanced key from the vehicle after the engine is started.
09-14139
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
2
Procedure
(See 09-14-137 M-MDS Connecting Procedure.)

Change the key and
repeat Step 2.
Note
x Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to Yes
perform the procedure as indicated.
3. After vehicle identification, Select following from the M-MDS initial screen.
Using an IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
3. Select PATS function.
Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
1. Select All Tests and Calibrations.
2. Select PATS Functions.
4. Then, select an item from the screen menu.
x Program Additional Ignition Key
Note
x After executing the above menu, The operation is successful is
displayed. This indicates that the programming of the key currently in the
ignition switch ON position has been completed.
6. After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS
screen, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
7. Remove key 2.
CLOSE THE M-MDS
screen, select Finish (this menu).
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMED CORRECTLY
Verify that the engine can be started with the programmed key.
Note
No
Note
x Additional key
programming
can be
performed
using the
procedure in
No.1 Additional
Key
Programming
Procedure
(Using Two
Valid Keys).
No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing

Note
x This procedure is performed for disabling the No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).
x The setting is Customer spare key programming enable when the vehicle is new or the keyless control
module is replaced with a new one.
09-14140
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Procedure
Step
1
Procedure
CHANGE CUSTOMER SPARE KEY PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a key (The key can be either the
valid key or an unprogrammed key).
Note
x If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light starts flashing and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does not indicate an
improper procedure. Continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
4. Select either of the following from the M-MDS menu to change the additional key
programming procedure.
When Customer Spare Key Programming Enable is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is enabled.
When Customer Spare Key Programming Disable is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is disabled.
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement

Conditions
x Prepare a valid key or an advanced key that can start the engine.
Procedure
VALID KEY
OR
ADVANCED KEY
OR
KEY 1
ADVANCED KEY
am2zzw0000055
Step
1
Procedure
REPLACE THE PCM
Refer to PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform PCM replacement and
configuration.
(See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
09-14141
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
2
Procedure
PERFORM PARAMETER RESET

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using the valid key or the valid
advanced key.
Note
x Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC 23 is displayed
after approx. 1 min, continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
3. Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for approx 3 s, and then turns off.
Using an IDS (laptop PC):
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
Using a PDS (pocket PC):
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts (PCM) according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Caution
x At this time, do not Select other parts from the M-MDS menu.
10.Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
11.Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
12.Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
VERIFY PROGRAMMING IS PERFORMED CORRECTLY
1. Verify that the engine can be started with all the keys.
2. Can the engine be started?
Yes
No
Procedure is
completed
Perform the
corresponding DTC
inspection to repair
the malfunctioning
part.
No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Steering Lock Unit Replacement

Note
x Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program two or more keys after the
replacement.
Conditions
x Have two or more keys to be programmed after the replacement.
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
am2zzw0000379
09-14142
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
1
Procedure
REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
Replace the steering lock unit. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
CLEAR IGNITION KEY ID NUMBERS

Note
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to

1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
x Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
PERFORM IGNITION KEY ID NUMBER PROGRAMMING
1. Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS.
2. Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen.
PERFORM Steering Lock Unit Programming
1. Select Steering Lock Unit Programming from the M-MDS screen menu.
2. Complete the Steering Lock Unit Programming according to the directions on the MMDS.
(See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED
3. After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen,
select Finish (this menu).
5. Disconnect the M-MDS from the DLC-2.
6. Remove the programmed card key from the vehicle.
VERIFY KEY 1 PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY
2. Verify that the security light and keyless warning light operate as shown in the
following figure.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove key 1.
IGNITION
SWITCH
EXAMPLE
START
(ENGINE
START)
ON
NUMBER OF
PROGRAMMED
KEYS
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
ON
a
Approx.
3s

b
a
OFF
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
DISPLAY
METHOD
ON
2
OFF
Approx. 1 s
b
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
09-14143
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
6
Procedure
following figure.
IGNITION
SWITCH
EXAMPLE
START
(ENGINE
START)
ON
NUMBER OF
PROGRAMMED
KEYS
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
ON
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
Approx.
3s
No
b
a
OFF
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT

Repeat Step 6
Yes
using each
programmed key.
Go to the next
step.
ON
2
OFF
Approx. 1 s
b
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
VERIFY ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY

1. Bring the programmed advanced key into the vehicle.
2. Close all doors.
3. Remove the key from the key cylinder and place it on the front passenger's seat.
4. Start the engine using the advanced key.
following figure.
6. After verifying that the keyless warning light turns off, turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position.
START
(ENGINE START)
IGNITION
ON
SWITCH
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
ON
Approx.
3s
OFF
ON
OFF
Approx. 1 s
No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Keyless Control Module Replacement

Note
x Before beginning the procedure, verify that the customer has turned in all of the advanced keys and keys
for the vehicle.
x The engine cannot be started unless an advanced key and two or more keys are programmed after the
replacement.
Conditions
x Have one or more advanced keys to be programmed after the replacement.
09-14144
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
am2zzw0000056
Step
1
Procedure
REPLACE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Replace the keyless control module. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)

Note
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
x Parameter Reset
6. Select replaced part RKE according to the directions on the M-MDS.
Caution
1. Select Ignition Key Code Erase and Program from the M-MDS screen menu.
2. Clear the ignition key ID number according to the directions on the M-MDS.
PERFORM ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING
1. Select Program Additional Advanced Key from the M-MDS screen menu.
2. Program the advanced key according to the directions on the M-MDS.
09-14145
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
6
Procedure
following figure.
IGNITION
SWITCH
EXAMPLE
START
(ENGINE
START)
ON
NUMBER OF
PROGRAMMED
KEYS
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
ON
a
Approx.
3s

b
a
OFF
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
DISPLAY
METHOD
ON
2
OFF
Approx. 1 s
b
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s

following figure.
IGNITION
SWITCH
ON
NUMBER OF
PROGRAMMED
KEYS
Approx.
3s
Go to the next
step.
1
b
a
ON
2
OFF
Approx. 1 s
b
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
09-14146
No
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
OFF
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
Repeat Step 8
using each
programmed key.
EXAMPLE
START
(ENGINE
START)
ON
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
Yes
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
8
Procedure
2. Close all doors.
following figure.
START
(ENGINE START)
IGNITION
ON
SWITCH
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
Approx.
3s
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Approx. 1 s
No.7 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-related Parts

(PCM, Keyless Control Module, and Steering Lock Unit)
Caution
x The menu and execution sequence of the M-MDS vary depending on the type of replaced unit and
parts. Perform the procedures referring to the following table.
M-MDS menu
(1): Parameter Reset
(2): Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
(3): Program Additional Advanced Key
(4): Steering Lock Unit Programming
M-MDS execution menu/
sequence
Replacement part
Keyless control module and PCM
Keyless control module and steering lock unit
*1
(1)o(2)o(3)o(4)
Keyless control module, PCM, and steering lock unit
PCM and steering lock unit *1
*1
(1)o(2)o(4)
Conditions
x Have two or more keys to be
programmed after the
replacement.
x Have one or more advanced
keys to be programmed after
the replacement.
Have two or more keys to be
programmed after the
replacement.
*1 : Because the steering lock unit is integrated with the ignition key cylinder, the key must also be replaced when
replacing the steering lock unit.
09-14147
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
am2zzw0000056
Step
1
2
Procedure
REPLACE UNITS OR PARTS
Replace the unit or parts.

Note
x Although the security light flashes or illuminates and DTC 15 or 23 is
displayed after approx. 1 min, continue to perform the procedure.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
x Parameter Reset
6. Select replaced parts according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
If the PCM is replaced: Select PCM.
If the keyless control module is replaced: Select RKE.
Caution
PERFORM ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING
1. Select Program Additional Advanced Key from the M-MDS screen menu.
2. Program the advanced key according to the directions on the M-MDS.
09-14148
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
6
Procedure
following figure.
IGNITION
SWITCH
EXAMPLE
START
(ENGINE
START)
ON
NUMBER OF
PROGRAMMED
KEYS
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
ON
a
Approx.
3s

b
a
OFF
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
DISPLAY
METHOD
ON
2
OFF
Approx. 1 s
b
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s

following figure.
IGNITION
SWITCH
ON
NUMBER OF
PROGRAMMED
KEYS
No
Go to the next
step.
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
Approx.
3s
1
b
a
OFF
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
Repeat Step 8
using each
programmed key.
EXAMPLE
START
(ENGINE
START)
ON
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
Yes
ON
2
OFF
Approx. 1 s
b
DISPLAY
METHOD
a
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
09-14149
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
9
Procedure
2. Close all doors.
following figure.
START
(ENGINE START)
IGNITION
ON
SWITCH
LOCK
SECURITY
LIGHT
KEYLESS
WARNING
LIGHT
ON
Approx.
3s
OFF
ON
OFF
Approx. 1 s
End Of Sie
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004419b3
Foreword
x When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer
system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming,
Select programming procedures according to the service. (See 09-14-150 Selection of Procedure for
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming.)
Caution
x If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication between the key and the vehicle
may be obstructed, resulting in a failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove
any metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when programming
x If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of immobilizer system-related
parts may fail. Do not bring any of the following devices or similar products inside the vehicle
when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
M-MDS
Personal computer
x If the engine is started during immobilizer system-related parts programming, the programming
mode cancels. Therefore, do not start the engine unless indicated in the procedure. Repeat the
procedure from the beginning if the engine is started during the immobilizer system-related parts
programming.
Note
x The Valid key referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start the engine.
x Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
x A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
x The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-MDS.
x Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the procedure during M-MDS operation.
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming
1. Verify that the room fuse is equipped.
2. Select applicable programming procedure from the service content of the immobilizer system-related parts.
09-14150
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Immobilizer System-Related Parts Service and Programming Procedure Table
No.
Service
Have two or more valid keys

Have one valid key or none

Disable programming using valid keys
Enable programming using valid keys

procedure setting
Programming due to PCM replacement
Programming due to instrument cluster replacement
Programming due to simultaneous replacement of immobilizer system-related

parts
x PCM
x Instrument cluster
Programming due to coil antenna replacement
Programming procedure
Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).)
(See 09-14-152 No. 2 Additional Key
Programming Procedure (Using the MMDS).)
Programming Procedure Changing.)
Procedure Due to PCM Replacement.)
Procedure Due to Instrument Cluster
Replacement.)
Procedure Due to Simultaneous
Replacement of Immobilizer Systemrelated Parts (PCM and Instrument
Cluster).)
M-MDS Connecting Procedure

Note
x Do not place the M-MDS in the vehicle while programming the immobilizer system.
1. Fully lower the door glass.
3. Place the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
with the cable.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000214
No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys)

Conditions
Note
x If Customer spare key programming disable is selected, perform additional key programming using the
M-MDS. (See 09-14-152 No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS).)
09-14151
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
KEY 3
am2zzw0000056
Step
1
Procedure
LAUNCH PROGRAMMING MODE

3. Remove key 1.
6. Remove key 2.
Yes
Go back to Step 1.
No
3. Remove key 3.
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT
x Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more using all the
programmed keys.
Note
No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS)

Conditions
x There is only one valid key , or none.
Note
09-14152
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
KEY 1
am2zzw0000214
Step
1
Procedure
(See 09-14-151 M-MDS Connecting Procedure)

Change the key and
repeat Step 1.
Note
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to Yes
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
Note
x After executing the above menu, This operation is successful is
displayed. This indicates that the programming of the key currently in the
ignition switch ON position has been completed.
screen, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
7. Remove key 1.
CLOSE THE M-MDS
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT
Verify that the engine can be started with the programmed key.
Note
No
Note
x Additional key
programming
can be
performed
using the
procedure in
No.1 Additional
Key
Programming
Procedure
(Using Two
Valid Keys).
No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing

Note
x This procedure is performed for disabling the No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).
09-14153
SECURITY AND LOCKS

x The setting is Customer spare key programming enable when the vehicle is new or the keyless control
module is replaced with a new one.
Procedure
Step
1
Procedure
CHANGE CUSTOMER SPARE KEY PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a key (The key can be either the
valid key or an unprogrammed key).
Note
x If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light starts flashing and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does not indicate an
improper procedure. Continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
4. Select either of the following from the M-MDS menu to change the additional key
programming procedure.
When Customer Spare Key Programming Enable is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is enabled.
When Customer Spare Key Programming Disable is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is disabled.
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement

Conditions
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY
am2zzw0000379
Step
1
Procedure
REPLACE PCM
configuration.
(See 01-40C-16 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-19 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40A-28 PCM CONFIGURATION [ZJ, ZY].)
09-14154
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
2
Procedure

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a valid key.
Note
3. Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns
off.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts PCM according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Caution
10.Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
11.Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
12.Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Yes
No
Procedure is
completed
Perform the
corresponding DTC
the malfunctioning
part.
No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Instrument Cluster Replacement

Note
replacement.
Conditions
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
am2zzw0000380
09-14155
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
1
Procedure
REPLACE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform instrument
cluster replacement and configuration.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
Note
off.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts IC according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Caution
Yes
No
Procedure is
completed
Perform the
corresponding DTC
the malfunctioning
part.
No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-related Parts

(PCM and Instrument Cluster)
Note
replacement.
Conditions
09-14156
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY 2
am2zzw0000380
Step
1
Procedure
REPLACE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform instrument
cluster replacement and configuration.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
REPLACE PCM
configuration.
(See 01-40C-16 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-19 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40A-28 PCM CONFIGURATION [ZJ, ZY].)
Note
off.
1. Select Body.
2. Select Security.
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
If the instrument cluster is replaced: Select IC.
If the PCM is replaced: Select PCM.
Caution
09-14157
SECURITY AND LOCKS

Step
6
Procedure

Procedure is
Yes
completed
Perform the
corresponding DTC
No
the malfunctioning
part.
End Of Sie
SECURITY ACCESS PROCEDURE
1. Select the "Body"
2. Select the "Security"
3. Select the PATS Functions
1. Select the "All Tests and Calibrations"
2. Select the "PATS Functions"
DLC-2
following order.
x Program Additional Advanced Key
x Advanced Key Code Erase and Program
x Steering Lock Unit Programming
x Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
x Customer Spare Key Programming Enable
x Customer Spare Key Programming Disable
x Parameter Reset
End Of Sie
09-14158
id091400436400
am2zzw0000219
EXTERIOR TRIM
09-16
EXTERIOR TRIM
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

[4SD, 5HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COWL GRILLE
RADIATOR GRILLE
Standard Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sport Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SAIL GARNISH
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER
MUDGUARD
SPLASH SHIELD
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING
09-162
09-162
09-163
09-164
09-165
09-165
09-165
09-166
09-167
09-167
09-168
09-169
09-169
09-1610
REAR BELTLINE MOLDING

ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . 09-1610
REAR FLAP
ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION . . . . . . 09-1612
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL . . . . . . 09-1612
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
[3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1613
SIDE STEP MOLDING
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1614
SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION
[3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1615
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . 09-1617
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL [4SD] . . . . . 09-1618
REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . 09-1619
REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION
[4SD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1620
REAR DOOR GARNISH
DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . 09-1622
DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL [3HB] . . . 09-1622
DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION . . . . 09-1622
DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION
[3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1623
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: EXTERIOR TRIM
09-161
EXTERIOR TRIM
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [4SD, 5HB]
id0916004454a1
4SD
1
4 5
10
11
am2zzw0000499
.
Radiator grille
(See 09-16-5 RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Cowl grille
(See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Sail garnish
(See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Roof molding
(See 09-16-10 ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-12 ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION.)
Front beltline molding
(See 09-16-9 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING
Splash shield
(See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-162
10
11
Mudguard
(See 09-16-8 MUDGUARD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear beltline molding
(See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING
Door sash film
(See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION.)
Extractor chamber
(See 09-16-7 EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear spoiler
(See 09-16-18 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL [4SD].)
(See 09-16-20 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION
[4SD].)
EXTERIOR TRIM
5HB
1
4 5
10
11
12
13
am2zzw0000250
.
Radiator grille
INSTALLATION.)
Cowl grille
INSTALLATION.)
Sail garnish
INSTALLATION.)
Roof molding
Splash shield
INSTALLATION.)
Side step molding
(See 09-16-12 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-14 SIDE STEP MOLDING
INSTALLATION.)
10
11
12
13
Mudguard
INSTALLATION.)
Rear spoiler
(See 09-16-17 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-19 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION.)
Rear door garnish
(See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear beltline molding
(See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING
Door sash film
(See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION.)
Extractor chamber
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-163
EXTERIOR TRIM
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
1
id0916004454z3
4 5
10
11
am2zzw0000339
.
Radiator grille
INSTALLATION.)
Cowl grille
INSTALLATION.)
Sail garnish
INSTALLATION.)
Roof molding
Splash shield
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-164
10
11
Side step molding

(See 09-16-13 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
[3HB].)
(See 09-16-15 SIDE STEP MOLDING
Mudguard
INSTALLATION.)
Rear spoiler
(See 09-16-17 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-19 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION.)
Door sash film
(See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL
[3HB].)
(See 09-16-23 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
Extractor chamber
INSTALLATION.)
EXTERIOR TRIM
COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600444000
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
2. Remove the front fender molding. (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Disconnect the windshield washer hose and the connector.
COWL GRILLE
TAB
WINDSHIELD
FASTENER
TAB
(2)
COWL GRILLE
TOP END OF
FASTENER A
(1)
COWL PANEL
FASTENER A
am2zzw0000373
Note
x A screwdriver or other tool cannot be used to remove fasteners from the vehicle body panel. Therefore,
insert a hand into the back side of the cowl panel, rotate fasteners A in the direction of the arrow (1), and
press them up in the direction of the arrow (2).
5. Pull the cowl grille and remove it while detaching tabs.
End Of Sie
RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600468000
Standard Type
09-165
EXTERIOR TRIM
TAB
FASTENER
A
RADIATOR GRILLE
TAB
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000189
3. Press the tab in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and detach the front bumper from the radiator
grille.
4. Remove the radiator grille.
Sport Type
2. Remove the screws, and remove the radiator grille.
SCREW
RADIATOR GRILLE
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000189
09-166
EXTERIOR TRIM
RADIATOR GRILLE REINFORCEMENT
FASTENER
TAB
TAB
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000189
4. Press the tab in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and detach the front bumper from the radiator
grille reinforcement.
5. Remove the radiator grille reinforcement.
End Of Sie
SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600451200
1. Open the front door.

2. Pull the sail garnish in the direction shown in the
figure and remove it while detaching the clips.
End Of Sie
CLIP
CLIP
SAIL GARNISH
am2zzw0000189
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600449500
1. Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the rear bumper. (See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) (See 09-10-25 REAR
BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4. Pull the extractor chamber in the direction of the
arrow (1), (2) shown in the figure using a fastener
remover and remove the extractor chamber.
End Of Sie
(1)
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER
(2)
am2zzw0000192
09-167
EXTERIOR TRIM
MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600467600
1. Remove screw A joined to the front bumper.
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW A
am2zzw0000190
2. Remove fastener B.
FRONT
FENDER
PANEL
MUDGUARD
FRONT
FRONT BUMPER
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000499
3. After removing screw C and fastener D, insert a

fastener remover in the position indicated by the
arrow in the figure and detach the mudguard from
the front fender panel.
FRONT
FENDER
PANEL
MUDGUARD
SCREW C
MUDGUARD
FASTENER D
FRONT
FENDER
PANEL
am2zzw0000499
09-168
EXTERIOR TRIM
4. Remove fasteners E, then remove the mudguard in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
FASTENER E
FASTENER E
FASTENER E
FASTENER E
FRONT
REAR
am2zzw0000499
End Of Sie
SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600461200
1. Remove the screws A and B, then remove the

splash shield in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
REAR
End Of Sie
SCREW B
SCREW A
am2zzw0000451
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091600447700
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fully open the front door glass.

Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-169
EXTERIOR TRIM
6. Remove clip A using a fastener remover and pull
the front beltline molding in the direction of the
7. Rotate the front beltline molding in the direction of
the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove it
while detaching tab B.
FRONT
(1)
B (2)
End Of Sie
FRONT BELTLINE
MOLDING
CLIP
TAB
adejjw00003032
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0916004477z3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fully open the front door glass.

Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove clip A using a fastener remover and pull
the front beltline molding in the direction of the
7. Rotate the front beltline molding in the direction of
(1)
while detaching tab B.
(2)
End Of Sie
FRONT BELTLINE
MOLDING
CLIP A
TAB B
am2zzw0000339
REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1. Fully open the rear door glass.
2. Remove clip A using a fastener remover and pull
up the rear beltline molding in the direction of the
3. Remove clip C using a fastener remover and pull
up the rear beltline molding in the direction of the
4. Rotate the rear beltline molding in the direction of
while detaching tabs B.
End Of Sie
id091600447900
REAR BELTLINE
MOLDING
(1)
(2)
(3)
CLIP
TAB
CLIP C
am2zzw0000189
ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL

id091600447800
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver in the position shown in the figure.

2. Rotate the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove the roof molding
from the T-stud (figure A).
09-1610
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Rotate the roof molding in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, pull up the roof molding in the
direction of the arrow (3) while detaching it from the clip (figure B), and then remove the roof molding.
R ROOF MOLDING
CLIP
FRONT
T-STUD
T-STUD
TOP VIEW
(3)
CLEAN RAG
(2)
(2)
(1)
(1)
R ROOF MOLDING
A
CLIP
R ROOF MOLDING
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
(2)
T-STUD
CLIP
am2zzw0000373
End Of Sie
REAR FLAP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600806600

2. Remove the bolts A and B.
REAR
REAR FLAP
BOLT A
0.81.2 N m
{8.212 kgf cm, 7.110 in lbf}
FASTENER
BOLT B
0.81.2 N m
{8.212 kgf cm, 7.110 in lbf}
am2zzw0000340
3. Remove the rear flap.

End Of Sie
09-1611
EXTERIOR TRIM
ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION
id091600447600
1. Install the roof molding to the front T-stud.

FRONT
R ROOF MOLDING
b
T-STUD
T-STUD
b CLIP
TOP VIEW
T-STUD
CLIP
SEC. bb
SEC. aa
am2zzw0000189
2. Hook the roof molding to the clip and attach the roof molding while pressing it in the direction of the arrow
3. Install the roof molding to the rear T-stud.
End Of Sie
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
id091600717600
1. Remove the rivet.

2. Cut the double-sided adhesive tape shown in the
figure using a utility knife and pull clips A and B in
the direction of the arrow to remove them.
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands
could cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a utility knife.
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
SIDE STEP MOLDING
RIVET
FRONT
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A, B
am2zzw0000450

figure using a utility knife and pull clip B in the
direction of the arrow to remove it.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
CLIP B
REAR
CLIP B
am2zzw0000450
09-1612
EXTERIOR TRIM
4. Slide the side step molding in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove the side
step molding from clips B and C.
5. After removing the side step molding, remove
clips B and C from the body using a fastener
remover.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
End Of Sie
CLIP B
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
CLIP C
SIDE STEP
MOLDING
REAR
CLIP C
CLIP B
am2zzw0000450
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL [3HB]
id0916007176z3
1. Remove the rivet.

figure using a utility knife and pull clips A and B in
the direction of the arrow to remove them.
Warning
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
SIDE STEP MOLDING
RIVET
FRONT
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000451

figure using a utility knife and pull clip B in the
direction of the arrow to remove it.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
CLIP B
CLIP B
REAR
am2zzw0000451
09-1613
EXTERIOR TRIM
4. Slide the side step molding in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove the side
step molding from clips B and C.
5. After removing the side step molding, remove
clips B and C from the body using a fastener
remover.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
CLIP B
End Of Sie
FRONT
REAR
SIDE STEP
MOLDING
CLIP C
CLIP B
CLIP C
CLIP C
am2zzw0000451
SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION
id091600717700
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new side step molding for installation.
x When a side step molding is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the side step molding.
2. Affix double-sided adhesive tape to the
DOUBLE-SIDED
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
ADHESIVE TAPE
1. Install new clips A, B, C to the side step molding.
REAR-SIDE
FRONT-SIDE
am2zzw0000190
CLIP B
CLIP C
CLIP A, B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP C
CLIP B
am2zzw0000451
09-1614
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Peel the tape backing of double-sided adhesive
tape to the position shown in the figure.
BACKING OF
DOBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
BACKING OF
DOBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
FRONT-SIDE
REAR-SIDE
am2zzw0000190
3. Install the side step molding while pushing the clip

A, B and C installation area shown in the figure.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
CLIP A
CLIP B
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
CLIP C
SIDE STEP
MOLDING
REAR
am2zzw0000451
4. Press the position shown in the figure.
FRONT-SIDE
REAR-SIDE
am2zzw0000191
5. Install the rivet.
End Of Sie
RIVET
FRONT
am2zzw0000451
SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0916007177z3
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new side step molding for installation.
x When a side step molding is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the side step molding.
09-1615
EXTERIOR TRIM
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
1. Install new clips A, B, C to the side step molding.
REAR-SIDE
FRONT-SIDE
am2zzw0000340
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP C
am2zzw0000340
2. Peel the tape backing of double-sided adhesive

tape to the position shown in the figure.
BACKING OF
DOBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
FRONT-SIDE
BACKING OF
DOBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
REAR-SIDE
am2zzw0000340
09-1616
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Install the side step molding while pushing the clip
A, B and C installation area shown in the figure.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
CLIP B
FRONT CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP C
REAR
SIDE STEP
MOLDING
CLIP C
CLIP C
am2zzw0000451
4. Press the position shown in the figure.
FRONT-SIDE
REAR-SIDE
am2zzw0000340
5. Install the rivet.
End Of Sie
RIVET
FRONT
am2zzw0000451
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL

id091600451500
1. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the nuts.
NUT
am2zzw0000192
09-1617
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Peel off double-sided adhesive tape from the
position shown in the figure using a utility knife.
Warning
REAR SPOILER
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000192
4. Pull up the end of the rear spoiler in the direction

of the arrow shown in the figure and remove the
clips.
CLIP
CLIP
END OF THE
REAR SPOILER
adejjw00003311
5. Pull up the rear spoiler in the direction of the

arrow shown in the figure and remove it while
detaching the guide pins.
End Of Sie
GUIDE PIN
GUIDE PIN
am2zzw0000192
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL [4SD]

id0916004515z7
1. Peel off double-sided adhesive tape from the

position shown in the figure using a utility knife.
DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
Warning

am2zzw0000508
09-1618
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull up the rear spoiler in the direction of the
arrow (1), (2), (3 ) shown in the figure and remove
the clips.
3. Remove the rear spoiler.
End Of Sie
REAR SPOILER
CLIP
(3)
(2)
(1)
CLIP
am2zzw0000508
REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION
id091600451600
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands could cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new rear spoiler for installation.
1. When installing a new rear spoiler, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the liftgate.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the liftgate.
2. If the rear spoiler is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape remaining on the rear spoiler and liftgate after removal.
2. Remove any grease and dirt from the double-sided adhesive tape affixing area.
DOUBLE-SIDE ADHESIVE TAPE
Note
x Use the 3M 5079-type of double-sided
adhesive tape, or the equivalent.
am2zzw0000192
09-1619
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Install the rear spoiler in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure while inserting the guide pins
in the vehicle side.
GUIDE PIN
GUIDE PIN
am2zzw0000192
4. Press the end of the rear spoiler and affix doublesided adhesive tape while installing the clips.

CLIP
CLIP
END OF THE
REAR SPOILER
adejjw00003325
5. Tighten the nuts.

6. Install the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
End Of Sie
NUT
7.89.8 Nm
am2zzw0000193
REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0916004516z7
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands could cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new rear spoiler for installation.
1. When installing a new rear spoiler, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the trunk lid.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the trunk lid.
2. If the rear spoiler is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape remaining on the rear spoiler and trunk lid after removal.
2. Remove any grease and dirt from the double-sided adhesive tape affixing area.
09-1620
EXTERIOR TRIM
Note
x Use the 3M GT7116-type of double-sided
adhesive tape, or the equivalent.

am2zzw0000497
3. Install the rear spoiler in the direction of the arrow

(1), (2), (3) shown in the figure while inserting the
clips in the vehicle side.
CLIP
REAR SPOILER
(1)
(2)
(3)
CLIP
am2zzw0000497
4. Press the rear spoiler and affix double-sided

adhesive tapes.
End Of Sie

am2zzw0000498
REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091600445700
1. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-1621
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Remove the screw from the inside of the vehicle.
3. Pull the rear door garnish in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove it while
detaching the clip.
REAR DOOR GARNISH

SCREW
CLIP
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000192
DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL
id091600445500
1. Partially peel back the glass run channel.

2. Partially peel back the door weatherstrip.
(1) Inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Power outer mirror (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Sail inner garnish (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear door trim (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-7 EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Rear beltline molding (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Rear door garnish (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Peel off the door sash film by pulling it outward
from one end.
Note
x Slowly remove the door sash film because it
could tear easily.
End Of Sie
DOOR SASH FILM
am2zzw0000192
DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL [3HB]
id0916004455z3
1. Partially peel back the glass run channel.

2. Partially peel back the door weatherstrip.
(2) Front door trim (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-10 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Peel off the door sash film by pulling it outward
from one end.
Note
x Slowly remove the door sash film because it
could tear easily.
End Of Sie
DOOR SASH FILM
am2zzw0000192
DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION

id091600445600
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the door.
09-1622
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Cut away the unused portion along the dotted
lines.
3. Peel off the tape backing and attach the door
sash film onto the door as shown in the figure.
UNUSED
PORTION
DOTTED
LINES
am2zzw0000192
C
A
A
a
c
a
a
SEC. BB
SEC. AA
SEC. CC
adejjw00003343
Standard clearance
a: 4.0 mm {0.16 in}
b: 3.05.0 mm {0.120.19 in}
c: 3.0 mm {0.12 in} or more
4. Peel off the transparent protective film on the door sash film.
(1) Rear door garnish (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Rear beltline molding (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-9 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear door trim (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0916004456z3
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the door.
09-1623
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Cut away the unused portion along the dotted
lines.
3. Peel off the tape backing and attach the door
sash film onto the door as shown in the figure.
UNUSED
PORTION
DOTTED
LINES
am2zzw0000192
A
A
c
a
a
SEC. AA
SEC. BB
am2zzw0000339
Standard clearance
a: 4.0 mm {0.16 in}
b: 3.05.0 mm {0.120.19 in}
c: 3.0 mm {0.12 in} or more
4. Peel off the transparent protective film on the door sash film.
(1) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-10 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(4) Front door trim (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
End Of Sie
09-1624
PAGE 1 OF 2
09-17
INTERIOR TRIM
INTERIOR TRIM
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

[4SD, 5HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-172
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-173
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-175
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-176
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-177
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-177
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1710
Dashboard Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . 09-1713
Bolt I Removal/Installation Note . . . . . . 09-1714
Dashboard Installation Note. . . . . . . . . 09-1714
[Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
DASHBOARD
METER HOOD
COLUMN COVER
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER
LOWER PANEL
Driver's Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1729
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1730
LOWER PANEL
Driver's Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1730
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1731
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE
VENTILATOR GRILLE
SIDE WALL
Right-side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1733
Left-side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1733
INNER GARNISH
SIDE PANEL
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER
CENTER PANEL
Center Panel Removal Note. . . . . . . . . 09-1736
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT

ATX/CVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1738
MTX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1739
REAR CONSOLE
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1741
A-PILLAR TRIM
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
C-PILLAR TRIM
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1746
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1751
C-PILLAR TRIM
SAIL INNER GARNISH
FRONT SIDE TRIM
Driver-side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1753
Passenger-side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1754
FRONT SIDE TRIM
FRONT SIDE GARNISH
FRONT SCUFF PLATE
FRONT SCUFF PLATE
REAR SCUFF PLATE
FRONT DOOR TRIM
FRONT DOOR TRIM
FRONT DOOR TRIM
FRONT DOOR TRIM
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB] . . . . 09-1763
REAR DOOR TRIM
REAR DOOR TRIM
TIRE HOUSE TRIM
Tire House Trim Installation Note . . . . . 09-1768
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
TRUNK SIDE TRIM
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1770
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1772
TRUNK SIDE TRIM
TRUNK END TRIM
09-171
PAGE 2 OF 2
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5HB, 3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRUNK LID TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]. . . . .
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . .
LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM
LIFTGATE RECESS
SUNVISOR
ASSIST HANDLE
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERIOR TRIM
09-1775
09-1776
09-1777
09-1778
09-1779
09-1779
09-1780
09-1780
09-1780
09-1781
HEADLINER
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1781
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1784
HEADLINER
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1788
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1789
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
FLOOR COVERING
FLOOR COVERING
INTERIOR TRIM
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [4SD, 5HB]
WM: INTERIOR TRIM
id0917004542a1
R.H.D.
2
10
5
am2zzw0000446
Glove compartment
(See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT
Dashboard
(See 09-17-18 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/
(See 09-17-22 DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Meter hood
INSTALLATION.)
Inner garnish
(See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-172
10
Front side trim

(See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Lower panel
(See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Center panel (vehicles without audio unit)
(See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Glove compartment cover
(See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER
Dashboard under cover
(See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER
Front side garnish (Vehicles with CVT)
(See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
2
10 11 12
EXCEPT
DRIVER SIDE
20
19
18
17
15
16
14
13
am2zzw0000491
10
Assist handle
(See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Sunvisor
(See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Column cover
(See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
A-pillar trim
(See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Front door trim
(See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM
Shock-absorbing pad
(See 09-17-88 SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
B-pillar upper trim
(See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
B-pillar lower trim
(See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear door trim
(See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-66 REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Tire house trim
(See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/
09-174
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
C-pillar trim
(See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Headliner
(See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear package trim
(See 09-17-68 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/
Rear scuff plate
(See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Floor covering
(See 09-17-91 FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Front scuff plate
(See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear console
(See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Front console component
(See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
Side wall
(See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Side panel
(See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
INTERIOR TRIM
5HB
R.H.D.
2
10 11 12 13
14
PASSENGER-SIDE
ONLY
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
am2zzw0000222
Assist handle
INSTALLATION.)
Sunvisor
INSTALLATION.)
Column cover
INSTALLATION.)
A-pillar trim
INSTALLATION.)
Front door trim
INSTALLATION.)
Shock absorbing pad
10
11
12
B-pillar upper trim

INSTALLATION.)
B-pillar lower trim
(See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear door trim
(See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-66 REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Sail inner garnish
(See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
C-pillar trim
INSTALLATION.)
Trunk side trim
(See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-175
INTERIOR TRIM
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Headliner
INSTALLATION.)
Trunk end trim
(See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Rear scuff plate
(See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Floor covering
INSTALLATION.)
Front scuff plate
INSTALLATION.)
Rear console
INSTALLATION.)
Side wall
INSTALLATION.)
Side panel
INSTALLATION.)
4SD
am2ccw0000014
.
Trunk lid trim

(See 09-17-77 TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/
Trunk end trim
INSTALLATION.)
09-176
Trunk side trim

INSTALLATION.)
INTERIOR TRIM
5HB
adejjw00003361
.
Liftgate recess
(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Liftgate lower trim
(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM
Liftgate upper trim

(See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
id0917004542z3
09-177
INTERIOR TRIM
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
R.H.D.
2
5
am2zzw0000348
Glove compartment
(See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT
Dashboard
(See 09-17-22 DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Meter hood
INSTALLATION.)
Inner garnish
(See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-178
Front side trim

INSTALLATION.)
Lower panel
Center panel (vehicles without audio unit)
(See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Glove compartment cover
(See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER
Dashboard under cover
(See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
3
10
11
PASSENGER-SIDE
ONLY
17
16
15
14
13
12
am2zzw0000222
Assist handle
INSTALLATION.)
Sunvisor
INSTALLATION.)
Column cover
INSTALLATION.)
A-pillar trim
INSTALLATION.)
Front door trim
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
Shock absorbing pad
B-pillar upper trim
Trunk side trim
INSTALLATION.)
C-pillar trim
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Headliner
INSTALLATION.)
Trunk end trim
INSTALLATION.)
Floor covering
Front scuff plate
Rear console
INSTALLATION.)
Side wall
INSTALLATION.)
Side panel
INSTALLATION.)
09-179
INTERIOR TRIM
1
2
adejjw00003362
.
Liftgate recess
(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Liftgate lower trim
(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM
Liftgate upper trim

(See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004535z3

(2) Glove compartment cover (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Dashboard under cover (See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Heat duct (passenger side).
(9) Front side trim (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(10)Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(11)Driver-side lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module.
(13)Steering wheel (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
(14)Column cover (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(15)Meter hood (See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(16)Instrument cluster (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(17)Combination switch (See 09-18-32 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(18)Center panel unit (vehicles with audio unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(19)Center panel (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(20)Climate control unit
09-1710
INTERIOR TRIM
(21)Shift lever (MTX) (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[F35M-R].) (See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX)
(24)Passenger-side lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(25)Side panel (See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(26)A-pillar trim (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(27)Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(28)Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(29)Windshield wiper motor (L.H.D.)
(30)Sail garnish (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(31)Steering shaft cover (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
(32)Steering shaft (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
3. Disconnect antenna feeder No.2 from the antenna feeder No.1. (See 09-20-20 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
4. Disconnect antenna feeder No.1 clip from the A-pillar inner panel.
5. Disconnect the dashboard wiring harness connectors.
6. Remove nuts A and bolts B then remove the
dashboard bracket.
7. Remove nut C and bolt D from the outside of the
vehicle (upper dashboard area).
NUT A
L.H.D.
BOLT B
NUT A
BOLT B
DASHBOARD
BRACKET
adejjw00003087
BOLT D
NUT C
BOLT D:1622 Nm {1.72.2 kgfm,1216 ftlbf}

am2zzw0000025
09-1711
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
8. Remove nuts E and F shown in the figure.
BOLT D
NUT C

am2zzw0000149
L.H.D.
A/C UNIT
GLOVE COMPARTMENT DAMPER
NUT F
A/C UNIT
DRIVER'S SIDE
NUT E
PASSENGER'S SIDE
am2zzw0000026
R.H.D.
9. Disconnect the A/C unit related connector.
10. Remove the caps, remove bolts I and J. (See 0917-14 Bolt I Removal/Installation Note)
NUT E
A/C UNIT
PASSENGER'S SIDE
A/C UNIT
NUT F
DRIVER'S SIDE
am2zzw0000149
09-1712
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
(1)
BOLT I
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
BOLT J
CAP
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
BOLT I
(2)
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
BOLT J
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000180
11. Lift the dashboard in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, disconnect the A/C unit, and then rotate
the dashboard in the direction of the arrow (2) and remove it from the vehicle. (See 09-17-13 Dashboard
Removal Note)
Dashboard Removal Note
Warning
x When the dashboard is removed from the vehicle, it could fall and cause injury. Always perform
the procedure with at least another person to prevent the dashboard from falling.
Caution
x When the dashboard is removed from the vehicle, be careful not to damage the door and
surrounding area.
1. Take the dashboard out through the opened front door.
09-1713
INTERIOR TRIM
Bolt I Removal/Installation Note
1. If the bolt falls off during the removal and
installation procedure, remove it from the service
hole shown in the figure.
DROPPED BOLT
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000150
Dashboard Installation Note

1. When inserting the bolt on the dashboard side, verify that the through-hole positions of the air intake duct and
A/C unit are aligned.
L.H.D.
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
AIR INTAKE DUCT

A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]

id0917004535z5

(4) Heat duct (passenger side)
INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module
09-1714
INTERIOR TRIM
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

INSTALLATION.)
(20)Climate control unit (See 07-40A-32 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-24 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER].)
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX/CVT)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX/CVT)
INSTALLATION.)
(30)Windshield wiper motor (L.H.D.) (See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
Disconnect antenna feeder No.2 from the antenna feeder No.1. (See 09-20-20 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
Disconnect antenna feeder No.1 clip from the A-pillar inner panel.
Disconnect the dashboard wiring harness connectors.
Remove nuts A and bolts B then remove the
dashboard bracket.
Remove nut C and bolt D from the outside of the
NUT A
BOLT B
NUT A
BOLT B
DASHBOARD
BRACKET
NUT A, BOLT B:915 Nm {92152 kgfcm, 80132 inlbf}
am2zzw0000500
09-1715
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
BOLT D
NUT C
BOLT D:2028 Nm {2.12.8 kgfm, 1520 ftlbf}

am2zzw0000500
R.H.D.
A/C UNIT
NUT E
NUT F
A/C UNIT
PASSENGER'S SIDE
DRIVER'S SIDE
am2zzw0000149
R.H.D.
(1)
BOLT I
2028 Nm
{2.12.8 kgfm,
1520 ftlbf}
BOLT J
CAP
2028 Nm
{2.12.8 kgfm,
1520 ftlbf}
BOLT I
(2)
2028 Nm
{2.12.8 kgfm,
1520 ftlbf}
BOLT J
2028 Nm
{2.12.8 kgfm,
1520 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000500
Removal Note)
09-1717
INTERIOR TRIM
Warning
Caution
surrounding area.
DROPPED BOLT
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000150

L.H.D.
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
AIR INTAKE DUCT

A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0917004535z6

09-1718
INTERIOR TRIM
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
(4) Heat duct (passenger side)
INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module
INSTALLATION.)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX)
INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
Disconnect antenna feeder No.2 from the antenna feeder No.1. (See 09-20-20 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
Disconnect antenna feeder No.1 clip from the A-pillar inner panel.
Disconnect the dashboard wiring harness connectors.
Remove nuts A and bolts B then remove the
dashboard bracket.
Remove nut C and bolt D from the outside of the
NUT A
BOLT B
NUT A
BOLT B
DASHBOARD
BRACKET
adejjw00003087
09-1719
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
BOLT D
NUT C

am2zzw0000149
R.H.D.
A/C UNIT
NUT E
NUT F
A/C UNIT
PASSENGER'S SIDE
DRIVER'S SIDE
am2zzw0000149
R.H.D.
(1)
BOLT I
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
BOLT J
CAP
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
BOLT I
(2)
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
BOLT J
1622 Nm
{1.72.2 kgfm,
1216 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000180
Removal Note)
09-1720
INTERIOR TRIM
Warning
Caution
surrounding area.
DROPPED BOLT
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000150

L.H.D.
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
AIR INTAKE DUCT

A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
09-1722
id091700453600
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
1
am2zzw0000150
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dashboard wiring harness

Dashboard bracket
Upper garnish
Duct
Dashboard member
Dashboard
Center ventilator grille
8
9
10
Glove compartment damper

Glove compartment striker (See 08-10-7
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
Passenger-side airbag module (See 08-10-7
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
End Of Sie
METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700454300
1. Pull the meter hood in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the clips.
09-1724
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP
End Of Sie
METER
HOOD
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000151
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700453700
1. Pull down the steering wheel.

2. Remove the key cylinder cap. (Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system)
3. Pull the upper column cover in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove the upper
column cover while detaching the tabs and pin.
R.H.D.
4. Rotate the steering wheel to the left and right until
it reaches the positions shown in the figure and
remove screws A.
(1)
UPPER
COLUMN
COVER
(2)
PIN
TAB
TAB
adejjw00003368
R.H.D.
5. Pull up the steering wheel.
6. Remove screw B, then remove the lower column
cover in the direction of the arrow (4) while
keeping it open in the direction of the arrow (3)
SCREW A
PROTECTIVE
TAPE
LOWER COLUMN COVER
PROTECTIVE SCREW A
TAPE
LOWER COLUMN COVER

adejjw00003094
09-1725
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
(3)
(3)
(4)
LOWER
COLUMN
COVER
SCREW B
adejjw00003369
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700453800
1. Move the hook in the direction of the arrow in the order of remove them.
R.H.D.
GLOVE COMPERTMENT
HOOK
am2zzw0000150
2. Push both ends of the inner-side glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, detach
the pins from the dashboard, and remove the glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (2).
09-1726
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
(1)
(1)
PIN
PIN
(2)
GLOVE COMPERTMENT
am2zzw0000150
End Of Sie
GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700466700
1. Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)

2. Remove the fasteners, then remove the glove compartment cover in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
R.H.D.
Caution
x Be careful not to damage the guide
during removal.
FASTENER
FASTENER
GUIDE
End Of Sie
FASTENER
am2zzw0000028
LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700453900
Driver's Side
(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Side wall (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(6) Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the screw, pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), and remove the
lower panel while detaching the clips.
09-1727
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
4. Disconnect the switch connector.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
(2) (1)
LOWER PANEL
CLIP
GUIDE
SCREW
GUIDE
adejjw00003103
Passenger's Side
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while detaching the
clips.
L.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP
(2)
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000444
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
CLIP
CLIP
(2)
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000444
LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004539z3
Driver's Side
(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
(4) Side wall (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-1730
INTERIOR TRIM
(6) Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the screw, pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), and remove the
lower panel while detaching the clips.
L.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
LOWER PANEL
(1) (2)
CLIP
GUIDE
SCREW
GUIDE
am2zzw0000180
R.H.D.
4. Disconnect the switch connector.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
(2) (1)
LOWER PANEL
CLIP
GUIDE
SCREW
GUIDE
adejjw00003103
Passenger's Side
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
2. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
3. Pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while detaching the
clips.
L.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP
(2)
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000180
09-1731
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
CLIP
End Of Sie
CLIP
(2)
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000180
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700454800
1. Route the wiring harness as shown in the figure and pull on the center ventilator grille in the direction of the
arrow to remove it.
L.H.D.
WIRING HARNESS
am2zzw0000151
R.H.D.
2. When installing the center ventilator grille, press it
in the dashboard.
End Of Sie
WIRING HARNESS
am2zzw0000151
VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1. Remove the side panel. (See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-1732
id091700454100
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Rotate the ventilator grille to the notch in the
direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and
pull it in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove it.
End Of Sie
NOTCH
VENTILATOR
GRILLE
NOTCH

VENTILATOR
GRILLE
am2zzw0000151
SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700454400
Right-side
FASTENER
SIDE WALL
adejjw00003381
2. Pull the side wall in the direction of the arrow in

the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while
detaching clips A and tab B.
CLIP A
TAB B
CLIP A
FRONT
CONSOLE
(1)
(2)
SIDE WALL
TAB B
SIDE WALL
am2zzw0000151
Left-side
FASTENER
SIDE WALL
am2zzw0000151
09-1733
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull the side wall in the direction of the arrow in
the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while
detaching clips A and B and tab C.
End Of Sie
CLIP A
CLIP B
TAB C
CLIP B
CLIP A
FRONT
CONSOLE
(1)
TAB C
SIDE WALL
(2)
SIDE WALL
am2zzw0000151
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700460500
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable (vehicles with tweeter).

2. Pull the inner garnish in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure and remove it while detaching
the clips.
3. Disconnect the tweeter connector (vehicles with
tweeter).
INNER GARNISH
CLIP
End Of Sie
adejjw00002979
SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700454000
1. Partially peel back the seaming welt.

(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-57
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-55 FRONT
SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(7) Lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the side panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching clips A and B.
L.H.D.
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
SIDE PANEL
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000180
09-1734
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
CLIP A
End Of Sie
CLIP A
CLIP B
SIDE PANEL
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000180
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700470000
1. While pressing the hook inside the service hole in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull the
dashboard under cover in the direction of the arrow (2), and then remove the hook and the guide pin.
L.H.D.
HOOK
HOOK
GUIDE PIN
GUIDE PIN
DASHBOAD
UNDER COVER
HOOK
(1)
(2)
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000151
R.H.D.
2. Remove the dashboard under cover.
HOOK
HOOK
GUIDE PIN
End Of Sie
GUIDE PIN
DASHBOAD
UNDER COVER
(2)
SERVICE HOLE
HOOK
(1)
am2zzw0000151
CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700455200
Note
x For vehicles with the audio unit, refer to the CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. (See 0920-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the shift lever knob. (MTX) (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [B65M-R])
3. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the screw, pull the center panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, and remove the center
panel while detaching the clips A and B. (See 09-17-36 Center Panel Removal Note)
09-1735
INTERIOR TRIM
L.H.D.
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CENTER PANEL
CLIP A
CLIP A
SCREW
am2zzw0000374
R.H.D.
6. Disconnect the hazard warning switch connector.
7. Disconnect the passenger-side seat belt reminder
indicator connector. (vehicles with passenger-side
seat belt reminder indicator)
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CENTER PANEL
CLIP A
SCREW
am2zzw0000374
Center Panel Removal Note

1. When the center panel is removed, clips A could interfere with the climate control unit bracket and cause
damage. Pull the center panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure (upward at a approx. 20angle)
when removing it.
CENTER PANEL
CLIP A
APPROX. 20
BRACKET

am2zzw0000326
End Of Sie
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458500
1. Shift lever to neutral position.

09-1736
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the screws, pull the lower side of the front console component in the direction of the arrow, and
remove the clips.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
SCREW
SCREW
am2zzw0000500
Caution
x Affix protective tape to the ATX/CVT shift panel to prevent scratches or damage. (ATX/CVT)
PROTECTIVE
TAPE
am2zzw0000265
09-1737
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Pull the front console assembly in the direction of the arrow in the figure and remove it while detaching the
clips.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000500
5. Install the boot panel and front console as a single unit.

End Of Sie
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
ATX/CVT
09-1738
id091700458600
INTERIOR TRIM
am2zzw0000265
1
2
Boot panel
Front console

MTX
09-1739
INTERIOR TRIM
3
2
am2zzw0000502
1
2
3
Boot panel
Screw
Set panel
09-1740
4
5
Boot
Front console
INTERIOR TRIM
End Of Sie
REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700457500
L.H.D.
2. Pull the console in the direction of the arrow
clips A, hooks B, and the tab.
3. Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector and
auxiliary jack connector (vehicles with auxiliary
jack).
CLIP A
CONSOLE
TAB
HOOK B
HOOK B
CLIP A
HOOK B
CLIP A
adejjw00003123
4. Remove nut C.
PIN D
NUT C
PIN D
am2zzw0000245
5. Pull up the rear console in the direction of the

arrow (1) shown in the figure, remove clips E,
move the rear console in the direction of the arrow
(2), and remove it avoiding the parking brake
lever.
CLIP E
PIN F
REAR CONSOLE
CLIP E
Caution
x When moving the rear console in the
direction of the arrow (2), be careful not
to damage pins D and F.
REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
REAR CONSOLE
(1)
CLIP E
PIN F
REAR CONSOLE
(2)
CLIP E
REAR CONSOLE BRACKET

adejjw00003125
R.H.D.
09-1741
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull the console in the direction of the arrow
clips A, hooks B, and the tab.
3. Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector and
auxiliary jack connector (vehicles with auxiliary
jack).
CONSOLE
CLIP A
TAB
HOOK B
HOOK B
CLIP A
HOOK B
CLIP A
adejjw00003120
4. Remove nut C.
NUT C
PIN D
PIN D
am2zzw0000181
5. Pull up the rear console in the direction of the

arrow (1) shown in the figure, remove clips E,
move the rear console in the direction of the arrow
(2), and remove it avoiding the parking brake
lever.
CLIP E
PIN F
REAR CONSOLE
CLIP E
Caution
x When moving the rear console in the
direction of the arrow (2), be careful not
to damage pins D and F.
PIN F
REAR CONSOLE
(1)
End Of Sie
CLIP E
REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
REAR CONSOLE
(2)
CLIP E
REAR CONSOLE BRACKET

adejjw00003122
A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700458700
09-1742
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull the upper end of the A-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove clips A and B.
R GROMMET
R CLIP B
R CLIP B
A-PILLAR TRIM
CLIP A
CLIP A
am2zzw0000181
3. Cut the lead wire connecting clip B and grommet using a nipper and pull out the A-pillar trim in the direction of
GROMMET
R CLIP B
LEAD WIRE
CLIP B
A-PILLAR TRIM
TAB
am2zzw0000181
Caution
x When pulling out the A-pillar trim, be careful not to damage the tabs.
09-1743
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Move the hook in the direction of arrows (1) and (2) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver and detach
it from the A-pillar inner panel.
A-PILLAR INNER PANEL
HOOK
R GROMMET
(1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
R GROMMET
(3)
(2)
HOOK
A-PILLAR INNER PANEL
am2zzw0000231
5. Remove the grommet in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.
6. When installing the A-pillar trim, install the new clip B and grommet to the A-pillar trim in advance.
End Of Sie
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700459000
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the adjuster anchor cover.

Remove the upper anchor installation bolts of the front seat belt.
Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Partially peel back the seaming welt.
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Grasp the lower end of the B-pillar upper trim, pull
it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure,
CLIP D
and remove hook A, guide pin B, pin C, and clip D.
CLIP D
B-PILLAR UPPER
TRIM
PIN C
HOOK A GUIDE PIN B
PIN C
GUIDE PIN B
HOOK A
am2zzw0000181
09-1744
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Remove the B-pillar upper trim in the direction of
TAB
Caution
x When removing the B-pillar upper trim,
be careful not to damage the tabs.
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
adejjw00003390
9. If there is a remaining clip D, rotate it 90 in the

direction of the arrow shown in the figure and
remove it.
10. Remove clip D and install it to the B-pillar upper
trim.
CLIP D
End Of Sie
CLIP D
am2zzw0000182
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004590z3

(1) Front seat belt adjuster anchor cover
(2) Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt
3. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
4. Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
6. Grasp the lower end of the B-pillar upper trim, pull
CLIP B
CLIP A CLIP B
it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure,
CLIP A
and remove clip A, clip B, tab C, and pin D.
TAB C
B-PILLAR
UPPER TRIM
FASTENER
PIN D
CLIP A
TAB C
PIN D
PIN D
CLIP B
am2zzw0000341
09-1745
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Remove the B-pillar upper trim in the direction of
TAB E
Caution
x When removing the B-pillar upper trim,
be careful not to damage the tabs E.
B-PILLAR
UPPER TRIM
am2zzw0000341
8. If there is a remaining clip A, rotate it 90 in the

direction of the arrow shown in the figure and
remove it.
9. Remove clip A and install it to the B-pillar upper
trim.
CLIP A
End Of Sie
CLIP A
am2zzw0000341
B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458900
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Pull the B-pillar lower trim in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure, detach tab A, pin B, clip
C, pin D, then remove the B-pillar lower trim.
TAB A
End Of Sie
TAB A
PIN B
B-PILLAR
LOWER TRIM
PIN D
PIN D
PIN D
CLIP C
PIN B
CLIP C
CLIP C
CLIP C DITAIL
FRONT
am2zzw0000182
C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700459100
4SD
Removal
1. Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD])
09-1746
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove clip A.
R GROMMET
R CLIP A
CLIP A
C-PILLAR TRIM
am2ccw0000010
09-1747
INTERIOR TRIM
6. Cut the lead wire connecting clip A and grommet using a nipper.
R
GROMMET
LEAD WIRE
CLIP A
R
CLIP A
C-PILLAR TRIM
am2ccw0000016
09-1748
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Slide the C-pillar trim in the direction shown by the arrow in the figure and remove the C-pillar trim from clip B.
CLIP B
TAB
TAB
TAB
C-PILLAR TRIM
am2ccw0000010
8. Remove the C-pillar trim.

9. Remove clip B from the positions shown in the
figure using a fastener remover and install the Cpillar trim.
CLIP B
CLIP B
FASTENER REMOVER
am2zzw0000503
09-1749
INTERIOR TRIM
it from the rear pillar inner panel.
REAR PILLAR INNER PANEL
HOOK
R GROMMET
(1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
R GROMMET
(3)
(2)
HOOK
am2ccw0000016
12. When installing the C-pillar trim, install the new clip and new grommet to the C-pillar trim in advance.
Installation
1. Insert the tabs into the rear package trim in the positions shown in the figure.
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
C-PILLAR TRIM
TAB B
am2zzw0000503
09-1750
INTERIOR TRIM
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install clip A and B to the body.

Install the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Install the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Install the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Lower anchor installation bolts of the rear seat belt (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
(5) Trunk end trim (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching clips A and
B.
R GROMMET
R
CLIP B
CLIP A
R CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP A
am2zzw0000182
09-1751
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Cut the lead wire connecting clip B and grommet using a nipper.
R
GROMMET
LEAD WIRE
C-PILLAR TRIM
R
CLIP B
am2zzw0000374
6. Pull out the rear seat belt lower anchor and remove the C-pillar trim.
it from the rear pillar inner panel.
HOOK
R GROMMET
(1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
R GROMMET
(3)
(2)
HOOK
am2zzw0000181
9. When installing the C-pillar trim, install the new clip and new grommet to the C-pillar trim in advance.
End Of Sie
C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004591z3

09-1752
INTERIOR TRIM
(3) Lower anchor installation bolts of the rear seat belt (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
4. Pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching tab A, clips
B, pin C, pin D and tab E.
TAB A
TAB A
TAB E
CLIP B
PIN C
CLIP B
CLIP B
PIN D
CLIP B
CLIP B
PIN C
PIN D
C-PILLAR TRIM
TAB E
am2zzw0000341
5. Pull out the rear seat belt lower anchor and remove the C-pillar trim.
End Of Sie
SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700467100
1. Grasp the upper end of the sail inner garnish, pull

the sail inner garnish in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure, and remove it while detaching
the clips.
CLIP
End Of Sie
CLIP
am2zzw0000184
FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700459600
Driver-side
09-1753
INTERIOR TRIM
L.H.D.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000459
R.H.D.
4. Pull the front side trim in the direction of the arrow
the clips.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000459
Passenger-side
Vehicles without CVT
L.H.D.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
adejjw00001828
R.H.D.
the clips.
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
CLIP
REAR
FASTENER
adejjw00001829
Vehicles with CVT

09-1754
INTERIOR TRIM
the clips.
End Of Sie
GUIDE
CLIP
FRONT SIDE TRIM

CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000446
FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0917004596z3
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
L.H.D.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000459
R.H.D.
the clips.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
End Of Sie
CLIP
REAR
FASTENER
am2zzw0000460
FRONT SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700467400
2. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the front side garnish in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure while remove the clips
CLIP
4. Remove the front side garnish.
CLIP
End Of Sie
FRONT SIDE
GARNISH
am2zzw0000442
09-1755
INTERIOR TRIM
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700457900
1. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then detach
tab B, pin C, and clip D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
FRONT
(1)
TAB B
(2)
TAB A
TAB B
PIN C
CLIP D
TAB A
PIN C
FRONT SCUFF PLATE
CLIP D
am2zzw0000460
2. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull the front
scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (4), and remove it while detaching tab B, pin C, and clip D.
REAR
TAB B
(4)
TAB B
(3)
PIN C
TAB A
FRONT
SCUFF
PLATE
TAB A
PIN C
CLIP D
CLIP D
am2zzw0000460
End Of Sie
09-1756
INTERIOR TRIM
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004579z3
1. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then detach
tab B, pin C, and clip D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
FRONT
(1)
TAB B
(2)
TAB A
TAB B
PIN C
TAB A
CLIP D
FRONT SCUFF PLATE
PIN C
CLIP D
am2zzw0000460
2. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull the front
scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (4), and remove it while detaching tab B, pin C, clip D, and pin E.
REAR
TAB B
(4)
TAB B
PIN E
TAB A
CLIP D
TAB A
(3)
PIN C
PIN C
CLIP D
FRONT SCUFF
PLATE
PIN E
am2zzw0000460
End Of Sie
09-1757
INTERIOR TRIM
REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458000
1. Detach tab A while pulling the rear scuff plate in

the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure,
then detach clip B, and pin C while pulling in the
FRONT
TAB A
CLIP B
(1)
TAB A
(2)
PIN C
CLIP B
PIN C
REAR SCUFF PLATE
am2zzw0000460
2. Detach tab A while pulling the rear scuff plate in

the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure,
pull the rear scuff plate in the direction of the
arrow (4), and remove it while detaching clip B,
pin C and tab D.
End Of Sie
REAR
TAB A
(4)
TAB A
(3)
TAB D
PIN C
PIN C
CLIP B
CLIP B
REAR SCUFF PLATE
TAB D
am2zzw0000460
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700459700

2. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the cover of inner handle while remove the
COVER
tabs.
SCREW
4. Remove the cover.
SCREW
COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000261
6. Pull in the direction of the arrow shown in the

figure and remove clips A from the door inner
panel using a fastener remover.
FRONT DOOR TRIM
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP A
adejjw00003404
09-1758
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Remove the front door trim in the direction of the
a
a
SEC. aa
am2zzw0000249
8. Remove the inner handle and move the front door

trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000249
9. Turn the inner handle 90q in the direction of the

arrow and remove it from the front door trim.
10. Disconnect the driver-side power outer mirror
switch connector, driver-side power window main
switch connector, and passenger-side power
window subswitch connector.
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000249
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0917004597z3

2. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
COVER
tabs.
SCREW
SCREW
COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000341
09-1759
INTERIOR TRIM
figure and remove clips A and B from the door
inner panel using a fastener remover.
FRONT DOOR TRIM
CLIP A
FRONT DOOR
TRIM
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP A
am2zzw0000341
6. Remove the front door trim in the direction of the

a
a
SEC. aa
am2zzw0000341
7. Remove the inner handle and move the front door

figure.
TAB B
TAB A
TAB A
TAB B
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000342

arrow and remove it from the front door trim.
9. Disconnect the driver-side power outer mirror
switch connector, driver-side power window main
switch connector, and passenger-side power
window subswitch connector.
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000342
FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091700720000
1. Disassemble in the order shown in the figure.
09-1760
INTERIOR TRIM
L.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
7
3
1
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
7
3
1
am2zzw0000195
09-1761
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
7
3
1
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
7
3
1
am2zzw0000196
.
1
2
3
4
5
Front door trim

Screw A
Front door decoration panel
Screw B
Screw C
End Of Sie
09-1762
6
7
8
9
Switch panel
Screw D
INTERIOR TRIM
FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB]
id0917007200z3
1. Disassemble in the order shown in the figure.

L.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
7
3
1
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
7
3
1
am2zzw0000342
09-1763
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
7
3
1
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
7
3
1
am2zzw0000342
.
1
2
3
4
5
Front door trim

Screw A
Front door decoration panel
Screw B
Screw C
End Of Sie
09-1764
6
7
8
9
Switch panel
Screw D
INTERIOR TRIM
REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700460000

2. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
SCREW
SCREW
tabs.
COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000261

figure and remove clips A from the door inner
panel using a fastener remover.
REAR DOOR TRIM
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP A
adejjw00003405
6. Remove the rear door trim in the direction of the

a
a
SEC. aa
am2zzw0000249
7. Remove the inner handle and move the rear door

figure.
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
INNER HANDLE
adejjw00003399
09-1765
INTERIOR TRIM
arrow and remove it from the rear door trim.
9. Disconnect the power window subswitch
connector.
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000184
REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id091700463300
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure.

2
3
5
4
am2zzw0000252
.
1
2
3
Rear door trim

Screw A
Power window subswitch panel
4
5
Screw B
End Of Sie
TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0917008027a3
3. Lower the rear seatbacks.
09-1766
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Remove the fasteners in the positions shown in the figure.
FASTENER
FASTENER
TIRE HOUSE TRIM
am2ccw0000016

6. Pull the tire house trim in the direction of the arrow and remove the tab and pin.
TAB
TAB
PIN
PIN
am2ccw0000016
09-1767
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Set the rear seat backs out of the way while removing the tire house trim.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 09-17-68 Tire House Trim Installation Note.)
Tire House Trim Installation Note
1. Verify that part A is inserted into the trunk side trim as shown in the figure.
TIRE HOUSE TRIM
am2ccw0000024
End Of Sie
REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0917008028a3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Pull out the left and right rear seat belts from the
slit areas of the rear package trim.
REAR PACKAGE
TRIM
REAR SEAT BELT
am2ccw0000016
09-1768
INTERIOR TRIM
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
FASTENER
am2ccw0000016
7. Lift up the position shown in the figure in the direction of the arrow and remove the clips and pin.
CLIP
PIN
CLIP
CLIP
PIN
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
CLIP
am2ccw0000016
09-1769
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Slide the rear package trim in the direction shown by the arrow in the figure and remove the pins from the body.
PIN
PIN
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
am2ccw0000016
9. Remove the rear package trim.

End Of Sie
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700462300
4SD
1. Open the trunk lid.
(4) Trunk mat.
(5) Trunk board.
(6) Trunk end trim. (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-1770
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the fasteners in the positions shown in the figure.
FASTENER
FASTENER
FASTENER
TRUNK SIDE TRM

am2ccw0000012
4. Lower the rear seat backs and make the trunk

side trim visible from the vehicle interior.
TRUNK SIDE
TRIM
am2ccw0000012
5. Set the trunk side trim away from the rear seat
back frame cover.
6. Remove the trunk side trim.
TRUNK SIDE
TRIM
REAR SEAT BACK

FRAME COVER
am2ccw0000012
09-1771
INTERIOR TRIM
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the screw A and fastener B.
SCREW A
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000374
09-1772
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove the clips C.
TRUNK SIDE TRIM
CLIP C
CLIP C
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000182
5. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (3) and remove it while detaching pins D, tabs
E, and pin F.
PIN D
PIN D
TAB E
TAB E
TAB E
PIN F
TAB E
(3)
PIN D
PIN F
am2zzw0000182
6. Disconnect the cargo compartment light connector.

End Of Sie
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004623z3

09-1773
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the screw A and fastener B.
SCREW A
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000348
4. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove the clips C and clip
D.
TRUNK SIDE TRIM
CLIP C
CLIP C
CLIP C
CLIP D
CLIP C
(2)
(1)
CLIP D
am2zzw0000348
09-1774
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (3) and remove it while detaching hooks E,
and pins F.
HOOK E
HOOK E
HOOK E
PIN F
(3)
PIN F
am2zzw0000460
6. Disconnect the cargo compartment light connector.

End Of Sie
TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700462400
4SD
2. Remove the trunk mat.
3. Remove the trunk board.
09-1775
INTERIOR TRIM
TAB
TAB
PIN A
CLIP
TRUNK END TRIM
CLIP
CLIP
TAB
PIN A
PIN A
FASTENER
FASTENER
PIN B
PIN B
FASTENER
PIN B
am2zzw0000519
5. Pull the trunk end trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the tabs,
clips, and pins A, B.
5HB, 3HB
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the trunk mat.
09-1776
INTERIOR TRIM
TRUNK END TRIM
HOOK
HOOK
CLIP
CLIP
PIN
CLIP
PIN
TAB
PIN
TAB
TAB
FASTENER
HOOK
FASTENER
am2zzw0000184
5. Pull the trunk end trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the hooks,
tabs, clips, and pins.
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0917008035a3

TRUNK LID TRIM
FASTENER
FASTENER
FASTENER
am2ccw0000016
3. Remove the trunk lid trim.
09-1777
INTERIOR TRIM
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700462900
Caution
x Do not remove the liftgate upper trim by rotating as shown in the figure as it could damage clip A
and F.
NO GOOD
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM
am2zzw0000357
1. Pull the end of liftgate upper trim outward and detach clip A, tabs B, C, pins D, and clips E.
TAB B
PIN D
TAB C
PIN D
CLIP A
CLIP E
TAB B
CLIP A
TAB B
TAB C
PIN D
CLIP E
am2zzw0000357
09-1778
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Remove the clip F then remove the liftgate upper trim.
CLIP F
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM
CLIP F
am2zzw0000357
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700463100

2. Remove the liftgate lower trim.
End Of Sie
FASTENER
FASTENER
am2zzw0000185
LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700467500
1. Insert a fastener remover in the position indicated

by the arrow in the figure and detach tabs A.
TAB A
TAB A
am2zzw0000185
09-1779
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Remove the liftgate recess in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure avoiding tabs B.
LIFTGATE RECESS
End Of Sie
TAB B
TAB B
am2zzw0000503
SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458100
1. Remove the screw, move the sunvisor in the

direction of the arrow, and remove the sunvisor.
SCREW
SUNVISOR
adejjw00002681
2. Remove the center adaptor (sunvisor stopper)

from the body using a fastener remover.
End Of Sie
CENTER ADAPTER
(SUNVISOR STOPPER)
am2zzw0000186
ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700458200
Removal
1. Insert a fastener remover into the assist handle
service hole and remove the assist handle cover.
SERVICE HOLE
ASSIST HANDLE
COVER
ASSIST HANDLE
am2zzw0000186
09-1780
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Insert the fastener remover in the position
indicated by the arrow shown in the figure, push
down the clip by moving the fastener remover in
the direction of the arrow, and remove the assist
handle from the assist handle bracket while
shaking the assist handle up and down.
Caution
x When inserting a fastener remover, be
careful not to damage the tabs.
ASSIST HANDLE
TAB
TAB
CLIP
HEADLINER
ASSIST HANDLE BRACKET
am2zzw0000186
Installation
1. Insert the assist handle in the assist handle bracket.
2. Push the assist handle cover in the direction of
the arrow shown in the figure to install the assist
handle.
End Of Sie
ASSIST HANDLE
adejjw00002680
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458300
4SD
(6) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1781
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Disconnect the roof wire link wiring harness and remove the clip.
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECT
FASTENER
CLIP
FASTENER
CLIP
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECT
ROOF WIRING HARNESS
HEADLINER
am2zzw0000503
09-1782
INTERIOR TRIM
6. Open all the doors and rotate the headliner in the vehicle so that it is as shown in the figure.
PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT
HEADLINER
PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT
HEADLINER
FRONT
DRIVER SIDE
HEADLINER
am2ccw0000009
09-1783
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Remove the headliner from the vehicle through the front passenger door opening.
FRONT
HEADLINER
am2ccw0000014

5HB
(5) Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt.
(10)Trunk end trim (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(14)Rain sensor cover (Vehicles with auto light / wiper system) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rain sensor connector (vehicles with auto light / wiper system).
09-1784
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Disconnect the rear window washer hose.
FASTENER
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECTOR
FASTENER
ROOF WIRING HARNESS

REAR WINDOW
WASHER HOSE
RAIN SENSOR
CONNECTOR
HEADLINER
am2zzw0000374
6. Disconnect the roof wiring harness connector.

09-1785
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Take the headliner out from the opened liftgate.
am2zzw0000491
End Of Sie
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004583z3

(10)B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rain sensor connector (vehicles with auto light / wiper system).
09-1786
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Disconnect the rear window washer hose.
FASTENER
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECTOR
FASTENER
ROOF WIRING HARNESS

REAR WINDOW
WASHER HOSE
RAIN SENSOR
CONNECTOR
HEADLINER
am2zzw0000341
6. Disconnect the roof wiring harness connector.

09-1787
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Take the headliner out from the opened liftgate.
am2zzw0000341
End Of Sie
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700453300
4SD
(12)Headliner (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1788
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Pinch the tab using pincers, remove clips A and B, then remove the shock-absorbing pad in the direction of the
TAB
TAB
CLIP A
TAB
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD

am2ccw0000003

5HB
(11)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(16)Headliner (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1789
INTERIOR TRIM
TAB
TAB
CLIP A
TAB
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP B
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
am2zzw0000187
End Of Sie
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004533z3

(10)B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.)
(14)Headliner (See 09-17-86 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-1790
INTERIOR TRIM
TAB
CLIP A
CLIP B
TAB
CLIP A
TAB
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
SHOCK ABSORBING
am2zzw0000340
End Of Sie
FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700461900

(1) Front seat (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(9) Rear console (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
(11)Front side garnish (CVT) (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(13)Lower anchor installation bolts on the front seat belt.
09-1791
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the nuts, then remove the rear console
bracket in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
4. Cut the floor covering at the position indicated by
the arrow (1) in the figure using scissors, detach
the fasteners, then remove the floor covering in
the direction of the arrow (2).
NUT
REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000187
L.H.D.
FASTENER
A/C UNIT
(2)
(1)
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000187
R.H.D.
FASTENER
A/C UNIT
(2)
(1)
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000187
Note
x The cut part does not need to match up when installing the floor covering.
09-1792
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Take the floor covering out from the opened liftgate.
End Of Sie
FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004619z3

(1) Front seat (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
(4) Front side trim (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION [F35M-R]
.) (See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [B65M-R].)
(8) Rear console (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Steering shaft cover (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
(10)Rear seat back (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
(12)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(13)Lower anchor installation bolts on the front seat belt
3. Remove the nuts, then remove the rear console
NUT
bracket in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
4. Cut the floor covering at the position indicated by
the arrow (1) in the figure using scissors, detach
the fasteners, then remove the floor covering in
REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000342
09-1793
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
FASTENER
A/C UNIT
(2)
(1)
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000342
Note
x The cut part does not need to match up when installing the floor covering.
5. Take the floor covering out from the opened liftgate.
End Of Sie
09-1794
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
09-18
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT
HEADLIGHT BULB
2-Beam Type Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEADLIGHT AIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PARKING LIGHT BULB
FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
FRONT FOG LIGHT
FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB
Front Fog Light Bulb Installation
Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING . . . . . . . . .
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INBOARD LIGHT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . .
Inboard Light Installation Note . . . . . . .
INBOARD LIGHT BULB
REAR FOG LIGHT
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT BULB
09-182
09-184
09-185
09-186
09-186
09-186
09-187
09-188
09-1812
09-1816
09-1816
09-1816
09-1816
09-1818
09-1819
09-1820
09-1820
09-1823
09-1823
09-1823
09-1824
09-1825
09-1825
09-1825
09-1825
09-1826
09-1826
09-1826
09-1826
09-1827
09-1827
09-1827
09-1828
09-1828
09-1828
09-1828
09-1829

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1829
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1830
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
F35M-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1830
B65M-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1831
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1831
COMBINATION SWITCH
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1833
Combination Switch
COMBINATION SWITCH
LIGHT SWITCH
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . 09-1835
Vehicles Without Auto Light
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1836
Vehicles With Auto Light System. . . . . . 09-1837
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1838
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1839
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1841
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1842
AUTO LIGHT ILLUMINATION LEVEL
SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1843
INTERIOR LIGHT
Vehicles With Intruder Sensor. . . . . . . . 09-1843
Vehicles Without Intruder Sensor . . . . . 09-1844
INTERIOR LIGHT BULB
INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . 09-1844
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1846
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT
End of Toc
WM: LIGHTING SYSTEMS
09-181
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION INDEX
R.H.D.
5
1
6
2
9
3
5
9
10
6
12
13
14
8
16
11
15
am2zzw0000483
Front combination lights

(See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT
(See 09-18-7 HEADLIGHT AIMING.)
(See 09-18-6 HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-16 PARKING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
Front side turn light
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT
Front fog light
(See 09-18-16 FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-19 FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB
(See 09-18-20 FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
09-184
Back-up light switch

(See 09-18-30 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
(See 09-18-31 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
High-mount brake light
(See 09-18-28 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
(See 09-18-29 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT BULB
Rear combination light
(See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Cargo compartment light

(See 09-18-46 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
License plate light
(See 09-18-29 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-29 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB
Rear fog light
(See 09-18-26 REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-27 REAR FOG LIGHT BULB
Inboard light
(See 09-18-25 INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL/
(See 09-18-26 INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
Trunk compartment Light
(See 09-18-47 TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT
Interior light
(See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION.)
(See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Hazard warning switch
(See 09-18-40 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
(See 09-18-41 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Light switch
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(See 09-18-38 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-18-39 REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Headlight leveling switch
(See 09-18-41 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
(See 09-18-42 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Combination switch
(See 09-18-32 COMBINATION SWITCH
(See 09-18-34 COMBINATION SWITCH
End Of Sie
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800800700

09-185
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
.
1
2
3
4
Connector
Bolt
Fastener
Front combination light
3 2

5. Adjust the headlight aiming.(See 09-18-7
HEADLIGHT AIMING.)
End Of Sie
2
BOLT: 6.99.8 Nm {7199 kgfcm, 6286 inlbf}
am2zzw0000499
HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800800500
2-Beam Type Headlight

CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000248
3. Remove the rubber cover.

4. Press the bulb retaining wire in the direction of the
arrow to release the lock.
5. Remove the headlight bulb.
Caution
x A bulb generates extremely high heat
when it is illuminated.If the surface of the
bulb is soiled, heat of higher temperature
than normal will build, shortening the life
of the bulb. When replacing the bulb,
hold the metal flange, not the glass.
Low-beam
09-186
RETAINING WIRE
HEAD
LIGHT
BULB
RUBBER COVER
am2zzw0000248
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000248
3. Remove the rubber cover.

4. Press the bulb retaining wire in the direction of the
arrow to release the lock.
Caution
RETAINING WIRE
HEAD
LIGHT
BULB
RUBBER COVER
am2zzw0000248

High-beam
2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure to remove it.
Caution
SOCKET
HEAD
LIGHT
BULB
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000371
End Of Sie
HEADLIGHT AIMING
id091800800400
Note
x The reflectors for the low and high beams are integrated. Therefore, perform the headlight aiming
adjustment on either the low or high beam.
09-187
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Low-beam Adjustment
1. Point the headlight beams to a wall and verify that
the headlight beams are as shown in the figure.
L.H.D.
RH
LH
BRIGHTNESS BORDERLINE
R.H.D.
LH
RH
am2zzw0000335
2. Make a headlight adjustment screen as shown in

the figure using double-weight, white paper.
3. Adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
4. Park the vehicle on level ground, in an unloaded
condition.
5. Sit on the driver-side seat alone.
6. Put the white screen in front of the vehicle.
7. Line up the headlights with the white screen at a
distance of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
L.H.D.
CENTER OF HEAD LIGHT
15
ELBOW POINT
30 mm {1.2 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
R.H.D.
15
ELBOW POINT
30 mm {1.2 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
am2zzw0000335
09-188
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8. Measure the height at the center of the headlight.
Note
x Since the height of the vehicle varies
depending on the vehicle situation, measure
the height of the center of the headlight
using the actual vehicle.
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEADLIGHT
9. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the

position indicated in the figure, then affix the
screen to the wall.
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90
90
am2zzw0000371
WALL
WALL
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SCREEN

610 mm
{24.0 in}
CENTER OF
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
ACTUAL
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
610 mm
{24.0 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000335
10.
11.
12.
13.
Start the engine and charge the battery.

Turn on the headlight low beams.
Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted.
Switch the headlight leveling switch at 0 position.
09-189
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
14. Verify that the elbow point of the headlight is at the position indicated by the adjustment screen.
x If the elbow point is not at the position
indicated by the adjustment screen, turn the
INWARD
OUTWARD
adjustment screw as shown in the figure to
UPWARD
adjust the elbow point to the position
indicated by the adjustment screen.
DOWNWARD
am2zzw0000335
High-beam Adjustment
condition.
5. Put the wall in front of the vehicle.
6. Line up the headlights with the wall at a distance
of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
am2zzw0000335

Note
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEADLIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90
90
am2zzw0000371
09-1810
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the position indicated in the figure, then affix the screen to the
wall.
WALL
WALL

610 mm
{24.0 in}
CENTER OF
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
ACTUAL
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
610 mm
{24.0 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000335
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Turn on the headlight high beams.
Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted using a partition.
Verify that the center of the hot zone (the bright
part of high beam) is at the center of the headlight
on the adjustment screen.
(CENTER OF HOT ZONE)
HOT ZONE
am2zzw0000335
09-1811
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
x If the center of the hot zone is not at the
center of the headlight on the adjustment
screen, turn the adjustment screw to adjust
the center of the hot zone.
INWARD
OUTWARD
UPWARD
DOWNWARD
am2zzw0000336

Low-beam Adjustment
1. Point the headlight beams to a wall and verify that
the headlight beams are as shown in the figure.
L.H.D.
RH
LH
R.H.D.
LH
RH
am2zzw0000335

condition.
6. Put the white screen in front of the vehicle.
7. Line up the headlights with the white screen at a
distance of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
L.H.D.
15
ELBOW POINT
30 mm {1.2 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
R.H.D.
15
ELBOW POINT
30 mm {1.2 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
am2zzw0000335
09-1812
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Note
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE HEADLIGHT
9. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the

position indicated in the figure, then affix the
screen to the wall.
MEASURED
HEADLIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90
90
am2zzw0000372
WALL
WALL

560 mm
{22.0 in}
CENTER OF
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
ACTUAL
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
560 mm
{22.0 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000371
10.
11.
12.
13.

Turn on the headlight low beams.
Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted.
09-1813
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
14. Verify that the elbow point of the headlight is at the position indicated by the adjustment screen.
x If the elbow point is not at the position
indicated by the adjustment screen, turn the
adjustment screw as shown in the figure to
OUTWARD
INWARD
UPWARD
adjust the elbow point to the position
indicated by the adjustment screen.
DOWNWARD
am2zzw0000372
High-beam Adjustment
condition.
5. Put the wall in front of the vehicle.
6. Line up the headlights with the wall at a distance
of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
am2zzw0000335

Note
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEADLIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90
90
am2zzw0000372
09-1814
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the position indicated in the figure, then affix the screen to the
wall.
WALL
WALL

683 mm
{26.9 in}
CENTER OF
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
ACTUAL
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
683 mm
{26.9 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000371
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Turn on the headlight high beams.
Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted using a partition.
Verify that the center of the hot zone (the bright
part of high beam) is at the center of the headlight
on the adjustment screen.
(CENTER OF HOT ZONE)
HOT ZONE
am2zzw0000335
09-1815
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
x If the center of the hot zone is not at the
center of the headlight on the adjustment
screen, turn the adjustment screw to adjust
the center of the hot zone.
End Of Sie
UPWARD
INWARD
DOWNWARD
OUTWARD
am2zzw0000372
PARKING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800804200

2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow (1)
and remove it.
3. Remove the parking light bulb from the socket in
SOCKET
End Of Sie
(2)
PARKING
LIGHT BULB
(1)
am2zzw0000248
FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800805000

2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure and remove it.
3. Remove the front turn light bulb.
End Of Sie
FRONT TURN
LIGHT BULB
am2zzw0000239
FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles
Standard type
2. Lift up the vehicle.
09-1816
id091800802100
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Remove the screws shown in the figure and bend
back the mudguard in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250

5. Remove the screws, then remove the front fog
light component.
FRONT FOG
LIGHT
COMPONENT
SCREW
SCREW
CONNECTOR
SCREW
am2zzw0000248
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the aiming adjustment bolt.

Remove the screw.
Remove the front fog light.
Adjust the front fog light aiming. (See 09-18-20
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
FRONT FOG LIGHT

BRACKET
FRONT
FOG LIGHT
AIMING
ADJUSTMENT
BOLT
SCREW
1.03.4 Nm
{1134 kgfcm,
8.930 inlbf}
am2zzw0000446
Sport type
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250
09-1817
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
light component.
SCREW
FRONT FOG LIGHT
COMPONENT
SCREW
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000446
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Remove the screw.
FRONT FOG LIGHT

FRONT FOG
LIGHT BRACKET
AIMING
ADJUSTMENT
BOLT
SCREW
1.03.4 Nm
{1134 kgfcm,
8.930 inlbf}
am2zzw0000446
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles

Standard Type
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250

light component.
SCREW
FRONT FOG LIGHT

COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SCREW
am2zzw0000446
09-1818
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Remove the screw.
FRONT FOG LIGHT

BRACKET
FRONT
FOG LIGHT
SCREW
AIMING ADJUSTMENT BOLT
1.03.4 Nm
{1134 kgfcm, 8.930 inlbf}
am2zzw0000443
Sport Type
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250

light component.
SCREW
FRONT FOG LIGHT

COMPONENT
SCREW
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000446
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Remove the screw.
FRONT FOG LIGHT
End Of Sie
FRONT FOG LIGHT

BRACKET
AIMING
ADJUSTMENT
BOLT
SCREW
1.03.4 Nm
{1134 kgfcm,
8.930 inlbf}
am2zzw0000446
FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800802300
09-1819
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000382

4. Rotate the front fog light bulb in the direction of
the arrow (1) and pull it out.
CONNECTOR
Caution
FRONT
FOG
LIGHT
BULB
(1)
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 0918-20 Front Fog Light Bulb Installation Note.)
am2zzw0000382
Front Fog Light Bulb Installation Note

1. Install the front fog light bulb by turning it in the direction of the arrow.
LH
RH
FRONT FOG LIGHT
BULB
FTONT FOG LIGHT

BULB
am2zzw0000217
End Of Sie
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING
1. Make a front fog light adjustment screen as
shown in the figure using double-weight, white
paper.
3. Position the unloaded vehicle on a flat, level
surface.
4. Seat one person in the drivers seat.
id091800802200
SAME FOR BOTH

RIGHT AND LEFT
CENTER OF
FRONT FOG LIGHT
60 mm {2.4 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDERLINE
am2zzw0000444
09-1820
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
5. Line up the vehicle with the wall so that the center of the front fog light is 3 m {9.8 ft} away from the wall.
ACTUAL CENTER OF THE
FRONT FOG LIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000444
6. Measure the height at the center of the front fog

light.
Note
the height of the center of the front fog light
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE FRONT
FOG LIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE FRONT
FOG LIGHT
90
90
am2zzw0000496
09-1821
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
7. Align the center of the front fog light with the center of the screen.
WALL
WALL
FRONT FOG LIGHT

ADJUSTMENT SCREEN
*1
*1
CENTER OF
FRONT FOG
LIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
ACTUAL
CENTER OF
THE FRONT
FOG LIGHT
VEHICLE
CENTER
MEASURED
HEIGHT
*1

STANDARD TYPE : 652.7 mm {25.7 in}
SPORT TYPE : 652.7 mm {25.7 in}
STANDARD TYPE : 654.1 mm {25.75 in}
SPORT TYPE : 655.5 mm {25.81 in}
am2zzw0000444
8.
9.
10.
11.
Block the light of the other front fog light using a partition.
Start the engine so that the battery remains charged.
Turn the front fog lights on.
Verify that brightness border line of the front fog light is at the position indicated on the adjustment screen.
x If the brightness border line is not at the position indicated on the adjustment screen, perform the following
adjustment.
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250
09-1822
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
13. Loosen the aiming adjustment bolt, adjust the
center of the front fog light to the position shown
in the figure, and tighten the screws.
End Of Sie
SCREW
UP WARD
DOWN WARD
AIMING ADJUSTMENT BOLT

1.03.4 Nm
am2zzw0000444
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

2. Move the front side turn light in the direction of the
arrow (1) (toward the vehicle rear) and detach the
tab.
3. Pull area A of the front side turn light in the
direction of the arrow (2) and remove the front
side turn light.
4. Disconnect the front side turn light connector.
Caution
x Always assemble the front side turn light
with the tab towards the vehicle rear.
id091800800900
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT

CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE TURN
LIGHT
TAB
A
(1)
REAR
(2)
am2zzw0000336
End Of Sie
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800801000
5HB/3HB
REAR
COMBINATION
LIGHT
SCREW
am2zzw0000218
09-1823
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Slide the rear combination light to the vehicle rear,
avoiding the clip.
CLIP
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000336
4. Disconnect the connectors in the direction of the

arrow shown in the figure and remove the rear
combination light.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000219
4SD
3. Remove the fasteners and slightly bend back the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM
4. Disconnect the connector in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove the rear
combination light.
BRAKE/TAILLIGHT BULB
REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
am2zzw0000496
5. Remove the nuts and slide the rear combination

light to the vehicle rear, avoiding the clip.
End Of Sie
REAR
COMBINATION
LIGHT
CLIP
NUT
4.16.1 Nm
{4262 kgfcm,
3753 inlbf}

am2zzw0000497
09-1824
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800805900
5HB/3HB
3. Remove the rear combination light bulbs.
BULB POSITION
REAR TURN LIGHT
BULB
BRAKE / TAILLIGHT BULB

BACK-UP LIGHT BULB
BULB
SOCKET
BULB
am2zzw0000497
4SD
3. Remove the socket.
4. Remove the rear combination light bulbs.
BULB POSITION
End Of Sie
BRAKE / TAILLIGHT BULB
REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
BULB
SOCKET
BULB
am2zzw0000497
INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0918008061a5

09-1825
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
Nut
Bracket
Connector
Inboard light
(See 09-18-26 Inboard Light Installation Note.)

2
3
1
2.94.9 Nm
{3049 kgfcm, 2643 inlbf}
am2zzw0000494
Inboard Light Installation Note

1. Insert the inboard light into the trunk lid as shown
in the figure, then pivot it inward and fix in place.
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID
INBOARD
LIGHT
am2zzw0000482
INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0918008060a5

With rear fog light
1
2
3
Connector
Socket
Rear fog light bulb (driver-side) / back-up light bulb
(passenger-side)
Without rear fog light

1
2
3
Connector
Socket
Back-up light bulb
2
am2ccw0000021
End Of Sie
REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800805100
5HB/3HB
2. Remove the rear fog light bulb. (See 09-18-27 REAR FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1826
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
L.H.D.
REAR FOG LIGHT
REAR BUMPER
SCREW
am2zzw0000373
R.H.D.
5. Remove the rear fog light in the direction of the
REAR FOG LIGHT
REAR BUMPER
SCREW
am2zzw0000373
4SD
Note
x Rear fog light is integrated with the inboard light (RH).
1. Refer to 09-18-25 INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].
End Of Sie
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800851300
5HB/3HB
2. Rotate the rear fog light socket in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove the rear fog
light socket and rear fog light bulb in the direction of the arrow (2).
L.H.D.
REAR FOG LIGHT SOCKET
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000337
09-1827
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
R.H.D.
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000337
3. Remove the rear fog light bulb from the rear fog
light socket in the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure.
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB
am2zzw0000029
4SD
Note
x Rear fog light is integrated with the inboard light (RH).
1. Refer to 09-18-26 INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
End Of Sie
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800802000
5HB/3HB
2. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove tabs A (4 locations).
4. Remove the high-mount brake light while
removing tabs B (4 locations).
TAB B
CONNECTOR
A
HIGH MOUNT
BRAKE LIGHT
am2zzw0000228
4SD
09-1828
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Disconnect the socket.
4. Remove the nuts.
HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
NUT
NUT
2.96.9 Nm
{3070 kgfcm,
2661 inlbf}
2.96.9 Nm
{3070 kgfcm,
2661 inlbf}
SOCKET
am2zzw0000483
5. Disengage the tabs by pressing both ends of the

lens in the directions indicated by the arrows and
remove the high-mount brake light.
TAB
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE RIGHT
TAB
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000491
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0918008664a5

1
2
Socket
Bulb
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
End Of Sie
2
1
am2zzw0000491
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800857800

2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into
the service hole, push it in the direction of the
arrow, and remove the lens.
3. Remove the license plate light bulb from the
socket.
End Of Sie
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT BULB
LENS
am2zzw0000250
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800801100
5HB/3HB
(1) Front scuff plate (3HB) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(2) Rear scuff plate (5HB) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1829
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3.
4.
5.
6.
(6) Trunk side trim (LH) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-73
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
Pull the tabs shown in the figure in the direction of
the arrow (1) and remove them in the direction of
the arrow (2).
Remove the license plate light.
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000249
4SD
3. Pull the tabs shown in the figure in the direction of
the arrow (1) and remove them in the direction of
the arrow (2).
4. Remove the license plate light.
End Of Sie
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
(2)
(1)
am2ccw0000021
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

F35M-R
09-1830
id091800800200
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
2. Drain the transaxle oil.
1
2
Connector

1
GASKET
2029 Nm {2.12.9 kgfcm, 1521 ftlbf}

am2zzw0000337
B65M-R
1
2
Connector
2029 Nm {2.12.9 kgfcm, 1521 ftlbf}
2
GASKET
End Of Sie
1
am2zzw0000337
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION

id091800800300
1.
2.
3.
4.

Drain the transmission oil (F35M-R).
Remove the back-up light switch. (See 09-18-30 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Verify that the continuity between the back-up
light switch terminals is as indicated in the table
F35M-R
B65M-R
using a circuit tester.
A
A
B
B
am2zzw0000496
09-1831
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
back-up light switch.
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Shift lever position
Terminal
B
Reverse
Other
PUSH
am2zzw0000240
COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

R.H.D.
(1) Driver-side air bag module.
(2) Steering wheel (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
(3) Column cover (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Clock spring.
4. Remove the bolt.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
BOLT
BOLT: 412 Nm {41129 kgfcm, 36112 inlbf}

am2zzw0000351
09-1832
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
5. Detach the tab.
6. Remove the combination switch. (See 09-18-34
Combination Switch Installation Note.)
TAB
am2zzw0000219
Combination Switch Installation Note

1. Align the combination switch rib with the steering
shaft guide and press the combination switch until
it contacts.
End Of Sie
GUIDE
COMBINATION
SWITCH
RIB
STEERING SHAFT
am2zzw0000219
COMBINATION SWITCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091800802600

(1) Driver-side air bag module.
(2) Steering wheel (See 06-13- 10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
(3) Column cover (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Clock spring
3. Remove the combination switch. (See 09-18-32 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Press the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove the light switch, and the wiper
and washer switch.
VEHICLES WITH LIGHT SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
VEHICLES WITH LIGHT SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE
LIGHT SWITCH
LIGHT SWITCH
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
(1)
(1)
(1)
am2zzw0000336
End Of Sie
09-1834
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800802800

LIGHT SWITCH
(2) TAB
(1)
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000220

4. Release the tab in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and remove the light switch in
End Of Sie
LIGHT SWITCH
TAB
(2)
(1)
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000220
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
id091800802900

Remove the light switch. (See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Verify that the continuity between the light switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the light switch.
09-1835
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Vehicles Without Auto Light System
Headlight switch
D
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch position
FLASH-TO-PASS
TNS
OFF
HI
LO
HEAD LIGHT
Light
Dimmer
OFF
TNS
Flash-topass
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
*
*
*
J
*
H
*
F
*
D
Headlight
*
B
OFF
LO
ON
HI

L
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch position
FLASH-TO-PASS
TNS
OFF
HI
LO
HEAD LIGHT
Light
Dimmer
OFF
TNS
Flash-topass
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
*
*
*
N
*
L
*
J
*
H
*
F
Headlight
LO
OFF
ON
HI
am2zzw0000483
09-1836
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Turn switch
I
LEFT
: Continuity
RIGHT
Terminal
Switch position
E
Left
OFF
*
*
*
*
*
*
Right

E
LEFT
: Continuity
RIGHT
Terminal
Switch position
I
Left
OFF
*
Right
am2zzw0000515
Vehicles With Auto Light System

Headlight switch
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch position
K
AUTO
F
TNS
H
FLASH-TO-PASS
Light
Dimmer
OFF
TNS
HI
LO
OFF
HEAD LIGHT
Flash-topass
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Headlight
LO
ON
HI
K
*
*
J
*
H
*
F
*
D
OFF
OFF
*
B
LO
Auto
HI
ON
am2zzw0000380
09-1837
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Turn switch
I
LEFT
: Continuity
RIGHT
Terminal
Switch position
E
Left
OFF
*
*
*
*
*
*
Right
am2zzw0000380
End Of Sie
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
id091800803200
1.
2.
3.
4.

Verify that the continuity between the front fog light switch terminals is as indicated in the table using a circuit
tester.
09-1838
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
: Continuity
A
Switch position
FRONT
FOG
LIGHT
OFF
Terminal
B
OFF
FRONT FOG LIGHT
*
*
A
B
*
*
: Continuity
M
Switch position
FRONT
FOG
LIGHT
OFF
Terminal
M
OFF
FRONT FOG LIGHT
am2zzw0000515
End Of Sie
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
id091800475500
1.
2.
3.
4.

Verify that the continuity between the front fog light switch terminals is as indicated in the table using a tester.
09-1839
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
WITHOUT FRONT FOG LIGHT
: Continuity
C
REAR
FOG
LIGHT
OFF
Terminal
Switch position
OFF
REAR FOG LIGHT
B
*
*
*
B
WITH FRONT FOG LIGHT

: Continuity
FRONT
FOG
LIGHT
Switch position
REAR
FOG
LIGHT
OFF
Terminal
A
OFF
FRONT FOG LIGHT
REAR FOG LIGHT
*
*
A
B
am2zzw0000515
End Of Sie
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800803000

(4) Glove compartment (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (Vehicles without center panel unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-1840
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Remove the hazard warning switch in the
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while
pressing the hazard warning switch tabs in the
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH PANEL

(2)
End Of Sie
(1)
(1)
HAZARD SWITCH
am2zzw0000249
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION
id091800803100

(4) Glove compartment (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (Vehicles without center panel unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(7) Hazard warning switch (See 09-18-40 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity between the hazard
warning switch terminals is as indicated in the
C
A
table.
hazard warning switch.
D
D
am2zzw0000482
End Of Sie
: Continuity
: Bulb
Terminal
Switch position
ON
OFF
am2zzw0000482
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800803600

(1) Front scuff plate (driver-side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (driver-side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1841
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
(7) Lower panel (driver-side) (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Press the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and remove the auto leveling
switch in the direction of the arrow (2).
End Of Sie
(1)
(1)
TAB HEADLIGHT
LEVELING SWITCH
(1)
(1)
(2)
TAB
am2zzw0000254
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH INSPECTION
id091800803700

(1) Front scuff plate (driver-side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (driver-side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Lower panel (driver-side) (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Headlight leveling switch (See 09-18-41 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the resistance and continuity between
the headlight leveling switch terminals is as
E
J
indicated in the table using a tester.
x If not as indicated in the table, or if the
E *
A
0
*
*
*
resistance is not within the specification,
L J
D *
1
*
*
replace the headlight leveling switch.
L
2
3
A
D
am2zzw0000348
09-1842
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
End Of Sie
: Bulb
: Resistance
Switch position
Terminal
H
J
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R1: 910 R2: 3785 R3: 1716 R4: 2979

R5: 2276 R6: 2419 R7: 2895 R8: 1800
am2zzw0000228
AUTO LIGHT ILLUMINATION LEVEL SETTING
id091800803300
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the AUTO LIGHT
ILLUMINATION LEVEL SETTING.
1. Select Module Programming.
following order.
1. Select "Programmable Parameters".
2. Select "Exterior Lighting".
4. Select the item name, and then select option.
DLC-2
Items
am2zzw0000251
x Autolamp On Setting (Standard (Other) / Low

(Other))
End Of Sie
INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800801500
Vehicles With Intruder Sensor

2. Remove the intruder sensor. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the lens. (See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the interior light.
6. Disconnect the interior light connector.
INTERIOR LIGHT
SCREW
am2zzw0000224
09-1843
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Vehicles Without Intruder Sensor
(4) Rain sensor cover (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Release the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and remove the interior light in
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONNECTOR
5. Disconnect the interior light connector.
INTERIOR LIGHT
End Of Sie
TAB
(1)
TAB
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000213
INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

the service hole, push it in the direction indicated
by the arrow, and remove the lens.
3. Remove the interior light bulbs.
id091800801400
INTERIOR
LIGHT
SERVICE
HOLE
INTERIOR LIGHT
BULB
LENS
am2zzw0000225

the service hole, push it in the direction indicated
by the arrow, and remove the lens.
3. Remove the interior light bulb.
INTERIOR
LIGHT
End Of Sie
INTERIOR LIGHT
BULB
SERVICE
HOLE
LENS
am2zzw0000250
INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION

id091800801600

2. Remove the intruder sensor. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the lens. (See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1844
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
4. Remove the interior light. (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Verify that the continuity between the interior light
terminals is as indicated in the table.
C
MAP
LIGHT
SWITCH
MAP
LIGHT
SWITCH
INTERIOR
LIGHT
SWITCH
ON
OFF
DOOR
am2zzw0000496

interior light.
: Bulb
Terminal
Switch Position
H
Map Light
Switch
OFF
ON
OFF
Interior Light
DOOR
Switch
ON
am2zzw0000496

2. Remove the interior light. (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the interior light
D
terminals is as indicated in the table.
interior light.
D
INTERIOR
LIGHT SWITCH
OFF
ON
DOOR
C
B
am2zzw0000496
09-1845
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
End Of Sie
: Bulb
Switch Position
Terminal
D
OFF
DOOR
ON
am2zzw0000496
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800801700

2. Insert hand through the service hole, release the tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and
pull area A in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove the cargo compartment light.
3. Disconnect the cargo compartment light
connector.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
(2)
A
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000227
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800807800

2. Remove the cargo compartment light. (See 09-18-46 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the cargo compartment light bulb.
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000227
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT INSPECTION

id091800801800

2. Remove the cargo compartment light. (See 09-18-46 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-1846
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Verify that the continuity between the cargo
compartment light terminals is as indicated in the
table.
cargo compartment light.
OFF
ON
B
am2zzw0000482
End Of Sie
: Bulb
Switch position
Terminal
A
ON
OFF
am2zzw0000482
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0918008507a5

2. Disengage the tabs by pressing both ends of the
lens in the directions indicated by the arrows and
remove the lens.
TAB
End Of Sie
TRUNK
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT BULB
LENS
am2zzw0000483
09-1847
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
09-19
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-192
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION
INDEX [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-195
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
Windshield Wiper Arm
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-198
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
Ball Joint Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1911
Windshield Wiper Motor
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1911
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1912
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1912
WASHER TANK
Washer Hose Installation Note. . . . . . . 09-1914
WASHER MOTOR
WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . 09-1914
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1916
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE

REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note . . . . . 09-1918
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1918
REAR WIPER MOTOR
REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION . . . 09-1919
REAR WASHER NOZZLE
REAR WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1920
REAR WASHER HOSE
REAR WASHER HOSE
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch
on Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1924
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch
on Right Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1925
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1925
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1927
RAIN SENSOR
RAIN SENSOR INITIAL SETTING . . . . . . 09-1931
Rain Sensor Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . 09-1931
Rain Sensor Re-initialization . . . . . . . . . 09-1931
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: WIPER/WASHER SYSTEMS
09-191
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id091900910000
R.H.D.
1
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
12
11

SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE
11
12
5HB
8
9
10
am2zzw0000495
.

(See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
Windshield wiper arm and blade
(See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND
BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
BLADE ADJUSTMENT.)
Windshield washer nozzle
(See 09-19-15 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
09-192
Windshield washer hose

(See 09-19-16 WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE
Washer tank
(See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Washer motor
Rear washer hose
(See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
8
10
11
12
Rear washer nozzle

(See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
Rear wiper arm and blade
(See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
Rear wiper motor
(See 09-19-18 REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-19-19 REAR WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
Wiper and washer switch
Rain sensor
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-19-31 RAIN SENSOR
INITIAL SETTING.)
End Of Sie
09-194
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
R.H.D.
1
id0919009100z3

SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
12
11

SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE
11
12
10
am2zzw0000495
.

INSPECTION.)
Windshield wiper arm and blade
BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
BLADE ADJUSTMENT.)
Windshield washer nozzle
ADJUSTMENT.)
Windshield washer hose

(See 09-19-16 WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE
Washer tank
(See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Washer motor
Rear washer hose
(See 09-19-22 REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/
09-195
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
8
10
11
12
Rear washer nozzle

ADJUSTMENT.)
Rear wiper arm and blade
ADJUSTMENT.)
Rear wiper motor
(See 09-19-18 REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-19-19 REAR WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
Wiper and washer switch
Rain sensor
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-19-31 RAIN SENSOR
INITIAL SETTING.)
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900474600
Warning
x When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, and the wiper and washer switch is in the
AUTO position, the windshield wipers could operate accidentally under the following conditions.
Always turn the ignition switch, and the wiper and washer switch off before handling the
windshield wipers; otherwise a pinched hand or fingers could result in injury or a wiper system
malfunction:
The windshield in the rain sensor installation area is touched.
The windshield is subjected to an impact.
The rain sensor is subjected to an impact from inside the vehicle.
Water is poured on the windshield.
R.H.D.
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
Cap
Nut
Windshield wiper arm
(See: 09-19-8 Windshield Wiper Arm Installation
Note.)
Windshield wiper blade
Backing plate
Rubber brush

3. Adjust the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See
09-19-8 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
2
3
4
5
4
5
6
NUT : 2427 Nm {2.52.7 kgfm, 1819 ftlbf}
am2zzw0000506
09-197
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Windshield Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Clean the serrated connecting part with a wire
brush before installing the windshield wiper arm.
End Of Sie
SERRATED
CONNECTING PART
am2zzw0000212
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT

id091900474700
1. Turn off the windshield wiper switch while operating the windshield wiper motor to stop the windshield wiper at
the auto-stop position.
2. Slide the serrated connecting part and position the windshield wiper arm and blade as shown in the figure.
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
29.533.5 mm
{1.171.31 in}
2832 mm
{1.111.25 in}
COWL GRILL
END LINE
MOLDING
END LINE
COWL GRILL
END LINE
id091900474800
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
am2zzw0000213

2. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000432
R.H.D. (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
1
3
BOLT:4.06.8 Nm {4169 kgfcm, 3660 inlbf}
09-198
1
am2zzw0000216
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
R.H.D. (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
.
1
2
3
Bolt
Connector

6. Adjust the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See
09-19-8 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
3
BOLT: 4.56.3 Nm {4664 kgfcm, 4055 inlbf}
1
am2zzw0000216
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id091900474900
GREASE
GREASE
TAB A
A
A
A
A
GREASE
GREASE
GREASE
adejjw00003084
1
2
3
Cover
Bolt
Wiper link No.1 (See 09-19-11 Ball Joint Assembly
Note.)
4
5
6
09-1910
Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-11 Windshield

Wiper Motor Assembly Note.)
Wiper link No.2 (See 09-19-11 Ball Joint Assembly
Note.)
Main link (See 09-19-11 Ball Joint Assembly Note.)
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Ball Joint Assembly Note
1. Use a clean cloth to protect the link and squeeze
using pliers.
BALL JOINT
CLEAN RAG
LINK
am2zzw0000218
Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Note

1. Connect the windshield wiper motor to the vehicle wiring harness connector, operate the windshield wipers,
and then stop them at the auto-stop position.
2. Adjust the motor crank and wiper link No.1 so that
MOTOR CLANK
they are parallel as shown in the figure.
WIPER LINK No.1
End Of Sie
PARALLEL
am2zzw0000218
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION

R.H.D.
1. Disconnect windshield wiper motor connector.
2. After connecting the windshield wiper motor
terminal D or E to the positive battery terminal,
and terminal C to the negative battery terminal,
verify that the windshield wipers operate as
shown in the table.
windshield wiper motor.
Terminal applied to battery
Battery negative Battery positive
voltage
voltage
D
C
E
id091900475000
CI RCUI T
BREAKER
AUTO STOP
SWITCH
B
C
A
BB
Operation
condition
C
HI
LO
E
adejjw00003085
09-1911
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
3. Disconnect the positive battery from terminal E while the wipers are operating, then verify that the wipers do not
stop at the auto-stop position.
4. Connect windshield wiper motor terminals E and A, and apply battery positive voltage to terminal B.
5. Verify that the windshield wipers operate at low speed again and they are at the auto-stop position.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the windshield wiper motor.
End Of Sie
WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900476100

3. Remove the front combination light on the left side. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
.
1
2
2
adejjw00004723
1
2
3
Connector
Washer hose
Bolt
4
5
Clip
Washer tank
(See 09-19-14 Washer Hose Installation Note.)
09-1913
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Washer Hose Installation Note
1. Install the washer hoses by inserting them in the washer tank grooves as shown in the figure.
FRONT
GROOVE
GROOVE
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
HOSE
WASHER TANK
REAR
WASHER
HOSE
am2zzw0000226
End Of Sie
WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900477100

3. Remove the front combination light on the left side. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the washer tank. (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
.
1
2
Washer motor
Grommet
End Of Sie
adejjw00002618
WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the washer tank. (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the washer motor. (See 09-19-14 WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-1914
id091900477200
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
6. After connecting washer motor terminal A to the
positive battery terminal, and terminal B to the
negative battery terminal, verify that washer fluid
flows to the windshield washer hose.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the washer
motor.
7. After connecting washer motor terminal B to the
positive battery terminal, and terminal A to the
negative battery terminal, verify that washer fluid
flows to the rear washer hose.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the washer
motor.
End Of Sie
B
adejjw00002688
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091900476300
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the windshield washer hose from the windshield washer nozzle.
4. Press the windshield washer nozzle tab in the
FRONT WASHER NOZZLE
detach it.
5. Pull out the windshield washer nozzle from the
TAB
cowl grille and remove.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000220
09-1915
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT
id091900476400
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the windshield washer nozzle and adjust the area washer fluid
is sprayed as shown in the figure.
489.6 mm {19.28 in}

98.8 mm
{3.89 in}
115.7 mm
{4.555 in}
535.5 mm {21.08 in}
535.5 mm {21.08 in}
170.2 mm
{6.701 in}
146.0 mm
{5.75 in}
491.9 mm {19.37 in}
CERAMIC END LINE
94.5 mm
{3.72 in}
95.1 mm
{3.74 in}
194.6 mm
{7.661 in}
346.6 mm {13.65 in}

436.1 mm {17.17 in}
220.4 mm
{8.677 in}
353.8 mm {13.93 in}

437.0 mm {17.2 in}
am2zzw0000225
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900476500
1. Remove the mudguard on the left side. (See 09-16-8 MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove windshield washer hose No.1 from the
FRONT
washer tank.
3. Detach clip A.
CLIP A
WASHER
TANK
WINDSHELD WASHER
HOSE No.1
WINDSHELD
WASHER
HOSE No.1
am2zzw0000224
09-1916
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
4. Remove windshield washer hose No.1 from clip B
and joint pipe A in the direction of the arrow
5. Remove the windshield washer base No.1 from
joint pipe A.
6. Remove windshield washer hose No.1 from joint
pipe A.
7. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-5 COWL
GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-7
9. Remove the windshield washer nozzle. (See 0919-15 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
10. Remove the windshield washer hose from the
hook.
11. Remove windshield washer hoses No.2, No.3 and
No.4 from joint pipes B and C.
WINDSHELD WASHER
HOSE No.1
CLIP B
JOINT PIPE A
CLIP B
WINDSHELD WASHER
HOSE No.1
am2zzw0000224
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE No.3
End Of Sie
JOINT PIPE B
HOOK

JOINT PIPE
WINDSHIELD WASHER
HOSE No.4
HOOK
REVERSE SIDE OF COWL GRILL

am2zzw0000373
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091900910100

5
4
6
3
1
2
NUT : 5.99.8 Nm
am2zzw0000496

5
1
2
3
4
5
6
Cap
Nut
Rear wiper arm
(See 09-19-18 Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note.)
Rear wiper blade
Backing plate
Rubber brush

3. Adjust the rear wiper arm and blade. (See 09-1917 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4
3
1
2
NUT : 6.79.0 Nm
am2zzw0000432
09-1917
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Clean the serrated connecting part with a wire
brush before installing the rear wiper arm.
End Of Sie
SERRATED
CONNECTING PART
am2zzw0000225
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT

id091900910200
1. Turn off the rear wiper switch while operating the rear wiper motor to stop the rear wiper at the auto-stop
position.
2. Slide the serrated connecting part and position the rear wiper arm and blade as shown in the figure.
FILAMENT
25 mm {0.98 in}
CERAMIC END LINE
10 mm {0.39 in}
am2zzw0000225
End Of Sie
REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900475500
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the rear wiper arm. (See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove in the order indicated in the table.
09-1918
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
2
3
BOLT:3.05.8 Nm {3059 kgfcm, 2752 inlbf}
am2zzw0000225

2
1
2
3
Connector
Bolt
Rear wiper motor

6. Adjust the rear wiper arm and blade. (See 09-1918 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
3
BOLT: 911 Nm {92112 kgfcm, 8097 inlbf}
am2zzw0000433
REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION
id091900475600
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the rear wiper motor connector.
Apply battery positive voltage to rear wiper motor connector terminal C, and connect terminals B and D to the
ground.
5. Verify that the rear wiper motor operates
smoothly.
AUTO
STOP
SWITCH
D
adejjw00003442
09-1919
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
6. Disconnect the ground connecting rear wiper
motor connector terminal D and the negative
battery terminal while the rear wipers are
operating, then verify that the rear wipers stop at
the auto-stop position.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the rear
wiper motor.
AUTO
STOP
SWITCH
End Of Sie
D
A
C
D
am2zzw0000225
REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900476700
1. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Release the tabs in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure and remove the rear washer
nozzle.
4. Adjust the spray area of the rear washer nozzle.
TAB
ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
TAB
am2zzw0000225
REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT

id091900476800
259.6 {10.22}
2.9 {0.11}
18.3 {0.720}
1. Insert a needle or similar thin tool into the rear washer nozzle and adjust the area where washer fluid is sprayed
as shown in the figure.
226.0 {8.898}
183.1 {7.209}
CERAMIC END LINE
164.3 {6.469}
mm {in}
adejjw00002289
End Of Sie
REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900475700

09-1920
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
3. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the washer
tank.
4. Remove rear washer hose No.1 from clip A.
FRONT
CLIP A
WASHER
TANK
REAR WASHER HOSE
CLIP A
am2zzw0000226
JOINT PIPE A
a
CLIP D
CLIP C
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.2
CLIP B
CLIP A
JOINT PIPE A
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP C
CLIP D
am2zzw0000226
5. Remove the A-pillar trim on the left side. (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the grove compertment cover. (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove rear washer hose No.2 from clips B, C, and D.
9. Remove rear washer hose No.2 and joint pipe B.
09-1921
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
(12)Rain sensor cover (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove joint pipe C.
12. Remove the headliner. (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Peel off the tape and remove rear washer hose No.3.
REAR WASHER HOSE No.3
JOINT PIPE B
TAPE
TAPE
CLIP F
CLIP G
JOINT PIPE D
JOINT PIPE E
CLIP E
REAR WASHER
NOZZLE
CLIP E
CLIP F

CLIP G
JOINT PIPE C
am2zzw0000226
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Remove rear washer hose No.4 from clips E, F, and G.

Remove rear washer hose No.4 from joint pipe D.
Remove rear washer hose no.5 from joint pipe E.
Remove the rear washer nozzle. (See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove rear washer hose No.6.
End Of Sie
REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0919004757z3

09-1922
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
3. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the washer
tank.
4. Remove rear washer hose No.1 from clip A.
FRONT
CLIP A
WASHER
TANK
REAR WASHER HOSE
CLIP A
am2zzw0000343
JOINT PIPE A
a
CLIP D
CLIP C
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.2
CLIP B
CLIP A
JOINT PIPE A
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP C
CLIP D
am2zzw0000343
5. Remove the A-pillar trim on the left side. (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the grove compertment cover. (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove rear washer hose No.2 from clips B, C, and D.
9. Remove rear washer hose No.2 and joint pipe B.
09-1923
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
(11)Rear seat back (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
11. Remove joint pipe C.
12. Remove the headliner. (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Peel off the tape and remove rear washer hose No.3.
CLIP F
CLIP E CLIP G
TAPE
TAPE
JOINT PIPE
JOINT PIPE D
JOINT PIPE
CLIP H
REAR WASHER
NOZZLE
CLIP I
CLIP E
CLIP F

CLIP J
CLIP G
CLIP H
JOINT PIPE C
CLIP H
HEAD IMPACT PAD
(VEHICLES WITH
HEAD IMPACT PAD)
CLIP I
AIR BAG CURTAIN
(VEHICLES WITH
AIR BAG CURTAIN)
CLIP J
am2zzw0000343
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Remove rear washer hose No.4 from clips E, F, G, H, I, and J.

Remove rear washer hose No.4 from joint pipe D.
Remove rear washer hose no.5 from joint pipe E.
Remove the rear washer nozzle. (See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove rear washer hose No.6.
End Of Sie
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900910300
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Left Side

09-1924
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
shown in the figure, pull up the wiper and washer
switch in the direction of the arrow (2), and
remove it.
(1)
(2)
TAB
WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH
CONNECTOR
adejjw00002490
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Right Side

(1)
shown in the figure, pull up the wiper and washer
(2)
TAB
switch in the direction of the arrow (2), and
remove it.
End Of Sie
WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000050
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091900910400

3. Remove the wiper and washer switch. (See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the resistance and continuity between the windshield wiper and washer switch terminals as indicated
in the table.
x If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, or if the resistance is not within the specification, replace the
windshield wiper and washer switch.
09-1925
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Left Side
D
FRONT WASHER
SWITCH
OFF
2
MIST
3 4
5
1
6
J
EHICLES WITH AUTO LIGHT W

IPER SYSTEM A
UTO
* V
V
EHICLES WITHOUT AUTO LIGHT W
IPER SYSTEM INT
K
*
*
J
*
H
E
F
C
D
*
*
am2zzw0000226
:CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
C
OFF
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
SWITCH
MIST
AUTO/INT
1
2
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
SWITCH
ON
am2zzw0000226
: RESISTANCE
SWITCH POSITION
TERMINAL
J
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
6
R1: 4010
R2: 1310
R3: 630
R4: 300
R5: 120
am2zzw0000226
09-1926
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Right Side
L
FRONT WASHER
SWITCH
OFF
2
MIST
3 4
5
1
6
F
EHICLES WITH AUTO LIGHT W

IPER SYSTEM A
UTO
* V
V
EHICLES WITHOUT AUTO LIGHT W
IPER SYSTEM INT
*
*
*
*
K
L
I
J
*
H
*
F
*
*
am2zzw0000038
:CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
C
OFF
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
SWITCH
MIST
AUTO/INT
1
2
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
SWITCH
ON
am2zzw0000038
End Of Sie
: RESISTANCE
SWITCH POSITION
TERMINAL
F
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
6
R1: 4010
R2: 1310
R3: 630
R4: 300
R5: 120
am2zzw0000038
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION
id091900910500

3. Remove the wiper and washer switch. (See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the rear wiper and washer switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
09-1927
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the wiper and washer switch.
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
: CONTINUITY
G
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
C
REAR
WASHER
ON
OFF
REAR WIPER
SWITCH
OFF
ON
REAR WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH
REAR
WASHER
ON
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE

: CONTINUITY
G
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
ON
REAR
WASHER
OFF
REAR WIPER
SWITCH
REAR WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
REAR
WASHER
OFF
ON
ON
*
*
*
*
K
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
am2zzw0000431
End Of Sie
RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900474200
Caution
x The reflection rate at the moment the ignition switch is first turned to the ON position after
replacing the rain sensor with a new one is stored as the condition indicating no precipitation on
the windshield. Therefore, remove water and dirt from the windshield before turning on the
ignition switch.
x Perform the rain sensor initialization in the following cases: (See 09-19-31 RAIN SENSOR INITIAL
SETTING.)
The windshield is replaced and the rain sensor is reused
The auto wiper system operates incorrectly
09-1928
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
the notch on the rain sensor cover, turn it in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure, and
detach the tab A.
NOTCH
REARVIEW
MIRROR
A
A
A
A
TAB A
adejjw00003446
3. Remove the rain sensor cover in the direction

4. Disconnect the rain sensor connector.
FRONT
RAIN SENSOR
COVER
adejjw00003422
(1)
HOOK
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
HOOK
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
CONNECTOR
FRONT
(2)
RAIN SENSOR
am2zzw0000363
09-1929
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
5. Slide the tab B in the direction of the arrow and remove the rain sensor while supporting it with the hand.
RIGHT-SIDE
TAB B
TAB B
LEFT-SIDE
TAB B
TAB B
am2zzw0000262
09-1930
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
6. Remove the rain sensor in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
FRONT
RAIN SENSOR
am2zzw0000262
End Of Sie
RAIN SENSOR INITIAL SETTING
id091900474300
Caution
x Rain sensor initialization is performed when it is newly replaced and when its previously
programmed setting is modified due to the reflection rate change caused by the replacement of
the windshield.
Rain Sensor Initialization
x The reflection rate at the moment the ignition switch is first turned to the ON position after replacing the rain
sensor with a new one is stored as the condition indicating no precipitation on the windshield. Therefore,
remove water and dirt from the windshield before turning on the ignition switch.
Rain Sensor Re-initialization
1. Remove water and dirt from the windshield surface.
2. Turn the ignition switch off.
3. Move the windshield wiper switch to the AUTO position.
4. Perform the windshield wiper switch operation (AUTOoOFFoAUTO) five times within 10 s after turning the
ignition switch to the ON position.The windshield wiper will operate once at low speed when the reinitialization
setting is performed correctly.
Caution
x If the operation is too fast, the windshield wiper switch position cannot be detected and the
initialization may not be performed. Operate the windshield wiper switch one cycle every 1 s.
End Of Sie
09-1931
ENTERTAINMENT
09-20
ENTERTAINMENT
ENTERTAINMENT
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CENTER PANEL UNIT
Center Panel Unit Removal Note . . . . .
CENTER PANEL UNIT
Hazard Warning Switch Panel
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
Front Door Speaker Removal Note . . .
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
Rear Door Speaker Removal Note . . .
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REAR SPEAKER
Rear Speaker Removal Note . . . . . . . .
REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TWEETER
TWEETER INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . .
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
Center Roof Antenna (Type B)
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION . . . . . .
09-202
09-203
09-204
09-204
09-205
09-206
09-207
09-207
09-208
09-209
09-209
09-2010
09-2011
09-2011
09-2012
09-2012
09-2013
09-2015
09-2015
09-2016
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1

ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2019
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
Antenna Feeder No.2 (Type B)
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2021
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
Cover Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2024
Cover Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2024
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2024
ACCESSORY SOCKET
Accessory Socket Removal Note . . . . . 09-2026
Cap Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2027
ACCESSORY SOCKET
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2027
AUXILIARY JACK
AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION . . . . . . . 09-2027
Except Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT)
Manufactured Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2027
Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT)
Manufactured Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2028
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Socket Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2030
Ring Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2030
CIGARETTE LIGHTER INSPECTION . . . 09-2030
End of Toc
WM: AUDIO
09-201
ENTERTAINMENT
ENTERTAINMENT LOCATION INDEX
id092000800100
1
2
3HB
5
6
7
11
10
am2zzw0000328
.
Center roof antenna

INSPECTION.)
Tweeter
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Antenna feeder No.2
(See 09-20-16 ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION.)
INSPECTION.)
Audio control switch
INSPECTION.)
Antenna feeder No.1
(See 09-20-16 ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION.)
INSPECTION.)
Center panel unit
INSTALLATION.)
09-202
10
11
Accessory socket
(See 09-20-25 ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-27 ACCESSORY SOCKET
INSPECTION.)
Cigarette lighter
(See 09-20-29 CIGARETTE LIGHTER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-30 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
INSPECTION.)
Auxiliary jack
(See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION.)
Front door speaker
INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
Rear door speaker
INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
Rear speaker (3HB)
(See 09-20-11 REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION
[3HB].)
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000800600

Caution
x If the wiring harness or the antenna feeder is caught between the center panel unit and dashboard,
it could cause a malfunction. When installing the center panel unit, make sure that the wiring
harness and antenna feeders are not caught between the center panel unit and dashboard.
4
FRONT
2
1.06.0 Nm
{1161 kgfcm,
8.953 inlbf}
1
am2zzw0000030
1
2
3
Screw
Bolt
Center panel unit
(See 09-20-4 Center Panel Unit Removal Note.)
4
5
Connector
Antenna feeder plug
09-203
ENTERTAINMENT
Center Panel Unit Removal Note
1. Remove the center panel unit tabs A and clips B,
C from the dashboard.
Caution
x When the center panel unit is removed,
clips C could interfere with the climate
control unit bracket and cause damage.
Pull the center panel unit in the direction
of the arrow shown in the figure (upward
at a approx. 20 angle) when removing it.
TAB A
B
CLIP B
C
CLIP C
am2zzw0000277
CENTER PANEL UNIT
CLIP C
APPROX. 20
BRACKET

am2zzw0000318
End Of Sie
CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id092000800700
Note
x When disassembling the center panel unit, it could get scratched if it is placed directly on the ground.
When disassembling the center panel unit, spread a soft cloth underneath to perform the work.
09-204
ENTERTAINMENT
1
10
8
2
7
6
6
6
6
4
5
4
5
am2zzw0000331
2
3
4
5
Hazard warning switch panel

(See 09-20-5 Hazard Warning Switch Panel
Removal Note.)
Screw
Audio unit
Screw
Bracket A
Hazard Warning Switch Panel Removal Note

1. Press the hazard warning switch panel upward in
the direction of the arrow shown in the figure
using a tape-wrapped fastener remover while
avoiding the center panel tabs.
6
7
8
9
10
Screw
Screw
Bracket B
Knob
Center panel

PANEL
TAB
CENTER PANEL
TAB
HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH PANEL
TAB
am2zzw0000039
09-205
ENTERTAINMENT
2. Remove the hazard warning switch panel in the
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while
pressing the hazard warning switch panel clips
indicated by the arrow (1).
HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH PANEL
(2)
End Of Sie
(1)
(1)
am2zzw0000039
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
1
2
3
id092000802200

Connector
Screw
Front door speaker
(See 09-20-7 Front Door Speaker Removal Note.)
2
am2zzw0000029
09-206
ENTERTAINMENT
Front Door Speaker Removal Note
1. Remove the front door speaker in the direction of
End Of Sie
(1)
(2)
HOOK
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER

TAB
am2zzw0000035
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION

id092000802300
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Verify the resistance between the front door
VEHICLES WITH TWEETER
speaker terminals.
A
D
C
D
VEHICLES WITH TWEETER
am2zzw0000035
x If not within the specification, replace the front

door speaker.
Resistance
3.44.6 ohms
6. Have a 1.5 V battery ready.
:Resistance
Test
condition
Under any
condition
Terminal
A
D
*
*:VIEHICLES WITH TEETER
am2zzw0000035
09-207
09
ENTERTAINMENT
7. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to front door
speaker terminal C, and the negative (-) pole to
terminal B.
8. Verify that sound is output from the front door
speaker.
x If sound is not output, replace the front door
speaker.
End Of Sie
adejjw00004089
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
1
2
3
id092000805000

Connector
Screw
Rear door speaker
(See 09-20-9 Rear Door Speaker Removal Note.)
2
am2zzw0000029
09-208
ENTERTAINMENT
Rear Door Speaker Removal Note
1. Remove the rear door speaker in the direction of
End Of Sie
(1)
(2)
HOOK
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER
TAB
am2zzw0000035
REAR DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION

id092000804900
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Verify the resistance between the rear door
speaker terminals.
B
adejjw00001161
x If not within the specification, replace the rear

door speaker.
Resistance
3.44.6 ohms
: Resistance
Test condition
Taeminal
B
Under any condition
am2zzw0000497
09-209
ENTERTAINMENT
7. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to rear door
terminal B.
8. Verify that sound is output from the rear door
speaker.
x If sound is not output, replace the rear door
speaker.
End Of Sie
adejjw00004090
REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0920008024z3

1
2
3
Connector
Screw
Rear speaker
(See 09-20-11 Rear Speaker Removal Note.)
am2zzw0000328
09-2010
ENTERTAINMENT
Rear Speaker Removal Note
1. Remove the rear speaker in the direction of the
TAB
REAR
SPEAKER
End Of Sie
HOOK
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000328
REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION [3HB]

id0920008025z3

(6) Rear speaker (See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
3. Verify the resistance between the rear speaker
terminals.
B
adejjw00001161
x If not within the specification, replace the rear

speaker.
Resistance
3.44.6 ohms
: Resistance
Test condition
Taeminal
B
Under any condition
am2zzw0000468
09-2011
ENTERTAINMENT
5. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to rear
terminal B.
6. Verify that sound is output from the rear speaker.
x If sound is not output, replace the rear
speaker.
End Of Sie
adejjw00004090
TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000808000

3. Remove the tweeter in the direction of the arrow
(2)
End Of Sie
TWEETER
(1)
INNER GARNISH
TAB
am2zzw0000030
TWEETER INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
id092000808100

Remove the tweeter. (See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Verify the resistance between tweeter terminals.
x If not within the specification, replace the
tweeter.
adejjw00000750
09-2012
ENTERTAINMENT
Resistance
3.44.6 ohms
: Resistance

Test condition
Terminal
A
Under any condition
am2zzw0000030
6. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to tweeter

terminal B, and the negative (-) pole to terminal A.
7. Verify that sound is output from the tweeter.
x If sound is not output, replace the tweeter.
End Of Sie
B
adejjw00004091
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000801600

(5) Rear scuff plate (5HB,4SD) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) B-pillar lower trim (5HB,4SD) (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Rear seat cushion (3HB) (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Rear seat back (3HB) (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
(9) Trunk end trim (3HB) (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Trunk side trim (3HB) (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(11)C-pillar trim (3HB) (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(12)Front seat belt adjuster anchor cover.
(13)Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt
(14)B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-45 BPILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the rain sensor connector. (vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR
5. Partially peel back the headliner.
09-2013
ENTERTAINMENT
TYPE A
3
1
0.982.9 Nm
am2zzw0000278
1
2
3
4
Nut
Antenna feeder No.2
Antenna rod
Center roof antenna
TYPE B
3
1
0.982.9 Nm
am2zzw0000278
1
2
3
4
Nut
Antenna feeder No.2
Antenna rod
Center roof antenna
(See 09-20-15 Center Roof Antenna (Type B)
Installation Note.)
09-2014
ENTERTAINMENT
8. After installation, verify that the rubber of the center roof antenna is installed to the roof panel with no space
between the two.
Center Roof Antenna (Type B) Installation Note
1. Install the antenna feeder No.2 stopper to the pin
of the center roof antenna.
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
End Of Sie
PIN
STOPPER
CENTER ROOF
ANTENNA
ANTENNA FEEDER
No.2
STOPPER
PIN
ANTENNA FEEDER No.2

am2zzw0000373
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION

id092000801700

(13)Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt.
INSTALLATION.)
(16)Center roof antenna (See 09-20-13 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-2015
ENTERTAINMENT
3. Inspect for continuity between center roof
antenna sections A and B.
x If there is no continuity, replace the center roof
antenna.
End Of Sie
adejjw00001376
ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION

R.H.D.
ANNTENA FEEDER No.2
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000059
09-2016
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000812200

(4) Heat duct (passenger side).
INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module.
INSTALLATION.)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX/CVT)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX/CVT).
INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
(33)Dashboard (See 09-17-14 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-17-18 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-17-10 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
3. Remove clips A and B.
4. Remove the antenna feeder No.1 from the dashboard hook.
5. Remove antenna feeder No.1.
09-2017
ENTERTAINMENT
R.H.D.
DASHBOARD
FRONT
ANTENNA FEEDER No.1
FRONT
CLIP A
HOOK
A
A
B
A
CLIP B
ANTENNA FEEDER No.1

B
am2zzw0000250
End Of Sie
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION
id092000812400

(5) Center panel unit (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect antenna feeder No.2.
ANNTENA FEEDER No.2
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000159
4. Verify that the continuity between antenna feeder

No.1 terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace
antenna feeder No.1.
adejjw00000959
09-2019
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Test
condition
Terminal
A
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000031
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000812300

INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the rain sensor connector. (vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR
5. Partially peel back the headliner.
ANNTENA FEEDER No.2
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000159
09-2020
ENTERTAINMENT
5
4
3
0.982.9 Nm
{1029 kgfcm,
8.725 inlbf}
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000278
1
2
3
4
5
Clip A
Clip B
Nut
Antenna feeder No.2 (Type A)
Antenna feeder No.2 (Type B)
(See 09-20-21 Antenna Feeder No.2 (Type B)
Installation Note.)

Antenna Feeder No.2 (Type B) Installation Note
1. Install the antenna feeder No.2 (Type B) stopper
to the pin of the center roof antenna (Type B).
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA (TYPE B)
End Of Sie
PIN
STOPPER
CENTER ROOF
ANTENNA (TYPE B)
ANTENNA FEEDER
No.2 (TYPE B)
STOPPER
PIN
ANTENNA FEEDER No.2 (TYPE B)

am2zzw0000277
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 INSPECTION

id092000812500

09-2021
ENTERTAINMENT
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
3.
4.
5.
6.
Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Rear scuff plate (5HB,4SD) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
B-pillar lower trim (5HB,4SD) (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Rear seat cushion (3HB) (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Rear seat back (3HB) (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the rain sensor connector. (vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR
Partially peel back the headliner.
Remove the nut.
ANNTENA
FEEDER No.2
NUT
0.982.9 Nm
(1029 kgfcm,
8.725 inlbf}
am2zzw0000159
ANNTENA FEEDER No.2
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000159
8. Verify that the continuity between antenna feeder

No.2 terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace
antenna feeder No.2.
D C
adejjw00000960
09-2022
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Test
condition
Terminal
A
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000031
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000800200
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
2. Remove the driver-side air bag module.
3. Remove the steering wheel. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
2
4
6
7
1
am2zzw0000024
1
2
3
4
Screw
Cover
(See 09-20-24 Cover Removal Note.)
(See 09-20-24 Cover Installation Note.)
Wiring harness
Screw
5
6
7
8
Panel
Screw
Audio control switch
Cruise control switch (vehicles with cruise control
system)
09-2023
ENTERTAINMENT
Cover Removal Note
1. Remove the cover tabs and pins from the steering
wheel.
PIN
PIN
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000024
2. Remove the cover in the direction of the arrow

COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000024
Cover Installation Note

1. Secure the audio control switch wiring harness to
the cover hooks.
End Of Sie
WIRING
HARNESS
HOOK
am2zzw0000024
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
2. Remove the driver-side air bag module.
3. Disconnect the clock spring connector.
09-2024
id092000800300
ENTERTAINMENT
4. Inspect for resistance and continuity between clock spring connector terminals MK/I using a tester.
CLOCK SPRING
G
E
VOLUME DOWN SWITCH
K
VOLUME UP SWITCH
UP SEEK SWITCH
DOWN SEEK SWITCH
MODE SWITCH
MUTE SWITCH
INFO SWITCH
*: PART WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
M
I
am2zzw0000497
x If not within the specification, replace the

audio control switch.
: Resistance
Terminal
Switch Position
Volume Down Switch ON

Volume Up Switch ON
Resistance (ohm)
I
50.956.3
139155
Up Seek Switch ON
285316
Down Seek Switch ON
533590
Mode Switch ON
9841,089
Mute Switch ON
1,9342,139
Info Switch ON
50.956.3
OFF
4,7945,300
am2zzw0000445
5. Apply battery positive voltage to audio control

switch terminal G, and connect terminal E to
ground.
6. Verify that the LED illuminates.
x If the LED does not illuminate, replace the
audio control switch.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000445
ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000800400

2. Remove the console. (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-2025
ENTERTAINMENT
Type A
1
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000432
Type B
1
2
Accessory socket
(See 09-20-26 Accessory Socket Removal Note.)
Cap
(See 09-20-27 Cap Removal Note.)
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000433
Accessory Socket Removal Note

1. Remove the socket in the direction of the arrow
(2) shown in the figure while opening the caps in
the direction of the arrow (1) using a tapewrapped fastener remover.
(2)
SOCKET
CAP
(1)
PROJECTION
(1)
PROJECTION
am6zzw0000136
09-2026
ENTERTAINMENT
Cap Removal Note
1. Remove the cap in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure while pressing the cap tabs in
(2)
End Of Sie
CAP
(1)
(1)
TAB
TAB
am6zzw0000136
ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION

id092000800500
1. Connect a tester as shown in the figure and verify

that there is continuity.
x If the continuity cannot be verified, replace the
accessory socket.
TERMINAL C
End Of Sie
TERMINAL B
*
B
B
B6U0920W005
AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000809900

3. Remove the auxiliary jack in the direction of the
(2)
arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing the
auxiliary jack tabs in the direction of the arrow (1).
End Of Sie
TAB
TAB
AUXILIARY JACK
(1)
(1)
TAB
TAB
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000022
AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION

id092000812600
Except Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles

3. Remove the auxiliary jack. (See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-2027
ENTERTAINMENT
4. Connect a commercially-available nonresistant
plug to the auxiliary jack.
5. Verify that the continuity between the auxiliary
jack terminals is as indicated in the table.
Type A
PLUG
AUXILIARY JACK
TYPE A
WITHOUT WHITE
TYPE B
WITH WHITE
am2zzw0000492
: Continuity
Test condition
Terminal
C
Plug is connected
Plug is not connected
am2zzw0000202
Type B
auxiliary jack.
: Continuity
Test condition
Terminal
A
Plug is connected
acxuuw00003306
Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles

3. Remove the auxiliary jack. (See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-2028
ENTERTAINMENT
4. Connect a commercially-available nonresistant
plug to the auxiliary jack.
PLUG
AUXILIARY JACK
am2zzw0000432
5. Verify that the continuity between the auxiliary

jack terminals is as indicated in the table.
auxiliary jack.
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Terminal
Test condition
Plug is connected
acxuuw00003306
CIGARETTE LIGHTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000803100

1
2
3
Cigarette lighter plug

Socket
(See 09-20-30 Socket Removal Note.)
Ring
(See 09-20-30 Ring Removal Note.)
1
2

3
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000022
09-2029
ENTERTAINMENT
Socket Removal Note
1. Remove the socket in the direction of the arrow
(2) shown in the figure while opening the caps in
the direction of the arrow (1) using a tapewrapped fastener remover.
(2)
SOCKET
RING
CONSOLE
(1)
(1)
PROJECTION
PROJECTION
am2zzw0000023
Ring Removal Note

1. Remove the ring in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure while pressing the ring tabs in
(2)
End Of Sie
RING
CONSOLE
(1)
(1)
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000023
CIGARETTE LIGHTER INSPECTION
id092000803200
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.

2. Press the cigarette lighter into the socket and
verify that it returns to its original position in 10
20 s.
x If the cigarette lighter does not operate
normally, replace the cigarette lighter and the
socket.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000023
09-2030
POWER SYSTEMS
09-21
POWER SYSTEMS
POWER SYSTEM LOCATION

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-211
FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 09-213
MAIN FUSE
KEY REMINDER SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT
ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-215
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-215
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION
[WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-216
IGNITION SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . 09-217
RELAY LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-218
RELAY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2110
Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance
Thailand (AAT) manufactured
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2110
Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2112
Relay Type (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
manufactured vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2113
POWER SYSTEMS
POWER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
SOKYU_WM: KEY REMINDER SWITCH
id092100800700
L.H.D.
5
3
R.H.D.
5
am2zzw0000404
Main fuse
(See 09-21-3 MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Relay and fuse block
(See 09-21-8 RELAY LOCATION.)
(See 09-21-10 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Ignition switch
(See 09-21-6 IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-21-7 IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Steering lock unit (with advanced keyless and start

system)
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
Key reminder switch (without advanced keyless and
start system)
(See 09-21-5 KEY REMINDER SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED
(See 09-21-5 KEY REMINDER SWITCH
INSPECTION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-211
POWER SYSTEMS
FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS
id092100800400
Caution
x If a fuse is burnt out, inspect the cause and repair the malfunctioning part, then replace the fuse
with the specified value. If the fuse is replaced before doing this, it could burn again.
End Of Sie
MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092100801500

2. Remove the main fuse cover in the direction of
the arrow while pressing the tab indicated in the
figure.
TAB
MAIN FUSE
COVER
am2zzw0000199
3. Remove nuts A, B, and C shown in the figure.

4. Remove the main fuse.
End Of Sie
NUT A
1015 Nm
{102152 kgfcm,
89132 inlbf}
MAIN FUSE
NUT B
912 Nm
{92122 kgfcm,
80106 inlbf}
NUT C
4.26.3 Nm
{4364 kgfcm,
3855 inlbf}
am2zzw0000199
09-213
POWER SYSTEMS
KEY REMINDER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM]
id092100491900

3. Remove the coil antenna. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
4. Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
5. Disconnect the key reminder switch connector.
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000199
6. Detach the key reminder switch tab.

7. Install the key reminder switch in the direction of
the arrow.
End Of Sie
TAB
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
am2zzw0000193
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id092100492000

3. Disconnect the key reminder switch connector.
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000193
4. Verify that the continuity between the key

reminder switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
A
B
B
adejjw00000710
09-215
POWER SYSTEMS
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the key
reminder switch.
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
KEY POSITION
KEY INSERTED
KEY REMOVED
am2zzw0000194
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id092100491800

2. Measure each terminal voltage under the measurement condition.
x If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s).
If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items are normal, replace the steering
lock unit.
G
E C
F D
adejjw00000721
Term
inal
Signal name
Connected to
Voltage
(V)
B+
1.0 or less
Push switch
signal
Keyless control
module
Start knob is pressed

Start knob is not pressed
Power supply
Fuse
Under any condition
B+
Key reminder
switch signal
Keyless control
module
Key is inserted
Key is not inserted

B+
1.0 or less

Power supply

Serial
Keyless control
communication module
Ground
Body ground
G
H
Fuse
Inspection item(s)
x Fuse

x Fuse
Under any condition
B+

Under any condition
1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
End Of Sie
IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092100800200

09-216
POWER SYSTEMS
3. Press tabs A in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and pull the ignition switch in
IGNITION SWITCH
TAB A
(1)
(2)
TAB A
TAB A
(1)
(1)
(1)
TAB A
am2zzw0000199
4. Pull the pin in the direction of the arrow shown in

the figure and release the lock.
PIN
CONNECTOR
IGNITION
SWITCH
am2zzw0000200
5. Pull the connector in the direction of the arrow (4)

shown in the figure and remove it while pressing
tab B in the direction of the arrow (3).
End Of Sie
TAB B
(3)
CONNECTOR
(4)
IGNITION
SWITCH
am2zzw0000200
IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION

id092100800100
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the ignition switch. (See 09-21-6 IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Verify that the continuity between the ignition
switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
F
E
ignition switch.
START
ON
(IG1)
D
START
LOCK
ACC
B
ON
(IG2)
C
LOCK
ACC
adejjw00003501
09-217
POWER SYSTEMS
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
IGNITION KEY
POSITION
TERMINAL
LOCK
ACC
ON
START
am2zzw0000200
RELAY LOCATION
id092100800600

Except Hong Kong specs.
COOLING FAN RELAY

No.1
BLOWER RELAY
A/C RELAY
STERTER
RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY
HORN
RELAY
REAR FOG LIGHT

RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
FRONT FOG LIGHT

RELAY
FRONT
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
COOLING FAN MAIN RELAY

RELAY No.2
am2zzw0000200
Hong Kong specs.
A/C
RELAY
STERTER
RELAY
COOLING FAN
RELAY No.1
HORN
RELAY
BLOWER
RELAY
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
COOLING FAN
RELAY No.2
FRONT FOG
LIGHT RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
FRONT
MAIN
RELAY
am2zzw0000432
09-218
POWER SYSTEMS
COOLING FAN
RELAY No.1
A/C RELAY
STERTER
RELAY
THEFT-DETERRENT
HORN RELAY
HORN
RELAY
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
COOLING FAN
RELAY No.2
FRONT FOG
LIGHT RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
BLOWER
RELAY
REAR FOG
LIGHT RELAY
FRONT
MAIN
RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
am2zzw0000432
RELAY INSPECTION
id092100800300
Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

Connector type
Type A
4-pin
Type B
Type C
Type D
Part name
x Front fog light relay
x Rear fog light relay
x Starter relay
x A/C relay
x Horn relay
x Cooling fan relay No.1
x Headlight relay (LO)
x Headlight relay (HI)
x Blower relay
Cooling fan relay No.2
Main relay
Fuel pump relay
Type A
table.
relay.
A
C
D
am2zzw0000262
STEP
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
E
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
09-219
POWER SYSTEMS
Type B
table.
relay.
C
B
adejjw00003060
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
Type C
table.
relay.
D
B
am2zzw0000432
STEP
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
A
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
09-2110
POWER SYSTEMS
Type D
table.
relay.
E
C
D
am2zzw0000262
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

Hong Kong specs.
Connector type
4-pin
Type A
Type B
Part name
x Starter relay
x A/C relay
x Horn relay
x Blower relay
x Fuel pump relay
Main relay
Type A
table.
relay.
A
C
D
am2zzw0000262
STEP
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
E
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
09-2111
POWER SYSTEMS
Type B
table.
relay.
D
B
am2zzw0000432
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
Relay Type (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

Connector type
Type A
4-pin
Type B
Type C
Part name
x Starter relay
x A/C relay
x Horn relay
x Theft-deterrent horn relay
x Fuel pump relay
x Blower relay
Main relay
Type A
table.
relay.
A
C
D
am2zzw0000262
09-2113
POWER SYSTEMS
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
Type B
table.
relay.
C
B
adejjw00003060
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
Type C
table.
relay.
D
B
am2zzw0000432
End Of Sie
STEP
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
A
B+
GROUND
1
2
am2zzw0000195
09-2114
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO.
09-22
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer (Except AutoAlliance
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer (AutoAlliance
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-222
09-225
09-227
09-228
09-228
09-228
09-229
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2210
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2211
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CUSTOMIZED
FUNCTION SETTING
PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2214
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2218
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2218
PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER
PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-2219
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . 09-2220
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
09-221
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. LOCATION INDEX
id092200495000
R.H.D.
4
5
am2zzw0000086
.
1
2
Horn
(See 09-22-20 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Oil pressure switch
(See 09-22-18 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Instrument cluster
INSTALLATION.)
CONFIGURATION.)
INSPECTION.)
CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING
PROCEDURE.)
Passenger seat belt reminder

(See 09-22-19 PASSENGER SEAT BELT
REMINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-19 PASSENGER SEAT BELT
REMINDER INSPECTION.)
Fuel gauge sender unit
INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200496
Caution
x When replacing the instrument cluster, always perform the configuration procedure before
removing the instrument cluster. Replacing the instrument cluster without performing the
configuration procedure will result in system malfunction.
09-222
1. When replacing the instrument cluster, always perform the configuration procedure. (See 09-22-7
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
3. Remove the meter hood. (See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4
1
Screw
.
2
3
4
Connector
Instrument cluster
Wiring harness clip

6. Program the immobilizer system-related parts
when replacing the instrument cluster. (With
keyless entry system) (See 09-14-150
PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
2
1
Caution
x Place the removed instrument cluster
with the display surface facing upward.
Otherwise grease could leak from the
meter unit.
3
1
1
am2zzw0000260
DISPLAY FACING UPWARD
End Of Sie
GOOD
DISPLAY FACING DOWNWARD
NO GOOD
am2zzw0000189
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
id092200496200
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION.
Note
x If all the following conditions are met, the odometer data (total traveled distance) in the previous
instrument cluster is automatically transferred to a new instrument cluster during the configuration. If any
of the conditions are not met, odometer-data transfer cannot be performed.
Previous instrument cluster
No malfunction (Configuration data can be read using the M-MDS)
New instrument cluster
Odometer display is less than 100 km
Odometer has no malfunction
09-226
following order.
2. Select IC.
DLC-2
5. Select Programmable Parameters from the
menu.
6. Select Odometer Write, and perform the
procedure following the screen.
7. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that there is no DTC present.
x If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE
am2zzw0000251
End Of Sie
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id092200496300
Caution
x Do not drop the instrument cluster or damage the printed board. This will lead to a system
malfunction.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the meter hood. (See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure.
1
2
3
Lens
Cover
Instrument cluster unit
End Of Sie
3
1
adejjw00003498
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION
id092200496400
Speedometer (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

2. Using a speedometer tester, verify that the tester reading is as indicated in the table.
x If the speedometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the PCM,
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses.
If the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses do not have any malfunction,
replace the instrument cluster.
09-227
Hong Kong specs.
Speedometer tester
indication (km/h)
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Allowable range (km/h)

2025
4045
6166
8187
102108
122129
143150
U.K. specs.
Speedometer tester
indication (mph)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Allowable range (mph)

1013
2023
3033
4043
5054
6064
7075
8085
Speedometer (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

2. Using a speedometer tester, verify that the tester reading is as indicated in the table.
x If the speedometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the PCM,
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses.
If the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses do not have any malfunction,
replace the instrument cluster.
09-229
Arab Gulf Cooperation Council, Australian specs.
Speedometer tester
indication (km/h)
20
40
60
80
100
120
140

2025
4044
6065
8086
100107
121127
141148
Except Arab Gulf Cooperation Council; General (L.H.D. R.H.D.) specs., and Thailand
Speedometer tester
indication (km/h)
20
40
60
80
100
120
140

1822
3842
5862
7783
97103
117123
138144
Tachometer
Caution
x If the engine speed exceeds the allowable range, the engine could be damaged. Therefore, when
inspecting the tachometer, do not allow the engine speed to exceed the allowable range indication
on the tachometer.
x Using an IDS (laptop PC):
1. Data logger
2. Module
3. IC
x Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
1. Module test
2. IC
3. Data logger
3. Select TACHOMTR from PID/DATA Monitor
Table.
4. Verify the monitored value according to the
DLC-2
am2zzw0000251
Note
09-2210
Fuel gauge
x Using an IDS (laptop PC):
1. Data logger
2. Module
3. IC
1. Module test
2. IC
DLC-2
3. Data logger
3. Verify that all the segments are displayed using
am2zzw0000251
LCD_SEG.
x If any of the segments are not displayed,
replace the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Disconnect the fuel pump connector.
9. Connect the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker) to fuel pump unit connector terminals C
and D.
10. Verify the fuel gauge reading is as indicated in the
C
D
A
B
table using the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker).
x If not as indicated in the table, inspect the
wiring harness.
If there is any malfunction, repair or
replace the wiring harness.
If the wiring harness is normal, replace
the instrument cluster.
adejjw00004328
09-2211
Fuel gauge indication
(instrument cluster)
Resistance of SST (Fuel

and thermometer
checker) (ohm)
Approx. 60 or less
Approx. 6193
Approx. 94128
Approx. 129160
Approx. 161192
Approx. 193226
Approx. 227260
Approx. 261277
Approx. 278293
Approx. 294 or more
Hong Kong specs.

Fuel gauge indication
(instrument cluster)
Resistance of SST (Fuel

and thermometer
checker) (ohm)
Approx. 71 or less
Approx. 71104
Approx. 105136
Approx. 137166
Approx. 167196
Approx. 197229
Approx. 230262
Approx. 263277
Approx. 278293
Approx. 294 or more
End Of Sie
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING PROCEDURE
id092200555500
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (pocket PC) does not support the customized functions setting
procedure of the instrument cluster.
09-2212
1. Module Programming
3. Then, select the following from the screen menu.
1. Programmable Parameters
2. Warning Lamps/Chimes
4. Select the following items and change the setting
according to the directions on the screen.
Supported items
x DIS Correction (0%, 5%, 10%, 15%, -15%, 10%, -5%)
x Distance to Empty Response Data (1.50
5.25)
x Driver Beltminder Status (Disabled/Enabled)
x Passenger Beltminder Status (Disabled/Enabled)
DLC-2
am2zzw0000251
Caution
x The M-MDS screen displays the following items, however, do not change the setting. If the setting
is changed, a difference occurs between the instrument cluster indication and actual fuel level
leading to unexpected fuel shortage.
Fuel response data (level 116)
End Of Sie
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200497000
(See 01-14A-15 FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [ZJ, ZY].)

FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION
2. Remove the fuel pump unit.
3. Move the float to the topmost and bottommost
positions, and verify that the resistance between
terminals C and D of the fuel gauge sender unit
and the position of the float are as shown in the
figure.
x If they are not as shown in the figure, replace
the fuel gauge sender unit.
End Of Sie
id092200497100
TOPMOST
POSITION
911 ohms
ARM
FULCRUM
160.4166.4 mm
{6.3156.551 in}
325327 ohms
BOTTOMMOST
13.519.5 mm
POSITION
{0.5320.767 in}
am2zzw0000181
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
id092200495300
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and verify that the oil pressure warning light illuminates.
2. Start the engine and verify that the oil pressure warning light turns off.
x If the oil pressure warning light does not illuminate or remains illuminated, inspect the BCM and the related
wiring harnesses. (See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
If the related wiring harnesses are normal, inspect the oil pressure.
09-2215
PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200997700

(4) Glove compartment (vehicles with audio unit) (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the screw from the hazard warning
PASSENGE SEAT
switch panel.
BELT REMINDER
HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH PANEL
SCREW
am2zzw0000087
4. Remove the clips A and B.
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000088
5. Remove the seat belt reminder from the hazard

warning switch panel.
End Of Sie
PASSENGER SEAT BELT

REMINDER
PA
S
SE
NG
ER
HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH PANEL
am2zzw0000087
PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER INSPECTION

id092200997600

09-2219
(4) Glove compartment (vehicles with audio unit) (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Passenger seat belt reminder (See 09-22-19 PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply battery positive voltage to passenger seat
belt reminder terminal A, and connect terminal B
to ground.
4. Verify that the LED illuminates.
x If the LED does not illuminate, replace the
passenger seat belt reminder.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000190
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200497400

3. Slightly bend back the mudguard.
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000192
4.
5.
6.
7.

Remove the bolt.
Remove the horn.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
HORN
BOLT
912 Nm
{92122 kgfcm,
80106 inlbf}
adejjw00003495
09-2220
CONTROL SYSTEM
09-40
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . .
Generated pulse (reference) . . . . . . . .
09-401
09-401
09-403
09-404
09-405
09-4013
Liftgate Opener Switch Input Signal

Pulse (Reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-4015
Liftgate Opener Switch Signal Pulse
(Reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-4015
CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-4016
BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . 09-4016
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-4016
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-4017
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
WM: POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
id094000801000
1
am2zzw0000025
.
BCM (body control module)

INSPECTION.)
CONFIGURATION.)
BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
R.H.D.
id094000800400
Caution
x When replacing the BCM, the configuration procedure must be performed before removing the
BCM. Replacing the BCM without performing the configuration procedure will result in system
malfunction.
1. Perform the BCM configuration when replacing it. (See 09-40-16 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
CONFIGURATION.)
3. Remove the dashboard under cover. (See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front scuff plate. (passengers side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front side trim. (passengers side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-401
CONTROL SYSTEM
6. Disconnect the connectors at the position shown
in the figure.
BCM
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000177
7. Disconnect the wiring harness at the position

WIRING HARNESS
WIRING HARNESS BCM
am2zzw0000177
09-403
CONTROL SYSTEM
8. Remove the nuts.
BCM
NUT
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm,
7188 inlbf} *1
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,
8097 inlbf} *2

NUT
810 Nm {82101 kgfcm,
7188 inlbf} *1
911 Nm {92112 kgfcm,
8097 inlbf} *2
am2zzw0000452
9. Remove the BCM.

End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) INSPECTION
id094000800300
INSTALLATION.)
2. Measure the voltage at each terminal and inspect for the continuity between the terminals and ground is as
indicated in the Terminal Voltage Tables (Reference).
x If the voltage or continuity is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts
under Inspection item (s).
If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the BCM.
09-404
CONTROL SYSTEM
1
4
7
1O 1M
1K
1I
1G
1E 1C 1A
2O 2M
2K
2I
2G
2E 2C
1P 1N
1L 1J
1H
1F 1D 1B
2P 2N
2L 2J
2H
2F 2D 2B
2A
3
3
1
2
3O 3M
3K
3I
3G
3E 3C
3A
3P 3N
3L
3J
3H
3F
3B
3D
4W 4U 4S 4Q 4O 4M 4K
4I
4G 4E 4C 4A
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K
4X
4J
4H 4F
6X
4V 4T
4R 4P 4N
4L
4D 4B
6V
6T 6R 6P 6N
6L
6I
6G 6E 6C
6A
6J
6H 6F 6D
6B
7
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K
7I 7G 7E
7C 7A
7X
7J
7D 7B
7V 7T
7R 7P 7N
7L
7H 7F
adejjw00000675
Termin
al
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
1G
1H
Signal
Connected to
Windshield wiper
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at operating at low
signal
motor
ON
OFF
Windshield wiper
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at operating at high
signal
motor
ON
OFF
Rear window
defroster power R.DEF 20 A fuse Under any condition
supply
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at ON
power supply
motor
Ignition switch is off.
TNS power
TAIL 15 A fuse
Under any condition
supply
Windshield wiper
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at operating
auto stop signal motor
ON
Windshield wiper
not operating
TNS ON
Front TNS
Parking light
inhibited
TNS OFF
Rear washer
motor operating
Rear window
Ignition switch at
washer motor
Washer motor
Rear washer
ON
control
motor not
operating
Voltage (V)
Inspection item (s)
B+
x Windshield wiper motor

1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less

B+
x R.DEF 20A fuse

B+
1.0 or less

B+
x TAIL 15A fuse

B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less

x Parking light
B+
1.0 or less
x Washer motor
09-405
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Signal
Connected to
Windshield
washer motor
control
Washer motor
Hazard power
supply
HAZARD 10A
fuse
1K
Front turn light

(RH) control
x Front turn
light (RH)
x Front side
turn light
(RH)
1L
Front turn light

(LH) control
x Front turn
light (LH)
x Front side
turn light
(LH)
1I
1J
1M
1N
1O
1P
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
Interior light
power supply
Door lock power
supply
2F
Windshield wiper
power supply
(IG 2)
2G
Meter power
supply
(IG 1)
2H
Windshield
washer switch
signal
2I
2J
2K
2L
2M
2N
2O
Rear window
washer switch
signal
Signal ground
Rear window
wiper power
supply
(IG 2)
Illumination
output
09-406
Windshield
washer motor
Ignition switch at operating
ON
Windshield
washer motor
not operating
Under any condition
Voltage (V)
B+
x Washer motor
1.0 or less
B+
Turn switch (RH)

Alternates
on
between 1.0
Front turn light
or less and
Hazard warning (RH) flashes
B+
switch on
Front turn light (RH) not illuminated 1.0 or less
Turn switch (LH)
Alternates
on
between 1.0
Front turn light
or less and
Hazard warning (LH) flashes
B+
switch on
Front turn light (LH) not illuminated
1.0 or less
ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition
B+
D/L 20 A fuse
Under any condition
B+
Ignition switch at ON
B+
Ignition switch at off.
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
x
x
x
x
F.WIP 20 A
fuse
Ignition
switch
METER 10 A
fuse
Ignition
switch
Wiper and
washer switch
Wiper and
washer switch
Windshield
washer switch
Ignition switch at on
ON
Windshield
washer switch
off
Rear window
washer switch
Ignition switch at on
ON
Rear window
washer switch
off
Under any condition
Body ground
x R.WIP 10 A
fuse
x Ignition
Ignition switch at off.
switch
x ILLUMI 7.5 A TNS ON
fuse
x Illumination
TNS OFF
light
Inspection item (s)
1.0 or less
B+
x HAZARD 10A fuse

x Front turn light (RH)
x Front side turn light
(RH)
x Front turn light (LH)
x Front side turn light (LH)
x
x
x
x
ROOM 15 A fuse
Related wiring harness
D/L 20 A fuse
x F.WIP 20A fuse

x Ignition switch
x METER 10A fuse
x Ignition switch
x Wiper and washer

switch
1.0 or less
x Wiper and washer

switch
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less

x R.WIP 10 A fuse
x Ignition switch
x ILLUMI 7.5 A fuse
x Illumination light
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
Signal
al
2P
Power ground
3A*7
Liftgate opener
actuator ground
3B
Rear window
defroster output
3C
Liftgate opener
actuator power
supply
3D
Rear window
wiper power
supply
3E*6
Connected to
Voltage (V)
Inspection item (s)
Under any condition
1.0 or less
Liftgate latch
Under any condition
and lock actuator
1.0 or less

x Liftgate latch and lock
actuator
Body ground
Rear window
Ignition switch at defroster on
Filament
ON
Rear window
defroster off
Liftgate opener actuator switch
Liftgate latch
pressed, lock release operation
and lock actuator
Other
Rear wiper
motor
Door lock
Door lock control
actuator
Double locking system activated

Other
3F
3G
3H
3I
3J
3K
3L
3M
3N
3O
Rear window
wiper control
Rear TNS light

signal
Interior light
control
Rear turn light

(RH) control
Rear turn light

(LH) control
Rear wiper
motor
x Tail light
x License plate
TNS OFF
light
Interior light
Rear turn light

(RH)
Rear turn light

(LH)
Door lock
Door lock control
actuator
Door unlock
control
Rear wiper
Ignition switch at activated
ON
Rear wiper not
activated
TNS ON
Door lock
actuator
Interior light at
DOOR position
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
o B+ o 1.0
or less
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
B+
B+
1.0 or less
Any door is open

Within 5 seconds
after all doors
closed
Five seconds
after all doors
closed
Turn switch (RH)

on
Rear turn light
Hazard warning (RH) flashes
switch on
Rear turn light (RH) not illuminated
Turn switch (LH)

on
Rear turn light
Hazard warning (LH) flashes
switch on
Rear turn light (LH) not illuminated
Door lock actuator locking (without
Door lock actuator locking (with
Other
Door lock actuator unlocking

Other
x Filament
x Liftgate latch and lock
actuator
x Rear wiper motor
x Door lock actuator
x Rear motor
x Tail light
x License plate light
1.0 or less
5
x Interior light
B+
Alternates
between 1.0
or less and
B+
x Rear turn light (RH)

1.0 or less
Alternates
between 1.0
or less and
B+
x Rear turn light (LH)

1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less


09-407
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Signal
3P
Power supply
4A
Brake fluid level

signal
4B*4
Oil pressure
switch signal
4C*3
Back-up light
signal
4D
4E
4F
4G
4H
4I
4J
4K
4L
4M
4N
4O
Rear fog light

control
Headlight low
control (4-Beam
Type Headlight)
Front fog light

control
Headlight low
control (2-Beam
Type Headlight)
Headlight high
control
4P
4Q
4R
4S
4T
4U
CAN_H
4V*8
CAN_H
09-408
Connected to
x Climate
control unit
x Instrument
cluster
x Audio unit
x Keyless
Under any condition
receiver
x Steering lock
unit
x Theftdeterrent
control
module
Brake fluid level
Brake fluid level Ignition switch at less than MIN
sensor
ON
Brake fluid level
above MIN.
Engine running
Oil pressure
switch
Engine not running
Shift lever is in R position
Back-up light
switch
Shift lever is not in R position
Rear fog light

switch ON
Rear fog light
Headlight ON
relay
Rear fog light
switch OFF
Headlights on
Headlight low
relay
Headlights off
Front fog light

relay
Headlight relay
(LO)
Headlight relay
(HI)
Front fog light

Headlights on or switch ON
TNS ON
Front fog light
switch OFF
Headlights on
Voltage (V)
B+
1.0 or less
5
Inspection item (s)
x
x
x
x
x
x
Climate control unit

Instrument cluster
Audio unit
Keyless receiver
Steering lock unit
Theft-deterrent control
module
x Brake fluid level sensor

B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
x Oil pressure switch

1.0 or less

B+
1.0 or less
x Back-up light switch

B+
x Headlight low relay

1.0 or less

B+
1.0 or less
Headlights off
B+

High beam during passing or lights

on
Other
1.0 or less

B+
x PCM
x ABS HU/CM
(with ABS)
x DSC HU/CM
(with DSC)
TCM
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Signal
4W
CAN_L
4X*8
CAN_L
Connected to
Voltage (V)
Inspection item (s)
x PCM
x ABS HU/CM
(with ABS)
x DSC HU/CM
(with DSC)
TCM
Turn switch at RH position
1.0 or less
Wave
x Turn switch
Turn switch
pattern (See x Related wiring harness
Turn switch at off position
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Turn switch at LH position
1.0 or less
Wave
x Turn switch
Turn switch
pattern (See x Related wiring harness
Turn switch at off position
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Rear wiper at on position
1.0 or less
x Wiper and washer
Wave
Wiper and
switch
pattern (See
washer switch
Rear wiper at off position
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Rear window defroster switch
1.0 or less
pressed
x Climate control unit
Climate control
(rear window defroster
Wave
unit (rear window
switch)
pattern (See
defroster switch) Rear window defroster switch not
pressed
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Light switch in ON position
1.0 or less x Light switch
Light switch
Light switch not at ON position
B+
Wiper switch in HI position
1.0 or less x Wiper and washer
Wiper and
switch
washer switch
Wiper switch not at HI position
B+
Rear window
defroster
1.0 or less
indicator
Climate control
x Climate control unit
illuminated
unit (rear window Ignition switch at
(rear window defroster
defroster
ON
indicator)
Rear window
indicator)
defroster
B+
indicator turned
off
x Wiper and washer
Wiper and
Under any condition
1.0 or less
switch
washer switch
HI beam at passing position or
lights on status
Light switch
Except above
B+
TNS ON
Light switch
TNS OFF
B+
6A
Turn switch input

(RH)
6B
Turn switch input

(LH)
6C
Rear wiper
switch input
(ON)
6D
Rear window
defroster switch
input
6E
Headlight switch
input (ON)
6F
Windshield wiper
switch input (HI)
6G
Rear window
defroster
indicator signal
6H
Wiper speed
volume ground
6I
Headlight switch
input (HI)
6J
TNS switch
signal
6K
Headlight switch
input (front fog
Light switch
light)
6L
Headlight switch
input (vehicles
Light switch
with auto light/
wiper system)
6M
Headlight switch
input (rear fog
Light switch
light)
Front fog light switch in on position
1.0 or less
Front fog light switch in off position
B+
Light switch in AUTO position
Rear fog light switch in on position
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
1.0 or less
Rear fog light switch in off position
B+
Light switch not at AUTO position
x Light switch
x Light switch
x Light switch
09-409
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
6N
6O
6P
6Q
6R
6S
6T
6U*2
6V
Signal
Connected to
Windshield wiper Wiper and

switch input (Lo) washer switch
Headlight switch
Light switch
input (LO)
Wiper speed
volume signal
Hazard warning
switch signal
Wiper and
washer switch
Hazard warning
switch
Windshield wiper
Ignition switch at LO operation
ON
Windshield wiper
not operation
Light switch at headlight position
and low beam
Light switch at OFF or TNS position
Switch position 1
position
Switch position 2
position
Voltage
decreases when Switch position 3
position
speed control
volume is turned Switch position 4
from - position to position
+ position
Switch position 5
position
Switch position 6
position
Hazard warning switch on
Hazard warning switch off
x Steering lock Key inserted

unit
(Advanced
keyless and
start system)
Key reminder
x Key reminder Key removed
switch
switch
(Keyless
entry
system)
x Wiper switch in AUTO position
(vehicles with auto light/wiper
system)
x Wiper switch in INT position
(vehicles without auto light/
Windshield wiper Wiper and
wiper system)
switch input
washer switch
Liftgate opener
switch input
CAN_L
09-4010
Liftgate opener
switch
x CAN system
related
module
(L.H.D.)
x Keyless
control
module
(R.H.D.)
Voltage (V)
Inspection item (s)
1.0 or less
x Wiper and washer

switch
B+
1.0 or less
B+
x Light switch
0.72
0.48
0.32
0.18
x Wiper and washer

switch
0.08
0
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
09-40-14
Pattern 6.)
B+
1.0 or less
x Hazard warning switch


(Advanced keyless and
start system)
x Key reminder switch
(Keyless entry system)
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
Except above
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Wave pattern (See 09-40-15 Liftgate Opener

Switch Input Signal Pulse (Reference).)
x Wiper and washer

switch
x Liftgate opener switch


CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Signal
6W
Serial
communication
6X
CAN_H
Connected to
x Keyless
control
module (with
advanced
keyless and
start system)
x Keyless
receiver
(vehicles with
keyless entry
system)
x CAN system
related
module
(L.H.D.)
x Keyless
control
module
(R.H.D.)
Liftgate opener
switch
Liftgate opener
switch
7B
Parking brake
switch signal
Parking brake
switch
7C
Key cylinder
switch signal
Door key
cylinder switch
7D
7E
7F
7G*5
7H
7I
7J
All outer door

handles
Rear door latch

switch (LH)
Front door latch

switch (driver
side)
Power window
main switch
Rear door latch

switch (LH)
Front door latch

switch (driver
side)
Inspection item (s)


Liftgate opener switch not pressed
7A
Voltage (V)
Liftgate opener switch pressed
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern*2
2.)
approx. 3*1
Parking brake applied
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
Parking brake not applied
09-40-13
Pattern 3.)
Wave
Driver's door key cylinder rotated to pattern (See
lock direction
09-40-14
Pattern 4.)
Driver's door key cylinder rotated to
1.0 or less
unlock direction
Wave
Drivers door key cylinder at neutral
pattern (See
position after rotating in lock or
09-40-14
unlock direction
Pattern 5.)
Any door open

1.0 or less
All doors closed
B+
Rear door (LH) open

Rear door (LH) closed
Front door (driver side) open

Front door (driver side) closed
Wave
pattern (See
09-40-14
Pattern 6.)
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
09-40-14
Pattern 6.)
1.0 or less
x Liftgate opener switch

x Parking brake switch

x Door key cylinder switch

x Power window main

switch
x Rear door latch switch

(LH)
x Front door latch switch

(driver side)
09-4011
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
7K
7L
7M
7N
7O*5
7P
7Q
7R
7S
7T
7U
7V
7W
7X
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
*7
*8
Signal
Connected to
Voltage (V)
Inspection item (s)
Wave
pattern (See
09-40-14
Pattern 6.) x Door lock-link switch
Lock input (door Door lock-link
lock-link switch) switch
Wave
pattern (See
09-40-14
Pattern 7.)
Wave
pattern (See x Front door latch switch
Front door latch Front door latch Front door (passenger side) open
09-40-14
(passenger side)
switch
switch
Pattern 6.) x Related wiring harness
(passenger side) (passenger side)
Front door (passenger side) closed 1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See x Rear door latch switch
Rear door latch Rear door latch Rear door (RH) open
09-40-14
(RH)
switch (RH)
switch (RH)
Rear door (RH) closed
1.0 or less
Wave
pattern (See
Unlock input
x Door lock-link switch
Door lock-link
09-40-14
(door lock-link
switch
switch)
1.0 or less
Liftgate opened
1.0 or less x Liftgate switch
Liftgate switch
Liftgate switch
signal
Liftgate closed
B+
LIN
Rain sensor
communication
x CAN system
related
CAN_L
module
x DLC-2
Wipers moving
B+
x Rain sensor
Windshield wiper
Ignition switch at
Rain sensor
Wipers
not
auto stop signal
ON
1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
moving
x CAN system
related
CAN_H
module
x DLC-2
: Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system

: Vehicles without advanced keyless and start system
: Except MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
: 5HB
: With double locking system
: With terminal 3A
: CVT
09-4012
CONTROL SYSTEM
Pattern 1
0V
adejjw00005004
x Terminal:
Turn switch input (RH): 6A (+) body ground (-)
Turn switch input (LH): 6B (+) body ground (-)
Rear wiper switch input (ON): 6C (+) body ground (-)
Rear defroster switch input: 6D (+) body ground (-)
Headlight switch input: 6L (+) body ground (-)
Windshield wiper switch input: 6S (+) body ground (-)
Pattern 2
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7A (+) body ground (-)

Pattern 3
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7B (+) body ground (-)

09-4013
CONTROL SYSTEM
Pattern 4
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7C (+) body ground (-)

Pattern 5
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7C (+) body ground (-)

Pattern 6
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal:
Hazard warning switch signal: 6Q (+) body ground (-)
Rear door latch switch (LH): 7G (+) body ground (-)
Front door latch switch (driver side): 7I (+) body ground (-)
Lock input (door lock-link switch) (vehicles without advanced keyless and start system): 7K (+) body
ground (-)
Front door latch switch (passenger side): 7M (+) body ground (-)
Rear door latch switch (RH): 7O (+) body ground (-)
Unlock input (door lock-link switch): 7Q (+) body ground (-)
Pattern 7
Note
x The output signals from BCM terminal 7K and keyless control module terminal 3P are displayed
simultaneously and the wave patterns may overlap each other.
09-4014
CONTROL SYSTEM
x Terminal: 7K (+) body ground (-)
x Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X),
DC range
0V
am2zzw0000415
Liftgate Opener Switch Input Signal Pulse (Reference)

Liftgate opener switch not pressed
0V
adejjw00005004
x Terminal: 6U (+) body ground (-)

x Measurement condition: Liftgate opener switch not pressed
Liftgate opener switch pressed
0V
adejjw00005005
x Terminal: 6U (+) body ground (-)

x Measurement condition: Liftgate opener switch pressed
Liftgate Opener Switch Signal Pulse (Reference)
0V
adejjw00005005
x Terminal: 7A (+) body ground (-)
09-4015
CONTROL SYSTEM
x Measurement condition: Liftgate opener switch pressed
End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CONFIGURATION
id094000800900
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the BCM CONFIGURATION.
following order.
2. Select BCM/GEM.
5. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that
there is no DTC present.
x If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the
applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
DLC-2
am2zzw0000251
End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id094000801500
Removal
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front scuff plate. (passengers side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front side trim. (passengers side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the BCM. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Insert a fastener remover in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and release the tabs.
Caution
x Because the tabs will break if they are bent excessively, bend the tabs only so far as to allow them
to release from the BCM.
(1)
(1)
A
(1)
BCM
TAB
SEC. AA
BCM BRACKET
A
am2zzw0000412
09-4016
CONTROL SYSTEM
7. Pull the BCM in the direction of the arrow (2) as
shown in the figure and remove the BCM bracket.
(2)
BCM
(2)
BCM BRACKET
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000412
Installation
1. Bend the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1) so
that clearance (a) indicated in the figure is within
the specification.
Clearance
a: 0.81.2 mm {0.0320.047 in}
(1)
TAB
BCM BRACKET
A
SEC. AA
am2zzw0000412
2. Press the BCM in the direction of the arrow (2) as

shown in the figure and install it.
3. Install the BCM. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL
MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Install the front scuff plate. (passengers side)
(See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE
5. Install the front side trim. (passengers side) (See
09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. Install the dashboard under cover. (See 09-17-35
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(2)
BCM
(2)
BCM BRACKET
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000412
End Of Sie
09-4017
TECHNICAL DATA
09-50
TECHNICAL DATA
BODY AND ACCESSORIES

TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-502
09-501
TECHNICAL DATA
BODY AND ACCESSORIES TECHNICAL DATA
SOKYU_WM: BODY AND ACCESSORIES
id095000498800
Item
Specifications (W) X
number
60 u 2
55 u 2
5u2
Headlight bulb (HI)

Headlight bulb (LO)
Parking light bulb
Front fog light bulb
Exterior light bulb capacity
Interior light bulb capacity
End Of Sie
09-502
Except AutoAlliance Thailand

(AAT) manufactured vehicles
Rear fog light bulb

Front turn light bulb
Front side turn light bulb
Brake/taillight bulb
Rear turn light bulb
Back-up light bulb (5HB/3HB)
Back-up light bulb (4SD)
License plate light bulb
High-mount brake light (LED) (5HB/3HB)
High-mount brake light bulb (4SD)
Interior light bulb (Vehicles with intruder sensor)
Interior light bulb (Vehicles without intruder sensor)
Cargo compartment light bulb (5HB/3HB)
Trunk compartment light bulb (4SD)
55 u 2
51 u 2
21 u 1
21 u 2
5u2
21/5 u 2
21 u 2
16 u 2
21 u 2
5u2
2.4 u 1
18 u 1
8u2
10 u 1
5u1
5u1
SERVICE TOOLS
09-60
SERVICE TOOLS
BODY AND ACCESSORIES SST . . . . . . 09-602
09-601
SERVICE TOOLS
BODY AND ACCESSORIES SST
WM: BODY AND ACCESSORIES
id096000800100
49 N088 0A0
49 F042 001*
Fuel and
Thermometer
Checker
Wrench
End Of Sie
09-602

Mazda 2 J64J 2010

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Mazda 2 J64J 2010

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

MAZDA

BODY & ACCESSORIES

[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

09-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS

DTC B10C8:1F [ADVANCED

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

DTC U0401:68 [ADVANCED

DTC U3000:41 [ADVANCED

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, LF)

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

x The OBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:

1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.

1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.

Steering lock unit not programmed

Communication error between keyless control module and

Steering lock unit status malfunction signal detected

No advanced key programming record (programming never

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

Push switch off signal detected while ignition switch is at ON

Keyless beeper output voltage malfunction

Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (exterior,

Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior,

Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior,

Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior,

Request switch (LF) ON signal detected while driving

Request switch (RF) ON signal detected while driving

Keyless control module IG1 power voltage malfunction

Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)

Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (LF)

Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (RF)

Keyless control module power voltage low (power from P/W 20 A

Module communication error (HS-CAN)

Correct data cannot be received from BCM (no response for 10

(See 09-02A-33 DTC U0028:87

Communication error (no response) between keyless control

(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD

(See 09-02A-34 DTC U0401:68

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

Keyless receiver not connecting

Keyless control module internal malfunction

Keyless control module power voltage low (power from ROOM 15

(See 09-02A-38 DTC U3003:16,

Keyless control module ACC power voltage malfunction

(See 09-02A-40 DTC U3004:16

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

Security light flashing pattern

(See 09-02B-8 SECURITY

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT

x Perform the steering lock unit programming.

INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT

Go to the next step.

(See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE

Replace the keyless control module.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

STEERING LOCK UNIT

STEERING LOCK UNIT

INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.

INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

Go to the next step.